Thiruvalluvar University Syllabus
Thiruvalluvar University Syllabus
Thiruvalluvar University Syllabus
THIRUVALLUVAR UNIVERSITY
BACHELOR OF ARTS
DEGREE COURSE
B.A. TAMIL
CBCS PATTERN
(With effect from 2020 – 2021)
1
B.A. Tamil : Syllabus (CBCS)
,yf;fzk; - 3
19. III Core Theory Paper-6 3 3 ahg;gUq;fyf;fhhpif 25 75 100
2
B.A. Tamil : Syllabus (CBCS)
Compulsory
39. III Paper-16 5 5 Group / Individual Project 25 75 100
Project
(fPo;f;fz;l %d;wpy; VNjDk;
xd;iwj; njhpTnra;Jnfhs;syhk;)
Internal m. ,jopay;
40. III Paper-2 5 3 25 75 100
Elective M. Gj;jfg; gjpg;gpay;
,. jkpo; ciueil tuyhW
(fPo;f;fz;l %d;wpy; VNjDk;
xd;iwj; njhpTnra;Jnfhs;syhk;)
Internal m. jkpoh; moFf; fiyfs;
41. III Paper-3 5 3 25 75 100
Elective M. ngz;zpak;
,. Rw;Wyhtpay;
Skill based
42. IV Paper-4 3 2 jfty; njhlh;gpay; 25 75 100
Subject
Extension
43. V - 1 tphpthf;fr; nray;ghLfs; 100 - 100
Activities
Sem. Total 30 26 275 525 800
Grand Total 140 4300
Total Total
Part Subject Papers Credit Marks
Credits Marks
Part I Languages 4 4 16 100 400
Communicative English
Part II 4 4 16 100 400
& English
Part III Allied (Odd Semester) 2 3 6 100 200
Allied (Even Semester) 2 5 10 100 200
Electives 3 3 9 100 300
Core 15 (3-5) 54 100 1500
Professional English 2 3 6 100 200
Complulsory Project
(Group/Individiul 1 5 5 100 100
Project)
Part IV Environmental Science 1 2 2 100 100
Soft skill 1 1 1 100 100
Value Education 1 2 2 100 100
Lang. & Others /NME 2 2 4 100 200
Skill Based 4 2 8 100 400
Part V Extension 1 1 1 100 100
Total 43 140 4300
3
B.A. Tamil : Syllabus (CBCS)
jpUts;Sth; gy;fiyf;fofk;
,sq;fiyg; gl;lg;gbg;G
jkpo;
2020-2021 Mk; fy;tpahz;L Kjy; eilKiwg;gLj;jg;gLk;
ghlj;jpl;lk; (CBCS)
B.A. Tamil Syllabus (CBCS)
,uz;lhk; Mz;L
%d;whk; gUtk;
rpwg;Gg;ghlk;
jhs; - 5
,yf;fpak; - 3
rkag;ghly;fSk; rpw;wpyf;fpaq;fSk;
4
B.A. Tamil : Syllabus (CBCS)
jhs; - 6
,yf;fzk; - 3
ahg;gUq;fyf;fhhpif
myF 1 : cWg;gpay; - vOj;J> mir> rPh;
myF 5 : xopgpay;
rhh;Gg;ghlk; - 2
jhs; - 3
jkpo; ,yf;fpa tuyhW - 1
5
B.A. Tamil : Syllabus (CBCS)
r. <];tud;
epu;kyh gjpg;gfk;> nrd;id.
ghh;it E}y;fs; :
gad;ghl;Lj; jkpo;
6
B.A. Tamil : Syllabus (CBCS)
ehd;fhk; gUtk;
rpwg;Gg;ghlk;
jhs; - 7
8
B.A. Tamil : Syllabus (CBCS)
,yf;fpak; 4 fhg;gpaq;fs;
jhs; - 8
,yf;fzk; - 4
jz;bayq;fhuk;
9
B.A. Tamil : Syllabus (CBCS)
rhh;Gg;ghlk; - 2
jhs; - 4
10
B.A. Tamil : Syllabus (CBCS)
gilg;gpyf;fpaKk; nkhopngah;g;Gk;
11
B.A. Tamil : Syllabus (CBCS)
,izak;
12
B.A. Tamil : Syllabus (CBCS)
,ir gjpg;gfk;>
24>rghpefh;> lhf;lh; FU%h;j;jp rhiy>
Fk;gNfhzk; - 1>
miyNgrp : 9442426552> njhiyNgrp : 0435 – 2402501.
ghh;it E}y;fs; :
13
B.A. Tamil : Syllabus (CBCS)
Ie;jhk; gUtk;
rpwg;Gg;ghlk; - jhs; - 9
14
B.A. Tamil : Syllabus (CBCS)
jhs; - 10
,yf;fzk; - 5
15
B.A. Tamil : Syllabus (CBCS)
ghlE}y; : ek;gpafg;nghUs;
myF 1 : mfj;jpizapay;
myF 4 : tiutpay;
jhs; - 11
jkpo;nkhop tuyhW
16
B.A. Tamil : Syllabus (CBCS)
myF 1 : Njhw;Wtha;
goq;fhyj; jkpo;
myF 2 : ,ilf;fhyj; jkpo;
jhs; - 12
,yf;fpaj; jpwdha;T
17
B.A. Tamil : Syllabus (CBCS)
jh.V. Qhd%h;j;jp>
Ie;jpizg; gjpg;gfk;>
279> ghujp rhiy khbapy;>
jpUty;ypf;Nfzp> nrd;id – 600 005.
ghh;it E}y;fs; :
18
B.A. Tamil : Syllabus (CBCS)
tpUg;gg;ghlk;
jhs; - 1
m. jfty; njhopy;El;gk;
M. ehl;Lg;Gwtpay;
,. tpsk;guf;fiy
m. jfty; njhopy;El;gk;
ghlE}y; : jkpo;nkhop %yk; jfty; njhopy;El;gk;>
A.K. Nfhfpyd;> epA+ nrQ;Rhp Gf; `T]; (gp) ypl;.>
41-gp> rpl;Nfh ,d;l];bhpay; v];Nll;>
mk;gj;J}h;> nrd;id – 600 098.
19
B.A. Tamil : Syllabus (CBCS)
M. ehl;Lg;Gwtpay;
ghlE}y;; :
ghh;it E}y;fs;
20
B.A. Tamil : Syllabus (CBCS)
,. tpsk;guf;fiy
ghlE}y; : tpsk;guf;fiy>
r. <];tud;>
,uh. rghgjp.
1) tpsk;guq;fspd; tiffs;
2) tpsk;gu jsq;fisj; Njh;e;njLf;Fk; nghOJ ftdpf;fg;gl
Ntz;bait
3) tpsk;guj;jpdhy; cw;gj;jpahsh;fs; milAk; ed;ikfs;
4) tpsk;guj;jpdhy; Efh;Nthh; milAk; ed;ikfs;
5) tpsk;guj;jpdhy; muRk; gpw epWtdq;fSk; milAk; ed;ikfs;
6) tpsk;guj;jpdhy; r%fk; milAk; ed;ikfs;
1) tpsk;guj;jpd; gzpfs;
2) tpsk;gu epWtdq;fs;
3) tpsk;gu mwq;fs;
4) tpsk;guj;jpd; jhf;fk;
5) mfepiy
1) tpsk;guq;fspd; nkhopepiy
2) tpsk;gu cj;jpfs;
3) tpsk;guk; njhlh;ghd rl;lq;fs;
21
B.A. Tamil : Syllabus (CBCS)
jhs; 3
njhy;;ypay;;
ghlE}y; : njhy;;ypay;
lhf;lh; N[. jpahfuh[d;
ghit gjpg;gfk;> kJiu.
22
B.A. Tamil : Syllabus (CBCS)
Mwhk; gUtk;
rpwg;Gg;ghlk; - jhs; - 13
,yf;fpak; - 6
rq;f ,yf;fpak; (Gwk;)
23
B.A. Tamil : Syllabus (CBCS)
jhs; - 14
,yf;fzk; - 6
myF 5 : ghlhz;glyk;
24
B.A. Tamil : Syllabus (CBCS)
jhs; - 15
25
B.A. Tamil : Syllabus (CBCS)
jhs; - 16
26
B.A. Tamil : Syllabus (CBCS)
tpUg;gg;ghlk;
jhs; - 2
m. ,jopay;
M. Gj;jfg; gjpg;gpay;
,. jkpo; ciueil tuyhW
m. ,jopay;
myF 1 : ,jopay; : tpsf;fk; - ,jo;fspd; gzpfSk; nghWg;GfSk; - ,jo;fs;
tiffSk; ,ay;GfSk; - kf;fshl;rpapy; ,jopay; - ,jo;fspd; Rje;jpuk;
- ,jo;fspd; elj;ijawf; Nfhl;ghLfs; - ,jopay; njhopy; tha;g;Gfs;
ghh;it E}y;fs; :
3. Kidth; tp.jkpo;rn
; ry;td; : ,jopay;
27
B.A. Tamil : Syllabus (CBCS)
M. Gj;jfg; gjpg;gpay;
ghlE}y; : Gj;jff; fiy - Kidth; m. tpeahf%h;j;jp>
ghyKUfd; gjpg;gfk;>
63> GJj;njU> nrq;Fl;il> fhl;ghb - 632 007>
NtY}h; khtl;lk;> Nghd; : 0416 - 2295247
ghh;it E}y;fs; :
28
B.A. Tamil : Syllabus (CBCS)
29
B.A. Tamil : Syllabus (CBCS)
Mwhk; gUtk;
tpUg;gg;ghlk;
jhs; - 3
m. jkpoh; moFf; fiyfs;
M. ngz;zpak;
,. Rw;Wyhtpay;
ghh;it E}y;fs; :
30
B.A. Tamil : Syllabus (CBCS)
M. ngz;zpak;
ghlE}y; : ngz;zpak;>
Kidth; ,uhk. gpNukh>
cyfj; jkpohuha;rr ; p epWtdk;>
b.b.b.I. (mQ;ry;)> jukzp> nrd;id - 600 113.
ghh;it E}y;fs; :
31
B.A. Tamil : Syllabus (CBCS)
,. Rw;Wyhtpay;
ghlE}y; : Rw;Wyhtpay;
lhf;lh; N[. jpahfuh[d;
lhf;lu; kh. fhe;jpjhrd;
ghitg;gjpg;gfk;>
kJiu.
ghh;it E}y;fs; :
32
B.A. Tamil : Syllabus (CBCS)
myF 3 : thndhyp
myF 5 : tpsk;guk;
ghh;it E}y;fs; :
33
B.A. Tamil : Syllabus (CBCS)
tphpthf;f nray;ghLfs;
Ma;NtL
❖ Nkw;Nfhs;fisj; Njh;e;njLj;jy;>
❖ fsMa;tpid Nkw;nfhs;Sjy;
***********
34
THIRUVALLUVAR UNIVERSITY
MASTER OF ARTS
UNDER CBCS
M.A. Tamil
(with effect from 2020 -2021)
The Course of study and the Scheme of Examinations
1
Semester IV
20. Core Paper -11 6 6 rq;f ,yf;fpak; Gwk; 25 75 100
21. Core Paper -12 6 6 njhy;fhg;gpak; - nghUsjpfhuk; 25 75 100
22. Core Project 6 5 Project with viva voce 100 100
(75 Project
+25 viva)
23. Core Paper -4 6 3 1.,e;jpaj; jj;Jtq;fs; (m) 25 75 100
Elective 2.fzpdpAk; jkpOk;
24. Open Paper – 4 6 3 1.jpUts;Stk; (m) 25 75 100
Elective 2. ,sq;Nfhtbfs;
30 23 125 375 500
120 90 2400
* Field Study
There will be field study which is compulsory in the first semester of all PG courses with
2 credits. This field study should be related to the subject concerned with social
impact. Field and Topic should be registred by the students in the first semester of
their study along with the name of a mentor before the end of the month of
August. The report with problem identification and proposed solution should be
written in not less than 25 pages in a standard format and it should be submitted at
the end of second semester. The period for undergoing the field study is 30 hours
beyond the instructional hours of the respective programme. Students shall
consult their mentors within campus and experts outside the campus for selecting
the field and topic of the field study. The following members may be nominated
for confirming the topic and evaluating the field study report.
(i). Head of the respective department
(ii). Mentor
(iii). One faculty from other department
**Mooc Course
Inclusion of the Massive Open Online Courses (MOOCs) with zero credits available on
SWAYAM, NPTEL and other such portals approved by the University Authorities.
2
jpUts;StH gy;fiyf;fofk;
KJfiy jkpopay;
eilKiw 2020 -2021
,uz;lhk; Mz;L
%d;whk; gUtk;
jhs; 8
rq;f ,yf;fpak;
(mfk;)
$W 1 :Ky;iyg;ghl;L KOtJk;
$W 2 1. fypj;njhif 1. ghiyf;fyp – 1-5 ghly; 2.
2. FwpQ;rpf;fyp – 37>38>39>40>41 ghly;
3. kUjf;fyp – 70>71>72>73>74 ghly;
4. Ky;iyf;fyp – 101>102>103>104>105 ghly;fs;
2. mfehD}W - ghly; - 81 Kjy; 90 tiu
$W 3: 1. FWe;njhif – ghly; - 91>92>93>94>95>……100 tiu
2.ew;wpiz – ghly; - 91………110 tiu
$W 4: Iq;FEW}W – Njhopf;F ciuj;j gj;J – 31 – 40
fpoj;jp $w;Wg;gj;J - 61 – 70
nea;jw;gj;J - 181 - 190
$W 5 FwpQ;rpg;ghl;L KOtJk;
ghh;it E}y;fs;:
1. v]. itahGhpg;gps;is : rq;f ,yf;fpak;
ghhp epiyak;> nrd;id>
2-Mk; gjpg;G> 1967.
2. t.Rg. khzpf;fdhh; : jkpo;f; fhjy;.
ghhp epiyak;> nrd;id>
3-Mk; gjpg;G> 1980.
3. muq;f. ,uhkypq;fk; : rq;f ,yf;fpaj;jpy; Nte;jh;
ghhp Gj;jf epiyak;> nrd;id-17>
3-Mk; gjpg;G> 2003.
4. uh.gp. NrJg;gps;is : jkpoh; tPuk;>
godpag;gh gpujh;];> nrd;id-14>
vl;lhk; gjpg;G> 1966.
3
5. lhf;lh; K. tujuhrdhh; : neLe;njhifr; nry;tk;>
ghhp epiyak;> nrd;id.
4-Mk; gjpg;G> 1966.
6. t.Rg. khzpf;fk; : rq;f newp>
kzpthrfh; gjpg;gfk;> rpjk;guk;>
Kjw;gjpg;G> 1987.
7. K. tujuhrdhh; : ew;wpizr; nry;tk;>
ghhp epiyak;> nrd;id>
Kjw;gjpg;G> 1958.
8. Gyth; fh. Nfhtpe;jd; : FwpQ;rpf;Fkhp>
NjdUtpg; gjpg;gfk;> nrd;id – 17.
Kjw;gjpg;G> 1971.
9. R. itj;jpaehjd; : jkpoh; rhy;G>
ghhp Gj;jfg;gz;iz> nrd;id>
,uz;lhk; gjpg;G> 1971.
10. kh. ,uhrkhzpf;fdhh; : gj;Jg;ghl;L Ma;T>
rh;Nthja ,yf;fpag; gz;iz>
kJiu>
Kjw;gjpg;G> 1981.
11. nj.ngh. kPdhl;rpRe;judhh; : gj;Jg;ghl;L Ma;T>
4
rh;Nthja ,yf;fpag; gz;iz>
kJiu>Kjw;gjpg;G> 1981.
12. lhf;lh; M. ,uhkfpU\;zd; : mfj;jpiz khe;jh; - Xh; Ma;T>
rq;f ,yf;fpag; gz;iz>
kJiu>Kjw;gjpg;G> 1982.
13. ng. khijad; : mfj;jpizf; Nfhl;ghLfs;>
epA+ nrQ;Rhp Gf; `T];> nrd;id.
14. mk;kd;fpsp KUfjh]; : rq;f mfj;jpiz kuGk; khw;wKk;
Fkud; Gj;jfepiyak;> nrd;id.
15. fh. rptj;jk;gp : gz;ilj; jkpo;r; r%fk; - (tuyhw;Wg;
Ghpjiy Nehf;fp) kf;fs; ntspaPL> nrd;id.
16. f. ifyhrgjp : jkpo; tPuepiyf; ftpij>
Fkud; Gj;jf epiyak;> nrd;id> 2012.
5
jhs; 9
Muha;r;rp n e wp K i w f s;
6
ghh;it E}y;fs;:
1. lhf;lh; r.Nt. Rg;gpukzpad; : Muha;r;rp newpKiws;>
(g.M) cyfj; jkpohuha;r;rp epWtdk;>
jukzp> nrd;id> 1975.
2. lhf;lh; <.rh. tpRtehjd; : Ma;T newpKiwfs;>
jkpo;g;Gj;jfhyak;>
nrd;id> 1986.
3. lhf;lh; Kj;Jr;rz;Kfk; : Ma;Tf;fl;Liu vOJk; Kiw.
lhf;lh; R. Ntq;fluhkd; : Kj;Jg; gjpg;gfk;>
kJiu> 1979.
4. lhf;lh; nghw;Nfh : Muha;r;rp newpKiwfs;>
Ie;jpizg; gjpgg;fk;.
279. ghujp rhiy> jpUty;ypf;Nfzp.
nrd;id – 5>2005.
5. lhf;lh; vd;. fNzrd; : Ma;tpay; Nfhl;ghLfSk; nray;KiwfSk;>
gNahdpah; Gf; rh;tP];> nrd;id – 5>
1991.
6. lhf;lh; Nt. rpjk;guehjd; : Ma;tpay; Kiwfs;>
Rgh gjpg;gfk;> ehfh;Nfhtpy;>1987.
7. Kidth;
F.Nt. ghyRg;gpukzpad; : Ma;tpay; newpfs;>
ckh E}y; ntspaPl;lfk;>
156> fhkhl;rp mk;kd; Nfhapy; njU>
kUj;Jtf; fy;Y}hpr; rhiy> jQ;rhT+h; - 4>
2004.
7
jhs; -10
njhy;fhg;gpak; - nghUsjpfhuk; I
$W 1 : mfj;jpizapay;
$W 2 : Gwj;jpizapay;
$W 3 : fstpay;
$W 4 : fw;gpay;
$W 5 : nghUspay;
ghh;it E}y;fs;:
1. K. rz;Kfk; gps;is(g.M) : njhy;fhg;gpak; nghUsjpfhuk;>
184> gpuhll;Nt> Ky;iy epiyak;>
nrd;id – 600 108.
2. r.Nt. Rg;gpukzpak;(g.M) : njhy;fhg;gpak; nghUshjpfhuk;>
cyfj; jkpohuha;r;rp epWtdk;>
8
jukzp> nr;did – 608 113.
3. Re;ju%h;j;jp (g.M) : njhy;fhg;gpak; nghUsjpfhuk;>
mz;zhkiyg; gy;fiyf;fofk;>
mz;zhkiy efh; - 608 002.
4. lhf;lh; f.g. mwthzd; : mw;iwehs; fhjYk; tPuKk;>
jkpo;Nfhl;lk;> f[gjp ehAL njU>
mike;Jiu> nrd;id – 600 030>
1971.
5. nkh.m. Jiu muq;fdhh; : njhy;fhg;gpa newp.
6. M. rptypq;fdhh; : njhy;fhg;gpa ciutsk;>
cyfj; jkpohuha;r;rp epWtdk;>
jukzp> nrd;id – 600 113>
1982.
9
tpUg;gg;ghlk;
1. rpw;wpyf;fpak;;
10
2 jkpo; ,yf;fz tuyhW
ghHit E}y;fs;:
1. Gyth; ,uh. ,sq;Fkud; : ,yf;fz tuyhW>
kzpthrfh; gjpg;gfk;> nrd;id – 600 001.
2. Nguh. Nrhk. ,stuR : ,yf;fz tuyhW>
nka;ag;gd; gjpg;gfk;> nrd;id – 608 001.
3. ,uh. ,sq;Fkud; : ,izr; nrhy;yfuhjp>
fofg; gjpg;G> nrd;id> 1985.
4. ng. khijad; : mfuhjpapay;> jkpo;g; gy;fiyf;fofk;>
jQ;rhT+h;>Kjw;gjpg;G> 1997.
5. mfuhjp ifnaL : mfuhjpapay; gapyuq;Ff; fl;Liufs;>
mfuhjpapay; Jiw> jkpo;g; gy;fiyf;fofk;>
jQ;rhT+h;> 2006.
6. v.];. itahGhpg;gps;is : mfuhjp epidTfs;>
jkpo;g; Gj;jfhyak;> nrd;id> Kjw;gjpg;G>
1959.
7. ng. khijad; : jkpo; mfuhjpfspy; tpidg;gjptikg;G
newpKiwfs;>
epA+ nrQ;Rhp Gf; `T]; ypl;> nrd;id>
Kjw;gjpg;G> 2009.
11
OPEN ELECTIVE
Paper -3
1 gad;ghl;L ehl;Lg;Gwtpay;
$W – 1 Clfq;fspy; ehl;Lg;Gwtpay;
gphpT – 1 ,jo;fs;
gphpT – 2 thndhyp
gphpT – 3 njhiyf;fhl;rp
gphpT – 4 jpiug;glk;
$W – 2 tpsk;guq;fspy; ehl;Lg;Gwtpay;
gphpT – 1 fijfs;
gphpT – 2 ghly;fs;
gphpT – 3 fiyfs;
gphpT – 4 ,irf;fUtpfs;
$W – 3 jfty; ghpkhw;wj;jpy; ehl;Lg;Gwtpay;
gphpT – 1 murpd; jpl;lq;fs;
gphpT – 2 tpopg;Gzh;T epfo;r;rpfs;
gphpT – 3 cs;Sh; tpohf;fs;
gphpT – 4 xspehlh> FWe;jfLfs;
$W – 4 etPd ehlfq;fspy; ehl;Lg;Gwtpay;
gphpT – 1 fijfs;
gphpT – 2 ghly;fs;
gphpT – 3 fiyfs;
gphpT – 4 ,irf;fUtpfs;
$W – 5 ,izaj;jpy; ehl;Lg;Gwtpay;
gphpT – 1 fl;Liufs;
gphpT – 2 glq;fs;
gphpT – 3 xyp> xspg;glq;fs;
gphpT – 4 epfo;Tfs;
ghh;it E}y;fs;:
1. MW. uhkehjd;> ehl;Lg;Gwf; fiyfs; - epfo;j;J fiyfs;
nka;ag;gd; jkpoha;tyk;> rpjk;guk;.
12
1. Nrtpah; me;Njhzp> : <h;g;G tpir (gad;ghl;L ehl;LGwtpaYk;
Ma;Tk;)
itfiwg;gjpg;gfk;> jpz;Lf;fy; - 1.
2. Nr. V. FzNrfud; : ehl;Lg;Gw epfo;fiyfs; xU ghh;it
epA+ nrQ;Rhp Gf; `T];
nrd;id
13
2 mwptpay; jkpo;
$W 1 : mwptpaYk; mwptpay; rhh;e;j tpsf;fq;fSk;:
mwptpay; nrhy;Yk; nghUSk; - mwptpay; rpe;jpid kw;Wk;
mwptpay; tuyhW – mwptpay; mwpQh;fs; - jkpopy; ntspte;j
mwptpay; Ma;Tfs;> E}y;fs;> fl;Liufs;> ,jo;fs; Mfpatw;wpd;
gq;F gzp – mwptpaypd; ,d;wpaikahik
$W 2 : jkpOk; mwptpaYk;
,yf;fz ,yf;fpaq;fspy; gjpthfpAs;s mwptpay; jfty;fs; -
jkpOk; fzpjKk; - jkpOk; kUj;JtKk; - jkpOk; Ntshz;ikAk;
- jkpOk; nghwpapaYk; - jkpOk; caphpaYk; - jkpOk; fzpdpAk;
$W 3 : mwptpaYk; rpj;jh;fSk;
rpj;jh;fspd; mwptpay; gjpTfs; - rpj;jh;fspd; kUj;Jt mwpT –
rpj;jh;fspd; caphpay;> clypay; mwpT – rpj;jh;fspd; gd;Kf
mwptpay; ghh;itfs;
$W 4 : jkpOk; thdtpaYk;
jkpopyf;fpa ,yf;fzq;fspy; gjpthfpAs;s Nfhs;fs;>
el;rj;jpuq;fs; Mfpad gw;wpa gjpTfs; - thdpay; gjpTfspd;
topahfg; gz;ilj; jkpoh;fspd; Gyikia vLj;Jiuj;jy; -
#hpad;> re;jpud;>
Gjd;> tpahod;> nts;sp> rdp> Mfpa jiyikf; Nfhs;fspd;
,af;fq;fisg; gw;wpa Fwpg;Gfis mwpjy; - rpwg;ghf nts;spapd;
,affilia tionfKk; kio epiyAk; fz;lwpjy; - ,d;d gpw
Nfhs;fs; gw;wpa Fwpg;GfisAk; thdpay; jfty;fisAk;
vLj;Jiuj;jy;.
$W 5 : mwptpay; fiyr; nrhy;yhf;fk;
mwptpay; Jiwfspy; fiyr; nrhy;yhf;fj;jpd; gq;Fk; gzpAk; -
mwptpay;> fzpjtpay;> thdpay;> fzpdpapay; Kjyhd
gy;Jiwfspd; fiyr; nrhy;yhf;fq;fs; - fiyr; nrhw;fis xyp
ngah;g;Gk;> nkhopngah;gGk; nra;jy; - GJr; nrhy;yhf;fk;.
14
ghh;it E}y;fs;:
1. F.tp. fpU\;z%h;j;jp: mwptpaypd; tuyhW
Nguhrphpah; - jiyth;
jhtu mwptpay; Jiw>ghujpjhrd;
gy;fiyf;fofk;
jpUr;rpuhg;gs;sp – 620 024
2. fh.nr. nry;yKj;J : fzpg;nghwpAk; Ngrpf; nkhopAk;
jkpo;g; gy;fiyf;fofk;> jQ;rhT+h;
3. rj;jpaghkh fhNk];tud; : fzf;fjpfhuk;>
(gjpg;ghrphpah;) ruRtjp kfhy; ntspaPL> jQ;rhT+h;>
Kjw;gjpg;G - 1998
4. m. rptngUkhd; : ,yf;fpaq;fspy; thdpay; gjpg;Gj;Jiw>
mz;zhkiyg; gy;fiyf;fofk;>mz;zhkiy
efh; - 608 002
Kjw;gjpg;G – 1997> tpiy &.30
5. e. fbfhryk; : jkpOk; gpw JiwfSk;
(gjpg;ghrphpah;) cyfj;jkpo; Muha;r;rp epWtdk;>
jukzp> nrd;id – 113> Mf];L – 1994
6. ,uhjh nry;yg;gd; : fiyr; nrhy;yhf;fk;
ety; fl; ghphpz;lh;]; nrd;id – 14.
7. m. rptngUkhd; : jkpohpd; thdpay; jpwd;
jpUtUs; epiya ntspaPl;lfk;
KifA+h; - mQ;ry;
tpOg;Guk; khtl;lk; - 606 306
Kjw;gjpg;G – 1993> tpiy &. 25
8. ,uhk. Re;juk; : jkpof mwptpay; tuyhW
jkpo;g;gy;fiyf;fofk;
kWNjhd;wpmr;rfk;> jQ;rhT+h; - 5
Mf];L - 2006
9. m. rptngUkhd; : jkpOk; mwptpaYk;
,izg;Nguhrphpah;> jkpopay; Jiw>
mz;zhkiyg; gy;fiyf;fofk;>
Kjw;gjpg;G – 2006> tpiy &. 50
10. ,uh. ghNte;jd; : jkpopy; mwptpay; ,jo;fs; rhKNty;
/gp\;fpwPd; gjpg;gfk;> jkpo;ehL
Ntshz; gy;fiiyf;fofk;. Nfhit
Mf];L - 1998
11. ,uhk. Re;juk; : nghUs; GjpJ tsk; GjpJ
tre;jk; ntspaPL> 71> nry;iyah efh;>
gps;isahh;gl;b mQ;ry;>
jQ;rhT+h;> Mf];L - 1999
12. mDgt rpj;j kUj;Jth;fs; rq;fk; : mDgt rpj;j kUj;Jtk;
Ie;jhk; Mz;L khehl;L kyh;> ek;gfk;
61/58
gde;Njhg;Gj; njU> kapyhLJiw>
Kjw;gjpg;G - 2005
15
13. midj;jpe;jpa mwptpay; : ,yf;fpaKk; Ntshz;ikAk;
jkpo;f;fofk; mwptpay; jkpo; kw;Wk; jkpo;
tsh;r;rpj;Jiw> jkpo;g;gy;fiyf;fofk;>
jQ;rhT+h; - 613 005
Kjw;gjpg;G – gpg;uthp 2000> tpiy &.190
16
gUtk; ehd;F
jhs; -11
rq;f ,yf;fpak; (Gwk;)
ghh;it E}y;fs;
1. R. itj;jpaehjd; : jkpoh; rhy;G>
ghhp Gj;jfg; gz;iz.
nrd;id> 2 Mk; gjpg;G> 1971. &7.50
2. kh. ,uhrkhzpf;fdhh; : gj;Jg;ghl;L Ma;T
rh;Nthjpa ,yf;fpag; gz;iz.
kJiu> Kjw;gjpg;G> 1981> & 15
3. kh. ,uhrkhzpf;fdhh; : jkpo; ,yf;fpa tuyhW (rq;ffhyk;)>
ghhp epiyak;. nrd;id – 108>
%d;whk; gjpg;G> 1971
4. irt rpj;jhe;j E}w;gjpg;Gf; fofk; : rq;f ,yf;fpar; nrhw;gnghopT
thpirfs;
17
5. m. rPepth]; : FwpQ;rp>
gp.Nf.v];. Gf;]> kJiu> Kjw;gjpg;G> 1977
6. nj. ngh. kPdhl;rp Re;judhh; : gj;Jg;ghl;L Ma;T
rh;Nthja ,yf;fpag; gz;iz>
kJiu> Kjw;gjpg;G> 1981. &. 15
7. lhf;lh; M.,uhkfpU\;zd; : mfj;jpiz khe;jh; - Xh; Ma;T>
rq;f ,yf;fpag; gz;iz. kJiu>
Kjw;gjpg;G> 1982.
8. rhkprpjk;gudhh; : gj;Jg;ghl;Lk; gz;ilj;jkpoUk;>
mwpTg;gjpg;gfk;> nrd;id – 14> Kjw;gjpg;G>
2003
9. g. muq;frhkp> (g.M) : gj;Jg;ghl;by; ige;jkpo;tsk;>
godpag;gh gpujh;];> nrd;id> Kjw;gjpg;G>
1967
18
jhs; -12 njhy;fhg;gpak; -
nghUsjpfhuk; II
$W 1 : nka;g;ghl;bay;
$W 2 : ctkapay;
$W 3 : kugpay;
$W 4 : nra;Aspay; - I #j;jpuk; 1 Kjy; 118 tiu
$W 5 : nra;Aspay; - II #j;jpuk; 119 Kjy; 235 tiu
ghh;it E}y;fs;
1. K. rz;Kfk; gps;is :njhy;fhg;gpak; nghUshjpfhuk;>
184> gpuhl;Nt> Ky;iy epiyak;>
nrd;id – 600 108
2. r.Nt. Rg;gpukzpak;(g.M) : njhy;fhg;gpak; nghUsjpfhuk; (ciu
tsq;fs;)> cyfj; jkpohuha;r;rp epWtdk;>
jukzp> nrd;id – 600 113.
3. F.Re;ju%h;j;jp(v.M) : njhy;fhg;gpak; nghUsjpfhuk;>
mz;zhkiiyg; gy;fiyf;fofk;>
mz;zhkiyg; gyf;iyf;fofk;>
mz;zhkiy efh; - 608 002> 1986
4. M. rptypq;fdhh; : njhy;fhg;gpak; ciutsk;>
19
tpUg;gg;ghlk; -3
,e;jpaj; jj;Jtq;fs;
ghHitE}y;
1. lhf;lh; Nrh.e. fe;jrhkp : ,e;jpaj; jj;Jtf; fsQ;rpak; (njhFjp> 1-3)>
nka;ag;gd; gjpg;gfk;>
53> GJj;njU> rpjk;guk; - 608 001>
Kjw;gjpg;G> 2003.
2. f.neLQ;nropad; : MrptfKk; ma;adhH topghLk;
3. f.neLQ;nropad; : jkpopyf;fpaj;jpy; cyfhajthjk;
: Mrptfk; vd;Dk; jkpoH mZtpak;
20
2 fzpdpj; jkpo;
23
OPEN ELECTIVE
Paper - 4
1. jpUts;Stk;
ghh;it E}y;fs;:
1. nr.it. rz;Kfk; : Fws; thrpg;G>
kzpthrfh; gjpgg;fk;> 31> rpq;fh;
njU> ghhpKid> nrd;id – 600 108>
Kjw;gjpg;G> brk;gh; - 1984.
2. Fd;wf;Fb mbfshh; : Fwl;nry;tk;>
fiythzp Gj;jfhyak;> nrd;id>
,uz;lhk; gjpg;G> 1984.
3. K. tujuhrd; : jpUts;Sth; my;yJ tho;f;if tpsf;fk;>
ghhp epiyak;. nrd;id>
ehd;fhk; gjpg;G> 1956.
4. ghpNkyofh; : jpUf;Fws; %yKk; ciuAk;>
fof ntspaPL>
gjpg;G> 1967.
5. f.j. jpUehTf;fuR : jpUf;FwSk; ,e;jpa mwE}y;fSk;.
kzpafk;> nrd;id> Kjw;gjpg;G>
1978.
6. f.j. jpUehTfuR : jpUf;Fws; ePjp ,yf;fpak;>
nrd;idg; gy;fiyf;fofk;>
nrd;id> Kjw;gjpg;G> 1971.
7. r. jz;lghdp Njrpfh;: jpUf;Fws; ciuf;fsQ;rpak; mwj;Jg;ghy;>
24
kJiu fhkuhrh; gy;fiyf;fofk;>
kJiu> Kjw;gjpg;G> 1983.
8. Nrh.e. fe;jrhkp : jpUf;Fws; $Wk; cWjpg;nghUs;>
nka;ag;gd; jkpoha;tfk;>
53. GJj;njU> rpjk;guk; - 608
001. Kjw;gjpg;G> 2002.
9. nfhw;whq;fhhp : jpUf;Fws; toq;Fk; nra;jp>
kzpthrfh; gjpgg;fk;.
rpjk;guk;> Kjw;gjpg;G> 2003.
10. f.g. mwthzd; : jpUts;Sth;>
jkpo;f; Nfhl;lk;> nrd;id –
29> Kjw;gjpg;G> 2006.
11. t.Rg. khzpf;fdhh; : ts;Stk;>
kzpthrfh; gjpg;gfk;.
55. ypq;fpj; njU> nrd;id – 600 001>
,uz;lhk; gjpg;G. 1993.
12. ,uh. rhuq;fghzp : ts;sth; tFj;j fhkk;>
mz;zhkiyg; gy;fiyf;fofk;>
mz;zhkiyefh;.
Kjw;gjpg;G> 1994.
13. ftpf;Fapy; ng. tujuhrd;
: jpUts;sth; $Wk; ,y;yw ,d;gk;>
Njd;nkhopg; gjpgg;fk;>
nfhOe;jk;gl;L mQ;ry; - 606 706>
jpUtz;zhkiy khtl;lk;.
14. K. rz;Kfk;gps;is :jpUf;Fws; mikg;GKiwfs;>
nrd;idg; gy;fiyf;fofk;> nrd;id.
Kjw;gjpg;G> 1971.
15. K. tujuhrd; (gjp) : jpUf;Fws; mzpeyk;.
nrd;idg; gy;fiyf;fofk;> nrd;id.
Kjw;gjpg;G.>
16. rhkp. NtyhAjk; : jpUf;Fws; nrhy;yilT>
fof ntspaPL> nrd;id – 1> 2002.
17. R. Baskar : Computer Analisys of Thirukkural,
Thamil University, Thanjavur
25
26
4. ,sq;Nfhtbfs;
$W 1
$W 2
$W-3
rpyg;gjpfhuf;fij - rq;f,yf;fpak; Nfhtyd; fij - Nfhtyd;
fz;zfp ehlfk; - rpyk;gpy; ehl;Lg;gwf;$Wfs; - ehl;Lg;Gwf;fsq;fs; -
ehl;Lg;Gwkhe;jHfs; - gpwehLfspy; fz;zfp fij
$W-4
,sq;Nfhtbfspd; gy;NtW ghpzhkq;fs; - murpay; mwpQH - nghUspay;
ty;YeH - r%fr;rpe;jidfs; - rhjprka ghFghL fle;jtH -
ngz;ikNghw;WgtH - ftpQH -fiyQh; - mwNthH -JwNthH
$W 5
rpyg;gjpfhhuj;jpd; mikg;G - fhz;lk; - fhij itg;G Kiw - njhlf;fk; -
KbT - %d;W fhz;lj;jpd; rpwg;gpy;G - jkpo; ,yf;fpatuyhw;wpYk; jkpof
tuyhw;wpYk; rpyg;gjpfhuk;. ,sq;Nfhtbfs; Fwpj;j Ma;Tfs;
ghHit E}y;fs;
KiddtH ,uhk FUehjd; rpyg;gjpfhuk; Ma;Tf;Nfhit godpag;gh gpujH];
nrd;id 14
uFehjd; ,sq;Nfhtbfs; ahH? kPdhl;rp Gj;jf epiyak; kJiu
kJ.r.tpkyhde;jk; rpyg;gjpfhuj;jpwdha;T> kzpthrfH gjpg;gfk;> rpjk;guk;.
r.Nt. Rg;gpukzpad; ,sq;Nfhtpd; cj;jpfs;> cyfj;jkpohuha;r;rp epWtdk;
nrd;id.
F.Kj;Juhrd; fhg;gpaf; fUj;Njhl;lq;fs;
khHf;fge;J rHkh rpyk;gpd; jdpj;jd;ik> kzpthrfH E}yfk; >rpjk;guk;.
[Ptge;J >=ghy; ,sq;Nfhtbfs; rkak;> i[d ,isQH kd;wk;>
nrd;id.
k.ngh.rptQhdk; rpyg;gjpfhuMa;Tiu> G+q;nfhb gjpg;gfk;
*******
27
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
THIRUVALLUVAR UNIVERSITY
BACHELOR OF ARTS
B.A. ENGLISH
DEGREE COURSE
CBCS PATTERN
(With effect from 2020 - 2021)
Uni.
SEMESTER II CIA Total
Exam
8. I Language Paper-2 6 4 Tamil/Other Languages 25 75 100
9. II English (CE) Paper-2 4 4 Communicative English I 25 75 100
1
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
Uni.
SEMESTER IV CIA Total
Exam
23. I Language Paper-4 6 4 Tamil/Other Languages 25 75 100
24. II English Paper-4 6 4 English 25 75 100
25. III Core Theory Paper-7 5 4 British literature III 25 75 100
26. III Core Theory Paper-8 4 3 History of English Language 25 75 100
27. III ALLIED-2 Paper-4 5 5 History of English Literature II 25 75 100
Skill based Writing for special purpose
28. IV Paper-2 2 2 25 75 100
Subject
Non-major Language skills and
29. IV Paper-2 2 2 25 75 100
elective communication II
Sem. Total 30 24 175 525 700
Uni.
SEMESTER V CIA Total
Exam
30. III Core Theory Paper-9 5 4 British literature IV 25 75 100
31. III Core Theory Paper-10 6 4 Shakespeare 25 75 100
32. III Core Theory Paper-11 6 4 Literary Criticism. 25 75 100
33. III Core Theory Paper-12 6 4 Subaltern Literature 25 75 100
(to choose one out f two)
Internal
34. III Paper-1 4 3 A. Children Literature 25 75 100
Elective
B. Journalism
Skill based
35. IV Paper-3 3 2 Content writing 25 75 100
Subject
Sem. Total 30 21 150 450 600
Uni.
SEMESTER VI CIA Total
Exam
36. III Core Theory Paper-13 5 4 Contemporary Literature 25 75 100
37. III Core Theory Paper-14 5 4 Indian Writing in Translation 25 75 100
2
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
Total Total
Part Subject Papers Credit Marks
Credits Marks
Part I Languages 4 4 16 100 400
Communicative English
Part II 4 4 16 100 400
& English
Part III Allied (Odd Semester) 2 3 6 100 200
Allied (Even Semester) 2 5 10 100 200
Electives 3 3 9 100 300
Core 15 (3-5) 54 100 1500
Professional English 2 3 6 100 200
Compulsory Project
(Group/Individual 1 5 5 100 100
Project)
Part IV Environmental Science 1 2 2 100 100
Soft skill 1 1 1 100 100
Value Education 1 2 2 100 100
Lang. & Others /NME 2 2 4 100 200
Skill Based 4 2 8 100 400
Part V Extension Activities 1 1 1 100 100
Total 43 140 4300
3
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
THIRUVALLUVAR UNIVERSITY
B.A. ENGLISH SYLLABUS
CBCS PATTERN
(With effect from 2020 - 2021)
SECOND YEAR
SEMESTER III
CORE PAPER - 5
BRITISH LITERATURE II
Objectives
UNIT - I: POETRY
4
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
UNIT - V: NOVEL
Course Outcome:
Unit I
Unit II
Unit III
Unit IV
Unit V
Web Source:
https://www.poetryfoundation.org/poems/45527/lines-composed-a-few-miles-above-tintern-
abbey-on-revisiting-the-banks-of-the-wye-during-a-tour-july-13-1798
https://www.poetryfoundation.org/poems/45134/ode-to-the-west-wind
https://www.poetryfoundation.org/poems/44477/ode-on-a-grecian-
urnhttps://www.poetryfoundation.org/poems/43991/kubla-khan
https://www.bartleby.com/380/prose/491.html
http://www.blupete.com/Literature/Essays/Best/GoldsmithCity.htm
http://www.gutenberg.org/files/24761/24761.txt
https://www.planetebook.com/free-ebooks/robinson-crusoe.pdf
https://www.gutenberg.org/files/1260/1260-h/1260-h.htm
6
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
CORE PAPER - 6
Objectives
1) Students are exposed to the Evaluation of English Language at a deeper level, updating
communication using Language, Spoken medium and Written medium.
2) Students enrich information about understanding English phonetics with information on
general phonetics.
3) Illustrations facilitating readers comprehension of the subject both in orthography and in
Phonetic transcription.
4) Student gets knowledge about medium of speech medium of writing.
5) Students attempt to the represent written language using marks on paper sounds used in
spoken Language.
6) Students are thought about intricacies of articulating English sounds enabling them to
speak better.
7) Students are thought about different levels of Linguistic analysis thereby preparing them
to become effective speakers of English Language.
8) Students are exposed to the use of modern technology stressing the importance of speech
using mobile phone, radio, tape recorder, multimedia, etc.,
SYLLABUS
UNIT - I
Introduction to Language - Arbitrariness - Duality - Displacement - Cultural Transmission.
UNIT - II
Phonetics - Phonology - Branches of Phonetics - Organs of Speech.
UNIT – III
Phonatory System and Articulatory System - Classification of Speech Sound - Consonants -
Vowels.
UNIT - IV
Syllable and Syllabic Structure - Onset - Nucleus - Coda - Syllabic Consonants - Consonant
Clusters - Abutting Consonants - Word accent - Rhythm and intonation.
UNIT - V
7
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
References:
8
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
ALLIED -2
PAPER- 3
Course Objectives
UNIT - I
Introduction to English Literature - Old English Secular Poetry Beowulf - Old English War
Poems - Old English Prose Writings - Old English Grammar - Old English dialects, The Age of
Chaucer - Geoffrey Chaucer - His Life and Career - The Canterbury Tales, The Sonneteers -
Wyatt - Surrey - Daniel , Dryden - Spenser as a Sonneteer and Shakespeare’s Sonnets - Major
poets in the Elizabethan Age - Spenser and Shakespeare - Their works
UNIT - II
Prose in Elizabethan Age: Roger Ascham - The Chronicles of the tutor period - Hall - Holinshed
- The Bible - Wycliffe, Tyndale, Coverdale - King James I’ s authorized version of the Bible.
Francis Bacon - Literary Criticism - Sir. Philip Sydney’s Apologie for Poetry - Puritanism - Ben
Jonson - - The origin and growth of English Drama - Mysteries, Miracles, Moralities, Interludes -
The first English Comedy and Tragedy.
UNIT - III
The University Wits - George Peale- Thomas Kyd - Christopher Marlowe - Robert Greene -
Thomas Nash - Thomas Lodge - John Lyly - William Shakespeare - Life of Shakespeare - The
four periods of Shakespeare’s dramatic career - His contemporaries and successors - Elizabethan
Prose Fiction, The Puritan Writers - John Bunyan, John Milton, George Herbert, Sir Thomas
Browne - The Metaphysical poets - John Donne & Others
UNIT - IV
The Restoration Age: Poetry: John Dryden & Samuel Butler: Drama: The Comedy of Manners -
William Congreve - Wycherley - Thomas Shadwell - Dryden. Augustan Age - Alexander Pope
as a poet , Critic - Addison and Steele - Doctor Johnson, Goldsmith - Sheridan - Henry Fielding -
Tobias Smollett, Lawrence Sterne, Horace Walpole
9
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
UNIT - V
Pre Romantic and the Romantic Age: Goldsmith - Thompson - Gray - Burns - Blake - William
Wordsworth - S.T Coleridge - Lord Bryon - P.B Shelley and Keats - Charles Lamb - Hazlitt, De
Quincey , Jane Austen, Sir Walter Scott.
Text Books
1. A History of English Literature by DR. A. Shanmugakani, Harrows Publications
2. An Outline History of English Literature by W.H Hudson, Mahaam Publishers
3. A.C Ward: Twentieth Century English Literature
4. Authur Compton - Rickett: History of English Literature
10
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
PAPER - 2
Course Objectives
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
1. Purpose of Interviews
2. Before and after the Interview
UNIT - III
1. Preparing a Resume
2. Writing a cover Letter
3. Answering FAQs about you and your family
UNIT - IV
UNIT – V
1. Workplace etiquette
2. Values and Ethics
3. Culture
4. Gender equality
11
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
Unit - I
1. The student will be able to know types of GD
2. The student will be able to know about GD
3. The student will be able to know how to prepare for GD
4. The student will be able to understand leadership and problem solving skills
5. The student will be able to develop leadership and problem solving skills
Unit - II
1. The student will be able to discuss the purpose of interviews
2. What are the technique the student will be able to follow at the time of interviews
3. The student will be able know their strengths and weakness
4. The students will be able to focus purpose of interviews
5. The student will be able to concentrate do and don’ts while attending the interviews
Unit - III
1.The students will be able to Know how to lay out the details in a CV
2.The student will be able to learn how to organize in formation in an cover letter
3.The student will be able come to know how to write a covering letter
4.The student will be able to know FAOS about their family members
5.The student will be able to learn how to answer question about yourself and your family
Unit - IV
Unit - V
Reference
Co, Lina Mukhopadhyay &. Polyskills: A course in communication skills and life skills. Chennai:
Foundation, 2012. print.
12
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
NON-MAJOR ELECTIVE
PAPER - 1
LANGUAGE SKILLS AND COMMUNICATION I
Course Objectives
To improve the ability of speaking skills.
To provide training in developing the interpersonal skills.
To develop communicative skills
To make students confident in dealing with communicative skills
To facilitate students practical social knowledge through conversations
UNIT - I
1. Meeting people
2. Exchanging greetings
3. Introducing, others, giving personal information, taking about people animals and places
UNIT - II
1. Answering telephone, asking for someone
2. Making enquiries on the phone
3. Dealing with wrong number
4. Taking and leaving messages
COURSE OUTCOMES
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
Text books:
SEMESTER IV
CORE PAPER - 7
SYLLABUS
UNIT - I: POETRY
UNIT - V: NOVEL
14
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
Course outcome:
Unit I
Unit II
3. Describe the social custom according to “My Last Duchess “ - Ferrara by Robert
Browning
Unit III
Unit IV
1. Identify targets of Wilde's satire and analyze the treatment of these targets.
2. Discuss the idea of art for art's sake.
3. Identify the pun central to the play and analyze its meaning
4. Who is the blocking figure in The Importance of Being Earnest?
5. What precisely is a Bunburyist?
15
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
Unit V
Web Source
https://www.poetryfoundation.org/poems/43606/the-scholar-gipsy
https://www.poetryfoundation.org/poems/43588/dover-beach
https://www.poetryfoundation.org/poems/43768/my-last-duchess
https://deriv.nls.uk/dcn6/7869/78693125.6.pdf
https://www.gutenberg.org/files/34901/34901-h/34901-h.htm
https://www.gutenberg.org/files/844/844-h/844-h.htm
http://www.gutenberg.org/files/580/580-0.txt
https://www.fulltextarchive.com/page/The-Mayor-of-Casterbridge-by-Thomas-Hardy/
http://www.gutenberg.org/files/550/550-0.txt
16
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
CORE PAPER - 8
Objectives
UNIT - I
1. Characteristic features of English Language
2. Indo European Family of Languages
UNIT - II
1. American English
2. English as world language
17
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
Course Outcome:
Unit I
The studedents will be able to know the
1. Characteristic features of English language like heterogeneousness, effect of loss of
inflexions, simplicity of inflexions, gender system of English and development of
periphrases
2. Indo European family of languages
3. Grimm’s law
4. Verner’s law
5. English as part of Indo European family of languages
Unit II
The students will be able to understand
1. various methods of development of vocabulary
2. words coined by imitation, abbreviation, initials, back formation
3. words coined by suffixes and prefixes, syncopation, telescoping, metaanalysis, etc.
4. various methods of change of meaning
5. change of meaning listed by F.T. Wood,,
Unit III
The students will be able to understand
1. the impact of influences of foreign languages
2. the influence of Latin language
3. greek influence
4. French influence
Unit IV
18
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
ALLIED -2
PAPER - 4
Course Objectives
3 .To expose the students to the magnum opuses of the literary masters
SYLLABUS
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
UNIT - IV : DRAMA
1. Drama: Bernard Shaw - John Galsworthy - J. M Synge - Sean O’ Casey - J.M Barrie -
T.S Eliot - Christopher Fry - Beckett - John Osborne - Harold Pinter
19
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
2. Fiction: Arnold Bennett - H.G Wells - Graham Greene - Joseph Conrad - Somerset
Maugham - E.M Forster - D.H Lawrence - Aldus Huxley - James Joyce - Virginia Wolf -
George Orwell - P.G Wodehouse - Kinsley Amis - John Braine - William Golding
1. Students are able to have a vast knowledge in History of English Literature down the
ages
2. Students are exposed to the major movements, changes and impacts in history.
3. The students gain confidence in their course of study.
4. It helps them in the long run to take up the competitive examination.
5. It enables them to pass in the entrance tests when they go for higher studies.
Text Books
Unit - 1,2,3,4:
Unit - 5
https://oxfords.com
https://www.britanica.com
E - Materials
https://oxfords.com
https://www.britanica.com
20
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
PAPER - 2
Course Objectives
SYLLABUS
UNIT - I
Getting started
Gaining control
Writing for a Diverse Audience
Organizing your thought
Managing the purpose of writing
Overcoming the writes Block.
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
21
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
UNIT - IV
UNIT - V
Letter of complaint
Responses to letters of complaint
Letter of request
Persuasion : some practical pointer
Shaping a persuasion message
The sales letter
International correspondence
Message for email
Unit I
Unit II
22
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
Unit III
1. Construct subject line the key lines of the message in a captive way.
2. Include the punctuation marks in the right place
3. Learn to use the tens in the items in the menu bar like headings endings bullets and graphic
devices
4. Makes the message accessible
5. Learn to incorporate the special effect
Unit IV
Unit V
Text Book :
Reference: Effective business writing Maryann PIOTROWSKI, Harper Collins publisher. Inc.
NY 10022
23
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
NON-MAJOR ELECTIVE
PAPER - 2
LANGUAGE SKILLS AND COMMUNICATION II
Course Objectives
1. To enable the students to improve both ability to communicate and linguistic competence
in the language.
2. To study a language and various transferable skills as a part of this course
UNIT - I:
1. Getting people’s attention and interrupting
2. Giving instructions and seeking clarification
3. Making requests, asking for directions and giving directions.
UNIT - II:
1. Inviting, accepting and refusing invitation.
2. Apologizing and responding to an apology.
3. Congratulating and responding to congratulations.
4. Asking for, giving and refusing permission.
COURSE OUTCOMES
UNIT I
1. Students will be able to use expression to get someone’s attention.
2. Students will be able to mention connecting word while giving instruction.
3. Students will be able to know the ways of making request, asking for directions, and also
giving directions.
4. Students will be able to know how to give instruction and seek clarification.
5. Student will be able to grasp the procedures while present dialogues for any situation.
UNIT II
1. Students will be able to know how to invite, accept and refusing invitation.
2. Students will be able to develop the formal and informal ways for accepting and
declining invitation.
3. Students will be able to know how to congratulate and how to respond to congratulations.
4. Students will be able to know how to ask, give and refuse permission in both formal and
informal situations.
5. Students will be able to learn how to apologize and respond to apologize.
Text books:
KamleshSadam and SusheelaPunitha. Spoken English:
A Foundation Course (Part I). Orient black swan. 2014
24
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
SEMESTER V
CORE PAPER - 9
BRITISH LITERATURE IV
Course Objectives
SYLLABUS
UNIT - I: POETRY
1. Pygmalion - G.B.Shaw
UNIT - V: NOVEL
25
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
COURSE OUTCOMES
Unit - I
Unit - II
UNIT - III
Unit - IV
Unit - V
1. Students will be able to know the theme of the novels of William Golding with reference
to “Lord of the Flies.”
26
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
2. Students will be able to understand the concept of beastial instinct and savagery.
3. Students will be able to understand the suitability of the novel for film making.
4. Students will be able to understand the concept of totalitarianism
5. Students will be able to understand how the views in the novels are relevant in the current
scenerio.
George Bernard Shaw's Pygmalion. New York: Chelsea House Publishers, 1988.
Golding, William, and Edmund L. Epstein. Lord of the Flies: A Novel. New York: Perigee,
1954.
https://www.gradesaver.com/the-second-coming/study-guide/poem-text
https://www.poetryinternational.org/pi/poem/23607/auto/0/0/Seamus-Heaney/THE-TOLLUND-
MAN/en/tile
https://www.poetryfoundation.org/poems/44395/gods-grandeur
https://www.bartleby.com/236/239.html
http://www.askliterature.com/prose/functions-of-a-teacher-by-bertrand-russell/
https://orwell.ru/library/articles/bookshop/english/e_shop
https://sex-british.com/notes-on-the-english-character-e-m-forster/
27
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
CORE PAPER - 10
SHAKESPEARE
Objectives
SYLLABUS
Course Outcome
Unit I and II
UNIT - III
28
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
UNIT - IV
UNIT - V
29
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
CORE PAPER - 11
LITERARY CRITICISM
Objectives
UNIT - I
Poetics - Aristotle
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
UNIT - IV
UNIT - V
Course Outcome:
Unit I
30
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
Unit II
Unit III
1.Why does the novel matter?
2. How Lawrence highlight the superiority of the novel over other forms of literature
3. What according to Lawrence are the supreme old novels
4.The relation between tradition and individual talent
5.The concept of objective correlative
Unit IV
TEXTS
Reference books:
31
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
CORE PAPER - 12
SUBALTERN LITERATURE
Objectives
SYLLABUS
UNIT - I
Poetry
1. The Dying Eagle by E.J. Pratt
2. Why have you left the Horse Alone by Mahmoud Darwish
3. Telephone Converstion by Wole Soyinka
UNIT - II
Non Fiction
Nickel and Dimed by Barbara Ehrenreich
UNIT - III
Short stories
1. The Sacrificial Egg by Chinua Achebe
2. Draupadhi by Mahaswetha Devi
UNIT - IV
1. Dumb Dancer by Asif Currimbhoy
2. Death and the King’s Horseman by Wole Soyinka
UNIT - V
1. Hungry Tide by Amitav Ghosh
2. The Kite Runner by Khalid Hosseini
Course Outcomes
Unit I
The students will be able to
1. Analyze the theme of loss of power
2. Know the inevitability of younger generatins overthrowing the older ones
3. Analyse myth and history in Mahmoud Darwish’s poem, “Why have you left the horse
alone”
4. Understand the pain of exile
5. Understand the theme of racial discrimination
32
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
Unit II
1. understand the complications that arise from trying to survive on a minimum-age job
they are immediately facing destitution.
2. Realize that work is not a way out of poverty, but a physically and emotionally damaging
state in which the economic laws of supply and demand often simply don’t apply.
3. Understand that low-wage workers are forced to fight an uphill, or even impossible,
battle:
4. understand that their problems stem not from individual weaknesses or laziness but from
entrenched structural issues that make working your way out of poverty excruciatingly
difficult.
Unit III
The students are able to understand
1. the tug-of-war between Western influences and native traditions and beliefs.
2. Through Julius, that even decades of colonialism are incapable of erasing the rituals and
beliefs of a people
3. The concept of emptiness and loss.
4. That Draupadi is an ironic tale of exploitation and struggle faced by a woman for being
born in a low birth
5. And explore the traumas undertaken by the women protagonists to resist and survive.
Unit IV
The students are able to understand
1. How the psychological thriller,Dumb Dancers incorporate the element of valour from
the Mahabharata,
2. the stigma and struggle attached with mental illnesses, expressed though the
traditional dance form, kathakali.
3. the mingling of Western and Yoruban elements in Death and the King’s Horseman
4. the universality of the theme of cultural responsibility
5. The values of Yoruban society
Unit V
The students will be able to understand
1. The Environmental problems which are often underestimated by the majority of
mankind in Hungry Tide.
2. Corruption and bureaucracy.as disease, which develops quickly, but takes a lot of
time, efforts and determination to recover from it
3. The necessity of Responsibility.
4. The theme of betrayal The Kite Runner
5. The life of guilt moving towards redemption
33
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
1. https://www.k-state.edu/english/westmank/spring_00/SOYINKA.html
2. https://english2302.files.wordpress.com/2016/08/the-sacrificial-egg.pdf
3. Currimboy, Asif. Dumb Dancers. Culcutta: Writers Workshop, 1992.
4. Ehrenreich, Barbara. Nickel and Dimed. Picador, n.d.
34
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER - 1
A. CHILDREN LITERATURE
Objectives
1. To make the students read a broad range of children’s literature from Fairy tales to recent
books
2. it gives students appreciation about their own cultural heritage as well as those of others;
3. it helps students develop emotional intelligence and creativity;
4. to explore new vocabulary, to internalize grammar and linguistic structures,
5. to motivate the students to develop the habit of reading
SYLLABUS
UNIT - I
1.Little Women - Louisa May Alcott
UNIT - II
1.Anna of Green Gables (Book I)- Anne Montgommz
UNIT - III
1.Harry Potter and the Philosopher’s Stone -J . K.Rowling
UNIT - IV
1.The Ugly Duckling - Hans Christian Andersen
2.Hansel and Gretel - Grimm’s Fairy Tales
UNIT - V
1. C.S.Lewis- On Three ways of Writing for Children
2. Philip Pullman - On Children’s Literature and the Critics Who Disdain It (From Daemon
Voices: On Stories and Storytelling).
Course outcome:
Unit I
The students learn
1. Young woman’s struggle between familial duty and personal wor
2. The danger of gender stereotyping
3. To find happiness through daily activities and dreams
35
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
Unit IV
The students will be able to:
1. identify and describe the moral of the story, The Ugly Duckling
2. analyze the characters of the story.
3. analyzethe elements of a fairy tale.
4. Understand how to manage problematic situations
5. compare and contrast fairy tales
Unit V
The students understand
1. it’s in the fantasy literature that we find a sense of sub-creating a world and the tales that
inhabit it that both reveal and delight.
2. that it is a wrong conception that one is behind in his reading and one is ahead,
3. that there isn’t a complete and unbridgeable gap between the books of the children, and
the grown-
4. That we grow up by moving along a sort of timeline, like a monkey climbing a stick.
5. They should not criticize anyone for reading children’s fiction
Web Source:
https://www.catholicculture.org/culture/library/view.cfm?recnum=9117
Alcott, Louisa May. Little Women. Fingerprint Publishing, n.d.
Montgomery, L M. Anna of Green Gables. Penguin UK, n.d.
Rowling, J K. Harry Potter and the Philosopher's Stone. Bloomsbury Press, n.d.
36
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER - 1
B. JOURNALISM
Objectives:
SYLLABUS
UNIT - I
History - Definition of News - News sources - News Values - Role and functions of
Journalism - Canons of Journalism.
UNIT - II
Reporter - News Editor - Sub Editor - Anatomy of Editing - Language and Style -
Organisation and Structure of the News paper.
UNIT - III
Introduction to Copy Editing - Preliminary Copy Editing - Design and Specimen Pages.
UNIT - IV
37
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
UNIT - V
House Style
Literary Material
- Running Heads
- Page Number
- Heading
- Footnotes and Endnotes
- Tables
- Appendixes
- Glossaries
References:
1. Mencher, Melvin; News Reporting and Writing; 7th edition; (1997); Columbia Univ.Press
2. Ed. Boyce, George; Curran, James; Wingate, Pauline; Newspaper History from the 17 th
century to the present day; (1978); Sage
3. Wilson, John; Understanding Journalism; (1996); Routledge
4. Mazumdar, Aurobindo; Indian Press and Freedom Struggle; (1993); Orient Longman
5. Parthasarthy, Ramaswamy; Here is the News; (1994); Streling
6. Brumley and O’Malley; A Journalism Reader, (1997); Routledge
7. Howard, T; New: A Reader; (1991); OUP
8. Williams, Framcos; Dangerous Estate: (1957); Longman
9. Dhavan, Rajeev; Only the Good News; (1987); bharat Enterprises
10. Sarkar, R.C.S; The press in India; (1984); S. Chand & Co. Ltd.
38
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
Web Source:
copac.ac.uk:
copac@mimas.ac.uk
39
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
PAPER - 3
CONTENT WRITING
Course Objective
Expose students of English literature to the world of ‘ideation and creation’. By providing
a platform for writing contents for Advertisement, Websites, Product descriptions and Social
media contents ( for clients to express, inform, entertain or persuade the audience/ readers)
enhances the artistic and analytic function of the student.
Course Outcome
Content Writing will play a vital role in the era of “start ups”. With technical expertise
along with good writing skill scan provide a great career opportunity to a student.
Unit I
Introduction
Writing for special purpose- nuances of technical writing- digital age writings- SEO- target
identification and focus- various platforms. Types of Content Ads., Blogs, E-Books etc.,
Publication Platforms.
Unit II
Writing Tools, Tips, & Techniques.
Unit III
Text Book
Reference Books.
Kristina Halvorson. Content Strategy for the Web.
Mark W. Schaefer. The Content Code: Six essential strategies. 2015.
Goddard Angelo. The language of Advertising. 1998.
Caston Julia. Creative writing: A Practical Guide. 1998.
Krikpan John. Good Style writing for Science. 1992.
40
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
SEMESTER VI
CORE PAPER -13
CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE
Course Objectives
Syllabus
UNIT - I: POETRY
1. Though My Mother was Already Two Years Dead (Long Distance II)- Tony Harrison
UNIT - V: NOVEL
41
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
COURSE OUTCOMES
UNIT I
1. Students will be able to understand contemporary American poetry with reference to Don
Patterson.
2. Students will be able to analyze why Patterson love all films that starts with rain.
3. Students will be able to understand the poetic techniques used by Alice Oswald.
4. Students will be able to know how art attempts to make a sense of the transformation
after wedding.
5. Students will be able to understand the transformation that love creates in one’s life.
UNIT II
UNIT III
1. Students will be able to understand contemporary English short story with reference to
Doris Lessing.
2. Students will be able to know the historical context of the short story “Through the
Tunnel”.
3. Students will be able to know the psychological implications of imaginary fears.
4. Students will be able to understand the South African literature with reference to Nadine
Gordimer.
5. Students will be able to fix the story, “Once Upon A Time” in the frame work- bed time
stories.
UNIT IV
1. Students will be able to understand the contemporary British drama with reference to
Richard Bean.
2. Students will be able to know the existing racism among ethnic groups.
3. Students will be able to understand the theatre techniques used.
4. Students will be able to understand the contemporary American drama with reference to
Stephen Karam.
5. Students will be able to know the concept of familial drama.
42
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
UNIT V
1. Students will be able to know the contemporary Canadian literature with reference to
Yann Martel.
2. Students will be able to appreciate the story of an Indian teen ager with a Bengal Tiger in
a life boat after a ship wreck.
3. Students will be able to understand the contemporary Brazilian literature with reference
to Paulo Coelho.
4. Students will be able to comprehend the role of symbols and omens in one’s life.
5. Students will be able to understand the suitability of the novels for film making.
https://poets.org/poem/rain-0
https://www.poetrybyheart.org.uk/poems/wedding/
https://poets.org/poem/long-distance-ii
https://www.poemhunter.com/poem/lonely-moon-5/
https://www.bartleby.com/topics/through-the-tunnel
https://archive.org/stream/GordimerOnceUponATime/Gordimer_Once_Upon_a_Time_djvu.txt
43
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
Course Objectives
Syllabus
UNIT - I: POETRY
1. Kurunthogai Verse 40 ( poem: “Red Earth and pouring rain”):What could my mother be to
yours )- Translated by Dr. JayanthasriBalakrishnan
UNIT - III
UNIT - IV
1. Sakunthalam - Kalidasa
2. EvamIndrajith - Badal Sarkar (Translated by GirishKarnad)
UNIT - V
44
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
COURSE OUTCOMES
UNIT I
UNIT II
UNIT III
2.Students will be able to understand the customs, taboos, beliefs and rituals of fishermen
community.
3.Students will be able to understand the socio-cultural background of India with reference to
VivekShenbag.
UNIT IV
1. Students will be able to understand the importance of culture depicted in the epic
Mahabaratha.
2. Students will be able to develop a taste for language and literature with reference to
Sakuntalam.
3. Students will be able to understand the sign of true love.
4. Students will be able to learn the genre absurd play and the stream of consciousness
technique.
5. Students will be able to explore Sartrean existentialism.
45
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
UNIT V
1. Students will be able to understand Assamese literature with reference to Mahim Bora.
2. Students will be able to visualize the concept of first love.
3. Students will be able to know the importance of rural life.
4. Students will be able to know the practices and rituals of the Tamil ancestors.
5. Students will be able to understand the concept of birth and death.
https://www.worldcat.org/title/sins-of-appus-mother/oclc/309143
https://talesntunes.wordpress.com/2017/12/11/book-review-chemmeen-english-translation/
https://indianreview.in/fiction/indian-review-assamese-literature-the-bait-mahim-bora-translated-
lalit-saikia/
https://www.worldcat.org/title/kalidas-abhigyan-shakuntalam/oclc/643914898
https://www.worldcat.org/title/bridges-paalangal/oclc/229343130
https://www.academia.edu/9958506/TRANSLATION_OF_CLASSICS
46
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
Course Objectives
UNIT - I: POETRY
Australia - A.D.Hope
UNIT - V: NOVEL
COURSE OUTCOMES
UNIT I
1. Students will be able to understand the background of Australian literature with reference
to A.D.Hope.
2. Students will be able to understand the satire in the poems of A.D.Hope.
3. Students will be able to understand the use of symbolism through the poem “Australia”.
47
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
4. Students will be able to understand parental narcissism as a toxic quality through the
poem “Your Children are not Your Children”.
5. Students will be able to know importance of children’s individual views and independent
ideologies not influenced by their parents.
UNIT II
1. Students will be able to understand the feelings of displacement through the poem
“House and Land”.
2. Students will be able to know the New Zealand literature.
3. Students will be able to feel the state of immigrants.
4. Students will be able to understand the racial and cultural tensions in Africa.
5. Students will be able to understand the concept of colonialism.
UNIT III
Students will be able to understand how race plays an important role in works of African writers.
Students will be able to understand the importance of journey and its benefits.
Students will be able to understand how a writer takes up the role of a teacher.
UNIT IV
UNIT V
48
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
Soyinka, Wole. Death and the King’s Horseman Norton critical edition.New York : Norton,
2003.
Paton, Alan. Cry, the Beloved Country. New York, N.Y: Scribner, 2003. Print.
https://www.studymode.com/subjects/a-black-grandmother-by-sally-morgan-page1.html
http://mrhuman.weebly.com/uploads/2/1/5/1/21516316/thenovelistasteacher.pdf
https://cdn.auckland.ac.nz/assets/press/all-
books/pdfs/2017/Appendix%20to%20Allen%20Curnow%20Collected%20Poems.pdf
https://poets.org/poem/far-cry-africa
https://sahyadriliterature.blogspot.com/2018/08/poem-analysis-of-australia-by-a.html
https://poets.org/poem/children-1
49
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER - 2
Objectives:
UNIT - I
1. World Wide Web & Email, Internet
2. Searching the Internet & Search FAQ’s
3. The Internet as Resource Bank and classroom tool
UNIT - II
1. Introduction to NET (I)
2. Introduction to NET (II)
3. Writing Projects
4. Email projects and discussion lists
UNIT - III
Activities
1. Making news
2. Eco-tourism
3. Mystery Postcards
4. Classified ads
5. Puzzle Maker
6. Reviewing a website
UNIT - IV
Tools for Online works
1. Blogs and Wikis
2. Web Quest
3. Recent multimedia applications in everyday life.
UNIT - V
1. Professional development online
2. Listserv FAOs
50
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
3. Teaching online
4. Teaching development resources
Course Outcome:
Unit 1:
1 Student is able to use internet.
2 Learn to send and receive e-mails
3 Identify similar problems and know the ways to solve through FAO’s
4 Incorporate the required material from the web resource bank in learning English
5 Exchange ideas using e-mail
Unit 2:
1 Learn the history of computer and its gradual development till date.
2 Get educated in online quiz and enrich their knowledge
3 Get their educational resource materials.
4 Involve in creating and publishing their articles.
5 Know to participate in online discussion and get their doubts clarified
Unit 3:
1 Students are able to compose news and upload
2 They are able to locate popular places of tourism and learn their ecological significance
3 Learn to create postcards and develop related knowledge
4 Learn to draft classified ads for practical benefits
5 They are able to construct puzzles and derive English language knowledge
Unit 4:
1 To create blogs and wikis
2 Know to use web page
3 Learn to apply multimedia in their web based activities
4 Learn to edit content in wikis
5 Know to operate playstore and download different apps
Unit 5:
1 Analyse content wise websites
2 Know to browse profession related websites
3 Have discussion and exchange ideas
4 Get educated new techniques in teaching learning
5 Improve their teaching learning in class rooms situation
6 Get familiarized with ICT
Prescribed Text
The Internet and the Language Classroom - A Practical Guide for Teachers - II Edition -
Gavin Dudency , Cambridge University Press, 2007.
51
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER - 2
Objective:
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
1 What’s in a Name?
2 Brevity is the soul of wit
3 How you say a thing
4 Acting is believing
UNIT - IV
UNIT - V
52
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
Course outcome
UNIT I:
1. Students is able to get an overall view of cinema as a massive influence in the society
2. Understand semi-idiomatic expressions coined through movies
UNIT II:
UNIT III:
1.Differentiate the main text from multiple sub- texts.
2. Understand that cinema is used not only on entertainment but as laughter therapy
3. Develops positive attitude
4. Establish revolutionary ideas against the odds of life
5. Appreciate the effects of sound and music
UNIT IV:
1. Interpret the different concepts of the movie.
2. Apprehend the art and culture depicted through movie
3. Enlist the number of techniques used in cinema.
4. Get trained to choose apt titles and catchy phrases to be used.
5. Analyse the plot- structure of the movie
6. Able to infuse valuable points through dialogues and impress audience
7. Develop to write reviews for movies.
53
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
UNIT V:
Text Prescribed
BOOK RECOMMENDED:
Movies Recommended:
54
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER - 3
Course Objectives
UNIT - I
Getting started
Gaining control
Writing for a Diverse Audience
Organizing your thought
Managing the purpose of writing
Overcoming the writes Block.
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
55
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
UNIT - IV
UNIT - V
Letter of complaint
Responses to letters of complaint
Letter of request
Persuasion : some practical pointer
Shaping a persuasion message
The sales letter
International correspondence
Message for email
Reference: Effective business writing Maryann PIOTROWSKI, Harper Collins publisher. Inc.
NY 10022
Course Out Comes (five outcomes for each units should be mentioned)
Unit - I
Unit II
56
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
Unit III
1. Construct subject line the key lines of the message in a captive way.
2. Include the punctuation marks in the right place
3. Learn to use the tens in the items in the menu bar like headings endings bullets and graphic
devices
4. Makes the message accessible
5. Learn the incorporate the special effect
Unit IV
Unit V
57
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER - 3
B. CREATIVE WRITING
Course Objectives
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
1.Poetry
2.Prose
UNIT - III
2.Character Sketch
3.Action Description
4.Dialogue
UNIT - IV
58
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
1.Travelogue
2.Writing Advertisements
UNIT - V
1.Writing Documentaries
Unit I
Unit II
1. The student will be able to grasp the lyrical richness of the poetry
2. The student will come to know the liter any devices of the poetry
3. The student will be able to understand the features of prose
4. The student will be able of fours the multiple features of creative writing?
5. The student will be able to know the principles of writing for digital media.
Unit III
1. The student will be able to understand the different elements and attributes of drama
2. The student will be able to understand various genres of fiction
3. The student will be able to analyze the character speech
4. The student will be able to form dramatic devices used in conjunction with the episodic
and climactic plot forms
5. The student will be able to forms action description in creative writing.
Unit IV
1. The students will be able to write a Photographic Description of places
2. The students will be able to highlight the Various Attractions.
3. The students will be able to give some cultural background of the places
4. the students will be able to write catchy advertisements
5. the students will be able to write articles for newspapers
59
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
Unit V
1. Students will be able to understand documentaries
2. Students will be able to write documentaries
3. The Students will be able to write scripts for Television programmes
4. The students will be able to write scripts for radio programmes
5. The students will be able to organize TV and Radio programmes.
References
60
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
UNIT - I
1. A Brief History of Language Teaching
2. Language Teaching Innovations
3. Objectives of Teaching English
UNIT - II
1. Interference and Transfer from the Mother Tongue
2. Listening Activities
3. Techniques in Teaching - Speaking
4. Barriers of Effective Communication
UNIT - III
1. Methods and Approaches in Teaching English
2. Translation Methods
3. Direct Methods
4. Bilingual Approaches
5. Situational Approaches
6. Eclectic Approaches
61
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
UNIT - IV
1. Communicative Language Teaching
2. Cooperative Language Teaching
3. Content - Based Language Teaching
4. Task-Based Language Teaching
UNIT - V
1. English Language Teaching in India
2. English as a World Language
3. English for Specific Purposes
4. Technological Influences on English
5. Media and Cyber Influences on English
Text Books
Unit-I:
1. Howatt, A. P. R., A History of English Language Teaching, Oxford: OUS
2. Stern, H. H., Fundamental Concepts of Language Teaching. Oxford: OUS
Unit-II:
1. David Nunan, Language Teaching Methodologies, Prentice Hall Publishers
2. Mackay, Ray. A Basic Introduction to English Language Teaching. Oxford: OUS
Unit III:
1. Jack. C. Richards and Theodore S. Rogers, Approaches and Methods in Language
Teaching, 2nd Edition, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press
2. Halliday, M. A. K. Language on Social Semiotic, London : Edward Arnold
Unit- IV:
62
B.A. English: Syllabus (CBCS)
5. Dr. Meena Sehrawat and Dr. Subodh K. Jha. English Language Teaching. Lakshi
Publishers
6. M L Tickoo. Teaching and Learning English - A Sourcebook for Teachers and Teacher -
Learners. Orient Blackswan Publishers
9. Jeremy Harmer. The Practice of English Language Teaching - 5th Ed with DVD. Pearson
Publishers
10. Dr. Adi Ramesh Babu. English Language Teaching and Learning - Problems and
Remedies. Pointer Publishers.
E- Materials
1. https://eltbylinablog.wordpress.com
2. https://eltnotes.wordpress.com
3. https://medium.com.eltnotes
4. https://talimenam.blogspot.com
5. https://www.eltnotes.blogspot.com
6. https://www.teachingenglish.org.uk.
7. https://www.scribd.com
8. https://opencourse.uoa.org
9. https://news.collindelt.com
10. https://en.mwikipedia.org
11. https://www.eltresearchbites.com
12. https://eltnotesfrombelow.org
13. https://shop.scholastic.co.uk.elt
14. https://eltaypwip.org.webnotes
15. https://www.cambridge.org.elt
5. the student will understand the objectives of teaching and learning English
Unit - II
1. the student will be able to understand the mother tongue influence on the English
language and how to avoid this as this is a major problem for non native English speakers
2. the student will come to know the various listening activities as listening plays a very
vital role in learning any language
3. the student will get inspiration to learn native English language with correct accent
4. the student will learn the techniques of spoken English
5. the student will remove the barriers that come across in effective communication
Unit - III
1. the student will be able to understand the methods and approaches in teaching English
2. the student will understand the translational method to learn the language
3. the student will get inspiration through the direct methods of learning the language
4. the student will understand the bilingual, situational and eclectic approaches of learning
the language
5. the students by learning these approaches and methods easily learn the language.
Unit - IV
1. the student will be able to learn various methods of learning the language
2. the student will come to know the basis of communicative language teaching
3. the student will understand the cooperative language teaching
4. the student will get inspiration through the task-based and content-based teaching of
English language
5. the student will be able to approach the learning of a language in an easy manner through
learning these teaching methodologies
Unit - V
1. the student will be able to understand the status of English in the world as English has
become a world language
2. the student will come to know the usage of English language in specific purposes related
to all fields
3. the student will understand the methods of approaches practiced in India to teach the
English language
4. the student will get inspiration through the various influences like technology, media and
cyber on the English language
5. the student will be able use the language in all specific purposes
****************************
64
THIRUVALLUVAR UNIVERSITY
M.A. ENGLISH
SYLLABUS
UNDER CBCS
(With effect from 2020-2021)
PROGRAMME OBJECTIVES
The Programme aims to develop the ability of the student to critically examine and
restate his/her understanding of literary texts, employing individual linguistic skills,
engendering literary concepts and critical approaches to arrive at the core and essence of
narratives. The learning process would also lead to a larger comprehension of global,
national, social issues and thereby facilitate the students to address the issues proactivity
and gain a reasonable command of the language.
PROGRAMME OUTCOME
On completion of the programme the student will be able to:
Interpret his/her understanding of form, structure, narrative technique, devices and
style.
Analyze and apply various literary concepts and critical approaches.
Appreciate the importance of English as an international language, to benefit from
the achievements of other cultures in accordance with various life situations.
Organize and integrate the acquired knowledge towards individualistic
compositions.
Present, appraise and defend arguments with conviction and confidence.
1. Advertising Industry
2. Corporate Communication
3. Communications Industry
4. Indian Civil Services
5. Journalism
6. Online Tutoring
7. Politics
8. Publication Houses
9. Public Relations
10. Research
11. TV & Media
12. Translation Agencies
1
1. IELTS trainer
2. English Translator
3. Junior Parliamentary Reporter (English)
4. English Editor
5. Translator/Interpreter
6. English Teacher
7. Content Writer/Trainer
8. English Tutor
9. Customer Support Executive
10. English Proof Reader
11. English Language Specialist
12. Media Analyst
13. Stenographer (English)
Uni.
SEMESTER II CIA Total
Exam
7. Paper- 5 6 4 British Drama 25 75 100
8. Paper- 6 6 4 Translation Theory & Practice 25 75 100
9. Paper- 7 6 4 Contemporary Literary Theory - I 25 75 100
Internal Elective for same major students
(To choose one out of 3)
Core
10. Paper-2 5 3 A. Comparative Literature 25 75 100
Elective
B. New Literature in English.
2
C. Subaltern Literary Studies
External Elective for other major students (Inter/multi disciplinary papers)
11. Open Elective Paper-2 (To choose one out of 3)
5 3 A. Technical Writing.
B. Indian Diaspora Literature 25 75 100
C. Journalism and Mass
Communication.
12. *Field Study - 2 100 - 100
13. Compulsory Paper 2 2 Human Rights 25 75 100
30 22 250 450 700
SEMESTER III
14. Paper-8 5 4 Non- Fiction & Prose 25 75 100
15. Paper-9 5 4 Research Methodology 25 75 100
Core
16. Paper-10 5 4 Contemporary Literary Theory - II 25 75 100
17. Paper-11 5 4 African and Canadian Writings 25 75 100
Internal Elective for same major students
18. (To choose one out of 3)
A. Popular Literature
B. Children’s Literature
Core Elective Paper - 3 5 3 25 75 100
C. Preparatory Exam for NET/SET/TRB –
Paper II
External Elective for other major students (Inter/multi disciplinary papers)
19. (To choose one out of 3)
A. Soft Skills
Open
Paper - 3 5 3 B Theorising Sexualities 25 75 100
Elective
C. Preparatory Exam for NET/SET –
Paper I
20. **MOOC
- - - - 100
courses
30 22 150 450 700
SEMESTER IV
21. Paper-12 6 5 World Literature in Translation 25 75 100
22. Paper-13
Core 6 4
Shakespeare Studies 25 75 100
23. Paper-14 6 4 Single Author Study 25 75 100
24. 100
Core Project 5 5 Project with Viva voce (75 Project +25 100
viva)
Internal Elective for same major students
25. (To choose one out of 3)
A. Post-Colonial Studies
Core Elective Paper - 4 4 3 B. Gender Studies 25 75 100
C. English Language Teaching - Theory
and Practice
3
External Elective for other major students (Inter/multi disciplinary papers)
26. (To choose one out of 3)
Open A. Film Studies
Paper - 4 3 3 25 75 100
Elective B. English for Media
C. Fantasy Fiction
30 24 150 450 600
120 90 2600
* Field Study
There will be field study which is compulsory in the first semester of all PG courses with 2
credits. This field study should be related to the subject concerned with social impact.
Field and Topic should be registered by the students in the first semester of their study
along with the name of a mentor before the end of the month of August. The report
with problem identification and proposed solution should be written in not less than
25 pages in a standard format and it should be submitted at the end of second
semester. The period for undergoing the field study is 30 hours beyond the
instructional hours of the respective programme. Students shall consult their mentors
within campus and experts outside the campus for selecting the field and topic of the
field study. The following members may be nominated for confirming the topic and
evaluating the field study report.
(ii). Mentor
**Mooc Courses
Inclusion of the Massive Open Online Courses (MOOCs) with zero credits available on
SWAYAM, NPTEL and other such portals approved by the University Authorities.
4
SEMESTER III
PAPER - 8
NON-FICTION AND PROSE
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To familiarize the student with the essays of Francis Bacon, his-epigrammatic style and
aphorisms.
To acquaint the student with the Holy Bible, its language and the Utopia as an ideal state.
To enjoy autobiographical elements of Charles Lamb's essays, his unique style, pathos
and humor, the personal essay of the Romantic age.
To probe the philosophical thought of Russell, the Post Colonial aspects as highlighted in
George Orwell.
To acquaint the students with the critical views of T.S. Eliot on the metaphysical poets
like Donne and assimilate their literary content
To impart the role of humor in everyday life - how an ordinary incident acquires
philosophical dimensions in G.K Chesterton.
UNIT PLAN
COURSE OUTCOME
5
UNIT 3- INDIAN WRITING IN ENGLISH-NON- FICTION
6
PAPER -9
RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
OBJECTIVES
To help students prepare a Dissertation of their own
To prepare students for quality research in future
To train students in using parenthetical documentation as recommended in MLA Hand
Book
UNIT PLAN
To learn regarding the concept, definition and variable.
Experimental Design of Independent and Dependence of Variables
Giving an idea of Validity and Reality.
To collect the Data and how to represent them.
Giving the vivid Software and Paper format.
COURE OBJECTIVES
The learners are introduced to the Definitions, Variables and Research questions, etc.
The learner can explore the Research Design, the difference between Quantative and
Qualitative Research.
The Concept of Measurement is introduced to the Learners.
The learners are taught to interpret the data and Layout.
The usage of the sources is taught to the Learners.
Unit– I
Research and Writing
Plagiarism and Academic Integrity
Unit– II
The Mechanics of Writing
Unit– III
The Format of the Research Paper Abbreviations
Unit– IV
Documentation: Preparing the list of Works Cited
Unit– V
Documentation: Citing Sources in the text
REFERENCE
1. Modern Language Assn. Of America, “M.L.A Hand Book”, Macmillan. 8th edition.
2. Anderson, Durston & Poole, “Thesis & Assignment Writing”, Easter Limited, New
Delhi. 1970 rpt. 1985.
3. Parsons C J, “Thesis &Project Work”, Unwin Brothers Ltd., Gresham Press. 1973.
4. Rajanna, Busangi, “Fundamentals of Research”, American Studies Research Centre,
1983.
5. Research Methodology – C.R. Kothari
7
PAPER - 10
CONTEMPORARY LITERARY THEORY - II
OBJECTIVES
The aim of this course in to familiarize students with major trends in twentieth century
literary Theory in order to explore ongoing debates in literary criticism and their
application in critical practice.
Students would be expected to acquaint themselves with the principal hypotheses and
reading strategies of the following schools to see how each critical practice includes and
excludes issues relevant to other practices.
UNIT PLAN
Enhances the students to develop critical skills, analysis and many other communication
skills, oral and written.
The students are firmly equipped with various tools, techniques and strategies of
interpretation.
COURSE OUTCOME:
UNIT I
UNIT II
UNIT III
UNIT IV
Post – colonialism
UNIT V
Feminism
LGBTQ studies.
8
TEXT BOOKS
Barry, Peter. Beginning Theory (Routledge, London, 2010)
Selden, Raman. A Reader’s Guide to Contemporary Literary Theory. (Pearson,
Singapore, 2009)
REFERENCE
1. Lodge, David and Nigel Wood (ed.). Modern Criticism and Theory
(Pearson, Essex, 2008)
2. Waugh, Patricia. Literary Criticism and Theory. (Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2008)
9
PAPER -11
AFRICAN AND CANADIAN WRITINGS
OBJECTIVES
To make the students acquainted with the emerging literatures of the particular countries.
To know more about the exploited people.
Open up new avenues for their future research work.
UNIT PLAN
COURSE OUTCOME
10
UNIT – V: CRITICISM
11
CORE ELECTIVE
PAPER –3
(to choose one out of 3)
A. POPULAR LITERATURE
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To make learners aware of the popular works in literature and what made those works
popular.
To expose the learners to the salient features of literature.
To enable readers to appreciate the popular works in literature
To expose the changing trends in English literature.
UNIT PLAN
COURSE OUTCOME
UNIT 1
UNIT 2
UNIT 3
12
UNIT 4
UNIT 5
REFERENCE
13
CORE ELECTIVE
PAPER -3
B. CHILDRENS LITERATURE
OBJECTIVES
To expose students to apparently simplistic narratives that have become important area of
literary/cultural scholarship in recent times.
To let the students acquire knowledge about children’s poetry.
UNIT PLAN
COURSE OUTCOME
UNIT I – POETRY
UNIT II – PROSE
14
UNIT IV – FICTION
1. A Child’s Garden of Verses: Selected Poems- Robert Louis Stevenson, Simon &Schuster
Books for young readers
2. The Diary of a Young Girl-Anne Frank, Bantam Publishers,1993
3. The Little Girl At the Window- Tetsuko Kuroyanagi (Translated by Dorothy Britton),
Kodansha Publishers, USA, 2011
4. Inspiring Thoughts –Abdul Kalam, Penguin Books, 2017
5. Little House on the Prairie- Laura Ingalls Wilder, Penguin Publishers,
6. Chronicles of Narnia- The Lion, the Witch and the Wardrobe , U.K Chidlren’s
Publishers,2010
7. Uncle Tom’s Cabin- Beecher Stowe- Fingerprint Publishing, 2019
8. The Book Thief – Markus Zusak, Random House, UK,
9. The Hobbit- J.R,R,Tolkein, Harper Collins, 2011
10. The Complete Jataka Tales, Translated by Edward Byles Cowell, Jazzybee Verlag
Publishers, 2016
11. Tintin: The Secret of the Unicorn- Herge, Egmont Publishers, 2011
12. Phantom Series- Lee Falk, Harper Collins, 1973
E-MATERIALS:
1. https://www.poemhunter.com
2. https://www.lieder.net
3. https://wwwgenius.com
4. https://www.poetryfoundation.org
15
CORE ELECTIVE
PAPER -3
C. PREPARATORY EXAM FOR NET/ SET/TRB – PAPER-II
OBJECTIVE
UNIT PLAN
COURSE OUTCOME
The students learn about the importance of the Chaucer to the Shakespearean age
The learner can experience the important features of the Romantic and the Victorian
period.
The students can acquaint the knowledge over the Modern and Contemporary Period.
The students are taught about the American Literature and the learner also can develop
his knowledge in the field of translation studies too.
The learner explores the various forms of Criticism and the contemporary Theories.
UNIT I
Chaucer to Shakespeare
Jacobean to Restoration
UNIT II
Romantic Period
Victorian Period
UNIT III
Modern Period
Contemporary Period
UNIT IV
American Literature
New Literature in English (Indian, Canadian, African, Australian)
English Language Teaching
Translation Studies
16
UNIT V
REFERENCE
17
OPEN ELECTIVE
PAPER -3
(to choose one out of 3)
A. SOFT SKILLS
OBJECTIVE
UNIT PLAN
COURSE OUTCOME
The students can recap the language skills, Grammar, Vocabulary, Phrase, Clause and
sentences.
The learner can build his fluency gradually.
The students can acquaint with LSRW skills and can also develop his Non- Verbal
Communication.
The students are taught about the Learning etiquettes
The student can also learn about the importance of Business Etiquette.
UNIT – I
UNIT – II
Fluency building
What is fluency- Why is fluency important – Types of Fluency – Oral fluency – Reading
fluency – Writing fluency – Barriers of Fluency – How to develop Fluency.
UNIT- III
18
UNIT – IV
Etiquettes for Public Speaking (extempore and lectures), Interviews and Group
Discussions, Telephone conversations and Business Meetings.
UNIT – V
REFERENCE
1. Powell. In Company.
2. MacMillan. Cotton, et al. Market Leader.
3. Longman. Pease, Allan. 1998. Body Language:
4. How to Read Others Thoughts by their Gestures. Suda Publications. New Delhi.
5. Gardner, Howard. 1993. Multiple Intelligences: The Theory in Practice: A Reader Basic
Book. New York.
6. De Bono, Edward. 2000. Six Thinking Hats. 2nd Edition. Penguin Books.
7. De Bono, Edward. 1993. Serious Creativity. Re print. Harper Business.
19
OPEN ELECTIVE
PAPER -3
B. THEORISING SEXUALITIES
OBJECTIVES
UNIT PLAN
COURSE OUTCOMES
Bristow, Joseph, Introduction, Sexuality: The New Critical Idiom Series. 1997. 2nd ed.
London: Routledge, 2011.1-11, Print.
Butler, Judith. Introduction, Bodies That Matter: On the discursive Limits of “Sex.”
London: Routledge, 1993.xi –xx
UNIT II – POETRY
The songs of songs – the sufi and Bhakthi Tradition – the concepts of adhavbhaav
Shakespeare : Sonnet 73 That time of the year
Emily Dickinson : Her breast is fit for pearls
20
Adrienne Rich : Diving into the deck
Walt Whitman : The wounded Dresser
Siegfried Sassoon : The Last Meeting
UNIT IV DRAMA
UNIT V FICTION
REFERENCE
21
OPEN ELECTIVE
PAPER -3
OBJECTIVE
UNIT PLAN
Identification of reasoning
Deduction of logical Coherence
Mathematical reasonings are developed.
Error analysis are concentrated.
COURSE OUTCOME
The students are taught about the Teaching and Research Aptitude.
The learners can attempt the Comprehension passages and understand the
Communication patterns.
The students are introduced to Mathematical Reasoning, Logical Reasoning and General
aptitude.
The students can interpret the data and learn the various aspects of Information and
Communication Technology.
The students are taught about the higher education system and the people
UNIT- I
Teaching Aptitude
Research Aptitude
UNIT- II
Comprehension
Communication
UNIT- III
UNIT- IV
Data Interpretation
22
Information and Communication Technology.
UNIT- V
REFERENCE
1. Kaur, Harpeet- NTA UGC NET/SET/JRF – Paper 1 Teaching and Research Aptitude,
Oxford Publishers. 2019.
23
SEMESTER IV
PAPER - 12
WORLD LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION.
OBJECTIVES
UNIT PLAN
OUTCOME
Helps the students to works in various fields of translation studies, comparative literature
and world literature.
To know the importance of Classical literature.
To give a world outlook to the learners.
Challenges the hegemony of English in world literature
Make the students to learn the political values and emphasie on global processes over
national traditions.
UNIT I – POETRY
UNIT II – PROSE
24
UNIT IV – SHORT STORIES
UNIT V – FICTION
REFERENCE
1. Virgil, The Aeneid, [Net source} The Internet Classics Archive: Classic.
Merit.edu./Virgil/Aeneid.html, 2015.
2. Kahlil Gibran, The Prophet, Rupa, 2002.
3. Viktor Schklovsky, Art as Technique, [Net source]: paradise. caltech. edu / ist4lectures /
Viktor_Sklovsky. “Art_as_Technique”:.pdf, 2015.
4. Sophocles, Oedipus Rex, Dover Publications; Unabridged edition, 2012.
5. Goethe, I Faust – part, RHUS Publications, 1988.
6. Gealdine McCaughrean, Classic Stories Around the World, Leopard Books, 1996.
7. Fyodor Dostoevsky, Crime and Punishment, Penguin, 2003.
25
PAPER – 13
SHAKESPEARE STUDIES
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To know about the English folklore and Shakespeare’s use of illusions in the form of
fairies.
To know about the use of catharsis in tragedy through the character of Hamlet.
To enable students to learn about the history of Henry IV presented in the art form of
drama.
To enable students learn about political intrigue, power struggles, war and the plight of
impassioned lovers.
To make students learn about the varieties of interpretations on the works of Shakespeare
and encourage them to critically appreciate his work.
UNIT PLAN
Marriage, themes, Hippolyta, Egeus, Lysander, chastity, comic fantasy, four lovers,
bewitched, fairies, love, jealousy.
Tragedy, Oedipus complex, revenge, ghost, avenging father’s death.
Dramatic battle, father, son, strained relationship, rebellion.
East West clash, honor, reason versus emotion, power struggle.
Interpretation, critical analysis, critical theory applied on Shakespeare’s work,
structuralism, Marxism, feminism.
COURSE OUTCOME
UNIT I
UNIT II
UNIT III
26
UNIT IV
UNIT V
SHAKESPEARE CRITICISM
REFERENCE
1. Stephen Greenblatt, ed., 1997. The Norton Shakespeare, (Romance & Poems,
Tragedies, Comedies), W.W. Norton & Co., London.
2. Bradley, A.C., 1904, Shakespearean Tragedy, Macmillan, London.
27
PAPER – 14
SINGLE AUTHOR STUDY
OBJECTIVE
To make the students learn the various forms of genre of a single author
To make the students explore the works of Rabindranath Tagore.
UNIT PLAN
COURSE OUTCOME
UNIT I - POETRY
Literature
Five Elements
Ancient Literature
Modern Literature
Literature of the People
Tribute to Great Lives
Sacrifice
The Untouchable Woman (Non-Detail)
Raja O Rani
Malini
Muktadhara (1992)
28
UNIT IV - SHORT STORY (NON DEATILED)
The Wreck
The Bachelor’s Club
Gora
REFERENCE
1. Chatterji, David. World literature and Tagore: Visva Bharati, Ravindra- Bharati.
Santiniketan: Visva Bharati, 1971.
2. Kripalani, Krishna. Rabindranath Tagore: A Biography London: Oxford University
Press, 1962.
3. Tagore, Rabindranath. Selected writings on literature and Language. Ed. Sisir Kumar
Das and Sukanta Chaudhuri. (2001). New Delhi: Oxford University Press. 2010.
4. Chaudhiri, Sutapa. Reading Rabindranath: The Myriad Shades of Genius.
5. Dalta, Rama: Seely, Clinton (2009). Celebrating Tagore: A collection of Essays. Allied
Publishers. ISBN 9788184244243.
6. Dutta, Krishna: Robinson, Andrew (1997). Rabindranath Tagore: An Anthology of his
learning contribution to South Asian studies.
7. The Roy, Kshitis, Rabindranath Tagore: A life story Publications Divison Ministry of
Information & Broadcasting, 2017.
8. The Complete works of Rabindranath Tagore (All short stories, poetry, Novels, Plays &
Essays) Edit. General Press- 18 Oct 2019
29
CORE ELECTIVE
PAPER - 4
(to choose one out of 3)
A. POST COLONIAL STUDIES
UNIT PLAN
COURSE OUTCOMES
UNIT 1 – ESSAYS
UNIT 2 –PROSE
Nadine Gordimer The Train from Rhodesia (from The Harper Anthology of Fiction)
John Kelly We are All in the Ojibway Circle (The Faber Book of Contemporary
Canadian Short Stories)
Witi Ihimaera The Whale (from The Harper Anthology of Fiction)
UNIT 3 – POETRY
Lisa Bellear : Women’s Liberation
Judith Wright : At Cooloola
Derek Walcott : Ruins of a Great House
Garbriel Okara : Piano and Drums
30
UNIT 4 – DRAMA
UNIT 5 – FICTION
31
JOURNALS
WEB RESOURCES
1. http://www.mohamedrabeea.com/books/book1_3985.pdf
2. http://www.udel.edu/ArtHistory/ARTH435/Ashcroft.pdf
3. http://faculty.ksu.edu.sa/Nugali/English%20461/Post - colonialism.pdf
32
CORE ELECTIVE
PAPER - 4
B. GENDER STUDIES
OBJECTIVES
UNIT PLAN
COURSE OUTCOME
To learn as to how the second wave of feminism kick- started its course with the
publication of The Second sex. Women’s struggle throughout history is brought out.
The difference between feminism and womenism. Womenism as a separate entity to
bring out the double suppression of black women in the hands of white and black men.
Learn the plight of women who are physically harassed to keep them under the control
of men. However they are revisited in recorded history to stand against men, despite
their physical indifference,
Learn the importance and the role of myth in the control of women throughout history
while also learning a need to rewrite the changes in the myth via Panchali from The
Mahabharatam
Learn the struggles of transgender so as to face problems from within and also from the
society to find their own identity, an identity crisis marred constantly due to the bias in
society towards the classification of sex.
UNIT 1
33
UNIT 2
UNIT 3
UNIT 4
UNIT 5
1. Gilbert, Sandra & Susan Gubar. Madwoman in the Attic: The Woman Writer and the
Nineteenth-Century Literary Imagination. Yale Nota Bene, 2000.
2. James, Joy and T Denean Sharpley-Whiting. Eds. The Black Feminist Reader. Blackwell,
2000.
3. Rahman, Momin and Stevi Jackson. Gender and Sexuality: Sociological Approaches.
Polity Press. 2010.
4. Rooney, Ellen. Ed. The Cambridge Companion to Feminist Literary Theory. Cambridge
U P, 2008.
5. Schneir, Miriam. Ed. The Vintage Book of Feminism: The Essential Writings of the
Contemporary Women's Movement. Vintage, 1995.
6. Tharu, Susie & K Lalitha. Women Writing in India. Oxford UP, 1991
34
CORE ELECTIVE
PAPER - 4
OBJECTIVES
UNIT PLAN
COURSE OUTCOME
The students were taught how the English Language Teaching takes place in India.
The learners are introduced to several teaching Methods.
The learners are exposed to different language teaching theories.
The language testing and Evaluation is taught to the students.
Teaching aids are introduced to the learners.
Behaviorism
Cognitive Approach
Natural Approach and their Educational Implications
35
Principles of Syllabus Construction
Structural Syllabus, Situational Syllabus, Notional Syllabus
UNIT IV LANGUAGE TESTING AND EVALUATION
a) Formative
b) Summative
c) Norm-based
d) Criterion- based
Language Laboratory
Audio-Visual
Aids
OHP-Black Board
Map and Charts
Computer etc.
REFERENCE
1. Jack C.Richards & Theodre S. Rodgers. Approaches and Methods in Language Teaching
2. Harria David. P Testing English as Second Language
3. Howatt. A. P. R. A History of English Language Teaching
4. Nunan. D. Syllabus Design
5. Wilkins, D. A. Notional Syllabus
6. Little word, W.T. Communicative Language Teaching
36
OPEN ELECTIVE
PAPER - 4
(to choose one out of 3)
A. FILM STUDIES
OBJECTIVES
UNIT PLAN
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to trace the evolution of
cinema and major film movements critically.
Analyze cinema from various perspectives.
To identify various technical aspects of cinema.
Appreciate and develop an academic discourse on cinema.
Analyze the relationship between films and literature through adaptations
37
UNIT 4 REPRESENTATION IN INDIAN CINEMA
UNIT 5 ADAPTATIONS
REFERENCE
1. Abrahams, Nathan, et al. Studying Film. Arnold: Hodder Headline Group, 2001.
2. Aitken, Ian. European Film Theory and Cinema: A Critical Introduction. Edinburgh
3. University Press, 2001.
4. Andrew, Dudley. Concepts in Film Theory. Oxford University Press, 1984.
5. Bazin, Andre. What is Cinema? Vol. I. University of California Press, 2005.Bhaskar, Ira.
09 Apr 2013,
6. The Indian New Wave. Routledge Handbook of Indian Cinemas. edited by K. Moti
Gokulsing and Wimal Dissanayake. Routledge, 2019. pp.19-34
7. Buckland, Warren, editor. Film Theory and Contemporary Hollywood Movies.
Routledge, 2009.
8. Butler, Andrew. Film Studies. Pocket Essentials, 2005.Dixon.
9. Wheeler Winston and Foster, Gwendolyn. A Short History of Film. Rutgers University
Press, 2018.
10. Elsaesser, Thomas, and Malte Hagener. Film Theory: An Introduction Through the
Senses. Routledge, 2010.
11. Hutcheon, Linda. In Defence of Literary Adaptation as Cultural Production. Media
Culture Journal, Vol. 10, no. 2, May 2007.
12. http://journal.media-culture.org.au/0705/01-hutcheon.phpKuhn.
13. Annette, Guy Westwell. A Dictionary of Film Studies. OUP, 2012.
14. Monaco, James. How to Read a Film: The World of Movies, Media, and Multimedia:
and Language, History, Theory. Oxford University Press, 2000.
15. Nichols, Bill. Movies and Methods. University of California Press, 1976.
16. Nichols, Bill. Engaging Cinema: An Introduction to Film Studies. W. W. Norton and
Company, 2010
38
OPEN ELECTIVE
PAPER - 4
OBJECTIVES
UNIT PLAN
COURSE OUTCOME
The student is introduced to the essence of the Mass media and its definitions and its
function.
The learner learns the News Analysis and its types.
In this the learner knows about the review, editorial columns etc.
Different kinds of reports are taught like election, crime report etc.
Writing and editing of T.V, Radio etc. is taught the learners.
Hard and soft news - Expected and Unexpected News - Box News -
Follow up news - Scoop - Filters - News Analysis and Evaluation.
39
UNIT IV REPORTS
UNIT V
REFERENCE
40
OPEN ELECTIVE
PAPER - 4
C. FANTASY FICTION
COURSE OBJECTIVES
UNIT PLAN
COURSE OUTCOMES
UNIT 1
UNIT 2
UNIT 3
UNIT 4
UNIT 5
41
REFERENCE
**************
42
THIRUVALLUVAR UNIVERSITY
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
B.Sc. MATHEMATICS DEGREE COURSE
(With effect from 2020 - 2021)
The Course of Study and the Scheme of Examinations
Uni.
SEMESTER II CIA Total
Exam
8. I Language Paper-2 6 4 Tamil/Other Languages 25 75 100
9. II English (CE) Paper-2 6 4 Communicative English II 25 75 100
10. III Core Theory Paper-3 4 3 Calculus 25 75 100
Analytical Geometry of three
11. III Core Theory Paper-4 4 3 25 75 100
dimensions
(to choose any 1 out of 4)
12. III Allied-1 Paper-2 4 3 25 75 100
(For Practical Allied subjects)
Allied (to choose any 1 out of 4)
13. III Practical-1 2 2 25 75 100
Practical - 1 (For Practical Allied subjects)
14. III PE Paper 1 6 3 Professional English II 25 75 100
15. IV Value Education 2 2 25 75 100
16. IV Soft Skill 2 1 25 75 100
Sem. Total 36 25 225 675 900
SEMESTER III
17. I Language Paper-3 6 4 Tamil / Other Languages 25 75 100
18. II English Paper-3 6 4 English 25 75 100
19. III Core Theory Paper-5 6 5 Differential Equations 25 75 100
Allied-2 (to choose any 1 out of 4)
20. III Paper-3 4 3 25 75 100
(For Practical Allied subjects)
Allied
III Practical-2 3 0 0 0 0
Practical - 2
Skill Based Mathematics for competitive
21. IV Paper-1 3 2 25 75 100
Subject Examinations - I
Non-Major
22. IV Paper-1 2 2 Basic Mathematics 25 75 100
Elective
Sem. Total 30 20 150 450 600
SEMESTER V
31. III Core Theory Paper-8 6 4 Abstract Algebra 25 75 100
32. III Core Theory Paper-9 6 4 Real Analysis - I 25 75 100
33. III Core Theory Paper-10 6 4 Complex Analysis - I 25 75 100
Programming in C Language
34. III Core Theory Paper-11 3 3 25 75 100
C Language
35. III Core Practical Practical-1 3 2 25 75 100
(to choose any 1 out of 2)
1. Linear Programming
36. IV Elective Paper-1 3 3 25 75 100
2. Special Functions
SEMESTER VI
38. Core Theory Paper-12 5 4 Linear Algebra 25 75 100
39. Core Theory Paper-13 6 4 Real Analysis II 25 75 100
40. Core Theory Paper-14 5 4 Complex Analysis - II 25 75 100
Compulsory
41. Paper-15 5 5 Group / Individual Project 25 75 100
Project
(to choose any 1 out of 2)
42. Elective Paper-2 3 3 1.Graph Theory 25 75 100
2. Discrete Mathematics
Paper-3/ (to choose any 1 out of 2)
43. Elective Elective 3 3 1.Fuzzy Mathematics.(Theory) 25 75 100
Practical-1 2. R Programming (Practical Only)
Operations Research
44. Skill based Subject Paper-4 3 2 25 75 100
Extension
45. 0 1 100 0 100
Activities
Sem. Total 30 26 275 525 800
Grand Total 140 4500
Total Total
Part Subject Papers Credit Marks
Credits Marks
Part I Languages 2 4 8 100 200
Communicative English
Part II 2 4 8 100 200
& English
Part III Allied (Odd Semester) 2 3 6 100 200
Allied (Even Semester) 2 5 100 200
10
Allied Practical 2 2 100 200
Electives 3 3 9 100 300
Core 14 (3-5) 52 100 1400
Core practical 1 2 2 100 100
Professional English 2 3 6 100 200
Compulsory Project
(Group/Individual 1 5 5 100 100
Project)
Part IV Environmental Science 1 2 2 100 100
Soft skill 1 1 1 100 100
Value Education 1 2 2 100 100
Lang. & Others /NME 2 2 4 100 200
Skill Based 4 2 8 100 400
Part V Extension Activities 1 1 1 100 100
Total 43 140 4500
THIRUVALLUVAR UNIVERSITY
B.Sc. MATHEMATICS
SYLLABUS
CBCS PATTERN
(For the candidates admitted from 2020 - 2021)
SEMESTER III
PAPER - 5
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Objectives
This course aims to provide logical skills in the formation of differential equations, to
expose to different techniques of finding solutions to these equations and in addition
stress is laid on the application of these equations in geometrical and physical problems.
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
UNIT - IV
LAPLACE TRANSFORM
Transform-Inverse Transform - Properties - Application of Laplace Transform to solution
of first and second order Linear Differential equations [with constant coefficients].
UNIT - V
Recommended Text
S.Narayanan and T.K.Manicavachagom Pillay[2004] , Calculus, S.Viswanathan
Printers and publishers Private Ltd., Chennai.
Reference Books
1. M.D. Raisinghania, [2001] Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations, S.Chand and Co.,
New Delhi.
2. M.R.Spiegel [2005] Advanced mathematics for Engineers and Scientists, Tata McGraw
Hill Edition, New Delhi.
3. M.R.Spiegel [2005] Laplace Transforms, Tata McGraw Hill Edition, New Delhi.
4. S.Sudha [2003] Differential Equations and Integral Transforms, Emerald Publishers,
Chennai.
5. M.K.Venkataraman [1998] Higher Engineering Mathematics, III-B, National Publishing
Co., Chennai.
6. P.R.Vittal [2004] Differential Equations and Laplace Transform, Margham Publications,
Chennai.
7. P.Kandasamy, K.Thilagarathy [2004] Mathematics for B.Sc. Vol. III S.Chand& Co.,
Ltd., New Delhi-55.
8. B.S.Grewal [2002] Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi.
9. Sheply. L.Ross [1984] Differential Equations, III Edition john Wiley and Sons, New
York.
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course the student will be able to
[1] solve the first order higher degree differential equations
[2] solve the second order differential equations
[3] know the concept of total differential equations
[4] know the applications of Laplace transform
[5] solve the partial differential equations.
SKILL BASED SUBJECT
PAPER - 1
MATHEMATICS FOR COMPETETIVE EXAMINATIONS - I
Objectives
To introduce concepts of mathematics with emphasis on analytical ability and
computational skill needed in competitive examinations.
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
UNIT - IV
UNIT -V
Text Books:-
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course the student should be able to
[1] know the idea H.C.F. and L.C.M.
[2] find the Average, square root and cubic root
[3] solve the problems on ages and numbers
[4] know the percentage, profit and loss
[5] analyze the proportion and partnership problems
NON-MAJOR ELECTIVE
PAPER -1
BASIC MATHEMATICS
Objectives
To introduce a few basic and elementary concepts of mathematics for other major
students.
UNIT - I
SETS
Definition - Subsets - Power sets - Equality of sets - Finite and Infinite sets - Set
operations - De-Morgan’s laws - Distributive tables - Cartesian products.
UNIT - II
NUMBER SYSTEM
Binary, octal, hexadecimal numbers - conversion from one system to another system -
addition and subtraction - one’s complement.
UNIT - III
SYMBOLIC LOGICS
Logical statements - connectives - truth tables - tautologies operations - groups -
(problems and simple properties only).
UNIT - IV
DETERMINANTS
Definition - properties (without proof) - application of determinants - Cramer’s rule for
the solution of a system of equations
UNIT - V
MATRICES
Definition - types of matrices - operations on matrices - adjoint and inverse - applications
- solving non-homogeneous equations.
Recommended Texts
1. Dr.M.K.Venkataraman & others, “Discrete mathematics and structures”, The National
Publishing Company, Madras.
2. Trembly J.P and Manohar.R “Discrete Mathematical Structures with applications to
computer science” Tata McGraw - Hill Pub., Co., Ltd. New Delhi 2003.
Reference Books
1. P.R.Vittal “Algebra, Analytical Geometry and trigonometry” Margham Publications,
Chennai.
2. Richard Johnsonbaugh, “Discrete Mathematics” fifth Edn., Pearson Education Asia,
New Delhi 2002.
SEMESTER - IV
PAPER - 6
VECTOR ANALYSIS AND FOURIER SERIES
Course Objectives
The aim of this course is to cover the topics in vector and tensor calculus which are
essential in modern applied mathematics. To develop the deep knowledge of the vector
differentiation, vector integration and Fourier series concepts and its applications in the
branch of applied mathematics for engineers and scientists.
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
VECTOR INTEGRATION
The Line Integral - Surface Integral and its Physical Meaning - Volume integral - Simple
Problems.
UNIT - IV
VECTOR INTEGRATION(CONTD.)
Statements of Stoke’s Theorem, Gauss Divergence Theorem and Green’s Theorem -
Simple Problems - Simple Problems Solved to Verify the Theorems.
UNIT - V
FOURIER SERIES
Euler’s Formulae - Conditions for Fourier Expansion - Functions having Discontinuity -
Change of Interval - Odd and Even Functions - Expansions of Odd or Even periodic
Functions - Half-range Series - Parseval’s Formula.
Recommended Text
Erwin Kreyszig (2011), Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
(10thedition), Printed in the United States of America
Reference Books
1. G.B.Thomas and R.L.Finney. (1998) Calculus and Analytic Geometry, Addison Wesley
(9th edition), Mass. (Indian Print).
2. M.K.Venkataraman. (1992) Engineering Mathematics-Part B. National Publishing
Company, Chennai.
3. P.R.Vittal. (2004) Vector Calculus, Fourier series and Fourier Transform. Margham
Publications, Chennai.
4. B.S.Grewal (2012). Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers(42ndedition),
Nai Sarak, New Delhi.
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course the student should be able to
[1] know the physical and geometrical meaning of the derivative
[2] know the physical and geometrical meaning of the divergence and curl
[3] evaluating line, surface and volume integrals
[4] know the applications of Stoke’s Theorem, Gauss Divergence Theorem and Green’s
theorem
[5] analyze the Fourier series in both theory and application level
PAPER - 7
MECHANICS
OBJECTIVES
This course aims to introduce the students the basic concepts of forces, moments, couple,
friction and the centre of gravity..
UNIT - I
Forces, Type of forces- Resolution of forces - Resultant of two forces acting on a particle -
triangle of forces, Lamis theorem - Resultant of several forces acting on a particle -
Condition of equilibrium - Equilibrium of a particle under several forces - simple
problems.
UNIT - II
Moment of a force - Parallel forces - Varignon’s theorem -Forces along the sides of a
triangle - Couples - Resultant of several coplanar forces - Equation of line of action of the
resultant - Equilibrium of a rigid body under three coplanar forces - Reduction of
coplanar forces into a force and a couple - simple problems.
UNIT - III
Center of mass - Center of mass of a triangular lamina - Three particles of same mass -
Three particles of certain masses - uniform rods forming a triangle - lamina in the form of
a trapezium and solid tetrahedron - Center of mass using integration - circular arc -
circular lamina - elliptic lamina - solid and hollow hemisphere - solid and hollow right
circular cone - simple problems.
UNIT - IV
UNIT - V
Reference Books
1. M.K.Venkataraman, Statics, Agasthiyar Publications, 17th edition, 2014.
2. S. Narayanan, R. HanumanthaRao, K. Sitaraman, P. Kandaswamy, Statics, S. Chand
and Company Ltd, New Delhi.
3. S. L. Loney, An Elementary Treatise on Statics, Combridge University Press, 1951
4. A.V. Dharmapadam(1991) Mechanics. S. Viswanathan Printers & Publishers.
Chennai
5. Joseph F. Shelley (2005) Vector Mechanics for Engineers Vol-I: Statics, Tata
McGraw Hill Edition, New Delhi.
Course Outcomes
1. Provides basic knowledge of Resultant of forces and Equilibrium of a particle
2. Knowledge pertaining to Parallel forces and coplanar forces
3. To know about Center of mass
4. Gain the knowledge of projectile and its applications
5. Understand the concept of impact
SKILL BASED SUBJECT
PAPER - 2
MATHEMATICS FOR COMPETETIVE EXAMINATIONS - II
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
Problems on Trains.
UNIT - IV
UNIT - V
Alligation or Mixture.
Text Book:-
Objectives
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
Percentages
UNIT - III
UNIT - IV
UNIT - V
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course the student should be able to
[1] know the idea of ratio and proportions
[2] find the percentages
[3] profit and loss problems
[4] know the simple and compound interest problems
[5] analyze the time and distance problems
YEAR - III Sub Code
SEMESTER - V ABSTRACT ALGEBRA Hrs / Week: 6
CORE PAPER - 8 Credit: 5
OBJECTIVE:
To learn from basic algebra concepts to higher algebra Concepts
UNIT - I
GROUPS
Definition of a Group - Examples - Subgroups - simple problems.
UNIT - II
GROUP [CONTD]
Counting Principle - Normal Subgroups - Homomorphism - simple problems.
UNIT - III
GROUP [CONTD]
Automorphisms - Cayley’s Theorem - Permutation Groups - simple problems.
UNIT - IV
RINGS
Definition and Examples - Integral Domain - Homomorphism of Rings - Ideals and
Quotient Rings - simple problems.
UNIT - V
RINGS [CONTD]
Prime Ideal and Maximal Ideal - The field of quotients of an Integral domain -
Euclidean rings - simple problems.
Text book:
I.N.Herstein.[1989], “Topics in Algebra”,[2nd ed] Wiley Eastern Ltd. New Delhi.
Chapter:2 (Sec: 2.1 - 2.10 [Omit Applications 1 and 2 of 2.7]),
Chapter : 3 (Sec: 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7)
Reference books:
1. S.Arumugam[2004], “Modern Algebra”, SciTech Publications, Chennai.
2. J.B.Fraleigh [1987], “A First Course in Algebra”, [ 3 rd edition] Addison Wesley, Mass. [Indian
Print]
3. Lloyd R.Jaisingh and Frank Ayres,Jr. [2005], “Abstract Algebra”, [2 nd edition], Tat McGraw
Hill, New Delhi.
4. M.L.Santiago[2002], “Modern Algebra”, Tat McGraw Hill, New Delhi
5. SurjeetSingh and Qazi Zameeruddin[1982], “Modern algebra”, Vikas Publishing House
Pvt.Ltd. New Delhi.
Course outcome:
At the end of the course
CO1: Students able to identify groups and subgroups.
CO2: Students able to understand homomorphism and isomorphism.
CO3: Students able to do the problems in permutation.
CO4: Students able to study the basics of rings, ideals and integral domain.
CO5: Students able to apply Euclidean rings in theorems.
PAPER - 9
REAL ANALYSIS I
Objectives
To understand various limiting behavior of sequences and series
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
SEQUENCES [CONTD...]
Divergent sequences - Bounded sequences - Monotone sequence - Operations on
convergent sequences - Operations on divergent sequences - Limit superior and Limit
inferior - Cauchy sequences - Simple problems.
Ch. 2.4 to 2.10.
UNIT - III
UNIT - IV
UNIT - V
1. Tom M.Apostol [1974] Mathematical Analysis, 2nd Edition, Addison-Wesley New York.
2. Bartle, R.G. and Shebert [1976] Real Analysis, John Wiley and Sons Inc., New York.
3. Malik, S.C. and SavitaArora [1991] Mathematical Analysis, Wiley Eastern Limited, New
Delhi.
4. Sanjay Arora and BansiLal [1991], Introduction to Real Analysis, SatyaPrakashan, New
Delhi.
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course the student should be able to
1. know the concept countability
2. identify convergent, divergent sequences
3. solve conditional convergence and absolute convergence problems
4. evaluate limit of a function
5. know the concepts of open, closed sets.
PAPER - 10
COMPLEX ANALYSIS - I
Objectives
This course provides
(i) a modern treatment of concepts and techniques of complex function theory
(ii) To gain knowledge about the complex number system, the complex function and
complex integration.
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
ANALYTIC FUNCTIONS
Continuity - Derivatives and Differentiation formulas - Cauchy-Riemann equations -
Sufficient conditions - Cauchy - Riemann equations in polar form - properties of Analytic
functions - Necessary and sufficient conditions for Analytic functions - problems.
UNIT - III
CONFORMAL MAPPINGS
Harmonic functions - Determination of Harmonic conjugate - Conformal mapping -
Isogonal mapping - Further properties and examples - transformations of Harmonic
functions - simple problems.
UNIT - IV
UNIT - V
INTEGRALS
Contours - Line Integrals - Cauchy-Goursat’s Theorem (without proof) - Cauchy’s
Integral Formula - Derivatives of Analytic Functions - problems.
Recommended Text
Reference Books:
1. P. Duraipandian and LaxmiDuraipandian Complex Analysis: Emerald Publishers,
Chennai. 1976.
2. S. Ponnusamy. Foundations of Complex Analysis, Narosa Publishing House, New
Delhi. 2000.
3. Tyagi B.S. Functions of Complex Variable, 17th Edition, PragatiPrakasham
Publishing Company Ltd., Meerut, 1992 - 93.
Course Outcomes
(i) The students can gain knowledge about Complex functions and its nature, limits
and Analytic functions.
(ii) The students can gain knowledge about elementary transformations.
(iii) The students can gain knowledge about line integrals and techniques for solving
problems.
PAPER - 11
A. PROGRAMMING IN C LANGUAGE
Objectives
To develop programming skill in the Computer Language C
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
UNIT - IV
ARRAYS
One - dimensional array, two - dimensional array, Multi - dimensional arrays.
Chapter 7: Sections: 7.1 - 7.7
UNIT - V
USER-DEFINED FUNCTION
Need for User-defined function, Multi-function program, the form of C-Function, Return
Value and their types, Recursion.
Chapter 9: Sections: 9.1 - 9.6, 9.16
POINTERS:
Declaration, initialization of Pointer variables, Pointer expressions.
Chapter 11: Sections: 11.4 - 11.5, 11.8
Recommended Text
E.Balagurusamy. Programming in ANSI C. Fifth Edition Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
Reference Books
A. PRACTICAL IN C LANGUAGE
Objectives
This computer practice course aims to provide strong logical thinking and error-free
syntax codes writing, to master the debugging techniques and to present the results in
neat form in C Language for numerical methods. Students will be able to solve problems
numerically whenever theoretical methods are not available.
1. Square of numbers: Using For loop, While loop, Do-While loop, Goto statement.
2. Solution of a quadratic equation.
3. Characters between two given characters.
4. Counting the number of vowels and consonants in a sentence.
5. 3x3 matrix addition and multiplication.
6. Prime numbers between two give numbers.
7. Simple interest and Compound Interest.
8. Fibonacci series developing and finding the nth tem of Fibonacci series.
9. Factorial numbers- Binomial Coefficient using function recursion.
10. Pascal’s triangle development using recursion.
11. Power of a value - use a function in the name power.
12. Print an array of integers in reverse order using pointer.
13. Interchange sort in ascending or descending.
Reference Books
A. LINEAR PROGRAMMING
OBJECTIVES
The course aim is to introduce various techniques of Operations Research, linear
programming, transportation methods, assignment models, and, game theory.
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
Games and Strategies - Two person zero sum - Some basic terms - the maximin-minimax
principle - saddle points - Games without saddle points-Mixed strategies - graphic
solution 2xn and mx2 games.
UNIT - V
Recommended Text
Gupta P.K.and Hira D.S., (2000) Problems in Operations Research, S.Chand & Co. Delhi
Reference Books
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course the student should be able to
1. formulate any real world problem as LPP
2. understand various techniques of simplex method.
3. understand analogies between transportation problem and assignment models
4. interpret the solutions in game theory.
5. know the concept of simulation.
B. SPECIAL FUNCTIONS
Objectives
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
Special Solvable Types of Nonlinear Equations. Numerical Solutions Using Taylor Series
UNIT - III
UNIT - IV
UNIT - V
Recommended Text
Reference Books
UNIT - I
Simple Interest.
UNIT - II
Compound Interest
UNIT - III
UNIT - IV
Area
UNIT - V
Text Book:-
Objectives:
Continue to learn Abstract Algebra and we study about Vector Spaces and its linear
equations.
UNIT - I
VECTOR SPACES
Linear dependence and independence - Bases – Dimension - Definition and examples.
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
LINEAR TRANSFORMATIONS
Algebra of linear transformations - Sub Algebra - Minimal Polynomial - Invertible -
characteristics roots - Characteristic Vectors.
UNIT - IV
UNIT - V
Text book:
I.N.Herstein [1989], “Topics in Algebra”, Wiley Eastern Ltd. New Delhi.
Chapters - 4 & 6( Sec: 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 & 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.8, 6.9).
Reference books:
1. S.Arumugam.[2004], “Modern Algebra”, Scitech Publications, Chennai.
2.J.B.Fraleigh [1987], “A First Course in Algebra”, [ 3rd edition] Addison Wesley, Mass.
[Indian Print]
3. Lloyd R.Jaisingh and Frank Ayres,Jr. [2005], “Abstract Algebra”, [2nd edition], Tata
McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
4. M.L.Santiago[2002], “Modern Algebra”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
5. Surjeet Singh and Qazi Zameeruddin[1982], “Modern algebra”, Vikas Publishing
House Pvt.Ltd. New Delhi.
Course Outcomes:
This paper will make the students to learn to convert Vector Spaces to Algebraic
equations.
CO1: Beginning with Linear Dependence and Linear Independence on Vector Space
CO2: Knowing about Dual spaces and Inner product spaces on Vector space
CO3: Learning to study about Algebra of Linear transformations and its characteristic
roots
CO4: Converting Linear equations of Vector space to Matrices its canonical and
triangular forms
CO5: Deriving Trace and Transpose of Matrices.
.
PAPER - 13
REAL ANALYSIS II
Objectives
UNIT - I
CONNECTEDNESS, COMPLETENESS
Open Sets - Connected Sets - Bounded Sets and Totally Bounded Sets - Complete Metric
Spaces - simple problems. Ch. 6.1 to 6.4 of Goldberg
UNIT - II
COMPACTNESS
Compact Metric Space - Continuous Functions on Compact Metric Spaces - Continuity
of Inverse Functions - Uniform Continuity - simple problems.
Ch. 6.5 to 6.8 of Goldberg
UNIT - III
RIEMANN INTEGRATION
Sets of measure zero - Definition Riemann Integral - Properties of Riemann Integral -
Derivatives - simple problems.
Ch. 7.1, 7.2 7.4, 7.5 of Goldberg.
UNIT - IV
UNIT - V
R.Goldberg Methods of Real Analysis Oxford & IBH Publishing Co., New Delhi.
Reference Books
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course the student should be able to
[1] understand the concept of complete metric space
[2] know the difference between continuity and uniform continuity
[3] know Riemann integration and its properties
[4] solve problems related to Rolle’s theorem , law of mean
[5] know the convergence of sequences of functions.
PAPER - 14
COMPLEX ANALYSIS II
Objectives:
(1) To gain knowledge about complex Integration and series.
(2) This course provides methods to solve problems in pure as well as in applied
mathematics.
UNIT - I
INTEGRALS
Morera’s theorem - Maximum Moduli of functions - The fundamental theorem of
Algebra - Liouville’s theorem and the Fundamental Theorem on Algebra - convergence
of sequences and series.
UNIT - II
POWER SERIES
Taylor’s and Laurent’s theorem - Examples - Integration and differentiation of power
series - problems.
UNIT - III
UNIT - IV
CONTOUR INTEGRATION
Evaluation of Improper Real Integrals - Improper integrals involving Trigonometric
functions - simple problems.
UNIT - V
ANALYTIC CONTINUATION
Zeros of Analytic functions - Poles and zeros - Essential singular points -Number of
zeros and poles - The Argument principle - Rouchestheorem -simple problems.
Recommended Text
R.V.Churchill and J.W.Brown, (1984) Complex Variables and Applications.
McGraw Hill International Book Co., Singapore. (Fourth Edition)
Unit 1 Chapter 4 Section 40 to 42
Chapter 5 Section 43
Unit 2 Chapter 5 Section 44, 45, 46, 49
Unit 3 Chapter 6 Section 54 to 57
Unit 4 Chapter 6 Section 59, 60, 61
Unit 5 Chapter 5 Section 53
Chapter 12 Section 106, 107, 108, 109
Reference Books
Course Outcomes
1. The students can gain knowledge about Contour integration and problem solving
techniques.
2. The students can learn about singularities and Residues.
3. The students can gain knowledge about power series expansions of analytic
functions.
COMPULSORY PROJECT
A Project in under graduate level should be submitted by the students with the
guidance of allotted guide.
ELECTIVE
(to choose 1 out of the given 2)
PAPER - 2
A. GRAPH THEORY
Objectives
To study and develop the concepts of graphs, subgraphs, connectivity, Eulerian and
Hamiltonian graphs, Ramsey numbers and trees.
UNIT - I
Graphs - subgraphs - Degree of a vertex - Isomorphism of graphs -Ramsey numbers -
independent sets and coverings.
UNIT - II
Intersection graphs - Adjacency and incidence of matrices - Operations on graphs -
Simple problems.
UNIT - III
Walks, trails and paths - Connectedness and components - cut points - bridges - blocks.
UNIT - IV
Connectivity theorems and simple problems –Trees - Theorems and simple problems.
UNIT - V
Eulerian graphs and Hamiltonian graphs - Necessary and sufficient conditions -
Theorems and simple problems.
Recommended Text
S.Arumugam and S.Ramachandran, “Invitation to Graph Theory”, SCITECH
Publications India Pvt. Ltd., T.Nagar, Chennai - 17. 2001.
Course Outcomes
(i) After studying this course the students know about the basic foundations of graphs,
subgraphs and trees.
(ii) The students can learn about connected graphs, Eulerian graphs and Hamiltonian
graphs.
B. DISCRETE MATHEMATICS
Objectives
This course aims to develop mathematical maturity and ability to deal with abstraction
and to develop construction and verification of formal logical manipulation.
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
MATHEMATICAL LOGIC
TF Statements - Connectives - Atomic and Compound Statements - Well-formed
[Statement Formulae] - Parsing - Truth Table of a Formula - Tautology - Tautological
Implications and Equivalence of Formulae.
UNIT - III
UNIT - IV
LATTICES
Lattices [omit example 15 Pp No.10.6) - Some properties of Lattices - New Lattices (omit
remarkPp 10.14) - Modular and Distributive Lattices (omit theorem 10 and 17, Example
4 - Pp 10.23,Example 11 - Pp 10.24)
UNIT - V
BOOLEAN ALGEBRA
Boolean Algebra (omit theorem 25) - Boolean Polynomials - Karnaugh Maps (omit K-
map for 5and 6 variables)
Recommended Text
M.K.Venkataraman, N.Sridharan and N.Chandrasekaran, [2003] Discrete Mathematics,
The National Publishing Company, Chennai.
Reference Books
1. R.Johnsonbaugh [2001] Discrete Mathematics [5th Edn.] Pearson Education, Asia.,
2. C.L.Liu, [1985] elements of Discrete Mathematics, McGraw Hill, New York,
3. J.Truss. [2000] Discrete Mathematics for Computer Scientists [2nd Edn.] Pearson
Education, Asia.
4. M.K.Sen and B.C.Chakraborthy [2002] Discrete Mathematics [2nd Edition,] Books
and allied private Ltd., Kolkata.
ELECTIVE
(to choose 1 out of the given 2)
PAPER - 3 (THEORY)
A.FUZZY MATHEMATICS
Objectives
UNIT - I
Introduction- Fuzzy subsets-Lattices and Boolean Algebras- L fuzzy sets-operations on
fuzzy -𝛼 level sets - properties of fuzzy subsets of a set.
Sections 1.1-1.10
UNIT - II
Algebraic product and sum of two fuzzy subsets-properties satisfied by Addition and
product-Cartesian product of fuzzy subsets.
Sections 1.11-1.13.
UNIT - III
UNIT - IV
UNIT - V
Recommended Text
S.Nanda and N.R.Das “Fuzzy Mathematical concepts, Narosa Publishing House, New
Delhi.
B. R Programming (Practical)
Objectives:
List of exercise:
1. Alain F. Zuur, Elena N. Ieno, Erik H.W.G. Meesters Beginner’s Guide to R - Springer,
2009.
2. Allerhand M. Tiny Handbook of R - SpringerBriefs in Statistics, 2011
3. Baayen R. Analyzing Linguistic Data - A Practical Introduction to Statistics using R ,
2008.
4. Gardener M. Beginning R - The Statistical Programming Language , 2012.
5. Jim Albert, Maria Rizzo R by Example, 2012.
6. Matloff N. Art of R Programming - A Tour of Statistical Software Design , 2011.
SKILL BASED SUBJECT
PAPER - 4
OPERATIONS RESEARCH
Objectives
To develop computational skill and logical thinking in formulating industry
oriented problems as a mathematical problem and obtaining optimal solutions to the
problems.
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
Inventory models - EOQ model (a) Uniform demand rate infinite production rate with no
shortages (b) Uniform demand rate infinite production rate with shortages allowed (c)
Uniform demand rate finite production rate with no shortages (d) Uniform demand rate
finite production rate with shortages allowed - Inventory control with Price Breaks.
UNIT - IV
Sequencing problem - n jobs through 2 machines, n jobs through 3 machines - two jobs
through m machines - n jobs through m machines.
UNIT - V
Queuing Theory - Basic concepts - Steady state analysis of M/M/1 and M/M/N systems
with finite and infinite capacities - Multi-channel queuing model (M/M/C)/FCFS/∞/∞) .
Recommended Text: Gupta P.K. and Hira D.S. (2000) Problems in Operations
Research, S.Chand & Co. Delhi
Reference Books
1. J.K.Sharma, (2001) Operations Research: Theory and Applications, Macmillan, Delhi
2. KantiSwaroop, Gupta P.K. and Manmohan, (1999) Problems in Operations Research,
Sultan Chand & Sons., Delhi.
3. V.K.Kapoor [1989] Operations Research, sultan Chand & sons.
4. Ravindran A., Philips D.T. and Solberg J.J., (1987) Operations research, John Wiley
& Sons, New York.
5. Taha H.A. (2003) Operations Research, Macmillan Publishing Company, New York
6. S.J.Venkatesan, Operations Research, J.S. Publishers, Cheyyar-604 407.
Course Out Comes:
1. Interpret the solutions in network analysis
2. Knowledge about optimal use of resources
3. Understand to sequence the machines to do the job effectively
4. Analyze the system given and interpret the solutions
ALLIED SUBJECTS FOR MATHEMATICS STUDENTS
To choose any two out of the following Four Allied subjects as Allied I and Allied II.
Each Allied subject consists of two papers as paper I and Paper II and one Practical
paper.
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
UNIT - IV
UNIT - V
S.C. Gupta & V.K. Kapoor : Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics, Sultan & sons
MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS II
Objective
To apply Statistics for Mathematical problems
UNIT - I
Statistical Population Census and Sampling Survey - Parameter and Statistics - Sampling
and Sampling Distribution and Standard Error. Sampling distributions - students ‘t’, chi -
square and F distributions.
UNIT - II
Test of significance - Large sample test for proportion, mean and standard deviation -
Exact test based on ‘t’, Chi - square and F distribution with respect to population mean,
variance and correlation coefficient - Tests of independence of attributes - goodness of fit
tests.
UNIT - III
Point estimation - Concept of unbiasedness, consistency, efficiency and sufficiency -
Cramer- Rao Inequality - Methods of Estimation - Maximum Likelihood Estimation -
Method of Moments.
UNIT - IV
Test of Hypothesis: Null and Alternate Hypothesis - Type I and Type II error - Power of
the test - Neymann Pearson lemma - Likelihood Ratio Test - Concept of Most Powerful
test (Statement and Results only) - Simple Problems
UNIT - V
Analysis of Variance - One - way and Two-way Classification - Basic Principles of
Design of Experiments - Randomization, Replication, Local Control, Completely
Randomized Design, Randomized Block Design and Latin Square Design.
Recommended Text:
S.C. Gupta & V.K. Kapoor: Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics, Sultan & sons
Books for Reference
1. Hogg, R.V. & Craig. A. T. (1998): Introduction to Mathematical Statistics, Macmillan
2. Mood.A.M.,Graybill. F.A.&Boes. D.G.(1974): Introduction to theory of Statistics,
McGraw Hill.
3. Snedecor.G.W. &Cochran.W.G.(1967): Statistical Methods, Oxford and IBH
4. Hoel.P.G (1971): Introduction to Mathematical Statistics, Wiley.
5. Wilks . S. S.Elementary Statistical Analysis, Oxford and IBH
6. O. Kempthone - Design of Experiments
7. Das and Giri : Design of Experiments Wiley Eastern
ALLIED PRACTICAL
MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS
1. Measures of location and Dispersion (absolute and relative)
2. Computation of Correlation Coefficient for raw and Grouped data, Rank Correlation
Coefficient
3. Computation of Regression Equations for Raw and Grouped Data
4. Curve Fitting by the Method of Least Squares
a. y=ax+b
b. y=ax2+bx+c
c. y=aebx
d. y=axb
5. Fitting of Binomial, Poisson, Normal distributions and tests of goodness of fit.
6. Large sample tests with regard to population mean, proportion, standard deviation
7. Exact tests with Respect to Mean, Variance and Coefficient of Correlation
8. Test for Independence of Attributes Based on Chi-Square Distribution
9. Confidence Interval based on Normal, t and Chi-square and F Distributions
10. Problems based on ANOVA-one way and two way Classification
11. Completely Randomized Design
12. Randomized Block Design
13. Latin Square Design
Note
Use of scientific calculator shall be permitted for practical examination. Statistical and
Mathematical tables are to be provided to the students at the examination hall.
Mathematics faculty alone should be appointed as examiners.
Books for Reference
1. Hogg, R.V. &Craig.A.T.(1998): Introduction to Mathematical Statistics, Macmillan.
2. Mood.A.M. ,Graybill. F.A.&Boes.D.G.(1974) : Introduction to theory of Statistics,
McGraw Hill.
3. Snedecor.G.W. &Cochran.W.G.(1967): Statistical Methods, Oxford and IBH
4. Hoel.P.G (1971): Introduction to Mathematical Statistics, Wiley.
5. S.C. Gupta & V.K. Kapoor: Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics, Sultan &sons
6. S.C. Gupta & V.K. Kapoor: Fundamentals of Applied Statistics, Sultan & sons
7. Wilks . S. S. Elementary Statistical Analysis, Oxford and IBH
8. O. Kempthone - Design of Experiments.
ALLIED PAPERS
NUMERICAL METHODS - I
Objectives
This course will cover basic methods for finding the Finite differences, Central
differences, Inverse interpolation, Summation of series, Interpolation for equal & unequal
intervals, Solutions of simultaneous equations, Important principles, Method and
Processes to get numerical results, Reliability of numerical result.
UNIT - I
FINITE DIFFERENCES
First and higher order differences - forward differences and Backward differences -
Properties of operators - Differences of a Polynomial - Factorial Polynomials - Operator
E, Relation between ▲,▼and E-Interpolation - Newton - Gregory forward & backward
formulae for interpolation.
UNIT - II
CENTRAL DIFFERENCES
Central difference Operators - Central differences formulae: Gauss Forward and
Backward formulae - Sterling’s formula - Bessel’s formula.
UNIT - III
UNIT - IV
INVERSE INTERPOLATION
Lagrange’s method and Reversion of series method (Using Newton’s forward formula
only).
Summation of series: Sum to n term of the series whose general term is the first
difference of a function-summation by parts.
UNIT - V
Reference Books
1. S. Arumugham. (2003) Numerical Methods, New Gamma Publishing, Palamkottai.
2. H.C. Saxena. (1991) Finite differences and Numerical analysis S.Chand & Co., Delhi
3. A.Singaravelu (2004). Numerical MethodsMeenakshi Agency, Chennai
4. P.Kandasamy, K.Thilagavathy (2003) Calculus of Finite difference & Numerical
Analysis, S. Chand & Company Ltd., New Delhi-55.
NUMERICAL METHODS II
Objectives
This course covers the techniques of Numerical Differentiation and Numerical
Integration. It also deals with solution of difference equations, Algebraic and
Transcendental equations and Numerical solution of Ordinary differential equations of
first order.
UNIT - I
NUMERICAL DIFFERENTIATION
Newton’s forward and backward differences to compute derivatives-derivative using
divided differences formula-maxima and minima using the above formulae.
UNIT - II
NUMERICAL INTEGRATION
General Quadrature formula-Trapezoidal rule-Simpson’s one third rule- Simpson’s three-
eight rule, Weddle’s rule- Euler-Maclaurin Summation Formula
UNIT - III
DIFFERENCE EQUATIONS
Linear differences equations-Linear homogeneous difference equation with constant co-
efficient-Particular integrals for ax, xm, sinax, cosax and ax f(x).
UNIT - IV
UNIT - V
LIST OF PROBLEMS
Course Objectives
Elasticity: Bending of beams -Expression for bending moment - Cantilever Depression at the
loaded end of a cantilever Expression forYoung's modulus -non–uniform bending-Pin and
microscope method.
Torsion : Torsion couple – Potential energy in a twisted wire – Torsional pendulum – Time
period -Determination of rigidity modulus by Torsional oscillation (without masses).
Surface Tension: Surface tension of a liquid-Surface Tension and interfacial surface tension by
the method of drops-applications.
Seeback, Peltier and Thomson effects - laws of thermoelectric circuits -Peltier coefficient -
Thomson coefficient -application of thermodynamics to a thermocouple and expressions for
Peltier and Thomson coefficients -thermo electric power and thermo electric diagrams.
Growth and decay of current in a circuit containing resistance and inductance- Growth and decay
of charge in circuit containing resistance and capacitor - growth and decay of charge in a LCR
circuit – condition for the discharge to be oscillatory – frequency of oscillation.
Magnetism -Magnetic moment and pole strength of a magnet – Deflection magnetometer – Tan
C Position- Vibration magnetometer – Theory – Period of Oscillation – Determination of M and
BH using the deflection magnetometer and the vibration magnetometer .
Sound: Transverse vibration of strings -Velocity and frequency of vibrations of a stretched string
-laws -Sonometer -A.C. Frequency - Steel wire- Brass wire.
Fibre optics: Basic principle of an optical fibre -Total internal reflection -Basic structure of an
optical fibre -Numerical aperture –Coherent bundle – Attenuation and dispersion - classification
of optical fibres-step index and graded index fibers – single mode and multi mode fibers-
Fibre optic communication system block diagram.-applications.
Text Books
1. R. Murugesan, Electricity & Magnetism, S. Chand & Co. New Delhi, 2019.
Unit 5
1. N Subrahmanyam, BrijLal and M.N Avadhanulu, A Text Book of Optics, S. Chand &Co.
New Delhi, Revised Edition as per UGC model syllabus.
Reference Books
1. BrijLal and N Subrahmanyam,Electricity and Magnetism, S Chand & Company Pvt Ltd,
New Delhi, 2000.
2. D.C. Tayal, Electricity and Magnetism, Himalaya Publishing House,Bombay, 2014.
3. BrijLal and N.Subrahmanyam, A Text Book of Sound,Vikas Publications, New Delhi (2
Edition)
4. C.L.Arora, Physics for Degree Students B.Sc First Year, S. Chand Publishing, 2013.
5. K.Thyagarajan and Ajay Ghatak, Introduction to Fibre optics-, Cambridge
University.
6. Ajay Ghatak and K.Thyagarajan, Fiber optics and Lasers-The two revolutions,
Macmillan, 2006.
7. K.Thyagarajan and Ajay Ghatak, Lasers; Fundamentals and applications,
Springer.
8. Modern Physics – R,Murugeshan, KiruthigaSivaprasath, S.Chand&Co, New
Delhi, 2016.
E-MATERIALS
1. https://courses.lumenlearning.com/physics/chapter/16-4-the-simple-pendulum/
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aw0_seEt4v0
3. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thermoelectric_effect
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S0I37M2sx_0
5. https://physicscatalyst.com/elecmagnetism/growth-and-delay-charge-R-C-circuit.php
6. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PLQQPXot6vE
7. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=d0_Eff4MXwM
8. https://www.techglads.com/cse/sem1/production-of-ultrasonics-by-piezoelectric-
methods/
9. https://thefactfactor.com/facts/pure_science/physics/optical-fibre/5159/
10. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=auk1OS0SVWc (Tamil video)
Course Objectives
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to find the acceleration due to gravity at a
place using simple pendulum and compound pendulum. Also can know the properties of
matter like elasticity, viscosity and surface tension.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to learn thermo emf using Seebeck and
Peltier effects and hence understand thermoelectric circuits.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to explain growth and decay of a transient
current in a circuit containing resistance-inductance, resistance-capacitance and LCR in
series. Also will be able to determine the horizontal components of earth’s magnetic
induction at a place using deflection magnetometer in Tan C position.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to derive the expression for the velocity of a
sound in a stretched string and hence they can determine the frequency of A.C mains.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to understanding the principle of laser and
can demonstrate the working of He-Ne laser and applications of laser. Also, the student
will be able to learn the fibre optics, structure and application in communication.
ALLIED
PHYSICS
PAPER-2
Course Objectives
Number systems -Decimal, Binary, Octal and Hexadecimal system – Conversion from one
number system to another- Binary Arithmetic -Addition –Subtraction- 1’s and 2’s complement -
Binary codes- BCD code – Excess 3 code, Gray code.
NAND, NOR and EXOR – functions and truth tables. NAND & NOR as universal gates-Half
adder and Full adder - Half subtractor and Full subtractor using NAND gate only.
UNIT-5: Nanomaterial
Text Books
Unit 1 to Unit 3
Unit 5
Reference Book
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to study the frames of reference, Galilean
transformation equations and special theory of relativity.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to describe the different atomic models and
Stern and Gerlach Experiment.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to explain binding energy, liquid drop
model, G.M counter and particle accelerators.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to know the conversion of number systems
from one to other and also will be able to design universal gates using NAND and NOR
gates.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to understanding the basics of nanomaterial,
synthesis and its applications.
ALLIED PRACTICAL- PHYSICS
Text Books
Reference Books
PAPER - 1
CHEMISTRY - I
Objective:
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
UNIT - IV
VSEPR Theory - Hybridisation and Shapes of simple molecules BF3, PCl5, SF6 and
XeF6. - Fuels - Classification of Fuels - Calorific value of Fuels - Water gas, Carbureted
Water gas and Producer gas - Composition and Uses - Non-Conventional fuels - Need of
Solar Energy - Applications - Biofuels - Oil gas, Natural gas and LPG - Uses - Osmosis -
Osmotic pressure - Reverse osmosis - Definition - Desalination of Sea water.
UNIT - V
Nuclear Chemistry - Atomic number, Mass number - Isotopes, Isobars and Isotones -
Definition and Examples - Definition of Half life period - Nuclear Binding Energy, Mass
Defect and N/P ratio - Nuclear Fission and Nuclear Fusion (Elementary idea) -
Applications of Radioisotopes in Medicine, Agriculture and Industries - Carbon Dating -
Crude Oil - Petroleum - Petroleum Refining - Cracking - Applications of Cracking -
Naphthalene - Preparation - Haworth’s method - Properties - Oxidation, Reduction and
Uses of Naphthalene - Structure of Naphthalene (Structural elucidation not necessary) -
Conductors, Insulators, Semiconductors, N - and P - Type Semiconductors -
Definitions and Examples.
ALLIED PAPER – 2
CHEMISTRY - II
OBJECTIVE:
Basic knowledge on Coordination Chemistry, Industrial Chemistry, Carbohydrates,
Aminoacids, Proteins, Electrochemistry, Paints and Pigments, dyes, Vitamins, Medicinal
Chemistry, Corrosion and Applications wherever necessary are to be taught for II-
semester.
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
UNIT - V
VOLUMETRIC ANALYSIS
1. Estimation of HCl - Standard sulphuric acid.
2. Estimation of Borax - Standard Sodium Carbonate.
3. Estimation of NaOH - Standard Oxalic Acid.
4. Estimation of FeSO4 - Standard FAS.
5. Estimation of Oxalic acid - Standard FeSO4.
6. Estimation of FAS - Standard Oxalic Acid.
7. Estimation of Oxalic acid - Standard Oxalic Acid.
8. Estimation of Fe2+ using Diphenylamine / N- Phenyl Anthranilic acid as indicator.
ORGANIC ANALYSIS
Systematic Analysis of Organic Compounds containing One Functional Group and
Characterisation by Confirmatory Tests.
Reactions of Aromatic Aldehyde, Carbohydrates, Mono and Dicarboxylic acids,
Phenol, Aromatic Primary Amine, Amide and Diamide.
Reference Books
Inorganic Chemistry - P. L. Soni - Sultan Chand (2006).
Inorganic Chemistry - B. R.. Puri, L. R. Sharma and K. C. Kallia - Milestone
Publications (2013).
Selected Topics in Inorganic Chemistry - W. U. Malik, G. D. Tuli and R. D.
Madan - S. Chand Publications (2008).
Text Book of Inorganic Chemistry - R. Gopalan, Universities Press - 2012.
Text Book of Organic Chemistry - P. L. Soni - Sultan Chand & Sons - 2007.
Advanced Organic Chemistry - Bahl and Arun Bahl - Sultan Chand and Co. Ltd -
2012.
Organic Reaction Mechanisms - Gurdeep Chatwal- Himalaya Publishing House.
A Text Book of Organic Chemistry K. S. Tewari, N. K. Vishol, S. N. Mehrotra-
Vikas Publishing House - 2011.
Principles of Physical Chemistry - B. R. Puri, Sharma and Madan S. Pathania, Vishal
Publishing Company - 2013.
Text Book of Physical Chemistry - P. L. Soni, O. P. Dharmarha andU. N. Dash -
Sultan Chand & Co - 2006.
Understanding Chemistry - C. N. R. Rao, Universities Press - 2011.
******
THIRUVALLUVAR UNIVERSITY
MASTER OF SCIENCE
M.Sc. MATHEMATICS
DEGREE COURSE
UNDER CBCS
(With effect from 2020-2021)
Uni.
SEMESTER II CIA Total
Exam
6. Paper-4 6 5 Algebra-II 25 75 100
Core
7. Paper-5 6 5 Real Analysis –II 25 75 100
8. Paper-6 6 4 Partial Differential Equations 25 75 100
Internal Elective for same major students (Choose any one)
Paper-2 (to choose one out of 3)
Core A. Mathematical Statistics
9. 5 3 25 75 100
Elective B. Fuzzy Set Theory
C. Difference Equations
External Elective for other major students (Inter/multi disciplinary papers)
10. Open Elective Paper-2 5 3 (to choose one out of 3)
A. Fundamentals of Insurance
25 75 100
B. Numerical Methods
C. Fundamentals of Business Statistics
11. *Field Study - 2 100 - 100
12. Compulsory Paper 2 2 Human Rights & Duties 25 75 100
30 24 250 450 700
1
Uni.
SEMESTER III CIA Total
Exam
13. Paper-7 6 6 Complex Analysis –I 25 75 100
Core
14. Paper-8 6 5 Topology 25 75 100
15. Paper-9 6 5 Differential Geometry 25 75 100
Internal Elective for same major students
Paper-3 (to choose one out of 3)
Core A. LaTeX
16. 6 3 25 75 100
Elective B. Discrete Mathematics
C. Operations Research
External Elective for other major students (Inter/multi disciplinary papers)
17. Open Elective Paper-3 6 3 (to choose one out of 3) 25 75 100
A. Mathematical Biology
B. Quantitative Techniques
C. SCILAB
18. **MOOC Courses - - 100
2
* Field Study
There will be field study which is compulsory in the first semester of all PG courses with
2 credits. This field study should be related to the subject concerned with social impact.
Field and Topic should be registred by the students in the first semester of their study
along with the name of a mentor before the end of the month of August. The report
with problem identification and proposed solution should be written in not less than 25
pages in a standard format and it should be submitted at the end of second semester.
The period for undergoing the field study is 30 hours beyond the instructional hours of
the respective programme. Students shall consult their mentors within campus and
experts outside the campus for selecting the field and topic of the field study. The
following members may be nominated for confirming the topic and evaluating the field
study report.
**Mooc Courses
Inclusion of the Massive Open Online Courses (MOOCs) with zero credits available on
SWAYAM, NPTEL and other such portals approved by the University Authorities.
3
SEMESTER III
PAPER - 7
COMPLEX ANALYSIS - I
Course Objectives:
The objectives of the course is to
introduce the notions of differentiability and analytic functions.
discuss the elementary functions and complex integration.
educate the conformal mappings and Mobius transformations.
inculcate the concepts of Maximum Principle, Schwarz’ Lemma And Liouville’s
Theorem.
indoctrinate the applications of Classification of Singularities.
Prescribed Book
S. Ponnusamy, Foundations of Complex Analysis, Second Edition, Narosa
Publishing House, New Delhi, 2012.
Reference Books:
1. Lars V. Ahlfors, Complex Analysis, 3rd Edition, McGraw-Hill Inc., New York, 1979.
4
2. J.W. Brown and R.V. Churchill, Complex Variables and Applications, 8th Edition,
McGraw-Hill Higher Education, New York, 2009.
3. J.B. Conway, Functions of One Complex Variable, 2nd Edition, Narosa Publishing
House, New Delhi, 1996.
4. V. Karunakaran, Complex Analysis, 2nd Edition, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi,
2005.
5. H.A. Priestley, Introduction to Complex Analysis, 2nd Edition, Oxford University Press
Inc., New York, 2005.
E-Materials:
1. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/mathematics/18-112-functions-of-a-complex-variable-
fall-2008/
2. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/mathematics/18-04-complex-variables-with-applications-
spring-2018/
3. https://www.coursera.org/learn/complex-analysis
5
PAPER - 8
TOPOLOGY
Course Objectives:
The objectives of the course is to
introduce the mathematical analysis of open and closed sets and the significance
of the topological spaces.
give an insight about the continuous functions on topological spaces, product
topology and topology induced by the metric.
educate the connected spaces, connected subspaces, components and local
connectedness.
inculcate the notions of compactness, compact subspaces, limit point
compactness and local compactness.
indoctrinate the strong theoretical background about the countability axioms, the
separation axioms and the consequences theorems.
Reference Books:
1. J. Dugundji, Topology, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1975.
2. G.F. Simmons, Introduction to Topology and Modern Analysis, McGraw Hill
Education, New York, 1963.
6
3. J.L. Kelley, General Topology, Van Nostrand Reinhold Company, New York, 1955.
4. L.A. Steen and J.A. Seebach, Counterexamples in Topology, Holt, Rinechart and
Winston, New York, 1970.
5. S. Willard, General Topology, Addison–Wesley Publishing Company, USA, 1970.
E-Materials:
1. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/mathematics/18-901-introduction-to-topology-fall-
2004/index.htm
2. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/mathematics/18-904-seminar-in-topology-spring-
2011/index.htm
3. https://swayam.gov.in/nd2_cec20_ma12/preview
7
PAPER - 9
DIFFERENTIAL GEOMETRY
Course Objectives:
The objectives of the course is to
introduces space curves and their intrinsic properties of a surface and geodesics.
studythe non–intrinsic properties of a surface
study the differential geometry of surfaces.
Unit-1: Space Curves 18 hours
Definition of a space curve – Arc length – Tangent – Normal and binormal – Curvature and
torsion – Contact between curves and surfaces – Tangent surface – Involutes and evolutes –
intrinsic equations – Fundamental existence theorem for space curve – Helices.
(Chapter 1: Sections 1 to 9 )
Unit-2:Intrinsic Properties of a Surface 18 hours
Unit-3: Geodesics 18
hoursGeodesics – Canonical geodesic equations – Normal properties of geodesics –
Existence theorem – Geodesic parallels – Geodesic curvatures – Gauss Bonnet theorem –
Gaussian curvature – Surface of constant curvature. (Chapter 2: Sections 10 to 18)
Prescribed Book
T.J.Willmore, An Introduction to Differential Geometry, Oxford University
Press,(17th Impression) New Delhi 2002. (Indian Print)
Reference Books:
1. Struik, D.T. Lectures on Classical Differential Geometry, Addison - Wesley, Mass.
1950.
2. Kobayashi. S. and Nomizu. K. Foundations of Differential Geometry, Interscience
Publishers, 1963. 3. Wilhelm Klingenberg: A course in Differential Geometry,
Graduate Texts in Mathematics, Springer-Verlag 1978.
3. J.A. Thorpe Elementary topics in Differential Geometry, Under - graduate Texts in
Mathematics, Springer - Verlag 1979.
8
E-Materials:
http://www.math.ku.dk/noter/filer/geom1.pdf
9
CORE ELECTIVE
PAPER - 3
(to choose one out of 3)
A. LaTeX
Course Objectives:
The objectives of the course is to
inculcatethe computer knowledge.
introduce the LaTeXsoftware
train in the Preparation of Project and dissertations using LaTex.
educate the Latex coding.
Unit - II: Contents, Index, Glossary, Text, Row and Column 18 hours
Table of contents – Index – Glossary. Borrowed words – Poetry in typing – Making lists –
When order matters – Description and definitions. (Chapter 5 to 6)
LR boxes – Paragraph boxes – Paragraph boxes with specific height – Nested boxes – Role
boxes – The figure environment – The table environment. (Chapter 10 to 11)
Prescribed Book
A Primer, Latex Tutorials, Indian TEX users group, Trivandrum, India.
www.tug.org.in
10
Reference Books:
1. Peter Flynn, A beginner’s introduction to typesetting with LATEX,Silmaril
Consultants, Textual Therapy Division, 2003.
2. George Gratzer,More Math Into LATEX, 4th Edition, Springer Science (2007).
3. Frank Mittelbach,Michel Goossens,TheLaTex Companion, Second Edition,
Addison-Wesley, 2004.
E-Materials:
1. https://www.latex-tutorial.com/tutorials/
2. https://www.latex-tutorial.com/
3. http://www.tug.org.in/tutorials.html
11
CORE ELECTIVE
PAPER - 3
B. DISCRETE MATHEMATICS
Course Objectives:
The objectives of the course is to
explore the topics like lattices and its applications in switchingcircuits
study the finite fields, polynomials and coding theory.
Unit-1: Lattices 18 hours
Properties and examples of Lattices - Distributive lattices - Boolean algebras - Boolean
polynomials - Minimal Forms of Boolean Polynomials. (Chapter 1: 1 – 6).
Unit-2: Applications of Lattices 18 hours
Switching Circuits- Applications of Switching Circuits (Chapter 2: 7 – 8)
Unit -3: Finite Fields and Polynomials 18 hours
Finite fields (Chapter 3: 13 only)
Unit -4: Finite Fields and Polynomials 18 hours
Irreducible Polynomials over Finite fields - Factorization of Polynomials over Finite fields
(Chapter 3: 14 – 15)
Unit -5: Coding Theory 18 hours
Linear Codes - Cyclic Codes(Chapter 4: 17 – 18)
Prescribed Book
Rudolf Lidl& Gunter Pilz. Applied Abstract Algebra, Second Indian Reprint 2006,
Springer Verlag, NewYork, (2006).
Reference Books
1. A.Gill, Applied Algebra for Computer Science , Prentice Hall Inc., New Jersey.
2. J.L.Gersting, Mathematical Structures for Computer Science (3 rdEdn.),
ComputerScience Press, New York.
3. S.Wiitala, Discrete Mathematics- A Unified Approach, McGraw Hill Book Co.
E-Materials:
1. http://archives.math.utk.edu/topics/discreteMath.html
2. http://www.discrete-math-hub.com/resources-and-help.html
Course Learning Outcomes
After the successful completion of this course, the students will be able to:
understand about Lattices, applications of Lattices
discuss the Boolean algebras and polynomials
procure strong theoretical background on Finite Fields and Polynomials.
analsye the concept of coding theory and factorization of polynomials
identify the various types of codes
12
CORE ELECTIVE
PAPER - 3
C. OPERATIONS RESEARCH
Course Objectives:
Prescribed Book
J.K. Sharma, Operations Research (Second Edition), Macmillian (India), New Delhi,
2003.
Reference Books
1. F.S.Hillier and J.Lieberman, Introduction To Operations Research, (Eighth edition),
Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2006.
13
2. C. Beightler, D.Phillips, and B. Wilde, Foundations of Optimization, (Second
edition), Prentice Hall New York, 1979.
3. M.S. Bazaraa, J.J.Jarvis, and H.D.Sharall, John Wiley and sons, New York, 1990.
4. D. Gross and C.M. Harris, Fundamentals Of Queuing Theory [3rd Edition], Wiley
and Sons, New York, 1998.
5. HamdyA.Taha, Operations Research, (Sixth edition), Prentice–Hall of India Private
Limited, New Delhi.
E-Materials:
http://www2.math.umd.edu/~jmr/241/calc.htm
Course Learning Outcomes
After the successful completion of this course, the students will be able to:
analyse various inventory control modules
understand the concepts of network techniques
discuss the maintenance models in replacements
understand inventory control and functional role of inventory
analyse various performance of queueing models
14
OPEN ELECTIVE
PAPER - 3
(to choose one out of 3)
1. MATHEMATICAL BIOLOGY
Course Objectives:
The objectives of the course is to
understand and know the discrete population growth models.
study the continuous growth models and qualitative behavior of populations
know the mathematical models in epidemiology
15
E-Materials:
1. https://www.smb.org/
2. https://web.archive.org/web/20080827161431/http://www.biostatsresearch.com
/repository/
16
OPEN ELECTIVE
PAPER - 3
B. QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES
Course Objectives:
The objectives of the course is to
study the linear programming problem
understand the transportation problem and assignment problem
know the inventory control and PERT and CPM.
Prescribed Book
KantiSwarup, P.K. Gupta, Man Mohan, Operations Research, Sultan Chand &Sons,
New Delhi, 2008.
Reference Books
1. P.K. Gupta, Operations Research, 8-e, Krishna PrakasamMandir, Meerut, 1993.
2. P.K.Gupta and D.S. Hira, Operations Research, S. Chand & Company, New Delhi,
2000.
3. J.K.Sharma, Operations Research Theory and Applications, 2-e, Macmillian
Business Books, 2003.
4. Hamdy A. Taha, Operations Research, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2002.
17
E-Materials:
http://mathworld.wolfram.com
Course Learning Outcomes
After the successful completion of this course, the students will be able to:
understand the linear programming problems(LPP)
discuss the simplex method to solve LPP
analyse the transportation and assignment problems
acquire the knowledge of resource leveling
study inventory control and functional role of inventory.
learn PERT-CPM technique for project management
18
OPEN ELECTIVE
PAPER - 3
C. SCILAB
Course Objectives:
The objectives of the course is to
acquire the practical knowledge of SCILAB
solve the matrics, polynomials and differential equations.
Unit - I: 18 hours
Login - Talking between Scilab and the Editor - Basic Commands - Linear Algebra - Loops
and Conditionals - Help in Scilab. (Chapter 1: Sections 1.1 to 1.7).
Unit – V: 18 hours
Differential Equations - Scalar ODE’s - Order 2 ODE’s . (Chapter 8: Sections 8.2).
Prescribed Book
Graeme Chandler and Stephen Roberts, Scilab Tutorials for Computational Science,
2002.
Reference Books:
1. Scilab for very beginners, Scilab Enterprises, S.A.S, 143, bis rue Yves Le Coz –
78000 Versailles (France).
2. K. S. Surendran, SCILAB FOR DUMMIES, Version 2.6.
3. Some notes on SCILAB, Universit´e de Nice Sophia-Antipolis.
E-Materials:
https://www.scilab.org/
Course Learning Outcomes
After the successful completion of this course, the students will be able to
acquire the practical knowledge of SCILAB
analyse the matrices, polynomials in SCILAB
solve the solutions of differential equations
visualize the mathematical objects in 2D and 3D
19
SEMESTER IV
PAPER - 10
COMPLEX ANALYSIS - II
Course Objectives:
The objectives of the course is to
introduce the concept of residues.
evaluate contour integrals.
educate the analytic continuation and poisson integral formula.
inculcate the concepts of meromorphic and entire functions.
indoctrinate the applications of open mapping, Hurwitz and Riemann mapping
theorems.
Unit – 1: Calculus of Residues 15 hours
Residue at a Finite Point – Residue at the Point at Infinity – Residue Theorem – Number of
Zeros and Poles – Rouche’s Theorem. (Chapter 7, Sections: 7.1 to 7.6 and Chapter 8,
Sections: 8.1 to 8.5)
Prescribed Book
S. Ponnusamy, Foundations of Complex Analysis, Second Edition, Narosa
Publishing House, New Delhi, 2015.
Reference Books:
1. Lars V. Ahlfors, Complex Analysis, 3rd Edition, McGraw-Hill Inc., New York, 1979.
2. J.W. Brown and R.V. Churchill, Complex Variables and Applications, 8th Edition,
McGraw-Hill Higher Education, New York, 2009.
3. J.B. Conway, Functions of One Complex Variable, 2nd Edition, Narosa Publishing
House, New Delhi, 1996.
4. V. Karunakaran, Complex Analysis, 2nd Edition, Narosa Publishing House, New
Delhi, 2005.
20
5. H.A. Priestley, Introduction to Complex Analysis, 2nd Edition, Oxford University
Press Inc., New York, 2005.
E-Materials:
1. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/mathematics/18-112-functions-of-a-complex-variable-
fall-2008/
2. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/mathematics/18-04-complex-variables-with-applications-
spring-2018/
3. https://www.coursera.org/learn/complex-analysis
21
PAPER - 11
FLUID DYNAMICS
Course Objectives:
Prescribed Book
F. Chorlton, Text Book of Fluid Dynamics ,CBS Publications. Delhi ,1985.
Reference Books:
1. R.W.Fox and A.T.McDonald. Introduction to Fluid Mechanics, Wiley, 1985.
2. E.Krause, Fluid Mechanics with Problems and Solutions, Springer, 2005.
3. B.S.Massey, J.W.Smith and A.J.W.Smith, Mechanics of Fluids, Taylor and Francis,
New York, 2005 4. P.Orlandi, Fluid Flow Phenomena, Kluwer, New Yor, 2002.
4. T.Petrila, Basics of Fluid Mechanics and Introduction to Computational Fluid
Dynamics, Springer, berlin, 2004.
22
E-Materials:
http://web.mit.edu/1.63/www/lecnote.html
Course Learning Outcomes
After the successful completion of this course, the students will be able to
understand the concepts of kinematics of fluids in motions.
analyse the examples related to the equation of continuity and acceleration of a fluid
discuss two-dimensional flows, the stream function and the Milne Thompson Circle
theorem.
acquire the concept of three-dimensional flows and derive Stoke’s stream function
discuss the viscous flows and Navier – Stokes equations of motion of a Viscous
fluid.
23
PAPER - 12
FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS
Course Objectives:
The objectives of the course is to
study the details of Banach algebraand Hilbert Spaces
providethe concept of conjugate space H*, adjoint, self-adjoint, normal and unitary
operators.
study the regular, singular elements, radical and semi-simplicity.
study the details of structure of commutative Banach algebras
know about the relationship between algebraic structure of linear space and distance
structure of a metric space.
UNIT-I :Banach Spaces 15 hours
Definition - Some examples - Continuous Linear Transformations - The Hahn -Banach
Theorem (Chapter 9: Sections 46 to 48 )
UNIT-II :Banach Spaces And Hilbert Spaces 15 hours
Open mapping theorem - conjugate of an operator - Definition and some simple properties -
Orthogonal complements - Orthonormal (Chapter 9: Sections 50 and 51 ; Chapter 10 :
Sections 52, 53 and 54 )
UNIT-III : Hilbert Space 15 hours
Conjugate space H* - Adjoint of an operator - Self-adjoint operator - Normal and Unitary
Operators – Projections (Chapter 10: Sections 55, 56,57,58 and 59 )
UNIT-IV :Preliminaries nnBanach Algebras 15 hours
Definition and some examples - Regular and single elements - Topological divisors of zero -
spectrum - the formula for the spectral radius - the radical and semi-simplicity.
(Chapter 12 : Sections 64 to 69 )
UNIT-V: Structure of Commutative Banach Algebras 15 hours
1/ n
Gelfand mapping –Applications of the formula r ( x) lim x
n
- Involutions in Banach
Prescribed Book
G.F.Simmons ,Introduction to topology and Modern Analysis, McGraw Hill
International Book Company, New York, 1963.
24
Reference Books:
1. W. RudinFunctional Analysis, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi,
1973
2. G. Bachman &L.Narici, Functional Analysis Academic Press, New York, 1966.
3. H.C. Goffman and G.Fedrick, First course in Functional Analysis, Prentice Hall of
India, New Delhi, 1987
4. E. KreyszigIntroductory Functional Analysis with Applications, John wiley& Sons,
New York.,1978.
5. Balmohan V. Limaye, Linear Functional Analysis for Scientists and Engineers,
Springer.
E-Materials
http://www.math.ucdavis.edu/~hunter/book/ch5.pdf
25
CORE ELECTIVE
PAPER - 4
(to choose one out of 3)
Course Objectives:
Prescribed Book
Reference Books:
1. Niven and Zuckerman, An Introduction to Theory of Numbers, Third Edition, Wiley
Eastern Ltd, New Delhi,1976.
2. David M. Burton,Elementary Number Theory, Wm. C. Brown Publishers, Dubuque,
Iowa, 1989.
26
3. K. Ireland and M. Rosen, A Classical Introduction to Modern Number Theory,
Springer–Verlag,1972.
E-Materials
http://mathworld.wolfram.com
27
CORE ELECTIVE
PAPER - 4
Course Objectives:
28
UNIT–V ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 15 hours
Numerical methods – Single step methods –Multistep methods –Predictor–Corrector
methods.( Chapter 6:Sections6.2 to 6.5)
Prescribed Book
M.K. Jain, S.R.K. Iyengar and R.K. Jain, Numerical Methods For Scientific And
Engineering Computation, 3rd Edition, New Age International, 1993.
Reference Books:
1. S. D. Corte and de Boor, Elementary Numerical Analysis – An Algorithmic
approach, 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill International Book Company, 1980.
2. James B. Scarboraugh, Numerical Mathematical Analysis, Oxford& IBH Publishing
Company, New Delhi.
3. F.B. Hildebrand, Introduction To Numerical Analysis, McGrawHill, New York,
1956.
E-Materials
1. https://www.math.upenn.edu/~wilf/DeturckWilf.pdf
2. https://web.archive.org/web/20120225082123/http://kr.cs.ait.ac.th/~radok/math/mat7/s
tepsa.htm
3. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/mechanical-engineering/2-993j-introduction-to-numerical-
analysis-for-engineering-13-002j-spring-2005/
29
CORE ELECTIVE
PAPER - 4
Course Objectives:
the concept of calculus of variation and its applications and to introduce various
types of integral equations
study the methods of successive approximations and fredholm theory
acquire knowledge on applications to Ordinary Differential Equations.
Prescribed Book
30
Reference Books:
E –Materials
http://www.maths.ed.ac.uk/~jmf/Teaching/Lectures/CoV.pdf
31
OPEN ELECTIVE
PAPER - 4
A. MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS
Course Objectives:
The aim of the course is to introduce to
Prescribed Book
James M. Henderson and Richard E. Quandt, Micro Economic Theory
A Mathematical Approach, (3rd Edn.) Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2003.
Reference Books
1. William J. Baumol. Economic Theory and Operations Analysis, Prentice Hall
ofIndia, New Delhi, 1978
2. A.C.Chiang, Fundamental Methods of Mathematical Economics, McGraw Hill,
NewYork, 1984
3. Michael D. Intriligator, Mathematical Optimization and Economic Theory,
PrenticeHall, New York, 1971.
32
4. A. Kautsoyiannis, Modern Microeconomics (2 ndedn) MacMillan, New York,
1979
E –Materials
1. https://curlie.org/Science/Math/Applications/Mathematical_Economics_and_Finan
cial_Mathematics/
2. http://master-economics-qem.univ-paris1.fr/about/?no_cache=1
33
OPEN ELECTIVE
PAPER - 4
B. ENTREPRENEURIAL DEVELOPMENT
Course Objectives:
The aim of the course is to
provide an understanding of basic concept in the area of entrepreneurship
expose students to the idea generation, creating awareness of business opportunities,
and familiarizing them with formal practices in effective project formation.
provide insights to students on entrepreneurial finance and role of various
government agencies in assisting entrepreneurship.
Unit-1: Introduction 15 hours
Entrepreneur and Entrepreneurship – Concept – Definition - Classification of Entrepreneur
– Women Entrepreneur - Functions of an Entrepreneur - Traits of successful Entrepreneur -
Entrepreneurs Vs Professional Managers – Role of an Entrepreneur in Economic
Development - Future challenges.
Unit-2: Entrepreneurial Development 15 hours
Entrepreneurial Development Programmes – Meaning - Evolution and Objectives of EDP -
Institutional efforts to develop Entrepreneurship - National Skill Development Corporation
(NSDC) - Role of Government in Organising EDPs - Operational Problem of EDPs.
Unit-3: Project Management and Idea Generation 15 hours
Project Management - Project Identification - Project Formulation - Project Design and
Network Analysis – Overview of Project Appraisal - Project Report - Identification and
Selection of Business Opportunity – Idea Generation – Overview of Techniques used for
Idea Generation. - Individual creativity.
Unit-4: Entrepreneurial Finance and Development Agencies 15 hours
Sources of Finance – Commercial Banks and Development Banks - Role of Agencies in
assisting Entrepreneurship - District Industries Centers (DIC), Small Industries Service
Institute (SISI), Entrepreneurship Development Institute of India (EDII), National Institute
of Entrepreneurship & Small Business Development (NIESBUD), National
Entrepreneurship Development Board (NEDB).
34
Unit-5: Government Policies and Benefits 15 hours
Tax Benefits – Tax Holidays – Allowance for deducting Depreciation – Rehabilitation
Allowance – Benefits available for MSMEs: PMEGP – NEEDS – UYEGP.
Prescribed Books
1. Dr. S.S. Khanka, Entrepreneurship Development - S. Chand & Co., New Delhi.
2. Jayashree Suresh, Entrepreneurial Development –Margham Publication,
Chennai.
3. VasantDesa, Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development –Himalaya Publication.
4. Robert D. Hisrich, Michael P. Peters & Dean A. Shepherd, Entrepreneurship -
Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.
5. Ravindranath V. Badi&Narayana, Entrepreneurship, Vrinda Publication (P) Ltd,
New Delhi.
References Books:
1. Rabindra N. Kanungo, Entrepreneurship and Innovation, Sage Publications, New
Delhi.
2. Holt D. H., Entrepreneurship New Venture Creation. New Delhi: Prentice Hall of
India.
3. Hisrich R, and Peters, M., Entrepreneurship. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill.
4. Rajkonwar A.B., Entrepreneurship, Kalyani Publisher, Ludhiana.
5. Charantimath, Poornima, Entrepreneurship Development and Small Business
Enterprises, Pearson Education, New Delhi.
E-Materials:
1. http://www.indcom.tn.gov.in/pmegp.html
2. http://www.indcom.tn.gov.in/needs.html
3. http://www.indcom.tn.gov.in/uyegp.html
Course Learning Outcomes
After the successful completion of this course, the students will be able to
understand the knowledge of entrepreneurship
analyse the entrepreneurial finance and role of various government agencies
develop the idea generation, creating awareness of business opportunities, and
familiarizing them with formal practices
discuss the Government policies and benefits.
35
OPEN ELECTIVE
PAPER – 4
C. PROGRAMMING IN C++
Course Objectives:
This course introduces a higher level language C++ for hands on experience on
computers.
Unit –1: Tokens Expressions and control Structures 15 hours
Tokens – Keywords – Identifiers and constants – Basic data types – Uses defined data types
– Derived data types – Symbolic – Operators in C++ – Scope resolution operator –
Manipolators – Operator overloading – Control structures. (Chapter 3: Sections: 3.1 to 3.24)
Prescribed Book
E.Balagurusamy, Object Oriented Programming with C++, 4-e, Tata McGraw Hill
Pub.Co,New Delhi,2001
36
Reference Books
1. E.Balagurusamy, Numerical Methods, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd ,
New Delhi,1999.
2. John.H.Mathews, Numerical Methods for Mathematics, Science and Engineering, 2-
e
Prentice Hall India Pvt.,Ltd, 2003.
3. S.S.Sastry , Introductory to Numerical Methods , Prentice Hall India Pvt., Ltd, 2000
4. H.C.Saxena,Finite Differences and Numerical Analysis, S.Chand& Company Ltd,
New Delhi, 2005.
E-Materials:
http:// en.wikipedia.org/wiki//c++/programme.
Course Learning Outcomes
After the successful completion of this course, the students will be able to
understand the concept of Tokens Expressions and control Structures
analyse the types of functions and classes used in C++
discuss the inheritance and various types of inheritance
acquire the knowledge of Polymorphism in C++
******************
37
THIRUVALLUVAR UNIVERSITY
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
B.Sc. PHYSICS
DEGREE COURSE
(With effect from 2020 - 2021)
Uni.
SEMESTER II CIA Total
Exam
7. I Language Paper-2 6 4 Tamil/Other Languages 25 75 100
8. II English (CE) Paper-2 6 4 Communicative English II 25 75 100
Heat and
9. III Core Theory Paper-2 4 4 25 75 100
Thermodynamics
10. III Core Practical Practical-1 3 2 Practical - I 25 75 100
Chemistry II or
11. III Allied-1 Paper-2 4 3 25 75 100
Biochemistry II
12. III Allied Practical Practical-1 2 2 Practical-Allied 25 75 100
Uni.
SEMESTER III CIA Total
Exam
16. I Language Paper-3 6 4 Tamil/Other Languages 25 75 100
17. II English Paper-3 6 4 English 25 75 100
Electricity, Magnetism and
18. III Core Theory Paper-3 5 4 25 75 100
Electromagnetism
1
III Core Practical Paper-2 3 0 0 0 0
19. III Allied-2 Paper-3 6 3 Mathematics I 25 75 100
Skill Based
20. IV Paper-1 2 2 Basic Electrical Technology 25 75 100
Subject
21. IV Non-Major Elective Paper-1 2 2 Environmental Physics 25 75 100
Sem. Total 30 19 150 450 600
SEMESTER IV
22. I Language Paper-4 6 4 Tamil/Other Languages 25 75 100
23. II English Paper-4 6 4 English 25 75 100
24. III Core Theory Paper-4 5 5 Waves and Optics 25 75 100
Any 15 Experiments
25. III Core Practical Practical-2 3 3 25 75 100
given in the syllabus
26. III Allied-2 Paper-4 6 5 Mathematics II 25 75 100
Skill Based Physics Workshop
27. IV Paper-2 2 2 25 75 100
Subject Skills
Non-Major
28. IV Paper-2 2 2 Everyday Physics 25 75 100
Elective
Sem. Total 30 25 175 525 700
SEMESTER V
29. III Core Theory Paper-5 6 6 Atomic and Molecular Physics 25 75 100
III Relativity and Quantum
30. Core Theory Paper-6 6 6 25 75 100
mechanics
III
31. Core Theory Paper-7 6 6 Basic and Applied Electronics 25 75 100
III Core Practical Practical-3 3 0 General Practical 0 0 0
III Core Practical Practical-4 3 0 Electronics Practical 0 0 0
32. III Elective Paper-1 4 3 Group (A) or (B) or (C) 25 75 100
33. IV Skill Based Subject Paper-3 2 2 Cell Phone Technology 25 75 100
Sem. Total 30 23 125 375 500
SEMESTER VI
34. III Core Theory Paper-8 5 4 Nuclear and Particle Physics 25 75 100
35. III Core Theory Paper-9 4 4 Solid State Physics 25 75 100
36. III Core Practical Practical-3 3 3 General Practical 25 75 100
37. III Core Practical Practical-4 3 3 Electronics Practical 25 75 100
38. III Elective Paper-2 4 3 Group (A) or (B) or (C) 25 75 100
39. III Elective Paper-3 4 3 Group (A) or (B) or (C) 25 75 100
40. III Compulsory Project Paper -10 5 5 Group / Individual Project 25 75 100
41. IV Skill based Subject Paper-4 2 2 Weather forecasting 25 75 100
42. V Extension Activities 0 1 100 0 100
Sem. Total 30 28 300 600 900
Grand Total 140 4200
2
Total Total
Part Subject Papers Credit Marks
Credits Marks
Part I Languages 4 4 16 100 400
Communicative English&
Part II 4 4 16 100 400
English
Part III Allied (Odd Semester) 2 3 6 100 200
Allied (Even Semester) 2 5 100 200
10
Allied Practical 1 2 100 100
Electives 3 3 9 100 300
Core 9 (3-5) 43 100 900
Core practical 4 (2-3) 11 100 400
Professional English 2 3 6 100 200
Compulsory Project
(Group/Individual 1 5 5 100 100
Project)
Part IV Environmental Science 1 2 2 100 100
Soft skill 1 1 1 100 100
Value Education 1 2 2 100 100
Lang. & Others /NME 2 2 4 100 200
Skill Based 4 2 8 100 400
Part V Extension Activities 1 1 1 100 100
Total 43 140 4200
Note: Compulsory Project
The faculty/Guides are advised to give projects and suggest project titles focusing more on the current
field of research/social relevance and ensure the level of innovation. Staff member cannot guide more
than five studentsfor a group project.
A student may be permitted to work on projects in an Industrial/Research Organization, on the
recommendations of the Head of his/her Department. In such cases, the Project work shall be jointly
guided by a guide of the department and an expert from the organization. The student shall be
instructed to meet the respective guide periodically for evaluating the progress.
ELECTIVE SUBJECTS
Students can choose any one of the groups (Elective I, II & III)
GROUP A
Elective 1: Digital Electronics
Elective 2: Fundamentals of Microprocessor-8085
Elective 3: Nanophysics
GROUP B
Elective 1: Digital Electronics
Elective 2: Materials Science
Elective 3: Medical Physics
GROUP C
Elective 1: Digital Electronics
Elective 2: Radiation Safety
Elective 3: Astrophysics
3
SEMESTER III
CORE PAPER-3
Electricity, Magnetism & Electromagnetism
Course Objectives
1. Familiarize with the concept of electric flux, electric potential and capacitors.
2. To know the principles current and thermo electricity.
3. Understand the magnetic effects of electric current.
4. Study the unification of electric and magnetic phenomena.
5. To gain knowledge about Maxwell’s equations.
UNIT- I
ELECTROSTATICS
Coulomb’s Law- Gauss’s Law and its applications (Electric Field due to a uniformly
charged sphere, hollow cylinder & solid cylinder)-Electric Potential - Potential at a point
due to a uniformly charged conducting sphere-Principle of a capacitor-Capacity of a
spherical and cylindrical capacitors- Capacitance of a parallel plate capacitor-Partially
filled with dielectric-Energy stored in a charged capacitor-Loss of energy on sharing of
charges between two capacitors-Problems solving.
UNIT - II
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION
Laws of electromagnetic induction- Self and mutual induction- Self-inductance ofa
solenoid-Mutual inductance of a pair of solenoids-Coefficient of coupling-Experimental
determination of self (Rayleigh’s method) and mutual inductance-Growth and decay of
current in a circuit containing L and R-Growth and decay ofcharge in a circuit containing
C and R-Measurement of High resistance byleakage-Problems solving.
4
UNIT- IV
MAGNETISM
Intensity of Magnetization-Magnetic Susceptibility- Magnetic Permeability-Types of
magnetic materials- Properties of para, dia and ferromagnetic materials-Langevin’s
theory of dia and para magnetism-Weiss’s theory of ferromagnetism - B-H curve-Energy
loss due to magnetic hysteresis- Ballistic Galvanometermethod for plotting B-H curve -
Magnetic properties of iron and steel-Problems solving.
UNIT- V
Text Books
Unit 1 to Unit 4
1. R Murugeshan- Electricity and magnetism, S Chand & Co., New Delhi, 2006.
1. R Murugeshan- Electricity and magnetism, S Chand & Co., New Delhi, 2006
2. K KTewari, Electricity & Magnetism by, S Chand & Co.,2001.
Reference Books
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Coulomb%27s_law
2. https://www.toppr.com/guides/physics/electric-charges-and-fields/coulombs-law/
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rkntp3_cZl4
4. https://ask.learncbse.in/t/derive-an-expression-for-the-capacitance-of-a-parallel-plate-
capacitor/66928
5
5. http://egyankosh.ac.in/bitstream/123456789/18820/1/Experiment-6.pdf
6. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vGpXTq-ITCE
7. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thermoelectric_effect
8. https://ww.topperlearning.com/answer/derive-the-formula-for-self-inductance-of-a-
solenoid/8k8rlhzff
9. https://www.brainkart.com/article/Self-inductance-of-a-long-solenoid_12109/
10. https://byjus.com/physics/diamagnetic-paramagnetic-ferromagnetic/
11. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yWa_2P6CDpw
12. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/115/101/115101005/
13. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4vEeG-YmCJQ (Tamil video)
Course Outcomes
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to know fundamentals coulomb’s law
and Gauss’s law and also able to derive the expression for electric potential, capacitance
of a parallel plate capacitor.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to derive the expression for temperature
coefficient resistance of a coil using Carey Foster’s Bridge and able to know how to
calibrate the ammeter and voltmeter. Also able to learn the thermo electricity concept.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to explain the concepts of self and mutual
inductance using electromagnetic induction phenomenon.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to distinguish the dia, para and ferro
magnetic materials based on different theories.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able formulate the expression for
displacement current and Maxwell’s equations.
6
ALLIED - 2
Paper -3
MATHEMATICS - I
Objectives of the Course:
To Explore the Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics
UNIT-I: ALGEBRA
Partial Fractions - Binomial, Exponential and logarithmic Series (without Proof) -
Summation - Simple problems
UNIT-III : MATRICES
Symmetric - Skew-Symmetric - Orthogonal and Unitary matrices - Eigen roots
and eigen vectors – Cayley - Hamilton theorem (without proof)-Verification and
computation of inverse matrix
UNIT-IV: TRIGONOMETRY
Expansions of sinn θ, cosn θ, sinnθ, cosnθ, tannθ - Expansions of sin θ, cos θ, tan θ
in terms of θ.
7
3. P.R.Vittal (2003) Allied Mathematics .Marghan Publications, Chennai
4. P.Kandasamy, K.Thilagavathy (2003) Allied Mathematics Vol-I, II S.Chand&
company Ltd., New Delhi-55.
5. Isaac, Allied Mathematics. New Gamma Publishing House, Palayamkottai.
8
SKILL BASED SUBJECT
PAPER-1
Basic Electrical Technology
Course Objectives
1. Students can know the basic principles of electricity.
2. To expose the knowledge on different kinds of cells and batteries.
3. To state the different theorems for DC circuits and know the function of DC
generator/motor.
4. To acquire the basic ideas of alternating voltage and current.
5. To know the principle of transformers and motors.
UNIT- I
UNIT- II
UNIT- III
DC CIRCUITS
Kirchhoff’s Current and Voltage Law-Wheatstone’s bridge-Source conversion-
Superposition theorem-Thevenin’s theorem-Norton’s theorem-Joule’s law of electric
heating-Electric power-D.C generator-Construction and working-D.C motor-Speed of a
D.C motor.
UNIT - IV
AC FUNDAMENTALS
Generation of Alternating voltages and alternating currents-Equations of the alternating
voltages and currents-Simple waveforms - Cycle-Time Period - Frequency-Amplitude-
Different forms of emf equation - Phase-Phase difference-RMS, Average and Peak
values-RLC circuit in series-Resonance in RLC circuit-Graphic representation of series
resonance-Single phase and three phase connections-Star and delta connection.
9
UNIT- V
Text Books
Unit-1 to Unit-5
1. B.L. Theraja, Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering and Electronics, S. Chand &
Company Ltd., New Delhi,2008.
2. B.L. Theraja and A.K. Theraja, A Text book of Electrical Technology, Volume I &
II, Chand & Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2007.
Reference Books
1. V.K. Mehta and Rohit Mehta, Basic Electrical Engineering,S. Chand & Company
Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.
2. Basic Electrical Engineering-Vocational Theory-Plus One Text Book-TN State
Board.
E-Materials
1. https://www.electrical4u.com/
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WtymNvcBdIU
3. https://www.atlantictraining.com/blog/15-safety-precautions-electricity/
4. https://www.explainthatstuff.com/solarcells.html
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L_q6LRgKpTw
6. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3rOvQ3qFZpI
7. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wheatstone_bridge
8. https://www.electronics-tutorials.ws/accircuits/series-resonance.html
9. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=smXF1UeN0EI (Tamil video)
10. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hXLA5sdT9Cs
11. http://www.circuitstoday.com/transformer
Course Outcomes
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to know principle of Voltage, Current,
Resistance, Ohm’s law and Electrical safety.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to distinguish between cells and batteries
and able to explain the different types of batteries.
10
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to understand the Wheastone’s bridge,
Thevenin and Norton’s theorem and also able to describe the function of DC generator
and motor.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to know the fundamentals of alternating
currents and voltages and able to differentiate the single phase and three phase
connections.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to acquire the principle and construction
of transformers and its types and also able to demonstrate the function of AC generator.
11
NON-MAJOR ELECTIVE
PAPER-1
Environmental Physics
Course Objectives
1. Students will have the basic knowledge about atmosphere, weather and cyclones.
2. To understand the reasons for climate change and global warming.
3. To analyse the need and usage of non-conventional energy resources.
4. To learn the concepts of Radiation detection.
5. To realise the importance of Radiation safety measures.
UNIT- I
ATMOSPHERIC PHYSICS
Basics of the structure and composition of atmosphere - Layers of atmosphere -
Measurement of atmospheric pressure and temperature - Weather patterns - Weather
analysis and forecasting - Characteristics of cyclones and anti-cyclones.
UNIT- II
CLIMATE CHANGE
Climate - Definition and classification - Basic reasons for climate change - Greenhouse
effect and gases -Effects of global warming - Ozone depletion - Acid rain.
UNIT- III
ENERGY RESOURCES
Need for non-conventional energy resources- Solar water heater - Solar cell -Merits and
Demerits of Solar energy - Wind energy conversion systems - Bio mass energy - Bio gas
generation - Industrial applications.
UNIT- IV
RADIATION DETECTION
Nuclear reactions - Nuclear fission and fusion - Interaction between energetic particles
and matter - Ionisation Chamber - Proportional counter - Geiger Muller Counter - Wilson
cloud chamber - Diffusion cloud chamber - Bubble chamber - Nuclear emulsions -
Scintillation counter - Cerenkov counter.
12
UNIT- V
RADIATION SAFETY
Biological effects of nuclear radiations - Radiation hazards - Radiation protection
standards - Radiation protection methods -Nuclear waste disposal management - Nuclear
disasters - Chernobyl disaster - Hiroshima and Nagasaki disaster - Nuclear reactors in
India - Radiation safety measures in India.
Text Books
Unit 3
1. B.H.Khan, Non-Conventional Energy Resources, , McGraw Hill Publications.
2. Agarwal, Renewable and Sustainable Energy Sources,
Reference Books
1. I.C.Joshi, Aviation Meteorology, , Himalayan Books, 201.4
2. V.Devanathan, Nuclear Physics, ,Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 2013.
3. D.P. Kothari,K.C. Singal&RakeshRanjan, Renewable Energy Sources and
Emerging Technologies, Prentice Hall of India pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2008.
4. A.Martin and S.A.Harbisor, An Introduction to Radiation Protection, , John Wiley &
Sons, 1981.
5. Atmospheric Science - An Introductory Survey , John M.Wallace, Peter V.Hobbs,
Elsevier Publishers
6. NCRP, ICRP, ICRU, IAEA, AERB publications
E-Materials
1. https://easyengineering.net/non-conventional-energy-resources-khan/
2. http://nap.edu/631
3. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/nuclear-engineering/22-091-nuclear-reactor-safety-
spring-2008/
13
4. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Atmosphere_of_Earth
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zaQWhEtLxeU (Tamil video)
6. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Nf8cuvl62Vc
7. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Acid_rain
8. https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/108108078/pdf/chap7/teach_slides07.pdf
9. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Rf9whdycpLI
10. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WyyIuiV4rKE
11. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geiger_counter
Course Outcomes
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to basic concepts of atmosphere and also
able to know how it can be measured and study the characteristics of cyclones.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to explain the details of climate,
greenhouse effect and global warming.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to describe the different renewable
energy sources and its applications.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to know how to detect the nuclear
radiation with different instruments.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to know how to saveourselves from
nuclear radiation hazards.
14
SEMESTER IV
CORE PAPER-4
Course Objectives
UNIT- I
UNIT- II
FLUIDS
Surface Tension-Excess pressure inside a curved liquid surface-Synclastic and anticlastic
surface - Surface tension-Jaeger’s method-Drop weight method-Interfacial surface
tension- Variation of surface tension with temperature - Viscosity-Poiseuille’s formula -
Determination of coefficient of viscosity of aliquid -Burette method- Variations of
viscosity of a liquid with temperature and pressure - Lubrication-Problems solving
UNIT- III
15
UNIT- IV
DIFFRACTION
Fresnel’s diffraction-Diffraction at circular aperture and straight edge- Fraunhofer’s
diffraction -Single slit-Theory of Plane diffraction grating -Experiment to determine
wavelength-normal incidence- Determination of wavelengths-Missing orders-
Overlapping spectra-Rayleigh’s criteria -Resolving power of telescope-Microscope-
Prism - Grating-Distinguish between prism and grating spectra-Problems solving
UNIT- V
POLARISATION
Introduction to polarisation-Brewster’s law- Double refraction-Huygen’s explanation of
double refraction in uniaxial crystal-Nicol Prism-Double image polarizing prisms-
Dichroism -Polaroids and their uses-Production and detection of Plane, circularly and
elliptically and polarized light -Optical Activity -Fresnel’s explanation of optical activity
-Specific Rotation-Laurent’s Half Shade Polarimeter -Faraday effect-Problems solving
Text Books
Unit 1 to Unit 2
16
E-Materials
1. http://hyperphysics.phy-astr.gsu.edu/hbase/shm.html
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tudxily5Qu0
3. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Surface_tension
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CC7Q5cvmuTA (Tamil video)
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aKY_GnwDyZc
6. https://ta.wikipedia.org/wiki/%E0%AE%AA%E0%AE%9F%E0%AE%BF%E0%AE
%AE%E0%AE%AE%E0%AF%8D:Chromatic_aberration_lens_diagram.svg (Tamil)
7. https://www.diffen.com/difference/Fraunhofer_Diffraction_vs_Fresnel_Diffraction
8. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Q-oQKSLhLKw
9. https://www.slideshare.net/AnuroopAshok/polarization-birefringence-and-huygens-
theory-of-double-refraction
10. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lhUUGWA_uFE
Course Outcomes
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to formulate the equation for plane
progressive wave and able to understand the concept of simple harmonic motion and
other types of waves
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able study the property of surface tension of a
liquid and know how the surface tension varies with temperature and also able to
explain the property of viscosity of a liquid.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to describe the different optical of a lens
system and able to design the eyepieces. Also able to know the phenomenon of
interference and its applications.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to distinguish between Fresnel class of
diffraction and Fraunhofer class of diffraction. Also formulate the expression for
resolving power of telescope, microscope, prism and grating.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to explain the phenomenon of
polarization and able to study the double refraction in uniaxial crystals. Also they can
define optical activity, specific rotation and know the applications of polaroids.
17
ALLIED - 2
Paper - 4
MATHEMATICS - II
Objectives of the Course
To Explore the Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics
UNIT-I: Application of Integration
Evaluation of double, triple integrals - Simple applications to area, volume -
Fourier series for functions in (0,2) and
18
SKILL BASED SUBJECT
PAPER-2
Physics Workshop Skills
Course Objectives
1. Employ the specific skills in the testing of instruments.
2. Express the functions and working of different power supply system
3. To know the principle and working of different electrical and electronics appliances
4. State the concept of mobile Communication in real time process and digital
communication.
5. Explain the Identification, classification, and working principle of various Biomedical
Instruments and application of these instruments in diagnosis, therapeutic treatment
and imaging fields
UNIT- I
UNIT- II
POWER SUPPLY
Power Supply Unit-Parts of Power Supply- Regulated power supply- Zener diode voltage
regulator- IC Voltage - Regulators - Inverter-Uninterrupted power supply (UPS) -
Switched mode power supply (SMPS)-Cathode Ray Oscilloscope (CRO) and
measurement of time period and frequency - Function generator.
UNIT- III
19
UNIT- IV
UNIT-5
BIO-MEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION
Principle, description, function and recording of ECG, EMG and EEG -artificial pace
maker- simulators -Heart lung machine –ventilators and nebulizers-Kidney dialysis
machine- pH meter - Laser blood flow meter–Thermal scanner and pulse oximeter.
Text Books
Unit-1
1. B.L. Theraja, A Text book of Electrical Technology, S.Chand& Co., New Delhi,
2007.
Unit-2
1. I.Abraham, Switching Power Supply Design, Keith Billings, Taylor Morey -McGraw
Hill.
2. Fundamentals of Power Supply Design: Technology from the Unitrode/Texas
Instruments.
3. Robert A. Mammano, Power Supply Design Seminars, , Texas Instruments, 2017.
Unit-3
1. S.P. Bali, Consumer Electronics -, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2005.
2. Basic Electrical Engineering -Vocational Theory-Plus One Text Book-TN State
Board.
Unit-4
1. V.K. Metha, Principles of Electronics, V K Metha, S Chnd&Co.,New Delhi, 2001.
2. V. JeyasriArokiasamy, Mobile Communications,Technical Publications, 2009.
3. John Vivianand Peter Maurin, The Media of Mass Communication,Pearson
Education Canada, 2008.
4. R.R. Gulati, Modern Television Practice Principles, Technology & Servicing, New
Age International, 2007.
5. K. F. Ibrahim, Newness Guide to Television and Video Technology, Elsevier, 2007.
6. Richard Wise and Routledge, Multimedia: A Critical Introduction, 2005.
7. V.S.Bagad, ,RadarSystem,Technical Publications, 2009.
Unit-5
1. M.Arumugam M, Biomedical Instrumention, Anuradha Publications, Kumbakonam,
2011.
2. V.Yuvaraj, Instrumentation Techniques, Sri Krishna Publications, 2020.
3. Webster, Bioinstrumentation, John Wiley & Sons, 2007.
20
Reference Items: books, Journal
1. I.J. Nagrath and D. P. Kothari, Electrical Machines,Tata McGraw Hill, 1997.
2. M. D. Singh, K. B.Khanchandani Power Electronics, Tata McGraw Hill, 2006.
E- Materials
1. https://www.electronicsforu.com/
2. https://learnabout-electronics.org/
3. https://www.scienceabc.com/innovation/usb-type-c-different-usb-type-type-b.html
4. https://www.electronics-tutorials.ws/supplies/power-supplies-for-beginners-part-
1.html
4. https://electronicspost.com/basic-electronics-tutorials/
5. https://www.electrical4u.com/
6. https://lecturenotes.in/subject/199/analytical-instrumentation-ai
7. https://blog.beaconstac.com/2016/05/li-fi-vs-wi-fi-vs-ibeacon-ble-technology/
8. https://www.makeuseof.com/tag/video-cables-explained-difference-vga-dvi-hdmi-
ports/
9. https://www.ses.com/differences-between-dth-and-dtt
10. https://www.ifixit.com/Guide/How+To+Use+A+Multimeter/25632#s64987
11. http://electrotel.com.ar/handbook-of-analytical-instruments-r-s-khandpur-download-
full-version.pdf
12. https://sidneymayireg.files.wordpress.com/2017/04/
13. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electrocardiography
14. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YbBSf8bnYgw
15. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1ndqOnjxAU0 (Tamil video)
Course Outcomes
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to test the instruments with specific skills
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to express the functions and working of
Linear power supply.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to know the basics of analytical
instruments and how to calibrate it.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to explain mobile communication and
radar communication system.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to demonstrate the principle and working
of various biomedical equipment.
21
NON MAJOR ELECTIVE
PAPER-2
Everyday Physics
Course Objectives
1. Students can able to understand the basic measurements and mechanics.
2. To learn the principle applied in Pressure cooker, Refrigerator and Air-conditioner.
3. To know the construction and working of various electrical appliances.
4. To study the fundamentals of laser and its applications.
5. To know the different biomedical instrumentation techniques.
UNIT- I
UNIT-II
UNIT - III
ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES
Electric iron Box-Electric Fan-Construction and Working of Ceiling and Table fans-
Water Heater -Types-Function -Wet Grinder-Mixer Grinder-Principle and Design.
UNIT- IV
LASER
Power of a Lens-Human eye- Defects of vision - Laser-Spontaneous emission -
Stimulated emission -Meta stable state -Population inversion -Pumping - Laser
Characteristics- Ruby Laser - Helium-Neon Laser-Applications of Laser-Laser cutting -
Welding- Drilling -Lasers in Surgery - Lasers in ophthalmology.
22
UNIT- V
BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION
Digital thermometer-Digital BP apparatus-One touch Glucometer–thermal scanner-pulse
oximeter-Lipid profile test-pH meter-BMI calculator - Ventilator-Principle, description,
function and recording of ECG, EMG and EEG- artificial pace maker.
Text Books
Unit 3
1. S.P. Bali,Consumer Electronics -, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2005.
2. Basic Electrical Engineering -Vocational Theory- Plus One Text Book-TN State
Board.
Unit 4
1. R. Murugeshan, Optics & Spectroscopy, S.Chand&Co.Ltd, New Delhi, 2016.
Unit 5
1. M.Arumugam M, Biomedical Instrumentation, Anuradha Publications, Kumbakonam,
2011.
2. V.Yuvaraj, Instrumentation Techniques, Sri Krishna Publications, 2020.
Reference Books
E-materials
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=M_kHKSKmT6o
2. https://www.toppr.com/content/concept/fundamental-quantities-and-fundamental-
units-208185/
23
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T-mRqCjv6ak (Tamil video)
4. https://www.jagranjosh.com/general-knowledge/the-human-eye-and-its-defects-
1456386342-1
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=c4_5ftlYTbI
6. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Laser
7. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oUEbMjtWc-A
8. https://techblog.livongo.com/how-do-blood-pressure-monitors-work/
9. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7oKNewTSF7M
10. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-UJf-GHz7x4 (Tamil video)
11. https://www.smartbmicalculator.com/
Course Outcomes
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to know the fundamental quantities and
units and able to some basic ideas of mechanics.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to demonstrate the construction and
working of pressure cooker, refrigerator, air conditioner devices.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be fundamental principles applied in our day
today life electrical appliances.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to know the basic properties of laser and
characteristics and able to design solid and gas lasers.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to demonstrate the principle and working
of biomedical equipment will be used in our daily life.
24
CORE PRACTICAL-2
Semester: III & IV
Core Practical -2
Text Books
1. C.C. Ouseph, U.J. Rao, V. Vijayendran, Practical Physics and Electronics, S.
Viswanathan, Printers & Publishers Private Ltd, Chennai,2018.
2. M.N.Srinivasan, S. Balasubramanian, R.Ranganathan, A Text Book of Practical
Physics, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi, 2015.
Reference Books
1. Samir Kumar Ghosh, A Textbook of Advanced Practical Physics, NCBA, Kolkatta,
2000.
2. D. Chattopadyay, P.C.Rakshit, An Advanced Course in Practical Physics, NCBA,
25
Kolkatta, 2011
3. C.L.Arora, B.Sc., Practical Physics,S. Chand and Company., New Delhi.
4. D.P..Khandelwal D.P., A Laboratory Manual of Physics for Undergraduate Classes.
Vani Publications.
5. B.Saraf et al, Physics through Experiments,Vikas Publications.
6. Harnaam Singh., B.Sc., Practical Physics,S. Chand and Company., New Delhi.
7. D C Tayal, University Practical Physics, Himalaya Publishing House.
8. Gupta & Kumar, Practical Physics, Pragatiprakashan, Meerut.
26
SEMESTER V
CORE PAPER-5
Atomic and Molecular Physics
Objectives
1. To study the properties of cathode and positive rays and can formulate the expression
for e/m
2. To know the structure of the atom and to understand the spectral lines.
3. To understand effects of magnetic field on atomic spectra
4. To acquire the knowledge about photoelectric effect and can derive the expression for
Einstein’s photoelectric equation.
5. To teach various energy levels viz., rotational, vibrational etc.and can understand the
principle of Infrared spectroscopy, Raman effect and Laser
UNIT- I
CATHODE AND POSITIVE RAYS
Properties of cathode rays-Mass of an electron-Determination of the electronic charge:
Milikan’s oil drop method-Dunnington’s method for determining e/m-Properties of
positive rays-Positive ray analysis-Thomson’s parabola method-Aston’s Mass
spectrograph-Bain Bridge Mass spectrograph- Dempster’s Mass Spectrograph-Mass
defect and packing fraction.
UNIT - II
ATOMIC STRUCTURE
Rutherford’s Experiments on scattering of α-particle-Theory of α-particle Scattering-
Rutherford formula-Bohr Atom model-Spectral series of hydrogen atom-Bohr
Correspondence Principle-Critical potentials-Experimental determination of critical
potentials-Drawbacks of Bohr Atom model- Sommerfeld’s relativistic atom model-
Vector atom model-Quantum numbers associated with the vector atom model-Coupling
schemes
UNIT- III
27
UNIT- IV
PHOTOELECTRIC EFFECT
Introduction-Lenard’ method to determine e/m-Richardson and Compton experiment-
Experimental investigations on the photoelectric effect-Laws of photoelectric emission-
Einstein’s photoelectric equation-Photo-emissive cell-Photo-voltaic cell-Photoconductive
cell-Applications of photoelectric cells-Planck’s quantum theory-Wien’s displacement
law-Derivation of Planck’s law of radiation.
UNIT- V
MOLECULAR PHYSICS
Introduction -Theory of the origin of pure rotational spectrum of a molecule-Non-Rigid
Rotator-The energy of a diatomic molecule- Vibrating diatomic molecule as a harmonic
oscillator-Infrared Radiation - Range of IR radiation-IR spectrometer – Instrumentation-
Molecular vibrations of water molecule (H2O)-Raman effect-Characteristics of Raman
lines-Quantum theory of Raman effect-Raman spectrum of Nitrous oxide (N2O) - Laser -
Characteristics-Stimulated Emission-Population Inversion-Optical Pumping - He-Ne
laser-Applications of Laser.
Text Books
Unit 1 to Unit 4
1. R. Murugeshan and KiruthigaSivaprasath, Modern Physics, S.Chand&CO.,Ltd,
New Delhi,2016
2. B.L. Theraja, Modern Physics, S.Chand&CO.,Ltd, New Delhi,2016
28
E-Materials
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wSe3oBZDTUI
2. https://vlab.amrita.edu/?sub=1&brch=195&sim=357&cnt=1
3. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vector_model_of_the_atom
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CBUjVHq6Grs
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ju-3Eu133KE
6. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zeeman_effect
7. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Photoelectric_effect
8. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=O0wchw_Mi30
9. http://www.iiserpune.ac.in/~bhasbapat/phy420_files/Demtroeder_rotovibrazioni.pdf
10. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gJc4_6NNIhM
11. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=djMVjULfRII (Tamil video)
Course Outcomes
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to know the properties of cathode rays
and positive rays. Also will be able to study the determination of specific charge of an
electron.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be know the different atom models and can get
an idea about coupling schemes..
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to study the Zeeman effect, Paschen
Back effect and Stark effect.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to know the basic idea of photoelectric
effect and can able to derive the equation for Einstein’s photoelectric equation.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to study the rotational and vibrational
energy of a molecule and also learn the Infrared spectra, Raman Effect and Laser.
29
CORE PAPER-6
Relativity and Quantum Mechanics
Course Outcomes
UNIT- I
RELATIVITY
Introduction - Frame of reference - Newtonian relativity - Galilean Transformation
equations - The Ether hypothesis - The Michelson -Morley experiment - Special theory of
relativity - The Lorentz Transformation equations - Length contraction - Time Dilation -
relativity of simultaneity- addition of velocities - variation of mass with velocity - Mass
Energy equivalence -Minkowski’s Four dimensional Space-Time continuum-General
theory of relativity-Gravitational red shift.
UNIT- II
WAVE MECHANICS
Inadequacy of classical mechanics -Matter waves - de Broglie wavelength - Expression
for de Broglie wavelength-Other expressions for de Broglie wavelength- Phase velocity
(wave velocity) of de Broglie waves-Group Velocity- Expression for Group velocity-
Group velocity of de Broglie waves- Relation between group velocity and phase velocity-
Davisson and Germer’s experiment-G.P.Thomson’s experiment.
UNIT- III
SCHRODINGER EQUATION
Electron microscope-Heisenberg's Uncertainty Principle-Determination of position with
γ-ray microscope-Diffraction of a beam of electrons by a slit-Elementary proof between
Displacement and Momentum, Energyand Time- Derivation of time dependent form of
Schrödinger equation-Time independent form of Schrödinger equation-Eigenvalues and
Eigenfunctions-Physical significance of wave function-Orthogonal wave function-
Normalized wave function.
30
UNIT-4
UNIT-5
Text Book
Unit 1 to Unit 5
1. R.Murugesan and KiruthigaSivaprasath, Modern Physics, S Chand & Co, New
Delhi, 2016.
Reference Books
1. P.M Mathew and K.Venkatesan, A Text Book of Quantum Mechanics,Tata McGraw
Hill Publishing Co.Ltd., New Delhi, 2016.
2. Gupta, Kumar and Sharma, Quantum Mechanics, Jai PrakashNath Publications,
Meerut,Sathyaprakash, Quantum Mechanics, PragatiPrakashan, Meerut.
3. G. Aruldhas, Quantum Mechanics, Prentice-Hall Of India Pvt. Limited, 2008.
4. G.R.Chatwal and S.K.Anand, Quantum Mechanics, Himalaya Publishing House,
Mumbai, 2010.
5. V. Devanathan, Quantum Mechanics, Narosa, Chennai.
6. V.K. Thangappan, Quantum mechanics, New Age International, 1993.
7. AjoyGhatak& S. Loganathan, Quantum Mechanics, Springer, 2004.
E-Materials
1. http://psi.phys.wits.ac.za/teaching/Connell/phys284/2005/lecture-
01/lecture_01/node5.html
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NH3_lIkSB9s
3. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Matter_wave
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=X-m9L0_pKU8 (Tamil video)
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cH5QexEN0sk
31
6. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schr%C3%B6dinger_equation
7. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electrical-engineering-and-computer-science/6-007-
electromagnetic-energy-from-motors-to-lasers-spring-2011/lecture-
notes/MIT6_007S11_lec40.pdf
8. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uK60QAKooyM
9. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=r2NMWEsNcTs
10. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bra%E2%80%93ket_notation
Course Outcomes
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to know the frames of reference and able
to formulate the Galilean Transformation equations and Lorentz Transformation
equations.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be understand the matter waves and can derive
an equation for de Broglie wavelength. Also able to distinguish between phase
velocity and group velocity and demonstrate Davison &Germer experiment.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to state the Heisenberg’s Uncertainty
Principle and able to derive the time dependent and time independent Schrödinger’s
equations.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to know the basic idea of photoelectric
effect and can able to derive the equation for Einstein’s photoelectric equation.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to learn postulates of quantum
mechanics, operators and also able to acquire knowledge on Dirac’s bra and ket
notations.
32
CORE PAPER-7
Basic and Applied Electronics
Course Objectives
1. Students will gain knowledge about semiconducting diodes and transistors.
2. To teach the different types of amplifiers and oscillators.
3. To learn the working multivibrators and wave shaping circuits.
4. To study the basics of fabrication of integrated circuits and fundamentals of
operational amplifiers.
5. To expose the various applications of OP-AMP and 555 Timer.
UNIT- I
SEMICONDUCTING DIODES & TRANSISTORS
Classification of solids and energy bands- PN Junction Diode-Full wave Bridge Rectifier-
Zener Diode-Voltage Regulated Power supply-Tunnel diode - Characteristics-Tunnel
diode as an oscillator-Construction and working of Photo diode -Photo transistor -Solar
Cell-LED-FET-Construction and working-FET as an amplifier-Output Characteristics
and parameters of FET-MOSFET-Construction and working Principle-SCR-Working of
SCR-SCR as a switch and half wave rectifier- UJT-Equivalent circuit and V-I
characteristics of UJT - UJT as relaxation oscillator.
UNIT- II
UNIT- III
33
UNIT- IV
UNIT- V
Text Books
Unit 1 to Unit 5
1. V.K. Mehta and Rohit Mehta, Principles of Electronics, S Chand &Co., New Delhi,
2007.
2. M Arul Thalapathi, Basic and Applied Electronics, Comptek, Publishers, Chennai
2005.
Reference Books
1. B.L. Theraja, Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering and Electronics, S Chand &Co.,
New Delhi, 2008.
2. R.S.Sedha, A Text Book of Applied Electronics, S Chand &Co., New Delhi, 2010.
3. V. Vijayendran, Introduction to Integrated Electronics (Digital & Analog), S.
Viswanathan, Printers & Publishers Private Ltd, Chennai, 2007
4. Hand Book of Electronics - Gupta & Kumar, PragatiPrakashan, Meerut, 2014.
E-Materials
1. https://www.electronics-
tutorials.ws/diode/diode_6.html?nab=0&utm_referrer=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.googl
e.com%2F
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EkHch86UXpY
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jZ-pD8nVD6s&app=desktop
4. https://www.electrical4u.com/hybrid-parameters-or-h-parameters/
5. http://www.circuitstoday.com/category/clipping-and-clamping-circuits
6. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XsawrtWmm9M
7. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ek_H6efvwxA (Tamil video)
34
8. https://www.electronicsforu.com/resources/learn-electronics/555-timer-working-
specifications
9. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yBVGU02rlAg
10. https://www.electronics-tutorials.ws/waveforms/555_timer.html
Course Outcomes
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to classification of solids on the basis of
band theory and know the construction, working and applications of semiconducting
diodes and transistors.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to design the RC-coupled amplifier and
to study its frequency response curve. Also students will be able to classify the power
amplifiers, to learn the h-parameters and to able to design oscillator circuits.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to understand the multivibrators using
transistors and can able to study the different wave shaping circuits.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to know the basic idea of integrating
circuits and able to fabricate diode, transistors, resistor and capacitors. Also students
will be study the structure of operational amplifier and its parameters.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to analyze the different applications of
op-amp circuits like adder, subtractoretc.and also able to demonstrate 555 Timer and
its applications.
35
SKILL BASED SUBJECT
PAPER-3
Cell Phone Technology
Course Objectives
1. To learn the back ground information about cellular system.
2. To study the various mobile standards.
3. To teach the chip level information of mobile phones.
4. To expose the idea about trouble shooting of problems in mobile phones.
5. To acquire the knowledge about mobile service tools.
UNIT- I
THE CELLULAR SYSTEM
Background - The cellular concept - interference Vs capacity, cell splitting,
sectorisation.The cellular system-mobile location, in call handover and power control in
cell planning.TACS standard. The cellular network - Base stations, MSC, services.
UNIT - II
MOBILE STANDARDS
SmartPhones (Android, IOS, Windows) APPs - Mobile Software (PC suite)-WPAN
standards - IrDA, Bluetooth, 1G, 2G standards, 2.5G applications. 3G devices and
applications. Network protocols - TDMA(2G), GSM(2G), cdma one(2G), PDC 2(G),
GPRS(2.5G), CDMA 2000 1x(2.5G), EDGE(3G), CDMA 2000 1xEV(3G), WCMA(G)-
WiMax (4G)
UNIT- III
UNIT- IV
TROUBLE SHOOTING
Causes for various problems & Troubleshooting of Problems in a SmartPhone - Network
Problems - Display Problems -Touch Problems - Sim CardProblems -Charging problems
- Battery Problems - Software Problems -IMEI information - Problems related tomobile
phonehandsets - replacement of Various components ICS.
36
UNIT- V
37
SEMESTER VI
CORE PAPER-8
Nuclear and Particle Physics
Course Objectives
1. To have a clear idea about the fundamentals of nucleus and its structure.
2. To understand the concept of radioactivity.
3. To have a clear understanding of the design and working of particle accelerators and
detectors.
4. To understand the nuclear reactions and the nuclear reactors.
5. To gain knowledge about the elementary particles
UNIT- I
GENERAL PROPERTIES OF NUCLEI AND NUCLEAR MODELS
Constituents of nuclei - Classification of nuclei - Nuclear mass and binding energy -
Stability of nucleus, Mass defect and Packing fraction, Binding fraction Vs Mass number
curve - Nuclear size - Nuclear spin - Nuclear energy levels - Nuclear magnetic moment --
Parity of nuclei - Nuclear forces - Yukawa’s model of nuclear forces.
Nuclear models - Liquid drop model, Semi-empirical mass formula - Shell model -
Salient features of shell model-Problems solving.
UNIT- II
RADIOACTIVITY.
Radioactive decay law - Half life and Average life - Activity or strength of a radioactive
sample- Successive transformation - Radioactive chain- Radioactive equilibrium -
Radioactive dating - α-decay - Geiger-Nuttall law - Tunnel effect - Gamow’s theory of
α-decay - β-decay - energetics of β-decay - Continuous β-spectrum - Inverse β-decay -
Parity violation in β-decay - Neutrino hypothesis - Properties of neutrino - Gamma rays
- Origin of the gamma rays - Internal conversion-Problems solving.
UNIT- III
UNIT- IV
38
NUCLEAR REACTIONS AND NUCLEAR REACTORS
Nuclear reactions - Types of nuclear reactions - Conservation laws in nuclear reactions -
Energetics of nuclear reactions - Kinematics of nuclear reactions -Threshold energy of
nuclear reactions - Solution of the Q-value equation - Cross-section of nuclear reactions.
Nuclear fission - Fission of light nuclei - Prompt and delayed neutrons - Neutron speed,
Classifications - Nuclear chain reaction - Neutron cycle - Nuclear reactor - Types of
reactor - Fission bomb - Nuclear power in India- Fusion -Thermonuclear reaction -
Hydrogen bomb - Possibility of fusion reactor-Problems solving.
UNIT- V
ELEMENTARY PARTICLES
Classification of elementary particles -Pions and Muons - K-mesons -Hyperons -
Conservation laws - Exact laws - Approximate conservative laws- Fundamental
interactions - Antiparticles - Resonance particles -Hypernucleus - Symmetry
classification of elementary particles - Quark model.
Text Books
Unit 1 to Unit 5
1. R. Murugeshan and KiruthigaSivaprasath, Modern Physics,S Chand &Co.New
Delhi,2006.
2. Gupta and Roy., Physics of the Nucleus, Books and Allied (P) Ltd. Kolkatta, 2011
3. J. B. Rajam, Nuclear Physics, S Chand Publishing Co.
4. D.C.Tayal, Nuclear Physics, Himalaya Publishing House, 2009
Reference Books
1. SatyaPrakash, Nuclear Physics, APragatiPrakasan Publication, 2011.
2. S. N. Ghoshal, Nuclear Physics, S. Chand & Co., Edition, 2003
3. M. L. Pandya& R.P.S. Yadav, Elements of Nuclear Physics, KedarNath& Ram
Nath, 2000
4. Jahan Singh, Fundamentals of Nuclear Physics, APragati Publication, 2012.
5. V.Devanathan, Nuclear Physics, Narosa Publications, New Delhi, 2016.
E-Materials
1. https://courses.lumenlearning.com/introchem/chapter/nuclear-binding-energy-and-
mass-defect/
2. https://www.khanacademy.org/science/physics/quantum-physics/in-in-
nuclei/v/mass-defect-and-binding-energy
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZqdxGZOipD4
4. http://hyperphysics.phy-astr.gsu.edu/hbase/Nuclear/halfli2.html
5. https://www.slideshare.net/sailakshmipullookkar/linac-ppt
39
6. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jSgnWfbEx1A
7. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nuclear_fission
8. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vurL9UVa95A (Tamil video)
9. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2zZ1kv6vlq0
10. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Elementary_particle
Course Outcomes
1. After studying Unit 1, the student will have a clear idea about the fundamentals of
nucleus and its structure.
2. After studying Unit 2, the student would have understood the concept of radioactivity.
3. After studying Unit 3, the student will be having a clear understanding of the design
and working of particle accelerators and detectors.
4. After studying Unit 4, the student will be having a thorough understanding about the
nuclear reactions and nuclear reactors.
5. After studying Unit 5, the student would have gained adequate knowledge about the
elementary particles like pions, muons, hyperons etc.
40
CORE PAPER-9
Solid State Physics
Course Objectives
1. To gain the knowledge of the crystal system and to know the different crystal
structure
2. To know the different types of bonding in crystals and to know the basics of
superconductors and their applications.
3. To learn how the X-ray diffraction helps to know the crystal structure and to know the
defects present in the crystals
4. To know the different types of magnetism and their theories.
5. To understand the electric polarization in a dielectric material.
UNIT- I
CRYSTALLOGRAPHY
Crystalline and amorphous solids -Crystal lattice -Basis -Unit cell -Primitive and non-
primitive unit cell -Elements of Symmetry - Seven Classes of Crystals - Bravais lattices -
Miller indices -Calculation of atomic radius, coordination number and atomic packing
factor for SC, FCC, BCC and HCP structures- simple numerical problems- Structure of
KCl, NaCl and diamond crystals .
UNIT- II
UNIT- III
UNIT- IV
41
Superconductors -Meissner effect-BCS theory of superconductivity- Cooper Pair- First
and Second London equation-Josephson effect-Application of Superconductors.
UNIT- V
DIELECTRIC IN SOLIDS
Introduction to dielectrics- Basic definitions- - Different types of Electric polarization -
dependency on frequency and temperature - Dielectric Loss -Local or Internal Field-
Clausius-Mosotti Relation -Determination of dielectric constant- Dielectric Breakdown-
Uses of dielectric materials.
Text Books
Unit 1 to Unit 5
1. K. Elangovan, Solid State Physics, S. Viswanathan, Printers & Publishers Private Ltd,
Chennai, 2007.
2. S.O.Pillari, Solid State Phsics, New Age International Publishers,New Delhi,2015
Reference Books
1. Gupta and Kumar, Solid State Physics,
2. R. Murugeshan and KiruthigaSivaprasath, Modern Physics,S Chand & Co.,2006
3. M. Arumguarn, Material Science,Anuradha Publishers.
4. Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics, Wiley and Sons,
E- Materials
1. https://www3.nd.edu/~amoukasi/CBE30361/Lecture__crystallography_A.pdf
2. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/chemistry/5-069-crystal-structure-analysis-spring-
2010/lecture-notes/
3. http://www.issp.ac.ru/ebooks/books/open/Superconductivity_-
Theory_and_Applications.pdf
4. https://www.iitk.ac.in/che/pdf/resources/XRD-reading-material.pdf
5. https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/112108150/pdf/Lecture_Notes/MLN_0
3.pdf
6. http://tiiciiitm.com/profanurag/Physics-Class/Unit-2-DM.pdf
7. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D81zc-LK6fc
8. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Crystallographic_defect
9. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D-9M3GWoBrw
10. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ByViA0H--5c (Tamil video)
42
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able tounderstand the different types of
bonding in crystals, apply this to understand the optical , specific heat capacity of
solids
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able togain the knowledge of magnetism in
materialsand able to distinguish different magnetic materials. Also able to understand
the phenomena of superconductivity and their applications
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to explain the electric polarization in
dielectric materials and also gain the knowledge in dielectric breakdown mechanisms
in a dielectric material.
43
SKILL BASED SUBJECT
PAPER - 4
Weather forecasting
Course Objectives
UNIT- I
INTRODUCTION TO ATMOSPHERE
Elementary idea of atmosphere: physical structure and composition; compositional
layering of the atmosphere; variation of pressure and temperature with height; air
temperature; requirements to measure air temperature; temperature sensors: types;
atmospheric pressure: its measurement; cyclones and anticyclones: its characteristics.
UNIT- II
UNIT- III
WEATHER SYSTEMS
Global wind systems; air masses and fronts: classifications; jet streams; local
thunderstorms; tropical cyclones: classification;-naming tropical cyclonestornadoes;
hurricanes
UNIT- IV
44
UNIT- V
Text Books
Unit 1 to Unit 5
1. Chandrasekar, Basics of AtomsphericScience,PHI Learning Pvt Ltd, New
Delhi,2010.
2. Howard J Critcchfield, General Climatology, Prentice Hall of India, Pvt Ltd, New
Delhi, 1975.
Reference Books
1. I.C. Joshi , Aviation Meteorology, Himalayan Books, 2014.
2. Stephen Burt, The weather Observers Hand book, Cambridge University Press, 2012.
3. S.R. Ghadekar ,Meteorology,Agromet Publishers, Nagpur, 2001.
4. S.R. Ghadekar ,Text Book of Agrometeorology, AgrometPublishers,Nagpur, 2005.
5. Charls Franklin Brooks Why the weather, Chpraman& Hall, London. 1924.
6. John G. Harvey,Atmosphere and Ocean, The Artemis Press, 1995.
E-Materials
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Atmosphere
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6LkmD6B2ncs
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jTWwnUIygc8
4. https://weatherstationguide.com/measure-wind-speed/
5. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thunderstorm
6. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cyclone
7. https://www.toppr.com/guides/science/winds-storms-and-cyclones/thunderstorms-
and-cyclones/
8. https://climatekids.nasa.gov/weather-climate/
9. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Climate
10. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Weather_forecasting
11. https://www.skymetweather.com/15-days-rainfall-forecast-for-india/
12. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Q4-Ufqv6kLo (Tamil video)
Course Outcomes
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to study the atmosphere and its physical
structure and also to know the variation of pressure and temperature with height.
45
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to describe the measurement of wind
speed, direction humidity, rainfall and can state the radiation laws.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to explain the global wind systems and
able to know thunderstorms and cyclones.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to conceptualize the classification of
climate, ozone depletion, acid rain and environmental hazards due to climate change.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to understand the analysis and historical
background of weather forecasting and know the predictability, probability of
forecasts.
46
GROUP (A)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER-1
Digital Electronics
Course Objectives
1. Understanding the different number systems and conversion between them and also to
study the basic logic gates.
2. To teach the laws of Boolean Algebra, De Morgan’s theorems and other logic circuits.
3. To Study combination of logiccircuits and understanding concepts of various flip- flops.
4. To expose the knowledge on various registers and counters.
5. To learn the digital to analog and analog to digital converters.
UNIT - I
UNIT- II
UNIT- III
47
Gray and Gray to Binary Conversion using EX-OR gates-Parity Generator and Checker -
Flip Flops -SR Flip Flop -Clocked SR-Edge triggered Flip – Flops- D Flip-Flop - JK
Flip-Flop -JK Master-Slave Flip - Flop-T Flip-Flop.
UNIT- IV
UNIT- V
Text Book
Unit 1 to Unit 5
1. V.Vijayendran, Introduction to Integrated Electronics (Digital & Analog), S.
Viswanathan, Printers & Publishers Private Ltd, Chennai, 2007.
Reference Books
1. Malvino and Leech, Digital Principles and Application, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw
Hill, New Delhi, 2000.
2. V.Vijayendran, Digital Fundamentals, S.Viswanathan, Printers & Publishers Private
Ltd, Chennai,2004.
3. R.P. Jain, Modern Digital Electronics, 2/e, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.,
New Delhi.
4. H. Taub and D. Schilling , Digital Integrated Electronics -, McGraw-Hill Book
Company.
5. T.L. Floyd , Digital Fundamentals -, Pearson Education, 8/e.
6. W.H. Gothmann , Digital Electronics -, Prentice Hall of India Private Limited, 2/e.
E-Materials
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4ae9sJBBkvw
2. https://learnabout-electronics.org/Digital/dig11.php
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RrynEQ7sG5A
4. https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/computer-science/de-morgans-theorem
48
5. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Flip-flop_(electronics)
6. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tSti91b6qec
7. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vRBnZMJA0LY
8. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shift_register
9. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/linear_integrated_circuits_applications/linear_integrat
ed_circuits_applications_digital_to_analog_converters.htm
10. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Y2OPnrgb0pY
11. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_xxQZEVbPwU (Tamil video)
Course Outcomes
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to gain knowledge between different
types of number systems, and their conversions. Also able to study the various Binary
codes and to design basic logic gates.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to describe laws of Boolean Algebra, De
Morgan’s theorems. Also able to demonstrate K-Map and simplification of logic
expressions and to design universal gates using NAND and NOR gates.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to explain the Multiplexer, Demultiplexer
and Decoder. Students can know the functions of various Flip-Flop circuits.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to conceptualize the classification of
registers and counters.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to know how to convert digital to analog
and analog to digital using different methods.
49
GROUP (A)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER-2
Fundamentals of Microprocessor-8085
Couse Objectives
UNIT- I
MICROPROCESSOR ARCHITECTURE
Evolution of Microprocessor-Applications of Microprocessors of Different Generations-
The system bus and bus structure-Execution of an instruction-Pin functions of 8085-
Architecture of 8085-Block diagram-Register array-ALU and associated circuitry -
Instruction Register and Decoder-Timing and Control Unit- Interrupt and Serial I/O
units-Types of Interrupts-Programmer’s model of 8085.
UNIT- II
UNIT- III
50
UNIT- IV
UNIT- V
Text Book
Unit 1 to Unit 5
1. Fundamental of Microprocessor - 8085 - Architecture, Programming and interfacing –
V. Vijyendran, S. Viswanathan, Pvt. Ltd., 2003.
2. A. NagoorKani, 8085 Microprocessor and its Applications, Tata McGraw Hill, New
Delhi, 2013.
Reference Books
1. R.S. Goankar , Microprocessor Architecture, Programming and Applications with the
8085, 3rdEdn. Prentice Hall,
2. B.Ram, Fundamentals of Microprocessors and Microcomputers,DhanpatRai
Publications, New Delhi.
3. Aditya P Mathur, Introduction to Microprocessors, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Company Ltd., New Delhi,
E-Materials
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ii7PCV2zvms
2. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/microprocessor/microprocessor_8085_pin_configurati
on.htm
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7nWt5dixiX0 (Tamil video)
4. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/microprocessor/microprocessor_8085_instruction_set
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=G3iUO96XhC4
6. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MIx6khOFFoU (Tamil video)
7. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/8085-program-to-divide-two-8-bit-numbers/
8. http://www.psnacet.edu.in/courses/ECE/Microcontroller%20and%20Microprocessor/l
ecture4.pdf
51
9. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-FGw_MPlfbk&vl=en
10. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_M8hDkRAL6M&vl=en
11. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/programmable-peripheral-interface-8255/
Course Outcomes
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to know the evolution of microprocessor,
pin and architecture of 8085 microprocessor in detail.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to describe different types of instructions
like data transfer, arithmetic, logical and branching instructions with examples and it
will be used for writing the assembly language programs.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to write assembly language programs for
simple arithmetic operations and hence they can apply it for interfacing applications.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to learn the memory interface and
peripheral interface devices.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to know how to interface the peripheral
device with microprocessor 8085 and they are able to write the programs for LED and
Temperature control interface system.
52
GROUP (A)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER-3
Nanophysics
Course Objectives
UNIT- I
UNIT- II
CARBON NANOSTRUCTURES
Carbon molecules and carbon bond-C60: Discovery and structure of C60 and its crystal -
Superconductivity in C60-Carbon nanotubes: Fabrication - Structure-Electrical properties
- Vibrational properties -Mechanical properties - Applications(fuel cells, chemical
sensors, catalysts).
UNIT- III
FABRICATION OF NANOMATERIAL
Synthesis of nanoparticles- wet chemical precipitation method-Synthesis of metal oxide
nanoparticles by sol-gel method –Hydrothermal method-Sonochemical method-
Electrochemical depositionmethod–Ball milling method.
UNIT- IV
CHARACTERIZATION OF NANOMATERIAL
Principle, Design and utility-XRD (X-ray diffraction)-particle size analysis using Scherer
53
formula-UV-Visible spectroscopy-Band gap energy-Tau plot-FTIR spectroscopy-
structural analysis-EDAX-elemental analysis-Scanning electron microscopy (SEM)-
Transmission electron microscopy (TEM)-morphology.
UNIT - V
APPLICATIONS
Text Books
Unit 1 to Unit 5
1. T.Pradeep et al., A Textbook ofNanoscience and Nanotechnology,Tata McGraw Hill,
New Delhi, 2012.
2. T.Pradeep , Nano: The Essentials,Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2012.
3. R.W. Kelsall, I.W. Hamley and M. Geoghegan, Nanoscale Science and
Nanotechnology (John-Wiley & Sons, Chichester, 2005.
4. G. Cao, Nanostructures and Nanomaterials,Imperial College Press, London, 2004.
5. C.P. Poole and F.J. Owens, Introduction to Nanotechnology,Wiley, New Delhi, 2003.
Reference Books
1. H.S. Nalwa, Nanostructured Materials and Nanotechnology,Academic Press, San
Diego, 2002.
2. M. Wilson, K. Kannangara, G. Smith, M. Simmons, B. Raguse, Nanotechnology:
3. Basic Science and Emerging Technologies,Overseas Press, New Delhi, 2005.
E-Materials
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nanotechnology
2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carbon_nanotube
3. https://www.nanowerk.com/nanotechnology/introduction/introduction_to_nanotechno
logy_22.php
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sbuIluJhT4A (Tamil video)
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=14DqBIG96W0
6. https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/chemistry/sol-gel-process (Journal)
7. https://www.slideshare.net/RamalingamGopal/sol-gel-synthesis-of-nanoparticles
8. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scanning_electron_microscope
9. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kdb6dHEHCA0
10. https://interestingengineering.com/15-medical-robots-that-are-changing-the-world
11. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nanorobotics
54
Course Outcomes
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to know the origin and emergence of
nanotechnology and also able to define different nanostructures.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to describe carbon nanostructures and its
fabrication. Also they can know the electrical, vibrational and mechanical properties
of carbon nanostructure and its applications.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to know how to fabricate the
nanomaterial by electrochemical method, lithographic techniques, atomic layer
deposition method etc.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to learn the characterization techniques
like SEM,TEM etc for the synthesized nanostructures.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to know the applications of
nanotechnology in different field.
55
Thiruvalluvar University, Vellore - 632115
GROUP (B)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER-1
Digital Electronics
Course Objectives
1. Understanding the different number systems and conversion between them and also to
study the basic logic gates.
2. To teach the laws of Boolean Algebra, De Morgan’s theorems and other logic circuits.
3. To Study combination of logic circuits and understanding concepts of various flip- flops.
4. To expose the knowledge on various registers and counters.
5. To learn the digital to analog and analog to digital converters.
UNIT - I
UNIT- II
UNIT- III
56
decoder- BCD to decimal decoder - Encoder-Programmable Logic Array (PLA)-Binary
to Gray and Gray to Binary Conversion using EX-OR gates-Parity Generator and
Checker - Flip Flops -SR Flip Flop -Clocked SR-Edge triggered Flip –Flops- D Flip-Flop
- JK Flip-Flop -JK Master-Slave Flip-Flop-T Flip-Flop.
UNIT- IV
UNIT- V
Text Book
Unit 1 to Unit 5
1. V.Vijayendran, Introduction to Integrated Electronics (Digital & Analog), S.
Viswanathan, Printers & Publishers Private Ltd, Chennai, 2007
Reference Books
1. Malvino and Leech, Digital Principles and Application, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw
Hill, New Delhi, 2000.
2. V.Vijayendran, Digital Fundamentals, S.Viswanathan, Printers & Publishers Private
Ltd, Chennai,2004.
3. R.P. Jain, Modern Digital Electronics, 2/e, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.,
New Delhi.
4. H. Tauband D. Schilling , Digital Integrated Electronics -, McGraw-Hill Book
Company.
5. T.L. Floyd , Digital Fundamentals -, Pearson Education, 8/e.
E-Materials
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4ae9sJBBkvw
2. https://learnabout-electronics.org/Digital/dig11.php
57
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RrynEQ7sG5A
4. https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/computer-science/de-morgans-theorem
5. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Flip-flop_(electronics)
6. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tSti91b6qec
7. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vRBnZMJA0LY
8. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shift_register
9. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/linear_integrated_circuits_applications/linear_integrat
ed_circuits_applications_digital_to_analog_converters.htm
10. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Y2OPnrgb0pY
11. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_xxQZEVbPwU (Tamil video)
Course Outcomes
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to gain knowledge between different
types of number systems, and their conversions. Also able to study the various Binary
codes and to design basic logic gates.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to describe laws of Boolean Algebra, De
Morgan’s theorems. Also able to demonstrate K-Map and simplification of logic
expressions and to design universal gates using NAND and NOR gates.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to explain the Multiplexer, Demultiplexer
and Decoder. Students can know the functions of various Flip-Flop circuits.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to conceptualize the classification of
registers and counters.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to know how to convert digital to analog
and analog to digital using different methods.
58
GROUP (B)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER-2
Materials Science
Course Contents
UNIT - I
UNIT- II
UNIT- III
59
UNIT- IV
SMART MATERIALS
Definition of smart materials- Types -Piezoelectric materials-Materials for MEMS and
NEMS- Ferro fluid- Magnetic shapememoryalloys (MSMAs)- Shape memory alloy
(SMA)- Oneway and Two way memory effect- Dielectric elastomers (DEs).
UNIT- V
Text Books
Unit 1 to Unit 5
1. V. RaghavanV,Materials science and engineering - A FirstCourse, 5th Ed, Prentice
Hall India, New Delhi, 2012.
2. M. Arumugam, Materials Science - Anuradha Agencies, 1990.
Reference Books
1. V. Rajendran, Material Science, Tata McGraw Hill Ltd, New Delhi,2001.
2. Dr. M.N. Avadhanulu, Material science, S.Chand& Company, New Delhi, 2014.
3. G.K.Narula, K.S. Narula, V.K. Gupta Materials Science, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing, New Delhi, 1994.
4. M V Gandhi and B S Thompson B S, Smart Materials andStructures. Chapman &
Hall 1992.
E-Materials
1. https://www.learnpick.in/prime/documents/ppts/details/729/classification-of-
engineering-materials-part-1
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5hJhRFCUilo
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iegJ76DS3lc
4. https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/112108150/pdf/Web_Pages/WEBP_M15.
pdf
5. https://plastics.americanchemistry.com/plastics/The-Basics/
6. https://study.com/academy/lesson/what-are-polymers-properties-applications-
examples.html
7. https://internetofthingsagenda.techtarget.com/definition/micro-electromechanical-
systems-MEMS
8. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Microelectromechanical_systems
60
9. https://www.iitk.ac.in/reach/2008/Energy/REACH2008-SolarCells-SundarIyer.pdf
10. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zMLrhgSAPHc
11. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4Homfj_ne0Q (Tamil video)
Course Objectives
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to know the origin engineering materials
and its classification. Also students will be able to learn the bonding character and its
Properties
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to describe mechanical properties like
elastic behavior and thermal properties like heat capacity, thermal conductivity etc.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to know the basics of polymers, ceramics
and nanomaterial.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to explain definition and types of smart
materials.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to conceptualize the energy storage
materials.
61
GROUP (B)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER-3
Medical Physics
Course Objectives
1. To have a fundamental knowledge about the characteristics and production of X-rays.
2. To understand the concept of radiation physics.
3. To have a clear understanding of the design and working of Medical imaging
techniques.
4. To understand the concepts and ideas behind radiation therapy.
5. To gain knowledge about the protective measures in radiation therapy.
UNIT- I
X - RAYS
Electromagnetic spectrum, production of x-rays, x-ray spectra-Brehmsstrahlung,
Characteristic x-ray- Coolidge tube, x-ray tubedesign, tube cooling stationary mode,
Rotating anode x-ray tube, Tube rating, qualityand intensity of x-ray. X-ray generator
circuits, half wave and full wave rectification,filament circuit, kilo voltage circuit, types
of X-Ray Generator, high frequencygenerator, exposure timers and switches, HT cables,
HT generation.
UNIT- II
RADIATION PHYSICS
Radiation units exposure, absorbed dose, units: rad, gray,relative biological effectiveness,
effective dose, inverse square law- Interaction ofradiation with matter Compton &
photoelectric effect, Rem & Sievert, linear attenuationcoefficient - Radiation Detectors:
Thimble chamber, condenser chambers, GeigerMuller counter, Scintillation counters and
Solid State detectors, ionization chamber, Dosimeters, survey methods, area monitors,
TLD, Semiconductor detectors.
UNIT- III
62
tomography scanner- principle & function,display, generations, mammography. Thyroid
uptake system and Gamma camera (OnlyPrinciple, function and display)
UNIT- IV
UNIT- V
RADIATION PROTECTION
Principles of radiation protection,protective materials-radiation effects, somatic, genetic
stochastic and deterministiceffect. Personal monitoring devices: TLD film badge -pocket
dosimeter, OSL dosimeter- Radiation dosimeter- Natural radioactivity, Biological effects
of radiation, Radiationmonitors-Steps to reduce radiation to Patient, Staff and Public-
Dose Limits forOccupational workers and Public-AERB: Existence and Purpose.
Text Books
Unit 1 to Unit 5
1. Dr. K. Thayalan, Basic Radiological Physics, Jayapee Brothers Medical Publishing
Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, 2003.
2. Curry, Dowdey and Murrey, Christensen’s Physics of Diagnostic Radiology,
Lippincot Williams and Wilkins,1990.
3. FM Khan-Williams and Wilkins,Physics of Radiation Theraphy, Third edition,2003.
Reference Books
1. Chandra-LippincotWillams and Wilkins, Nuclear Medicine Physics,1998.
2. William R Hendee-Mosby Medical Imaging Physics, 3rd edition,1992.
3. K.N. Govindarajan,Advanced Medical Radiation Dosimetry, Prentice Hall of India
Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi ,1992.
4. Muhammad Maqbool, Introduction to Medical Physics ,Springer International
Publishing, 2017.
E-Materials
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T1WwHh4b__M
2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/X-ray
3. https://www.studyandscore.com/studymaterial-detail/geiger-muller-counter-construction-
principle-working-plateau-graph-and-applications
63
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Sr1BdM89RnA
5. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Magnetic_resonance_imaging
6. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Q9-X4uV8ymk
7. https://www.adacap.com/nuclear-medicine/
8. http://jnm.snmjournals.org/content/57/1/163.full
9. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gXR5Wdmeu_s (Tamil video)
10. https://www.healthline.com/health/endoscopy
Course Outcomes
1. After studying Unit 1, the student will have a clear idea about the fundamentals of the
production and characteristics of X-rays.
2. After studying Unit 2, the student would have understood the concept of radiation
units and radiation detectors.
3. After studying Unit 3, the student will have a clear understanding of the design and
working of Medical imaging techniques and computer tomography scanner.
4. After studying Unit 4, the student will be having a thorough understanding about the
diagnostic nuclear medicine and some medical instrumentation.
5. After studying Unit 5, the student would have gained adequate knowledge about the
protective measures to be undertaken in radiation therapy.
64
GROUP (C)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER-1
Digital Electronics
Course Objectives
1. Understanding the different number systems and conversion between them and also to
study the basic logic gates.
2. To teach the laws of Boolean algebra, De Morgan’s theorems and other logic circuits.
3. To Study combination of logic circuits and understanding concepts of various flip- flops.
4. To expose the knowledge on various registers and counters.
5. To learn the digital to analog and analog to digital converters.
UNIT - I
UNIT- II
UNIT- III
UNIT- V
Text Book
Unit 1 to Unit 5
1. V.Vijayendran, Introduction to Integrated Electronics (Digital & Analog), S.
Viswanathan, Printers & Publishers Private Ltd, Chennai, 2007.
Reference Books
1. Malvino and Leech, Digital Principles and Application, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw
Hill, New Delhi, 2000.
2. V.Vijayendran, Digital Fundamentals, S.Viswanathan, Printers & Publishers Private
Ltd, Chennai,2004.
3. R.P. Jain, Modern Digital Electronics, 2/e, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.,
New Delhi.
4. H. Tauband D. Schilling , Digital Integrated Electronics -, McGraw-Hill Book
Company.
5. T.L. Floyd , Digital Fundamentals -, Pearson Education, 8/e.
E-Materials
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4ae9sJBBkvw
2. https://learnabout-electronics.org/Digital/dig11.php
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RrynEQ7sG5A
4. https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/computer-science/de-morgans-theorem
5. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Flip-flop_(electronics)
6. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tSti91b6qec
7. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vRBnZMJA0LY
66
8. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shift_register
9. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/linear_integrated_circuits_applications/linear_integrat
ed_circuits_applications_digital_to_analog_converters.htm
10. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Y2OPnrgb0pY
11. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_xxQZEVbPwU (Tamil video)
Course Outcomes
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to gain knowledge between different
types of number systems, and their conversions. Also able to study the various Binary
codes and to design basic logic gates
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to describe laws of Boolean Algebra, De
Morgan’s theorems. Also able to demonstrate K-Map and simplification of logic
expressions and to design universal gates using NAND and NOR gates.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to explain the Multiplexer, Demultiplexer
and Decoder. Students can know the functions of various Flip-Flop circuits.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to conceptualize the classification of
registers and counters.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to know how to convert digital to analog
and analog to digital using different methods.
67
GROUP (C)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER-2
Radiation Safety
Course Contents
1. The students can learn the basic concepts of atomic and nuclear physics
2. To teach the different types of radiation and interaction of charged particles
3. To study the basic idea of different units of activity and working principle of radiation
detectors
4. To understand the concept of radiation safety management
5. To give the application of nuclear techniques
UNIT- I
UNIT- II
UNIT- III
68
Counter, Multi-Wire ProportionalCounters (MWPC) and Gieger Muller Counter),
Scintillation Detectors (Inorganic andOrganic Scintillators), Solid States Detectors and
Neutron Detectors, Thermo luminescent Dosimetr.
UNIT- IV
UNIT- IV
Text Books
Unit 1 to Unit 5
1. R. Murugeshan and KiruthigaSivaprasath, Modern Physics,S Chand &Co.New
Delhi,2006.
2. H. Cember and T. E. Johnson, Introduction to Health Physics, 4th Ed.,McGraw Hill,
2008.
3. K. Thayalan, Handbook of Radiological Safety ,JaypeeBrothers,Medical ,Publishers,
2009.
Reference Books
1. Dr. K. Thayalan, Basic Radiological Physics ,Jayapee Brothers Medical Publishing
Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, 2003.
2. R. F. Mould Radiation Protection in Hospital (Adam Hilger Ltd., Bristol, 1985.
3. Martin, S. Harbison, K. Beach and P. Cole, An Introduction to Radiation Protection,
6th Ed. CRC Press, 2013.
4. AERB Radiation Protection Rules, 2004.
5. IAEA Safety Series 41
E-Materials
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Radioactive_decay
2. https://www.toppr.com/guides/physics/nuclei/radioactivity-law-of-radioactive-decay/
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9UhmFr2WctU (Tamil video)
4. https://ta.wikipedia.org/wiki/%E0%AE%92%E0%AE%B3%E0%AE%BF%E0%AE
%AE%E0%AE%BF%E0%AE%A9%E0%AF%8D_%E0%AE%B5%E0%AE%BF%
E0%AE%B3%E0%AF%88%E0%AE%B5%E0%AF%81
69
5. https://www2.lbl.gov/abc/wallchart/chapters/15/2.html
6. https://www.radiologyinfo.org/en/info.cfm?pg=safety-hiw_09
7. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DvSNlmGu55c
8. http://webfiles.ehs.ufl.edu/rssc_stdy_chp_5.pdf
9. https://www.world-nuclear.org/information-library/non-power-nuclear-
applications/overview/the-many-uses-of-nuclear-technology.aspx
10. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ySnG4JZa7Go
Course Outcomes
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to study the basics of atomic structure
and nuclear composition.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to describe properties of alpha, beta and
gamma rays and also to study the interaction of charged particles.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to explain radiation qunatities and units
and also able to know the principle and working of radiation detectors.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to conceptualize the radiation safety
management.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to know the application of nuclear
techniques in medicinal science.
70
GROUP (C)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER-3
Astrophysics
Course Contents
1. To give basic principle and types of astronomical instruments.
2. To study the big bang theory, types of galaxies and to astronomical units.
3. To learn the birth and age of stars and to know about comets.
4. To teach the structure of the sun and other planets.
5. To give the overview of India’s space programme and calendars.
UNIT- I
ASTRONOMICAL INSTRUMENTS
Optical telescope - reflecting telescope - types of reflecting telescope - advantages of
reflecting telescopes - radio telescope - astronomical spectrographs - photographic
photometry - photoelectric spectrometry- detectors and image processing.
UNIT- II
SPACE
Introduction -Hubble’s Law -Big bang theory - Shape of Universe -Expanding universe
in space - Galaxies- Types of Galaxies- Spiral, Elliptical and Irregular Galaxies - Clusters
of Galaxies - Milky Way - Quasars - Cislunar space -Translunar space - Inter planetary
distance -Interesteller space - Inter galactic space - Light Year - Astronomical Unit-
Astronomical Map.Astronomical Systems -Astronomical co-ordinates - Celestial Sphere -
Celestial Equators - Celestial Poles.
UNIT- III
STARS
Birth of Stars -Colour and Age- Life of Stars - Red giant stars - With dwarf star - Neutron
Star -Black hole - Supernovae - Constellations - Zodiac - Asteroids - Meteors -
Meteorites-Comets.
UNIT- IV
SOLAR SYSTEM
Introduction - Sun - Structure of Sun - Nuclear reactions in sun - Sun spot and solar
flares- Earth - Structure of earth - Atmosphere - Moon and its structure - Inner planets
71
Outer planets - Introduction - Sidereal month - Synodic month - daily motion of the
moon- age of moon - phase of moon - position of moon at rising and setting-Eclipses-
Introduction - umbra and penumbra - lunar eclipse - solar eclipse -durationof lunar and
solar eclipse - comparison of solar and lunar eclipses.
UNIT- V
Text Books
1. BaidyanathBasu, An introduction to Astrophysics,Pentice Hall of India Private Ltd.,
New Delhi - 2001.
2. A.Hewish, Physics of the Universe , CSIR publication, New Delhi, 1992.
3. BimanBasu, Inside Stars, CSIR Publication, New Delhi, 1992.
4. K.S.Krishnasamy, Astro Physics a Modern Perspective, New Age International,
New Delhi.
5. R. Murugesan, Modern Physics, S. Chand &Co.,New Delhi, 2003.
Reference Books
1. Prof. P. Devadas, The fascinating Astronomy, Devadas Telescopies, Chennai.
2. S. Kumaravelu and SusheelaKumaravelu,Astronomy,2013.
3. Textbook of astronomy an astrophysics with elements of cosmology, V.B.Bhatia,
Narosapublishing house, 2001.
4. Astrophysics - Stars and Galaxies, K. D. Abhyankar, University Press, 2001.
5. Theoritical Astrophysics (Vols. I,II,III) - T. Padmanavan (CUP)
6. Black Holes, White Dwarfs and Neutron Stars -S.L.Shapiro and S.A.Teukolsky (John
Wiley, 1983).
E-Materials
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zlioUjguQk8
2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Reflecting_telescope
3. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Milky_Way
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BcjmoEspoRI
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZrS3Ye8p61Y
6. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Star
72
7. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Solar_System
8. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AC0HdUD1RfA (Tamil video)
9. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eeS7byxWDM4
10. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Indian_National_Satellite_System
Course Outcomes
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to study the different types of optical
instruments like telescopes and spectrographs will be used for observing/recording the
space objects.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to describe big bang theory, different
types of galaxies, milky way and astronomical unit.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to explain about stars, constellations,
asteroids, meteorites and comets.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to know the details of solar system and
able to know the formation eclipse due to sun, moon and earth.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to understanding the different space
programmers/missions carried out by our Indian Space Research Organization (ISRO)
and also to study the lunar and solar calendars.
73
CORE PRACTICAL
Semester: V & VI
PAPER - 3
Core Practical - 3 (General)
List of Experiments (Any 15 Experiments only)
Text Books
1. C.C. Ouseph, U.J. Rao, V. Vijayendran, Practical Physics and Electronics, S.
Viswanathan, Printers & Publishers Private Ltd, Chennai,2018.
74
2. M.N.Srinivasan, S. Balasubramanian, R.Ranganathan, A Text Book of Practical
Physics, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi, 2015.
Reference Books
1. Samir Kumar Ghosh, A Textbook of Advanced Practical Physics, NCBA, Kolkatta,
2000.
2. D. Chattopadyay, P.C.Rakshit, An Advanced Course in Practical Physics, NCBA,
Kolkatta, 2011
3. C.L.Arora, B.Sc., Practical Physics,S. Chand and Company., New Delhi.
4. D.P..Khandelwal D.P., A Laboratory Manual of Physics for Undergraduate Classes.
Vani Publications.
5. B.Saraf et al, Physics through Experiments,Vikas Publications.
6. Harnaam Singh., B.Sc., Practical Physics,S. Chand and Company., New Delhi.
7. D C Tayal, University Practical Physics, Himalaya Publishing House.
8. Gupta & Kumar, Practical Physics, Pragatiprakashan, Meerut.
75
Thiruvalluvar University, Vellore - 632115
CORE PRACTICAL
Semester: V & VI
PAPER-4
Core Practical-4 (Electronics)
List of Experiments (Any 12 Experiments only)
Text Books
1. C.C. Ouseph, U.J. Rao, V. Vijayendran, Practical Physics and Electronics, S.
Viswanathan, Printers & Publishers Private Ltd, Chennai,2018.
2. M.N.Srinivasan, S. Balasubramanian, R.Ranganathan, A Text Book of Practical
Physics, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi, 2015.
Reference Books
1. Samir Kumar Ghosh, A Textbook of Advanced Practical Physics, NCBA, Kolkatta,
2000.
2. D. Chattopadyay, P.C.Rakshit, An Advanced Course in Practical Physics, NCBA,
Kolkatta, 2011
3. C.L.Arora, B.Sc., Practical Physics,S. Chand and Company., New Delhi.
76
4. D.P..Khandelwal D.P., A Laboratory Manual of Physics for Undergraduate Classes.
Vani Publications.
5. B.Saraf et al, Physics through Experiments,Vikas Publications.
6. Harnaam Singh., B.Sc., Practical Physics,S. Chand and Company., New Delhi.
7. D C Tayal, University Practical Physics, Himalaya Publishing House.
8. Gupta & Kumar, Practical Physics, Pragatiprakashan, Meerut.
77
CORE PAPER-COMPULSORY
Project with viva voce
Preamble
The concept of introducing the project will help the student community to learn and apply
the principles of Physics and explore the new research avenues - In the course of the
project the student will refer books, Journals or collect literature / data by the way of
visiting research institutes/ industries or social relevance problem. He/she may even do
experimental /theoretical work in his/her college and submit a dissertation report with a
minimum of 25 pages not exceeding 30 pages.
Format for Preparation of Project
The sequence in which project should be arranged and bound should be as follows
1. Cover Page and title Page
2. Declaration
3. Certificate
4. Abstract (not exceeding one page)
5. Acknowledgement (not exceeding one page)
6. Contents (12 Font size, Times new Roman with double line spacing)
7. List of Figures/ Exhibits/Charts
8. List of tables
9. Symbols and notations
10. Chapters
11. References
78
THIRUVALLUVAR UNIVERSITY
MASTER OF SCIENCE
M.Sc. PHYSICS
(CBCS Pattern)
Uni.
SEMESTER II CIA Total
Exam
6. Core-Theory Paper-4 5 4 Mathematical Physics - II 25 75 100
7. Core-Theory Paper-5 5 4 Electro Magnetic Theory 25 75 100
8. Core-Theory Paper-6 4 4 Quantum Mechanics - II 25 75 100
9. Core-Practical Paper-1 4 4 General Practical 25 75 100
10. Core-Practical Paper-2 4 4 Electronics Practical 25 75 100
Internal Elective for same major students
(to choose one out of 3)
Paper-2 A. Nanoscience
Core
11. 3 3 B.Electronics Instrumentation 25 75 100
Elective
C. Non- linear optics
1
External Elective for other major students (Inter/multi disciplinary papers)
12. Open Elective Paper-2 (to choose one out of 3)
3 3
A. Spectroscopy and Lasers 25 75 100
B. Physics for Competitive Exams
C. Analog and Digital Electronics
13. *Field Study - 2 100 - 100
14. Compulsory Paper 2 2 Human Rights & Duties 25 75 100
30 30 300 600 900
SEMESTER IV Uni.
CIA Total
Exam
21. Paper-
Core-Theory 6 3 Spectroscopy 25 75 100
10
22. Core-Practical Paper-3 5 4 Advanced General Experiments 25 75 100
23. Core-Practical Paper-4 5 4 Programming & Problem solving skills 25 75 100
24. Core Project 5 5 100 100
Project with viva voce (Compulsory) (75 Project
+25 viva)
Internal Elective for same major students
25. Paper-4 (to choose one out of 3)
A. Crystal Growth and Thin Films
Core B. Medical Physics
6 3 25 75 100
Elective C. MATLAB and Python Programming
2
External Elective for other major students (Inter/multi disciplinary papers)
26. Open Elective Paper-4 3 3 (to choose one out of 3) 25 75 100
A. Nanophysics
B. Astrophysics
C. Weather forecasting
30 22 125 475 600
120 90 2600
* Field Study
There will be field study which is compulsory in the first semester of all PG courses with
2 credits. This field study should be related to the subject concerned with social impact.
Field and Topic should be registred by the students in the first semester of their study
along with the name of a mentor before the end of the month of August. The report with
problem identification and proposed solution should be written in not less than 25 pages
in a standard format and it should be submitted at the end of second semester. The period
for undergoing the field study is 30 hours beyond the instructional hours of the respective
programme. Students shall consult their mentors within campus and experts outside the
campus for selecting the field and topic of the field study. The following members may be
nominated for confirming the topic and evaluating the field study report.
**Mooc Courses
Inclusion of the Massive Open Online Courses (MOOCs) with zero credits available on
SWAYAM, NPTEL and other such portals approved by the University Authorities.
3
SEMESTER III
PAPER-7
Course Objectives
1. To understand the basic crystal structures, bonding of solids and the lattice
energycalculations.
2. To study the lattice dynamics and phonon momentum.
3. To explain the free electron gas in three dimensions and electronic heat capacity.
4. To understand basics concept of magnetism and its applications.
5. To study the properties of superconducting materials and its applications.
Types of lattices - Miller indices – symmetry elements and allowed rotations - simple crystal
structures – Atomic packing factor - Crystal diffraction - Bragg’s law –Scattered wave
amplitude - Reciprocal lattice (sc, bcc, fcc) – Diffraction conditions - Laue equations –
Brillouin Zone - Structure factor - Atomic form factor - Inert gas crystals.
Monoatomic lattices - Lattice with two atoms per primitive cell - First Brillouin zone - Group
and phase velocities - Quantization of lattice vibrations - Phonon momentum - Inelastic
scattering by phonons - Einstein’s model and Debye’s model of specific heat.
Free electron gas in three dimensions - Electronic heat capacity - Wiedmann-Franz law -
Band theory of metals and semiconductors - Bloch theorem - Kronig-Penny model -
Semiconductors - Intrinsic carrier concentration – Temperature dependence - Mobility -
Impurity conductivity – Impurity states - Hall effect.
UNIT-4: Magnetism
Experimental facts: Occurrence - Effect of magnetic fields - Meissner effect – Critical field –
Critical current - Entropy and heat capacity - Isotope effect - Energy gap - Type I and Type II
superconductors. Theoretical explanation: Thermodynamics of super conducting transition -
4
London equation - BCS Theory - Coherence length –- Cooper pairs - Single particle
Tunneling - Josephson tunneling - DC and AC Josephson effects - High temperature super
conductors - SQUIDS.
Text Books
Unit 1 to Unit 5
1. S.O. Pillai, Solid State Physics, New Age International, New Delhi, 2016.
Reference Books
1. C. Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics, 7th Edition, Wiley, New York, 1996.
2. M. Ali Omar, Elementary Solid State Physics-Principles and Applications, Addison-
Wesley, London, 1974.
3. K.Ilangovan, Solid State Physics, S. Viswanathan (Printers&Publishers)
Pvt.Ltd.,Chennai,2007.
4. N.W. Aschroft, N.D. Mermin, Solid State Physics, Rhinehart and Winton, New York.
5. J.S. Blakemore, Solid State Physics, 2nd Edition, W.B. Saunder, Philadelphia, 1974.
6. A.J. Dekker, Solid State Physics, Macmillan India, New Delhi.
7. H.M. Rosenburg, The Solid State, 3rd Edition, Oxford University Press, Oxford,
1993.
8. S.L. Altmann, Band Theory of Metals, Pergamon, Oxford.
9. M.A. Wahab, Solid State Physics, Structure and Properties of Materials, Narosa, New
10. Delhi, 1999.
11. J.M. Ziman, Principles of the Theory of Solids, Cambridge University Press, London,
1971.
E-Materials
1. https://web.iit.edu/sites/web/files/departments/academic-affairs/academic-resource-
center/pdfs/Miller_Indices.pdf
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LcoUFX3_A1s
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-MTYPNfVw5Y
3. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Brillouin_zone
4. http://yclept.ucdavis.edu/course/215b.W17/Kronig-Penney_Rapp-3.pdf
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6EdotZPaCIA
6. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IMbGqcb8aN4
7. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hund%27s_rules
8. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Meissner_effect
9. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NVeAmKUbXvA
5
Course Outcomes
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to know the types of lattices and crystal
structures.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to explain lattice dynamics like
Einstein’s model and Debye’s model of specific heat.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to studyBand theory of metals and
semiconductors and also able to explain Kronig-Penny model.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to understand the quantum theory of
paramagnetism and ferromagnetism.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to basics of superconductors and its
applications. Also able to differentiate Type I and Type II superconductors.
6
PAPER-8
NUCLEAR PHYSICS
Course Objectives
1. To teach the basic properties of nuclear properties like energy levels, angular
momentum, parity and isopin.
2. To study the alpha, beta, gamma decay and nuclear reactions.
3. To acquire the knowledge on different nuclear models
4. To know the principle and working of nuclear detectors.
5. To learn the classification of elementary particles and its properties.
Nuclear energy levels - Nuclear angular momentum, parity, isospin – Nuclear magnetic
dipole moment – Nuclear electric quadropole moment - Ground state of deuteron – Magnetic
dipole moment of deuteron – Proton-neutron scattering at low energies – Scattering length,
phase shift – Nature and properties of nuclear forces – Spin dependence – Charge symmetry
– Charge independence – Repulsion at short distances – Exchange forces – Meson theory.
Alpha decay: Energy relations - Q values –Spectrum and selection rules - Gamow’s theory.
Beta decay: Energy relations - Q values – Spectrum - Pauli’s neutrino hypothesis – Electron
capture -Fermi’s theory of beta decay – Selection rules .
Gamma decay- Kinematics of Gamma decay – Spectrum – Internal conversion – Selection
rules
Nuclear Reactions -Types and conservation laws – Q-equation -Threshold energy -General
solution of the Q equations – Cross section of nuclear reactions –Scattering and reaction cross
section - Compound nucleus model -Breit Wigner single level formula-Ghosal’s experiment
Liquid drop model: Semi empirical mass formula – Applications of LDM - Mass parabola –
Q-values (Alpha, Beta and Fission) – Energetics of fission – Fissility parameter - Bohr-
Wheeler’s theory Shell model:Evidences in favour of shell model - Shell model potential –
Square well, Harmonic Oscillator, Woods-Saxon – Spin – Orbit coupling – Nuclear Ground
state configuration and spin parity – Nuclear moment – Nuclear isomerism – Predictions and
failures of the shell model Collective model: Vibrational model – Rotational model –
Quadrupole moment – Fermi gas model
7
Applications – Neutron activation analysis – Rutherford backscattering spectrometry –
Accelerator mass spectroscopy
Text Books
Reference Books
E-Materials
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Jf6MSWoZRmc
2. http://www.scholarpedia.org/article/Nuclear_Forces
3. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Alpha_decay
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CwExbnOzc4o
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nqSs7vrF9DY
6. http://hyperphysics.phy-astr.gsu.edu/hbase/Nuclear/liqdrop.html
7. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geiger_counter
8. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jxY6RC52Cf0
9. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fivOAjr_suA
10. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gell-Mann%E2%80%93Nishijima_formula
Course Outcomes
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to understand the concept of nuclear
energy levels, nuclear angular momentum, parity and isospin. Also able to explain
nature and properties of nuclear forces.
8
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to describe Gamow’s theory, Fermi’s
theory of beta decay and kinematics of gamma decay. Also able to derive the Breit
Wigner single level formula.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to differentiate different nuclear models.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to know the principle and working of
G.M. counter, scintillation detectors and particle accelerators.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to obtain Gell-mann--Nishijimaformula
and Gell – Mann Okubo mass formula. Also able to explain the classification of
elementary particles.
9
PAPER-9
Course Objectives
8085- Instructions- Data transfer, Arithmetic, Logical, Branch and I/O and Machine Control
Instructions-Timing Diagram for Memory Read/Write Cycle-Timing diagram for MOV/MVI
instructions-Delay Calculations-Time delay using a single register-Two register-Register
pair.
8051 Micro-controller hardware: 8051 oscillator and clock - Program counter and data
pointer - A and B CPU register - Flags and PSW - Internal memory - Internal RAM - Stack
and stack pointer - Special function registers - Internal ROM-Input / output pin, ports and
circuits - External memory.
Counter and Timer: Counter / Timer interrupts - Timing - Timer modes of operation –
Counting-Serial data input / Output: Serial data interrupt - Data transmission - Data reception
- serial data transmission modes.
10
UNIT-4: Interrupts & Instructions
Interrupts: Timer flag interrupt - Serial port interrupt - External interrupt - reset - Interrupt
control - Interrupt priority - Interrupt destination - Software generated interrupts.
Introduction - Addressing modes - Byte level logic operations - Bit level logic operations -
Rotate and swap operations - Simple program.
Introduction - External data move - code memory read only data move - PUSH and POP -
Opcodes - Data exchange - Simple Programs.
Jump and Call instructions: Introduction - Jump and call program range - Jumps - Calls and
subroutine - Interrupt and returns - more detail on interrupts - Simple programs.
Keyboard interfacing - Display interface - 7 segment and LED display - D/A conversion -
A/D conversion - Stepper motor Interface.
Text Books
Unit-1 to Unit-2
Unit-3 to Unit-5
Reference Books
11
5. Muhammed Ali Mazidi, Janice Gillespie Mazidi and Rolin D McKinlay,The 8051
Microcontroller and Embedded Systems, Pearson Education , 2013.
6. P.S. Manoharan, Microprocessors and Microcontroller, Charulatha Publications.
E-Materials
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Intel_8085
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fS7FFOaC_iQ
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tC4WvbM3hZA
4. http://www.uomisan.edu.iq/eng/ar/admin/pdf/90949589293.pdf
5. https://www.pantechsolutions.net/how-to-interface-stepper-motor-with-8085-lab-
trainer-kit
6. http://www.8085projects.info/Stepper-Motor-control-Program70.html
7. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=shJAszu34xY
8. https://www.elprocus.com/8051-microcontroller-architecture-and-applications/
9. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iXSXIJn_Xwc
10. https://www.electronicshub.org/stepper-motor-control-using-8051-microcontroller/
11. https://circuitdigest.com/microcontroller-projects/stepper-motor-interfacing-with-
8051
Course Outcomes
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to know various interrupts, timing
diagram for memory read/write cycle and able to write assembly language programs.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to describe the different interfacing
devices and can demonstrate the interfacing of DAC/ADC and stepper motor with
8085.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to understand the hardware of 8051,
memories, Counter and Timer.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to explain the interrupts, addressing
modes and arithmetic operations.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able todescribe PUSH-POP, jump and call
instructions and able to know how to interface the peripheral devices with 8051.
12
CORE ELECTIVE
PAPER -3
A. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
Course Objectives
Research Design -Features of a good design - Types of Research Design - Basic principles of
Experimental Design-Survey Design-Classroom-Based Research. Sampling Design - Steps in
Sample Design - Characteristics of a good sample design - Random Samples and Random
Sampling Design.
Survey of literature including patents - chemical nomenclature and literature primary sources-
secondary sources including reviews. Treatise and monographs, literature searching, Review
of work relevant to the chosen problems.
Writing a thesis or paper - General formation - page and chapter formation. The use of
quotation - footnotes - tables and figures - referencing - appendixes - revising the paper or
13
thesis - editing and evaluating and the final product - proof reading -Plagiarism-the final
types copy.
Text Books
Unit 1 to Unit 4
1. J Anderson, B.H. Dursten and M. Poole , Thesis and Assignment Writing, Wiley
Eastern,1977.
Unit 5
Reference Books
14
E-Materials
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Research_design
2. https://study.com/academy/lesson/types-of-research-design.html
3. https://www.scribbr.com/dissertation/literature-review/
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-ny_EUJXHHs
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XDfgdwMBPfc
6. https://www.colorado.edu/history/undergraduates/paper-guidelines/using-internet-
research
7. https://www.ldeo.columbia.edu/~martins/sen_sem/thesis_org.html
8. https://www.wikihow.com/Write-a-Thesis-Statement
9. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gt3QZgMNq3s
10. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Simpson%27s_rule
Course Objectives
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to know the basics of research theories,
approaches and design.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to demonstrate what do you mean by
review of literature and know how to proceed the research work based on review of
literature.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to explain the importance of internet in
the field of research.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to how to write a thesis or a research
paper. Also students will be able to learn how to present a research article in a
seminar/conference or how to publish the article in e-journals.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to formulate the Euler’s method, Range
Kutta method,Trapezoidal rule and Simpson’s 1/3rd rule of numerical methods.
15
CORE ELECTIVE
PAPER -3
B. MATERIALS SCIENCE
Course Objectives
Definition and basic concepts - solubility limit -phases - microstructure –phase equilibria –
unary phase diagrams-Binary phase diagrams – Binaryisomorphous systems – Interpretation
of phase diagrams-Development ofmicrostructure in isomorphous alloys -mechanical
properties ofisomorphous alloys- Binary eutectic systems – Development ofmicrostructure in
eutectic alloys – Equilibrium diagrams having intermediatephases or components – Eutectoid
and peritectic reactions -Concurrent phase transformations -ceramics and ternary phase
diagrams -The Gibbs phase rule - The iron – iron carbide phase diagrams.
UNIT-3: Biomaterials
16
UNIT-5: Energy conversion and Storage materials
Solar cells: Organic solar cells - Polymer composites for solar cells - p-njunction - Device
fabrication and characterization – Nanomaterials for solarcells - Dye-sensitized solar cells -
Organic - inorganic hybrid solar cells.
Batteries -primary and secondary batteries, Lithium, Solid-state and molten solvent batteries;
Lead acid batteries; Nickel Cadmium Batteries; Advanced Batteries, Super capacitors for
energy storage. Role of carbon nanomaterials as electrodes in batteries and super capacitors.
Text Books
Unit 1 to Unit 5
1. G.K. Narula, K.S. Narula, and V.K. Gupta, Material Science, TMH, New Delhi,
1995.
2. Dr. M.N. Avadhanulu, Material science, S.Chand& Company, New Delhi, 2014
3. V.Ragavan, Material Science and Engineering, 4th Edition, Prentice Hall of
India,New Delhi, 2003.
4. M. Arumugam, Materials Science, 3rd Edition, Anuradha Agencies, 2002.
Reference Books
E-Materials
1. https://www.tf.uni-kiel.de/matwis/amat/iss/kap_6/illustr/s6_1_1.html
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3EFu2t94Mrw
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vnVPwf2T4Eo
4. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Glass-ceramic
5. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Biomaterial
6. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/113104009/
7. https://www.slideshare.net/krishslide/nonlinear-optical-materials
8. https://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/36565/4/chapter%201.pdf
9. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dye-sensitized_solar_cell
10. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=17SsOKEN5dE
Course Outcomes
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to know the concepts of phase diagrams
and phase transformations.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to explain the property of ceramic
materials and also able to learn polymerization mechanism.
17
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to explain the chemical structure and
property of biomaterials.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to understand the properties NLO
materials and its harmonic generation.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to design the energy conversion and
storage materials.
18
CORE ELECTIVE
PAPER -3
Course Objectives
1. To learn the fundamentals of numerical differential and integration
2. The course gives the principles of scientific research
3. Students can study the basics of C programming
4. To acquire knowledge on operator, arrays and strings
5. To teach how to write the simple programs using C language
UNIT-3: Programming in C
Multiplication programs - Return values and their types - Calling Functions - Categories of
functions - Matrix multiplication - Diagonalisation and inversion - Solution to simultaneous
equations - differential and integral equations.
Text Books
Unit 1
1. S.S. Sastry, Introductory Methods of Numerical analysis, PHI, N.Delhi
2. E. Balagurusamy, Numerical methods, Tata McGraw-Hill, Delhi
19
Unit 2
1. J. Anderson B.H. Burston and M. Poole, Thesis and Assignment writing, Wiley,
UK,1977
2. Rajammal.P. Devadas, Hand book of Methodology of Research, RMM Vidyalaya
Press. 1976
Unit 3- Unit 5
1. E. Balagurusamy, Programming in ANSI C, 4th Edition TMH, New Delhi, 2009
2. V. Rajaraman, 1993, Computer Oriented Numerical Methods, 3rd Edition, PHI, New
Delhi.
Reference Books
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/122102009/
2. httphttps://www.scribbr.com/dissertation/literature-
review/s://math.dartmouth.edu/~m3cod/klbookLectures/406unit/trap.pdf
3. https://uscupstate.libguides.com/c.php?g=627058&p=4389968
4. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/c-language-set-1-introduction/
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KJgsSFOSQv0
6. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aMpsKnf6DrQ
7. https://www.studytonight.com/c/programs/
8. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Yzfl3rtF0SM
9. https://learnenglish.britishcouncil.org/writing-purpose/literature-surveys-structure-1
10. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/cprogramming/c_arrays.htm
Course Outcomes
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to get the solutions using different
numerical methods.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to explain the fundamentals of research
and know how to write a thesis or paper.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to understand the basic structure of C
programming.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to learn the one, two and
multidimensional arrays and also know the reading and writing strings.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to write different programs after learning
the structure of C programming.
20
OPEN ELECTIVE
PAPER -3
(to choose 1 out of 3)
Course Objectives
1. The course gives the some fundamental knowledge of electrical and electronics
technology
2. To identify the discrete components will be used in electrical circuits
3. To know basics of household electrical connections
4. To expose the principle and design of electrical appliances used in our day-today life
5. To teach basics of semiconductors and related electronics circuits
6. To give the fundamentals and working design of consumer electronics appliances
Resistance and its types – capacitance and its types – Colour codes-inductance and its units –
Transformers – Electrical Charge – Current – Electrical Potential-Ohm’s law –
Galvanometer, Ammeter, Voltmeter and Multimeter -Analog and Digital - Electrical Energy -
Power – Watt – kWh – Consumption and electrical power.
AC-Single phase and three phase connections - House wiring – Star and delta connection –
overloading-Earthing-short circuiting-Fuses-Colour code for insulation wires- Transformers
Electric iron Box-Electric Fan-Construction and Working of Ceiling and Table fans-Water
Heater –Types-Function -Wet Grinder-Mixer Grinder-Principle and Design
21
Text Books
Unit-1 to Unit-4
1. B L Theraja , A text book in Electrical Technology,S. Chand & Co., New Delhi, 2013
2. V K Metha , Principles of Electronics by, S. Chand & Co., 2001.
3. R.S Sedha, A Text Book of Digital Electronics, S.Chand&CO.Ltd., New Delhi,2010
4. Performance and design of AC machines – M G Say ElBSEdn.
Unit-5
1. S.P Bali, Consumer Electronics, Pearson, 2004
Reference Books
1. Bagde and Singh, Elements of Electronics, S. Chand & Co., New Delhi, 2000.
2. Gulati, Monochrome and Colour TV,New Age International (P) limited, Publishers,
New Delhi, 2005
E-Materials
1. https://www.allaboutcircuits.com/textbook/reference/chpt-2/resistor-color-codes/
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SjlnW5g9np4
3. https://circuitglobe.com/difference-between-single-phase-and-three-phase.html
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=r_DGW3OrPVg
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NNkoAJkXUAw
6. https://www.slideshare.net/ideseditor/533-28626238
7. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Semiconductor
8. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CjAVfW_6juw
9. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7HiNABH1kYE
10. https://mrwashingmachine.in/working-principle-of-washing-machine/
Course Outcomes
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to identify the given discrete components
like resistors using color coding method.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to understand the theory of household
electrical connections.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to know the principle and working of
some household electrical appliances.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to acquire knowledge about theory of
semiconductors.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to know the principle and working of
some household electronics appliances.
22
OPEN ELECTIVE
PAPER -3
B. PHYSICS OF MATERIALS
Course Objectives
Unit-1: Crystals
UNIT-3: Conductors
UNIT-4: Semiconductors
Energy bands in solids: Classification of solids on the basis of energy band theory -
Semiconductors- n type and ptype semiconductors - Fermi level in intrinsic
semiconductorElectrical conductivity-Determination of band gap-Hall effect-Determination
of Hall coefficient
UNIT-5: Superconductors
Text Book
Unit 1 to Unit 5
K. Ilangovan, Solid State Physics, S. Viswanathan, Printers & Publishers Private Ltd,
Chennai, 2007
23
Reference Books
1. S.O. Pillai, Solid State Physics, New Age International Publishers, 2015.
2. C. Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics ,Wiley Eastern Limited,2005.
3. Saxena, Gupta &Saxena, Fundamentals of Solid State Physics, PragatiPrakashan,
Meerut, 2015.
E-Materials
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Crystal_structure
2. https://byjus.com/chemistry/crystal-structure/
3. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bragg%27s_law
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8Gma_FfCl2A
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vMZOYpOUGZ8
6. http://en2k6.blogspot.com/2008/02/free-electron-theory.html
7. https://vlab.amrita.edu/?sub=1&brch=282&sim=879&cnt=1
8. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_AwjbHzwWLo
9. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Vqx21iqQ7cI
10. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Meissner_effect
Course Outcomes
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to learn the basics of crystal structure and
various types of bond exists in the crystals
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to know the statement of Bragg’s law and
to study the Diffraction of X-ray by different methods
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to understand the classical and quantum
theory of free electrons in metals
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to distinguish between intrinsic and
extrinsic semiconductor and can determine the Hall coefficient of a material
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to describe the properties of
superconductors and hence the students can distinguish Type I and Type II
superconductors
24
OPEN ELECTIVE
PAPER - 3
C. GEOPHYSICS
Course Objectives
The aim of the course is to understand physical properties of Earth through Physics principles
The earth’s interior and crust as revealed by earthquakes-Rayleigh waves and Love waves-
Elastic rebound theory-Continental drift-Earthquake magnitude and intensity-Horizontal
seismograph and seismograph equation-Tsunami-Causes andImpacts-Tsunami warning
systems.
25
Text Books
Reference Books
E-Materials
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Earth_science
2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Earth
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JGXi_9A__Vc
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-ZFmAAHBfOU
5. https://mangomap.com/gis-software
6. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Earthquake
7. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GQQCvsxHtJo
8. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fQt6UaR8Fcw
9. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gravimeter
10. https://www.radioactivity.eu.com/site/pages/Earth_Heat.htm
11. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=46MN_okpKbQ
Course Outcomes
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to explain about solar system and
atmosphere, ionosphere etc.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to demonstrate geo referencing using GIS
software and to test the contamination of ground water using geochemical method.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to describe about earthquakes and natural
disaster Tsunami and its impacts
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to learn about the earth in the presence of
magnetic field and gravity
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to know the radioactivity of the earth,
can calculate the radioactive dating of rocks and minerals and thermal properties of
the earth.
26
SEMESTER IV
PAPER - 10
SPECTROSCOPY
Course Objectives
UNIT-4: UV Spectroscopy
27
Types of absorption bands – transition in metal complexes – Selection rules Chromophore
concept – Applications of UV Spectroscopy.
Text Books
Reference Books
E-Materials
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Microwave_spectroscopy
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3-8nAn0Mo6w
3. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vibrational_spectroscopy_of_linear_molecules
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=58wqjy-ALLg
5. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Attenuated_total_reflectance
6. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=q0evGXCK-sY
7. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=paZS5gv3P8g
8. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Raman_spectroscopy
9. https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/115101003/downloads/module3/lecture30.
pdf
10. httpshttps://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-
76hr_97m10://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Franck%E2%80%93Condon_principle
11. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/104108078/
28
12. https://www.vanderbilt.edu/AnS/Chemistry/Rizzo/chem220a/Ch13slides.pdf
13. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electron_paramagnetic_resonance
Course Outcomes
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to study the rotational spectra of diatomic
and polyatomic molecules using rotational/ microwave spectroscopy.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to distinguish between the rigid rotator
and non-rigid rotator and students can calculate normal modes of vibrations for H 2O
and N2O molecules.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to derive the expression for classical and
quantum theory of Raman effect and also to study the molecular structure of water
and CO2 molecules.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to understand the qualitative idea of UV-
spectroscopy and also to learn the electronic spectra of poly atomic molecules.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to know qualitatively the principle,
theory, instrumentation and applications of NMR, ESR, AAS and Mössbauer
spectroscopy.
29
CORE ELECTIVE
PAPER -4
(to choose 1 out of 3)
Course Objectives
Crystal Growth Mechanisms – Solid phase – Liquid Phase and Gas Phase crystal growth -
Bridgman technique - Czochralski method – Skull Melting process - Verneuil technique -
zone melting – Floating Zone method - gel growth – solution growth methods – low and
high temperature solution growth methods – HTSG Flux growth – vapour growth - epitaxial
growth techniques - LPE – MOCVD – MBE – Deposition Techniques – PVD – CVD-
Sputtering – Ion Implantation – Gel growth – Hydrothermal Growth
UNIT-3: Crystal symmetry and Structures
Thin Films – Basic of Thin films and Nanostructures - Role of thin films in Devices - Sol-gel
synthesis - Spin coating – Chemical Bath Deposition – Electro Deposition - Chemical Bath
Deposition - Physical Methods – Resistive Heating - Electron Beam Gun - Laser Gun-Spray
pyrolysis- Evaporation and Flash Evaporations - Sputtering - Reactive Sputtering, Radio-
Frequency Sputtering - ion implantation - Cathodic arc deposition - Pulsed laser deposition –
Molecular beam epitaxy - Introduction to Vacuum Technology - Deposition Techniques -
Films and artificial superstructures.
30
UNIT-5:Characterization Techniques
X – Ray Diffraction (XRD) – Powder and single crystal – Laue pattern – Spectrometry - UV-
Vis-NIR Spectrometer - IR spectroscopy - Fourier transform Infrared analysis (FT-IR) –
Elemental analysis – NMR: Nuclear Magnetic Resonance – ESR: Electron Spin Resonsnce –
EPR: Electron Paramagnetic Resonance - Elemental dispersive X-ray analysis (EDAX) -
Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) – Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM) – Atomic
Force Microscopy (AFM) – Luminescence Studies – Thermo Luminescence – Photo
Luminescence –– Etching Studies (Chemical) – Micro hardness tests – Vickers – Brinells -
Micro hardness – TGA-DTA studies - Dielectric studies – Harmonic generation tests – SHG-
higher generation tests.
Text Books
Unit 1 to Unit 3
Unit 4
1. A.Goswami, Thin Film Fundamentals, New Age International (P) Limited, New
Delhi ,1996.
Reference Books
1. J.C. Brice, Crystal Growth Processes, John Wiley and Sons, New York (1986)
2. S.O.Pillai, Solid State Physics, New Age International Publishers, 2016.
3. D.Elwell and H.J.Scheel. Crystal growth from high temperature solution. Academic
Press, New York,1995.
4. R.A.Laudise. The growth of single crystals. Prentice Hall, Englewood,1970.
5. L.V.Azaroff. Elements of X-ray crystallography. Techbooks, 1992.
6. J.A.K.Tareen and T.R.N.Kutty. A Basic course in Crystallography. University Press,
2001.
7. C.Hammond. The Basics of Crystallography and Diffraction, IUCr-Oxford University
Press, 2009.
8. H.H. Willard, L.L. Meritt, J.A. Dean, F.A. Sette, Instrumental Methods of
9. Analysis ,CBS Publishers, New Delhi, 1986.
10. S. Zhang, L. Li and A. Kumar, Materials Characterization Techniques (CRC
Press, BotaRacon, 2009.
11. J.C. Brice, Crystal Growth Process (John Wiley, New York, 1986).
12. M. Ohring, Materials Science of Thin Films (Academic Press, Boston, 2002)
2nd edition.
13. E. N. Kaufmann, Characterization of Materials, Volume-I,John Wiley, New Jersey,2012.
31
E-Materials
1. http://14.139.186.108/jspui/bitstream/123456789/16020/1/Chapter%20I%20to%20XI.
pdf
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=G76H7A6_iyo
3. https://www.slideshare.net/SHASHISHAW1/crystal-growth-techniques
4. https://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/364/9/09_chapter%202.pdf
5. https://www.slideshare.net/AvinashAvi110/crystal-stmmetry
6. https://slideplayer.com/slide/4199534/
7. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZBf46mqRGf0
8. https://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/136917/10/10_chapter%203.pdf
9. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Transmission_electron_microscopy
10. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BbBK4T5Yr3M
Course Outcomes
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to learn the different theories of crystal
growth and able to formulate Gibbs - Thomson equation.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to demonstrate the Bridgman technique,
Czochralskimethod ,Skull Melting process etc. of crystal growth.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to understand the symmetry operations,
elements, point groups, space groups and defects in crystals.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to explain the basics of thin film
deposition techniques like, spin coating, chemical bath deposition, spray pyrolysis etc.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to know the principle, working and
applications of different characterization techniques.
32
CORE ELECTIVE
PAPER -4
B. MEDICAL PHYSICS
Course Objectives
Various types of optical radiations - UV, visible and IR sources - Lasers: Theory and
mechanism-Laser Surgical Systems-Measurement of fluence from optical sources - Optical
properties of tissues – theory and experimental techniques-interaction of laser radiation with
tissues –photothermal -photochemical – photoablation – electromechanical effect.
UNIT-3: Mediphotonics
Lasers in dermatology, oncology and cell biology - Application of ultrafast pulsed lasers in
medicine and biology-Lasers in blood flow measurement - Fiber optics in medicine -
microscopy in medicine - birefringence - Fluorescence microscope - confocal microscope -
Hazards of lasers and their safety measures.
33
Text Books
Unit-1
Unit-2
1. Markolf H. Neimz, Laser-Tissue Interactions, Springer Verlag, Germany, 1996.
Unit-3 to Unit-5
1. S. S Martellucci and A. N. Chester, Laser Photobiology and Photomedicine, Plenum
Press, New York, 1985.
.Reference Books
1. J. R. Greening, Medical Physics, North Holland Publishing Co., New York, 1999.
2. R. Pratesi and C. A. Sacchi, Lasers in Photomedicine and Photobiology, Springer
Verlag,West Germany, 1980.
3. Harry Moseley, Hospital Physicists' Association, Non-ionising radiation: microwaves,
4. ultraviolet, and laser radiation, A. Hilger, in collaboration with the Hospital
Physicists,Association, 1988
E-Materials
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9TCK1Sa0_Vc
2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thermography
3. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Laser_surgery
4. https://www.indiamart.com/proddetail/co2-laser-surgical-system-3595170512.html
5. https://ilchiro.org/laser-safety-for-clinical-applications/
6. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Laser_safety
7. https://grantome.com/grant/NIH/R01-HD021687-06
8. https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/fbioe.2020.00025/full
9. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CY4roB9ZTEo
10. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Biomagnetism
Course Outcomes
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to study the different sources of non-
ionizing radiations.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to know the various types of optical
radiations like UV,IR etc.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to explain the laser and fiber optic
instruments for mediphotonics.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to learn the properties and propagation of
ultrasonic waves and also able to know the ultrasonic dosimetry.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to understand the applications of radio
frequency and microwaves.
34
CORE ELECTIVE
PAPER -4
Course Objectives
Strings, Tuples, Lists and Dictionaries - Lists and Mutability - Functions asObjects –
extrapolation, de’slanders table, – Classes and Object-OrientedProgramming – programs
UNIT-5: TKinter
35
Text Books
Unit 1
1. Amos Gilat, MATLAb an Introduction with Applications, John Wiley & Sons, INC
Publication, 2004
Unit 2 to Unit 4
Unit 5
1. Tkinter manual
Reference Books
E-Materials
1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/matlab/index.htmww.mathworks.com/products/matla
b.html
2. http://mayankagr.in/images/matlab_tutorial.pdf
3. https://www.mccormick.northwestern.edu/documents/students/undergraduate/introdu
ction-to-matlab.pdf
4. https://www.mathworks.com/videos/introduction-to-matlab-81592.html
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_uQrJ0TkZlc
6. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rfscVS0vtbw
7. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Y8Tko2YC5hA
8. https://www.programiz.com/python-programming
9. https://www.w3schools.com/python/python_intro.asp
10. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/python/python_gui_programming.htm
11. https://likegeeks.com/python-gui-examples-tkinter-tutorial/
36
Course Outcomes
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to understand the basics of MATLAB
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to develop skills for writing a program
using MATLAB
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to learn the fundamentals of Python
programming
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to know the concepts of OOPs in Python
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able tolearn how to develop graphical user
interfaces by writing some Python GUI examples using Tkinter package.
37
OPEN ELECTIVE
PAPER-4
(to choose 1 out of 3)
A. NANOPHYSICS
Course Objectives
UNIT-5: Applications
38
Text Books
Unit 1 to Unit 5
Reference Books
E-Materials
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nanotechnology
2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carbon_nanotube
3. https://www.nanowerk.com/nanotechnology/introduction/introduction_to_nanotechno
logy_22.php
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sbuIluJhT4A
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=14DqBIG96W0
6. https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/chemistry/sol-gel-process
7. https://www.slideshare.net/RamalingamGopal/sol-gel-synthesis-of-nanoparticles
8. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scanning_electron_microscope
9. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kdb6dHEHCA0
10. https://interestingengineering.com/15-medical-robots-that-are-changing-the-world
11. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nanorobotics
39
OPEN ELECTIVE
PAPER-4
B. ASTRO PHYSICS
Course Objectives
UNIT-2: Space
Introduction – Hubble’s Law – Big bang theory – Shape of Universe – Expanding universe in
space – Galaxies – Types of Galaxies – Spiral, Elliptical and Irregular Galaxies – Clusters of
Galaxies – Milky Way – Quasars.
UNIT -3 : Stars
Birth of Stars – Colour and Age – Life of Stars – Red giant stars – With dwarf star – Neutron
Star – Black hole – Supernovae – Constellations - Zodiac.
Introduction – Sun – Structure of Sun – Nuclear reactions in sun – Sun spot and solar flares –
Earth – Structure of earth – Atmosphere – Moon and its structure – Inner planets – Outer
planets – Asteroids – Meteors – Meteorites - Comets.
Cislunar space -Translunar space-Inter planetary distance -Interesteller space -Inter galactic
space-Light Year- Astronomical Unit-Astronomical Map. Astronomical Systems -
Astronomical co-ordinates -Celestial Sphere -Celestial Equators – Celestial Poles.
Text Books
E-Materials
1. http://www.phy.olemiss.edu/~perera/astr325/Lec23.pdf
2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_astronomical_instruments
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=O0HyEEkckR0
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5bYNIY7m03w
5. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Big_Bang_Theory
6. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Galaxy
7. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BcjmoEspoRI
8. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZrS3Ye8p61Y
9. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Star
10. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Solar_System
11. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KsF_hdjWJjo
12. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1Toya19H12w
13. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Celestial_sphere
Course Outcomes
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to know the principle and working of
astronomical instruments.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to explain big bang theory and galaxies
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to demonstrate variety of stars.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to describe the complete details of solar
system including comets.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to the units to be used for the
measurements celestial distance and coordinates.
41
OPEN ELECTIVE
PAPER-4
C. WEATHER FORECASTING
Course Objectives
Wind; forces acting to produce wind; wind speed direction:units, its direction; measuring
wind speed and direction; humidity, clouds and rainfall,radiation: absorption, emission and
scattering in atmosphere; radiation laws.
Global wind systems; air masses and fronts: classifications; jetstreams; local thunderstorms;
tropical cyclones: classification; tornadoes; hurricanes.
Climate: its classification; causes of climate change;global warming and its outcomes; air
pollution; aerosols, ozone depletion, acid rain,environmental issues related to climate.
Weather forecasting: analysis and its historicalbackground; need of measuring weather; types
of weather forecasting; weatherforecasting methods; criteria of choosing weather station;
basics of choosing site andexposure; satellites observations in weather forecasting; weather
maps; uncertainty andpredictability; probability forecasts.
Text Books
Unit 1 to Unit 5
1. Chandrasekar, Basics of AtomsphericScience,PHI Learning Pvt Ltd, New Delhi,2010
2. Howard J Critcchfield, General Climatology, Prentice Hall of India, Pvt Ltd, New
Delhi, 1975
42
Reference Books
1. I.C. Joshi , Aviation Meteorology, Himalayan Books, 2014
2. Stephen Burt, The weather Observers Hand book, Cambridge University Press, 2012
3. S.R. Ghadekar ,Meteorology,Agromet Publishers, Nagpur, 2001.
4. S.R. Ghadekar ,Text Book of Agrometeorology,AgrometPublishers,Nagpur, 2005
5. Charls Franklin Brooks Why the weather, Chpraman& Hall, London. 1924
6. John G. Harvey,Atmosphere and Ocean, The Artemis Press, 1995.
E-Materials
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Atmosphere
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6LkmD6B2ncs
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jTWwnUIygc8
4. https://weatherstationguide.com/measure-wind-speed/
5. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thunderstorm
6. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cyclone
7. https://www.toppr.com/guides/science/winds-storms-and-cyclones/thunderstorms-
and-cyclones/
8. https://climatekids.nasa.gov/weather-climate/
9. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Climate
10. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Weather_forecasting
11. https://www.skymetweather.com/15-days-rainfall-forecast-for-india/
Course Outcomes
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to study the atmosphere and its physical
structure and also to know the variation of pressure and temperature with height
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to describe the measurement of wind
speed, direction humidity, rainfall and can state the radiation laws
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to explain the global wind systems and
able to know thunderstorms and cyclones
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to conceptualize the classification of
climate, ozone depletion, acid rain and environmental hazards due to climate change
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to understand the analysis and historical
background of weather forecasting and know the predictability, probability of
forecasts
43
CORE PRACTICAL-3
Semester: III& IV
1. Determination of the velocity and compressibility of the given liquid using ultrasonic
interferometer.
2. Determination of the wavelength of given monochromatic source and the difference
in wavelength of the two spectral lines D1 and D2 of Sodium source using Michelson
Interferometer.
3. Magnetic susceptibility of a paramagnetic solution using Quincke’s tube
Method.
4. Determination of magnetic susceptibility of liquid by Guoy method.
5. Determination of the coercivity, retentivity and saturation magnetization of the given
material using hysteresis loop tracer equipment.
6. Determination of numerical aperture of an optical fiber by using He-Ne Laser.
7. Determination of diameter of the given thin wire by diffraction method usingHe-Ne-
Laser.
8. Determination of focal length of a given lens using He-Ne laser.
9. Determination of diameter of the given pinhole using He-Ne laser.
10. Determination of Planck’s constant.
11. To measure the ionizing radiation from the given source using GM counter
experiment
12. Determination of Hall coefficient, mobility, Hall angle and number of charge carriers
by using Hall setup
13. Analysis of XRD spectrum - Determination of lattice parameters of acrystal
14. Analysis of FTIR spectrum – Vibrational assignments of a given sample
15. UV-Vis spectrometer - Analysis of UV- Vis spectrum - Determination ofabsorption
coefficient and band gap
44
CORE PRACTICAL-4
Semester: III& IV
1. Addition, Subtraction
2. Multiplication and Division.
3. BCD to Binary conversion and binary to BCD
4. Sorting in ascending and descending order.
5. Stepper motor interface.
1. Mathematical Physics
2. Classical Mechanics
3. Electromagnetic theory
4. Quantum mechanics
5. Thermodynamics and statistical physics
45
CORE PAPER-COMPULSORY
Preamble
The concept of introducing the project will help the student community to learn and apply the
principles of Physics and explore the new research avenues.
In the course of the project the student will refer books, Journals or collect literature / data by
the way of visiting research institutes/ industries. He/she may even do experimental
/theoretical work in his/her college and submit a dissertation report with a minimum of 40
pages not exceeding 50 pages.
46
Massive Open Online Courses (MOOCs)
Students can choose any two courses which are available on SWAYAM- NPTEL
2. Electromagnetism
4. Experimental Physics - II
6. Fiber Optics
9. Optical Sensors
***********************
47
THIRUVALLUVAR UNIVERSITY
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
B.Sc. CHEMISTRY DEGREE COURSE
(With effect from 2020 - 2021)
Uni.
SEMESTER II CIA Total
Exam
7. I Language Paper-2 6 4 Tamil/Other Languages 25 75 100
8. II English (CE) Paper-2 6 4 Communicative English II 25 75 100
9. III Core Theory Paper-2 5 4 General Chemistry - II 25 75 100
10. III Core Practical Practical-1 3 2 Volumetric Analysis 25 75 100
(Choose any 1 out of 5)
1. Physics II
2. Botany II
11. III Allied-1 Paper-2 4 3 25 75 100
3. Zoology II
4. Biochemistry II
5. Mathematics II*
Allied
12. III Practical-1 2 2 25 75 100
Practical - 1
13. III PE Paper 1 6 3 Professional English II 25 75 100
14. IV Value Education 2 2 25 75 100
15. IV Soft Skill 2 1 25 75 100
Sem. Total 36 25 225 675 900
1
Study Components Ins. hrs
S.NO. Part Credit Title of the Paper Maximum Marks
Course Title /week
2
Study Components Ins. hrs
S.NO. Part Credit Title of the Paper Maximum Marks
Course Title /week
Paper-
37. III Core Theory 10 6 4 Physical Chemistry - II 25 75 100
Practica Gravimetric
l-3 0 2 Estimation 25 75 100
40. III Core Practical-4 Practica Organic Analysis and
l-4 0 2 Preparations 25 75 100
41. III Core Practical-5 Practica Physical Chemistry
l-5 3 3 Experiments 25 75 100
III Internal Elective Paper-2 Any one from 25 75 100
A. Analytical Chemistry-II
B. Textile Chemistry
42. 3 3 C. Nano Chemistry
3
III Internal Elective Paper-3 3 3 Any one from
A. Pharmaceutical
Chemistry
B. Polymer Chemistry
43. C. Green Chemistry 25 75 100
Agriculture and Leather
Chemistry
44. III Skill based Subject Paper-4 3 2 25 75 100
Total Total
Part Subject Papers Credit Marks
Credits Marks
Communicative English
Part II 4 4 16 100 400
& English
Compulsory Project
(Group/Individual 1 5 5 100 100
Project)
4
* Allied Mathematics:
# if Mathematics is one of the Allied Subjects total no. of papers will be 41.
5
THIRUVALLUVAR UNIVERSITY
B.Sc., CHEMISTRY SYLLABUS UNDER CBCS
(With effect from 2020- 2021)
SEMESTER - III
CORE PAPER - 3
GENERAL CHEMISTRY - III
OBJECTIVE:
Basic concepts regarding the Principles of Inorganic Analysis and Applications of
Qualitative Analysis, Types of Solvents, p- Block Elements, Group Study, Aromaticity,
Electrophilic and Nucleophilic Substitution Reactions, Elimination Reactions, Reaction
Mechanism, Second Law of Thermodynamics, Derivation of Equations, Related Problems
and Applications wherever necessary are to be taught for III semester.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1) Explain the basic principles of Inorganic Qualitative Analysis.
2) Compare the properties of Carbon, Nitrogen and Oxygen elements and their compounds.
3) Apply Huckel’s rule and predict the Aromaticity of compounds.
4) Discuss the mechanism of substitution and elimination reactions of Aliphatic and Aromatic
compounds.
5) Explain the Thermodynamic second law and predict the spontaneity of a process.
UNIT - I
Semimicro Techniques - Principles of Acid-Base Equilibria - Common ion effect - Solubility
Product and its Applications in Qualitative Analysis - Principles of Inorganic Analysis -
Reactions involved in the Separation and Identification of Cations and Anions in Qualitative
analysis - Spot test reagents - Aluminon, Cupferon, DMG, Thiourea, Magneson, Alizarin and
Nessler's reagent - Types of solvents - Protic and Aprotic solvents - Amphiprotic /
Amphoteric solvents - Aqueous and Non-aqueous solvents- Reactions in non-aqueous
solvents with reference to - Liquid Ammonia and liquid SO2. Acids and bases-Arrhenius,
Bronsted-Lowry, Lewis and Lux-Flood concept .
UNIT - II
Carbon family - Group study - Comparative study of Elements with respect to Valency,
Oxides, Halides, Hydrides and Oxyacids - Catenation - Comparison of Properties of Carbon
and Silicon - Silicates - Classification and Structure - Silicones- Preparation, Properties and Uses -
Nitrogen family - Group study - Comparative study of N, P, As, Sb and Bi with respect to
Oxides, Oxyacids, Halides and Hydrides - Hydrazine and Hydroxylamine - Hydrazoic acid -
Preparaton and uses of NaBiO3 - Oxygen family - Group study - Comparative study of O, S,
Se and Te with respect to Catenation, Oxides, Halides, Hydrides and Oxyacids - Anomalous
Behaviour of Oxygen - Oxyacids of Sulphur (Structure only) - Peracids of Sulphur -
Preparation, Properties and Structure - Differences Between Permonosulphuric Acid and
6
Perdisulphuric Acid.
UNIT - III
Aromaticity - Modern Theory of Aromaticity - Huckel's (4n +2) Rule and Its Simple
Applications to Benzenoid and Non- benzenoid Compounds - Electrophilic substitution
reactions in Aromatic Compounds - Mechanisms of Nitration, Halogenations, Sulphonation,
Friedel-Crafts Acylation and Alkylation - Directive influence - Orientation - Ortho/Para ratio -
Nuclear and Side chain Halogenation.
UNIT - IV
Aliphatic Nucleophilic Substitutions - Mechanisms of SN1, SN2 and SNi Reactions - Effect of
Structure of Substrate, Solvent, Nucleophile and Leaving Group - Elimination reactions -
Mechanism of E1 and E2 reactions - Hoffmann and Saytzeff’'s rules - Cis and Trans
Eliminations - Aromatic Nucleophilic Substitutions - Unimolecular Nucleophilic
Substitution, Bimolecular Nucleophilic Substitution and their Mechanism.
UNIT - V
Second Law of Thermodynamics - Need for the II Law of Thermodynamics - Spontaneous
Process - Criteria of Spontaneity - Different Forms of Statements of the Second Law - Cyclic
Process - Definition - Heat Engines - Carnot's cycle - Efficiency - Carnot's theorem
(Statement only) - Concept of Entropy - Definition and Mathematical Statement -
Randomness and Entropy - Standard Entropy -Derivation of Entropy from Carnot Cycle -
Entropy change of an Ideal Gas during Isothermal Process - Entropy changes in Cyclic,
Reversible and Irreversible Processes - Entropy Changes in Physical Transformations -
Calculation of Entropy Changes with Changes in T, V and P - Entropy of Mixing of Ideal
Gases - Physical Significance of Entropy.
7
ALLIED - 2
PAPER – 3
1. PHYSICS - I
Course Objectives
Elasticity: Bending of beams -Expression for bending moment - Cantilever Depression at the loaded
end of a cantilever Expression forYoung's modulus -non–uniform bending-Pin and microscope
method.
Torsion : Torsion couple – Potential energy in a twisted wire – Torsional pendulum – Time period -
Determination of rigidity modulus by Torsional oscillation (without masses).
Surface Tension: Surface tension of a liquid-Surface Tension and interfacial surface tension by the
method of drops-applications.
Seeback, Peltier and Thomson effects - laws of thermoelectric circuits -Peltier coefficient - Thomson
coefficient -application of thermodynamics to a thermocouple and expressions for Peltier and
Thomson coefficients -thermo electric power and thermo electric diagrams.
8
UNIT-3: Transient Current and Magnetism
Growth and decay of current in a circuit containing resistance and inductance- Growth and decay of
charge in circuit containing resistance and capacitor - growth and decay of charge in a LCR circuit –
condition for the discharge to be oscillatory – frequency of oscillation.
Magnetism -Magnetic moment and pole strength of a magnet – Deflection magnetometer – Tan C
Position- Vibration magnetometer – Theory – Period of Oscillation – Determination of M and BH
using the deflection magnetometer and the vibration magnetometer .
Sound: Transverse vibration of strings -Velocity and frequency of vibrations of a stretched string -
laws -Sonometer -A.C. Frequency - Steel wire- Brass wire.
Fibre optics: Basic principle of an optical fibre -Total internal reflection -Basic structure of an optical
fibre -Numerical aperture –Coherent bundle – Attenuation and dispersion - classification of optical
fibres-step index and graded index fibers – single mode and multi mode fibers-Fibre optic
communication system block diagram.-applications.
Text Books
1. R. Murugesan, Electricity & Magnetism, S. Chand & Co. New Delhi, 2019.
Unit 5
1. N Subrahmanyam, BrijLal and M.N Avadhanulu, A Text Book of Optics, S. Chand &Co.
New Delhi, Revised Edition as per UGC model syllabus.
9
Reference Books
1. BrijLal and N Subrahmanyam,Electricity and Magnetism, S Chand & Company Pvt Ltd,
New Delhi, 2000.
2. D.C. Tayal, Electricity and Magnetism, Himalaya Publishing House,Bombay, 2014.
3. BrijLal and N.Subrahmanyam, A Text Book of Sound,Vikas Publications, New Delhi (2
Edition)
4. C.L.Arora, Physics for Degree Students B.Sc First Year, S. Chand Publishing, 2013.
5. K.Thyagarajan and Ajay Ghatak, Introduction to Fibre optics-, Cambridge University.
6. Ajay Ghatak and K.Thyagarajan, Fiber optics and Lasers-The two revolutions,
Macmillan, 2006.
7. K.Thyagarajan and Ajay Ghatak, Lasers; Fundamentals and applications,
Springer.
8. Modern Physics – R,Murugeshan, KiruthigaSivaprasath, S.Chand&Co, New
Delhi, 2016.
E-MATERIALS
1. https://courses.lumenlearning.com/physics/chapter/16-4-the-simple-pendulum/
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aw0_seEt4v0
3. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thermoelectric_effect
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S0I37M2sx_0
5. https://physicscatalyst.com/elecmagnetism/growth-and-delay-charge-R-C-circuit.php
6. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PLQQPXot6vE
7. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=d0_Eff4MXwM
8. https://www.techglads.com/cse/sem1/production-of-ultrasonics-by-piezoelectric-
methods/
9. https://thefactfactor.com/facts/pure_science/physics/optical-fibre/5159/
10. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=auk1OS0SVWc (Tamil video)
Course Objectives
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to find the acceleration due to gravity at a place
using simple pendulum and compound pendulum. Also can know the properties of matter like
elasticity, viscosity and surface tension.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to learn thermo emf using Seebeck and Peltier
effects and hence understand thermoelectric circuits.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to explain growth and decay of a transient
current in a circuit containing resistance-inductance, resistance-capacitance and LCR in
series. Also will be able to determine the horizontal components of earth’s magnetic
induction at a place using deflection magnetometer in Tan C position.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to derive the expression for the velocity of a
sound in a stretched string and hence they can determine the frequency of A.C mains.
10
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to understanding the principle of laser and can
demonstrate the working of He-Ne laser and applications of laser. Also, the student will be
able to learn the fibre optics, structure and application in communication.
11
ALLIED - 2
PAPER – 3
2. BOTANY – I
Course Objectives :
UNIT-II: Anatomy
Tissues - Meristematic and permanent tissues. Primary and Normal Secondary thickening of
Dicot stem.
12
ALLIED - 2
PAPER - 3
3. ZOOLOGY I
Objective:
To acquire knownledge about different kinds of animal species.
UNIT - II
UNIT - III:
Type study includes Morphology, digestive system, respiratory system, circulatory system
and urinogenital system of Chordate - Chordata - General charters, Prochordata:
Morphology of Amphioxus - Vertebrates: Pisces - Shark.
UNIT - IV
UNIT - V
REFERENCES:
1. Ayyar, E.K. and T.N. Ananthakrishnan. 1992. Manual of Zoology. Vol I & II,
S. Viswanathan (printers and publishers) Pvt. Ltd., Madras, 891 p.
2. Kotpal series, 1998 - 1992. Rastogi Publications, Meerut.
3. Jordan E.L. and P.S. Verma. 1993. Invertebrate Zoology 12th edition, S. Chand & Co.,
Ltd., New Delhi.
4. Jordan, E.L., and P.S. Verma. 1995. Chordate Zoology and Elements of Animal
Physiology, S. Chand & Co., Ltd., New Delhi.
13
ALLIED - 2
PAPER - 3
4. BIOCHEMISTRY I
OBJECTIVE:
To acquire knowledge on the structure and functions of biomolecules
Define and classify lipids with examples, explain the properties of fats and describe the
CO4
structure and biological functions of phospholipids, glycolipids and sterols
Illustrate the structure of nucleotides, distinguish DNA and RNA and describe the
CO5
structure of DNA, types of RNA and their biological functions
UNIT-I: Carbohydrates
Definition and Classification of carbohydrate. Monosaccharides–Glucose, Fructose and Arabinose,
Linear and ring forms (Haworth formula)for glucose and fructose. Anomer, epimer and enatiomers-
Definition with examples. Disaccharides –Definition- Sucrose, maltose and Lactose occurrence,
structure and functions. Polysaccharides –Homopolysaccharides -Starch -Structure and functions.
Heteropolysacharides-Aminosugars and sugar acids.
UNIT-III: Proteins
Proteins-Definition. Peptide bond formation. Classification of proteins based on solubility, shape and
size. Denaturation. Structure of protein: primary, secondary, tertiary and quaternary structure.
UNIT-IV: Lipids
Definition, classification and functions of lipids. Occurrence, chemistry and biologicalfunctions of
simple lipids, compound lipids (e.g. phospholipids) and derived lipids:steroids (e.g. cholesterol).
14
Physical property-emulsification. Chemical property-saponification. Functions of bile acids and bile
salts.
REFERENCES
1. J. L. Jain, Nitin Jain, Sunjai Jai., Fundamentals of Biochemistry 7th editionS. Chand @
Co.Ltd .,2016
2. U. Satyanarayanan BiochemistryElseiver 2017
3. David.L.Nelson, Michael. M.Cox Lehninger principles of Biochemistry 7theditionFreeman.
W.H. and Company2017
4. Victor Rodwell Harper’s Illustrated Biochemistry McGrew. Hill 2018
15
ALLIED - 2
PAPER - 3
5. MATHEMATICS - I*
17
SKILL BASED SUBJECT
PAPER - 1
WATER TREATMENT AND ANALYSIS
Objective:
To impart knowledge about the various methods of Water Analysis and Treatment of Water.
UNIT - I
Introduction - Characteristics of water - Alkalinity - Hardness - Unit of hardness - Total
solids - Oxidation - Transparency - Silica content - Purification of Water for drinking
purpose - Potability of water - Clarification - Coagulation - Contact and Electrochemical
Coagulation - Sterilisation and Disinfection of water - Precipitation - Aeration - Ozonisation -
Chlorination.
UNIT - II
Water Softening Methods - Clark’s process - Lime soda process - Modified lime soda
process - Permutit or Zeolite process - Ion exchange process - Demineralisation of water -
Determination of Hardness of water - Titration method - Complexometric method using
EDTA - Expressing Hardness - Equivalents of Calcium Carbonate - Problems to determine
Temporary and Permanent Hardness.
UNIT – III
Hard water and Industries - Industrial water treatment - Boiler feed water method of
Softening - Prevention of plumbo solvency - Scales in boilers - Consequences - Internal
conditioning methods - Desalination of Brackish water - Elecrodiaysis - Reverse osmosis -
Removal of Fe, Mn and Silicic acid - Effluent Treatment of Water from Paper Industry,
Petrochemicals, Fertilizer industry and Power station.
UNIT - IV
Water analysis - Sampling of Water for analysis - Chemical Substances affecting Potability -
Colour, Turbidity, Odour, Taste, Temperature, pH and Electrical Conductivity - Analysis of
Solids present in water - Suspended Solids - Dissolved Solids - Total Acidity - Alkalinity -
Free CO2 - Free Chlorine - Ca, Mg, Fe, Mn, Ag and Zn - Water in Industry - Pollution of
Water by Fertilisers, Detergents, Pesticides and Industrial wastes.
UNIT - V
Analysis of Chemical Substances Affecting Health - NH3, Nitrate, Nitrite, Cyanide, Sulphate,
Sulphide, Chloride and Fluoride - Measurement of Toxic Chemical Substances - Analysis of
Chemical Substances indicative of Pollution - Dissolved oxygen - Biochemical Oxygen
Demand (BOD) - Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) - Bacteriological Examination of Water
18
- Total Count Test - E. coli test - E. coli index - Most Probable Number method - Biological
Examination of Water - Physical Examination of Water - Radioactivity of Water - Methods
of removing Radioactivity from Water.
Outcome:
Reference Books
1. Industrial Chemistry (Including Chemical - Engineering) - B. K. Sharma - Goel Publishing
House, Meerut (1987).
19
NON-MAJOR ELECTIVE
PAPER - 1
MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY
Objectives:
To learn the basic idea of Drugs and Names of Common Drugs, Blood, Blood Pressure,
Diabetes, AIDS, Vitamins, Indian Medicinal Plants and First Aid.
UNIT - I
Clinical Health and Biochemical Analysis - Definition of Health - WHO standard -
Sterilisation of Surgical Instruments - Biochemical Analysis of Urine and Serum - Blood -
Composition of Blood - Blood grouping and Rh factor.
UNIT - II
Common Drugs - Antibiotics, Antipyretics and Analgesics - Examples, Uses and Side effects -
Anti-inflammatory agents, Sedatives, Antiseptics and Antihistamines - Examples, Uses and
Side effects - Tranquilizers, Hypnotics and Antidepressant drugs - Definition, Examples,
Uses and Side effects.
UNIT - III
Vital Ailments and Treatment - Blood pressure - Hypertension and Hypotension - Diabetes,
Cancer, AIDS - Causes, Symptoms and Treatment - Vitamins - Classification of Vitamins -
Sources and Deficiency diseases caused by Vitamins.
UNIT - IV
Indian Medicinal Plants - Palak, Vallarai, Kizhanelli and Thumbai - Chemical Constituents
and Medicinal Uses - Hibiscus, Adadodai, Thoothuvalai - Chemical Constituents and
Medicinal Uses - Nochi, Thulasi, Aloe Vera - Chemical Constituents and Medicinal Uses.
UNIT - V
First Aid and Safety - Treatment of Shock, Haemorrage, Cuts and Wounds - Burns -
Classification - First Aid - Asbestos, Silica, Lead Paints, Cement, Welding fumes and Gases -
Hazard alert and Precautions for Safety.
Reference Books
3. Medicinal Plants of India, Rasheeduz Zafar - CBS Publishers and Distributors, 2000.
20
4. Hawk’s Physiological Chemistry, B. L. Oser - Tata-McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.
1) Understand the composition of blood and biochemical analysis of Urine and Serum
2) Gain knowledge about uses and side effects of Antibiotics, Antipyreties, Analgesics and
tranquilizers.
3) Explain the causes, symptoms and treatment of Blood pressure, Diabetes, Cancer and AIDS.
4) Classify and understand the sources and diseases caused by deficiency of Vitamins.
6) Describe the first Aid and Safety treatment of Shock, Haemorrage, Cuts and wounds and Burns.
21
SEMESTER - IV
CORE PAPER - 4
GENERAL CHEMISTRY - IV
OBJECTIVE:
Noble gases, Carboxylic Acids, Amines, Alcohols, Phenols, Naphthols, Important Name
Reactions, Mechanism, Thermodynamics, Derivation of Equations, Partial Molar Properties,
Chemical Potential, Related Problems and Applications are to be taught for IV semester.
Course Outcomes:
3) Determine the hardness of water and discuss the softening methods of hard water.
UNIT - I
Noble gases - Electronic Configurations - Position of Noble Gases in the Periodic Table -
Chemical inertness of Noble gases – Reason - Compounds of Xenon - Hybridization and
Geometry of XeF2, XeF4, XeF6 XeOF2, XeO3 and XeOF4 (Preparation, Properties - Not
necessary) - Clathrates - Definition and Applications - Uses of Noble gases.
UNIT - II
Monocarboxylic acids - Acetic acid and Benzoic acid - Preparation by Grignard method -
Conversion of Acids to their derivatives - Amide, Ester, Anhydride and Acid Chloride -
Strength of Carboxylic Acids - Effect of Substituents on the Strength of Acids - Dicarboxylic
acids - Oxalic acid, Malonic acid, Succinic acid, Glutaric acid and Adipic acid - Preparation -
Properties - Action of Heat on Dicarboxylic acids - Amines - Ethylamine and Aniline -
Preparation - Basicity of Amines - Effect of Substituents on Basicity - Reactivity of Amines -
Distinction between Primary, Secondary and Tertiary Amines.
UNIT - III
Alcohols - Preparation by Grignard method - Oxidation of alcohols - Difference between Primary,
Secondary and Tertiary alcohols - Preparation and Properties of Allyl alcohol - Phenols -
Acidic character of phenols - Kolbe's reaction, Reimer-Tiemann reaction, Gattermann ,
22
Lederer-Manasse, Houben-Hoesh, Friedel-Crafts, Schotten-Baumann and Liebermann’s
Nitroso Reaction - Preparation, Properties and Uses of Alpha- and Beta- Naphthols.
UNIT - IV
Free energy and Work function - Gibbs free energy - Helmholtz free energy -Relationship
between Gibbs free energy and Helmholtz free energy -Their variations with Temperature,
Pressure and Volume - Free energy change as criteria for Equilibrium and Spontaneity.
Difference between Free Energy and standard Free Energy - Maxwell’s Relations -
Thermodynamic Equation of State - Gibbs-Helmholtz equation - Derivation and Applications
- Clausius-Clapeyron equation - Derivation and Applications.
UNIT - V
Third Law of Thermodynamics - Entropy at Absolute Zero - Nernst Heat Theorem -
Statement of III law of thermodynamics - Planck’s formulation of III law of thermodynamic -
Evaluation of Absolute Entropy from Heat Capacity Measurements - Exceptions to III law -
Applications of III law - Partial molar properties - Chemical Potential - Definition - Effect
of Temperature and Pressure on Chemical Potential - Gibbs-Duhem equation.Fugacity-
Variation with Temperature and Pressure.
23
CORE PRACTICAL
PAPER - 2
INORGANIC QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS AND PREPARATION
Analysis of mixture containing two cations and two anions (One will be an interfering
anion). Semi micro methods using the conventional scheme are to be adopted.
Cations to be studied
Lead, Copper, Bismuth, Cadmium, Iron, Aluminium, Zinc, Manganese, Cobalt, Nickel,
Barium, Calcium, Strontium, Magnesium and Ammonium.
Anions to be studied
Carbonate, Sulphide, Sulphate, Nitrate, Chloride, Bromide, Fluoride, Borate, Oxalate
and Phosphate.
Tetraamminecopper(II) Sulphate
Tris(thiourea)copper(I) Chloride
Potassium trioxalatoferrate(II)
Microcosmic Salt
Manganese(II) Sulphate
References
Vogel’s Text Book of Quantitative Chemical Analysis, 5th Edition, ELBS/ Longman,
England, 1989.
Inorganic Semimicro Qualitative Analysis, V. V. Ramanujam.
24
ALLIED - 2
Paper - 4
(to choose one out of 5)
1. PHYSICS II
Course Objectives
Bohr atom model – Critical Potentials - Experimental determination of critical potentials - Franck
and Hertz’s experiment -Sommerfield’s Relativistic atom model The vector atom model – spatial
quantization–spinning of an electron –quantum numbers associated with the vector atom model –
coupling schemes –LS and jj coupling – the Pauli's exclusion principle – Stern and Gerlach
experiment
Binding energy-Binding energy per nucleon-Packing fraction-Nuclear models – liquid drop model –
semi empirical mass formula – merits and demerits -shell model -evidences for shell model – nuclear
radiation detectors –ionization chamber – G.M Counter-Wilson cloud chamber-Particle accelerators-
Cyclotron-Betatron.
Number systems -Decimal, Binary, Octal and Hexadecimal system – Conversion from one number
system to another- Binary Arithmetic -Addition –Subtraction- 1’s and 2’s complement -Binary
codes- BCD code – Excess 3 code, Gray code.
NAND, NOR and EXOR – functions and truth tables. NAND & NOR as universal gates-Half adder
and Full adder - Half subtractor and Full subtractor using NAND gate only.
25
UNIT-5: Nanomaterial
Text Books
Unit 1 to Unit 3
Unit 5
Reference Book
E-MATERIALS
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Galilean_transformation
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NH3_lIkSB9s
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EEWuUst2GK4
4. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vector_model_of_the_atom
5. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/what-is-a-geiger-muller-counter
6. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jxY6RC52Cf0
7. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/digital_circuits/digital_circuits_number_systems.htm
8. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4ae9sJBBkvw
9. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nanomaterials
10. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mPxoJz6treE (Tamil video)
26
Course Outcomes
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to study the frames of reference, Galilean
transformation equations and special theory of relativity.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to describe the different atomic models and Stern
and Gerlach Experiment.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to explain binding energy, liquid drop model,
G.M counter and particle accelerators.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to know the conversion of number systems from
one to other and also will be able to design universal gates using NAND and NOR gates.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to understanding the basics of nanomaterial,
synthesis and its applications.
27
ALLIED - 2
Paper - 4
2. BOTANY – II
Course Objectives :
UNIT-I: Taxonomy
General outline of Bentham and Hooker’s system of classification. Study of the range of
characters and economic importance of the following families: Annonaceae, cucurbitaceae,
Apocynaceae, Euphorbiaceae and Liliaceae.
UNIT-II: Embryology
Structure of mature anther. Structure of mature ovule and its types. Fertilization.
Physiological role of micro and macro elements their deficiency symptoms Photosynthesis -
lightreaction - Calvin cycle Respiration - Glycolysis - Kreb’s cycle - electron transport
system. Growth hormones – Auxins. Tissue culture and its principles.
UNIT-IV: Ecology
1. Sharma, O.P (2011). Algae, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private limited,
New Delhi.
2. Sharma, PD (2003).The Fungi. Rastogi Publications, Meerut
3. H.C.Dube (2007)A Text Book of fungi, bacteria and viruses, Student
Edition, NewDelhi.
4. Pandey, B.P. (2001). College Botany Vol. I:Algae, Fungi, Lichens, Bacteria,
Viruses, Plant Pathology, Industrial Microbiology and Bryophyta. S. Chand
& Company Ltd., New Delhi.
5. Vashishta , P.C , Sinha and Anilkumar (2010). Pteridophytes, S.Chand
&company Ltd, New Delhi.
6. Johri , RM, Lata S , Tyagi K (2005), A text book of Gymnosperms ,
Dominate Pub and Distributer, New Delhi.
7. Verma.P.S and Agarwal, V.K. 2007. Cytology. S. Chand & Co. Chennai.
Lawrence, GHM. (1995). The Taxonomy of vascular Plants (Vol I-IV)
,Central Book, Dept., Allahabad.
8. Gupta, P.K, 2000. Gentics. Rasatogi publications, Meerut.
9. Gupta, N.K and Gupta, S. 2005. Plant Physiology. Oxford &IBH Publishing Co.
Ltd., New Delhi.
10.Shukla, R.S. &P.S. Chandel (1991) : Plant Ecology & Soil Science S.Chand
& Co., New Delhi.
11. Pandey, B.P. 2007 Botany for Degree Students. S. Chand & Co. New Delhi
29
ALLIED - 2
Paper - 4
3. ZOOLOGY II
Objective:
To study the principles of cell biology, genetics, developmental biology, physiology, ecology
and evolution.
UNIT - I
Cell Biology - structure of animal cell, Genetics: molecular structure of gene - gene
function, sex linked inheritance. Genetic Engineering and its application.
UNIT - II
Embryology - cleavage and gastrulation of Amphioxus - Human Physiology: Digestion,
Circulation - blood components, structure of heart, heart function.
UNIT - III
Diseases of Circulatory system - blood pressure, heart disease - Ischemia, Myocardial
Infarction, Rheumatic heart disease, stroke - Excretion - structure of kidney and mechanism
of urine formation.
UNIT - IV
Environmental Biology - Biotic factors and Abiotic factors, food chain and food web.
Pollution - Environmental degradation, (Air, Water and Land) - Green house effect -
Bioremediation, Biodegradation - Global warming - acid rain.
UNIT - V
Evolution: Theories of Lamarkism & Darwinism.
REFERENCES:
1. Ekambaranatha Ayyar, and Ananthakrishnan, T.N. 1993. Outlines of Zoology, Vol I &
II, Viswanathan and Co, Madras.
2. Sambasiviah, I, Kamalakara Rao, A.P., Augustine Chellappa, S. 1983. Text book of
Animal Physiology, S. Chand & Co., New Delhi.
3. Verma and Agarwal. 1983. Text book of animal Ecology, S. Chand & Co., New Delhi.
4. Verma and Agarwal and Tyagi. 1991. Chordate Embryology, S. Chand & Co.,
New Delhi.
5. Rastogi and Jayaraj. 2000. Text book of Genetics. Rastogi publications, Meerut.
6. Verma and Agarwal. 2000. Cell Biology, Genetics, Molecular Biology, Evolution and
Ecology, S. Chand & Co., New Delhi.
30
ALLIED - 2
Paper - 4
4. BIOCHEMISTRY II
OBJECTIVE:
To acquire a wide knowledge on metabolism, disorders of metabolism and biological functions of
vitamins and minerals
Define and classify vitamins with examples, explain the sources, RDA and functions of
CO4
fat soluble and water soluble vitamins
UNIT-I: Metabolism
Metabolism-Catabolism and anabolism-Definition. Reactions of glucose oxidation- Glycolysis, TCA
cycle and its energetics, HMP shunt and its significance. Amino acid- transamination and
Deamination,reaction, Urea cycle- Formation of urea.
UNIT-III: Enzymes
Enzymes-Definition, IUB system of classification with one example. Mechanism of enzyme action-
Lock and key mechanism, Induced Fit theory. Michaleis-Menton equation. Coenzymes- Vitamins as
coenzymes (Tabulation of Coenzymes with functions in metabolism)
UNIT-IV: Vitamins
31
Vitamins- fat soluble (Vitamin A, D, E and K) and water soluble vitamins (Vitamin B1, B2, B3 and
B12),Vitamin C - sources, RDA, biological function and deficiency of Vitamins of the above
mentioned vitamins
UNIT V-Minerals
Minerals- sources, RDA, biological functions and deficiency of Calcium, Iron, Phosporus, Sodium
and potassium. Examples of minerals as cofactors in metabolism.
REFERENCES
1. J. L. Jain, Nitin Jain, Sunjai Jai., Fundamentals of Biochemistry 7th edition S. Chand @
Co.Ltd .,2016
2. U. Satyanarayanan BiochemistryElseiver 2017
3. David.L.Nelson, Michael. M.CoxLehninger principles of Biochemistry 7th editionFreeman. W.H.
and Company2017
4. Victor RodwellHarper’s Illustrated BiochemistryMcGrew. Hill 2018
32
ALLIED - 2
Paper - 4
5. MATHEMATICS - II*
Objectives of the Course
To Explore the Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics
UNIT - I
APPLICATION OF INTEGRATION
Evaluation of double, triple integrals - Simple applications to area, volume -Fourier series for
functions in (0,2 ) and
UNIT - II
PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Formation, complete integrals and general integrals - Four standard types, Lagrange’s
equations.
UNIT - III
LAPLACE TRANSFORMS
Laplace Transformations of standard functions and simple properties - Inverse Laplace
transforms - Applications to solutions of linear differential equations of order 1 and 2-simple
problems
UNIT - IV
VECTOR ANALYSIS
Scalar point functions - Vector point functions - Gradient, divergence, curl - Directional
derivatives - Unit to normal to a surface.
UNIT - V
VECTOR ANALYSIS (CONTINUED)
Line and surface integrals - Guass, Stoke’s and Green’s theorems (without proofs) - Simple
problem based on these Theorems.
Recommended Text
P.Duraipandian and S.Udayabaskaran,(1997) Allied Mathematics, Vol. I & II.Muhil
Publishers, Chennai
Reference Books:
1. P.Balasubramanian and K.G.Subramanian,(1997)Ancillary Mathematics. Vol. I & II. Tata
McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
2. S.P.Rajagopalan and R.Sattanathan,(2005) Allied Mathematics .Vol. I & II.Vikas
Publications, New Delhi.
3. P.R.Vittal(2003). Allied Mathematics .Marghan Publications, Chennai.
33
4. P.Kandasamy, K.Thilagavathy (2003) Allied Mathematics Vol-I, II S.Chand& company
Ltd., New Delhi-55.
5. Isaac, Allied Mathematics. New Gamma Publishing House, Palayamkottai
34
ALLIED PRACTICAL - 2
ALLIED PRACTICAL- PHYSICS
Text Books
1. C.C. Ouseph, U.J. Rao, V. Vijayendran, Practical Physics and Electronics, S. Viswanathan,
Printers & Publishers Private Ltd, Chennai,2018.
2. M.N.Srinivasan, S. Balasubramanian, R.Ranganathan, A Text Book of Practical Physics,
Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi, 2015.
Reference Books
35
ALLIED PRACTICAL
2. BOTANY – I & II
Description of plants in technical terms belonging to the families mentioned in the theory
part.
To study the internal structure of Anatomy material, Pteridophytes and Gymnosperms.
Identification and Description of Micro Preparation materials mentioned in the theory part.
Description of experimental setup of plant physiology.
BOOKS SUGGESTED
Ashok Bendre, A.K. and Pandey P.C. (1975) Introductory Botany. Rastogi Publication
Meerut.
Ganguly, A.K. and Kumar. N.C. (1971) General Botany Vol. I & Vol. II, Emkay Publication,
Delhi.
Rev. Fr. Ignacimuthu, S.J. (1975) Basic Biotechnology – Tata Mcraw till publication co.,
New Delhi.
Rao, K.N. Krishnamoorthy, K.V. and Rao. G. (1975) Ancillary Botany. S. Viswanathan
Private. Ltd., Chennai.
36
ALLIED PRACTICAL
3. ZOOLOGY
I - MAJOR PRACTICAL
DISSECTIONS
II - MINOR PRACTICAL
MOUNTING
III - SPOTTERS
Entamoeba, Sycon, Obelia, Taenia solium (entire, scolex) earthworm (entire, Pineal setae)
Prawn (entire), Fresh water mussel, Sea star, Amphioxus - Entire, Amphioxus - T.S. through
pharynx, Shark, Frog, Calotes, Pigeon, feathers of pigeon and Rabbit.
REFERENCES:
1. Verma. P.S. 2011. A manual of practical Zoology - INVERTEBRATES. Chand & Co.,
Ltd., Ram Nagar, New Delhi.
2. Verma. P.S. 2011. A manual of practical Zoology - CHORDATES. Chand & Co., Ltd.,
Ram Nagar, New Delhi.
37
ALLIED PRACTICAL
4. BIOCHEMISTRY I & II
PRACTICAL I
CO NUMBER CO Statement
CO1 Quantify glucose in unknown solution by benedicts method
CO2 Quantify ascorbic acid in lemon by Dichlorophenol indo phenol dye method
CO3 Quantify glycine by Sorenson’s formal titration method
CO4 Qualitatively analyze the carbohydrates and amino acids and report the type of
carbohydrate based on specific tests
CO5 Differentiate the carbohydrates based microscopic examination of the crystal
structure.
Volumetric Estimation
1. Estimation of Glucose by Benedict’s method.
2. Estimation of Ascorbic acid by 2, 6 dichlorophenol indophenols dye method.
3. Estimation of Glycine by Sorenson’s formal titration.
REFERENCES
1. J. Jayaraman,Laboratory Manual in Biochemistry New Age International Pvt Ltd Publishers
2011
2. S. K. SawhneyRandhir Singh Introductory Practical Biochemistry Alpha Science International,
Ltd,2 edition, 2005.
3. Irwin H.Saegal Biochemical calculations Liss, Newyork 1991
38
SKILL BASED SUBJECT
PAPER - 2
FOOD CHEMISTRY
Objective:
To impart knowledge about Different Foods, Their Nutritive Values and Food
Preservation.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1) Describe the structures and nutritive values of cereals, Pulses and sugar and their
medicinal values.
2) Illustrate the composition and nutritive values of Vegetables, Fruits, Milk, Egg and
soya beans.
3) Define and classify Beverages and functions of appetizers.
4) Explain the methods of preservation of foods.
5) Discuss about Food Additives and their functions.
UNIT - I
Cereals - Definition - Classification - Processing - Structure of Cereals - Composition and
Nutritive value - Pulses - Definition - Classification - Processing - Structure of Pulses -
Composition and Nutritive Value - Toxic Constituents in Pulses - Medicinal value of Cereals
and Pulses - Sugar - Structure and Properties - Nutritive value - Sugar composition in
different food items - Sugar related products - Classification and Nutritive value - Artificial
sweeteners - Examples - Saccharin and Cyclamate - Advantages and Disadvantages.
UNIT - II
Vegetables and Fruits - Classification - Composition and Nutritive values - Fungi and Algae
as food - Enzymatic Browning and Non- enzymatic Browning - Nutritive value of some
common foods - Milk, Egg and Soyabeans.
UNIT-III
Beverages - Definition - Examples - Classification - Fruit Beverages - Milk Based Beverages
- Malted Beverages - Examples - Alcoholic and Non-Alcoholic Beverages - Examples -
Appetizers - Definition - Classification - Examples - Water - Functions and Deficiency.
UNIT-IV
Food Preservatives - Definition - Classification - Food Spoilage - Definition – Prevention -
Methods of Preservation - Classification - Low and High temperature - Preservatives –
Examples - Dehydration - Osmotic pressure - Food irradiation.
39
UNIT-V
Food Additives - Definition - Artificial sweeteners - Saccharin and Cyclamate -
Classification - Their functions - Chemical substances - Packaging of Foods - Classification -
Materials used for Packaging - Food Colours - Restricted use - Spurious Colours - Taste
Enhancers - MSG - Vinegar.
Reference Books
Food Science - B. Srilakshmi, III Edition, New Age International Publishers, 2005.
Food Chemistry - Lilian Hoagland Meyer, CBS Publishers & Distributors, 2004.
Food Science, Nutrition and Health - Brian A. Fox, Allan G. Cameron, Edward
Arnold, London.
Fundamentals of Foods and Nutrition - Mudambi R. Sumathi, and Rajagopal, M. V., -
Wiley Eastern Ltd., Madras.
Handbook of Food and Nutrition - M. Swaminathan - Bangalore Printing and
Publishing Co. Ltd., Bangalore.
40
NON - MAJOR ELECTIVE
PAPER - 2
CHEMISTRY IN EVERY DAY LIFE
Objectives:
To know the basics of Chemistry in our life
To know about the Food Colours, Plastics, Drugs etc.,
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1) Explain the preparations of cosmetics, soaps and detergents and the Hazards of Cosmetics
used in everyday life.
UNIT - I
General Survey of Chemicals used in everyday life - Cosmetics - Talcum Powder, Tooth
pastes, Shampoos, Nail Polish and Perfumes - General formulation - Preparation - Hazards of
Cosmetic use - Soaps and Detergents - Types - Preparation and Uses.
UNIT - II
Food and Nutrition - Carbohydrates, Proteins, Fats and Minerals - Examples - Vitamins
Definitions - Classification - Sources and their Physiological importance - Balanced diet.
Adulterants in Milk, Ghee, Oil, Coffee Powder, Tea, Asafoetida, Chilli Powder, Pulses and
Turmeric Powder - Identification.
UNIT - III
Food colours used in food - Soft drinks and its Health hazards - Food Preservatives -
Definition - Examples - Methods of preservation - Low and High temperature - Dehydration
- Osmotic pressure - Food irradiation.
41
UNIT - IV
Plastics, Polythene, PVC, Bakelite, Polyesters, Resins and their Applications - Natural
Rubber - Synthetic rubbers - Vulcanisation - Preparation and its Applications - Antipyretics,
Analgesics, Anaesthetics, Sedatives - Definition - Examples and Uses.
UNIT - V
Gobar gas - Production - Feasibility and Importance of Biogas with special reference to Rural
India - Fertilizers - Definition - Classification - Urea, NPK and Super phosphates - Need -
Uses and Hazards - Sweetening agents - Sucrose and Glucose - Artificial Sweetening agents -
Saccharin - Cyclamate - Advantages and Disadvantages.
Reference Books
1. Chemical Process Industries - Norris Shreve Joseph A. Brine .Jr.
2. Perfumes, Cosmetics and Soaps - W. A. Poucher (Vol 3).
3. Environmental Chemistry - A. K. DE.
4. Industrial Chemistry, B. K. Sharma- Goel publishing house Meerut.
5. Food Science - B. Srilakshmi - III Edition - New Age International Publishers, 2005.
6. Food Chemistry, Lillian Hoagland Meyer - CBS publishers & distributors, 2004.
7. Fundamental Concepts of Applied Chemistry - Jayashree Ghosh, S. Chand & Co Ltd.,
New Delhi - 2010.
8. Applied chemistry - K. Bagavathi Sundari - MJP Publishers (2006).
42
SEMESTER - V
CORE PAPER - 5
INORGANIC CHEMISTRY - I
Objectives:
To study about the Halogens and Related compounds.
To give students a firm grounding in Co-ordination chemistry and Solid state Chemistry.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1) Compare the properties of Halogens and their Compounds.
4) Compare VBT with MOT and apply Complexes in qualitative and quantitative analyses.
7) Draw the structures of ionic crystals and explain the defects in solids.
UNIT - I
Halogens - Group discussion - Comparative study of F, Cl, Br, I and At - Reactivities,
hydracids, and oxides- Oxyacids of Halogens (Structure only) - Classification of Halides -
Comparison of Fluorine with Oxygen-Fluorides of oxygen-Exceptional properties of Fluorine
- Interhalogen compounds - Preparation, Properties and Geometry of AX, AX3, AX5 and AX7
type of Compounds - Pseudohalogens and pseudohalides - Cyanogen and Thiocyanogen -
Comparison of Pseudohalogens and Halogens - Basic Properties of Iodine - Evidences.
UNIT - II
Coordination compounds - Definition of terms used - Classification of Ligands - Chelation
and Effect of Chelation - Applications of Complexes - Coordination Number and
Stereochemistry of Complexes - IUPAC Nomenclature of Complexes - Isomerism in
Complexes - Ionisation isomerism, Hydrate Isomerism, Linkage Iomerism, Ligand
Isomerism, Coordination Isomerism, Coordination position Isomerism and Polymerisation
Isomerism - Geometrical and Optical Isomerism in 4- and 6- Coordinated Complexes.
43
UNIT - III
Werner’s theory of Coordination Compounds-Sidgwick’s Theory - EAN rule - Theory of
Bonding - Valence Bond Theory - Postulates of VBT - Hybridisation, Geometry and
Magnetic properties - Failure of VBT - Crystal field theory - Spectrochemical series -
Splitting of d - orbitals in Octahedral, Tetrahedral and Square Planar Complexes - Factors
affecting crystal field splitting energy-Crystal Field Stabilisation Energy - Calculation of
CFSE In Octahedral and Tetrahedral Complexes - Low Spin and High Spin Complexes -
Explanation of Magnetic Properties, Colour and Geometry Using CFT.
UNIT - IV
Comparison of VBT and CFT - Applications of Coordination Compounds in Qualitative and
Quantitative Analysis - Estimation of Nickel using DMG and Aluminium using Oxine -
Detection of Potassium ion, S2-ion, Fe2+ion and Fe3+ion - Separation of Copper and
Cadmium ions in the second group-Separation of Pb2+ and Ag+ ions in the first group -
Bonding, Hybridization and Structure of Carbonyls of Ni, Cr, Fe, Co, Mn, W and V.
UNIT - V
The nature of the Solid State - Amorphous and Crystalline - Differences - Close Packing in
Crystals - Examples for Cubic, BCC and FCC Lattices - Bragg’s law - Application of XRD
to Crystal studies - Structure of NaCl, CsCl, CaF2 and ZnS - Metallic bond-Free electron,
Valence bond and Band theory of Solids, Metals, Semiconductors and Insulators - Defects in
solids - Scottky Defect and Frenkel Defect - Metal Excess and Metal Deficiency Defects -
Conductors in Ionic Solids - Electrical and Magnetic properties.
44
CORE PAPER - 6
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY - I
Objectives:
To effectively impart knowledge about Carbohydrates, Stereochemistry, Conformational
Analysis, Nitroalkanes and Heterocyclic chemistry.
To make the students more inquisitive in learning the Mechanistic details in Organic
Chemistry through the teaching of the named reactions.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1) Elucidate the structures of saccharides.
2) Assign the stereo configuration of Organic Compounds.
3) Compare the Conformation and Configuration of cyclohexanes and substituted
cyclohexanes.
4) Explain the preparation, properties and uses of Nitro alkanes.
5) Apply different reagents in studying various Organic reactions.
6) Explain the mechanism of Organic named reactions.
7) Explain the synthesis and properties of five and six membered heterocyclic
compounds and condensed heterocyclic compounds.
8) Compare the basicity of heterocyclic Compounds.
UNIT - I
Carbohydrates - Classification - Aldoses and Ketoses, Reducing and Non-reducing Sugars -
Reactions of Glucose and Fructose - Osazone formation, Mutarotation and their Mechanism -
Structural elucidation of Glucose and Fructose - Pyranose and Furanose forms - Haworth’s
method - Determination of Ring Size- Haworth Projection Formula - Configuration of
Glucose and Fructose - Epimerization - Chain lengthening and chain shortening of Aldoses -
Inter conversion of Aldoses and Ketoses - Uses of Glucose - Disaccharides and
Polysaccharides - Reactions and Structural elucidation of Sucrose and Maltose - Properties,
Structure and Uses of Starch and Cellulose.
UNIT - II
Stereoisomerism - Definition - Classification into Optical and Geometrical isomerism.
Conditions for Optical Activity - Asymmetric centre - Chirality - Achiral molecules -
Meaning of (+) and (-) and D- and L- notations - Elements of symmetry - Projection
formulae - Fischer, Flying Wedge, Sawhorse and Newmann projection formulae - Notation
of optical isomers - Cahn - Ingold - Prelog rules - R, S notation of Optical isomers with one
Asymmetric carbon atoms - Erythro and Threo representations - Optical activities in
Compounds not containing Asymmetric Carbon Atoms - Biphenyl, Allenes and Spiranes -
Racemisation - Methods of Racemisation (By substitution and Tautomerism) - Resolution -
Methods of Resolution (Mechanical, Biochemical and Conversion To Diastereomers) -
Asymmetric Synthesis (Partial and Absolute Synthesis) - Walden inversion - Geometrical
isomerism - Cis - Trans, Syn - Anti and E-Z Notations - Geometrical Isomerism In Maleic
45
and Fumaric Acids and Unsymmetrical Ketoximes - Methods of Distinguishing Geometrical
Isomers using Melting Points, Dipole Moment, Dehydration, Cyclisation, Heat of
Hydrogenation and Combustion.
UNIT - III
Conformational analysis - Introduction of terms - Conformations, Configuration, Dihedral
Angle, Torsional Strain - Differences between Conformational isomers and Configurational
isomers - Conformational analysis of Ethane and n-Butane including energy diagrams -
Conformations of Cyclohexane (Chair, Boat and Twist-Boat forms) - Axial and Equatorial
bonds - Ring flipping showing Axial and Equatorial bonds Interconversions - Conformations
of Methyl Cyclohexane, Dimethyl Cyclohexane and their stability - 1,2 and 1,3 - Interactions.
UNIT - IV
Nitroalkanes - Preparation - Properties - Structure - Nitro-Acinitro Tautomerism - Uses of
Nitroalkanes - Differences between Primary, Secondary and Tertiary Nitroalkanes.
Diazomethane,Diazoaceticester,alkylazides-Preparation and synthetic uses - Reagents and
their Applications in Organic Chemistry - Anhydrous AlCl3, P2O5, H2/ Pd- BaSO4, Zn/ Hg-
HCl and Ag2O - Mechanism of Aldol, Perkin and Benzoin condensations - Knoevenagel,
Claisen, Wittig, Cannizzaro, Reformatsky and Michael addition reactions.
UNIT - V
Heterocyclic compounds - Huckel’s rule - Aromaticity of Heterocyclic compounds -
Preparation, Properties, Structure and Uses of Furan, Pyrrole and Thiophene - Preparation
and properties of Pyridine and Piperidine - Comparative study of Basicity of Pyrrole,
Pyridine and Piperidine with Amines - Nucleophilic and Electrophilic substitution reactions
of Pyridine - Condensed Five and Six Membered Heterocyclic Compounds - Preparation of
Indole, Quinoline and Isoquinoline - Fischer-Indole synthesis, Skraup Quinoline synthesis
and Bischler-Napieralski synthesis - Electrophilic substitution reactions.
46
CORE PAPER- 7
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY - I
Objectives:
To impart knowledge about the Solutions, Phase Rule and its Applications, Colligative
properties, Chemical Equilibrium, Phase Rule and its Applications, Electrochemistry and
its Applications.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
Explain the Thermodynamics of ideal and Non-ideal solutions, Nernst distribution law
and its applications.
Draw and explain phase diagrams of one Component and two Component systems
having congruent and incongruent melting points.
Derive law of Chemical equilibrium and Van’t Hoff isotherm.
Determine molar mass from the colligative properties.
Explain variation of conductivity with dilution, measurement of conductivity and
concept of Transport Number and its determination.
Explain Debye-Huckel Theory of strong electrolytes.
Apply conductivity measurements and explain conductometric titrations.
Explain buffer action and derive Henderson equation and pH of aqueous salt solutions.
UNIT - I
SOLUTIONS
Solutions of liquids in liquids -Ideal Solution and Raoult’s law - Vapour pressure of ideal
solutions. Vapour Pressure-Composition and Temperature-Composition Curves of Ideal and
Non-ideal Solutions. Thermodynamics of Solutions. Gibbs-Duhem-Margules equation -
Vapour pressure of Non-ideal solutions - Fractional distillation of Binary liquid solutions -
Lever rule- Azeotropic mixtures - Partially miscible liquids. CST and effect of impurity on
CST. Phenol - Water, Triethylamine - Water and Nicotine - Water systems - Immiscible
Liquids- Steam Distillation. Nernst distribution law - Definition - Thermodynamic
derivation - Applications.
UNIT - II
PHASE RULE
Definition of the terms - Phase, Components and Degrees of freedom - Derivation of Gibbs
phase rule - Applications of phase rule - One component system - Water and Sulphur system
- Thermal Analysis and Cooling Curves- Reduced phase rule - Two components system -
Simple eutectic system - Lead-silver system. Compound formation with congruent and
incongruent melting points.Zn-Mg,Na-k,FeCl3-H2O,KI-H2O systems. Freezing Mixtures.
47
UNIT - III
UNIT - IV
ELECTROCHEMISTRY - I
Metallic and Electrolytic Conductors-Faraday’s Laws-Electro plating Specific conductance
and Equivalent conductance - Measurement of equivalent conductance - Variation of
Equivalent Conductance and Specific Conductance with Dilution Kohlrausch Law and its
applications - Ostwald’s Dilution Law and its Limitations - Debye-Huckel’s theory of Strong
Electrolytes - Onsagar equation (No derivation) -Verification and Limitations Wien effect,
Falkenhagen effect. Ionic Strength - Migration of ions - Ionic Mobility - Ionic Conductance -
Transport Number and its determination - Hittorff’s method and Moving Boundary
method.Effect of Temperature and Concentration on Conductance.
UNIT - V
ELECTROCHEMISTRY - II
Applications of Conductometric Measurements - Determination of Degree of Dissociation of
Weak Electrolytes, Ionic Product of water - Solubility Product of sparingly soluble salt -
Conductometric Titrations - Concept of pH - Buffer solutions, Buffer action - Henderson
equation - Applications of Buffer Solutions - Hydrolysis of Salts - Expressions for
Hydrolysis Constant, Degree of Hydrolysis and pH of aqueous salt solutions.
48
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER - 1
(to choose one out of 3)
A. ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY - 1
Objective:
To impart knowledge about Data Analysis, Purification of organic compounds, Different
Spectroscopic Techniques and their Application.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1) Analyze Data and explain the methods of purification of solids.
2) Purify solid and liquid Organic Compounds.
3) Explain the concept of Gravimetric Analysis.
4) Describe the principles, Instrumentation and applications of UV, Visible, Microwave, IR
and Raman Spectroscopy.
5) Determine the structure of Organic Compounds using various spectral techniques.
UNIT - I
Data analysis - Types of errors - Correction of determinate errors - Idea of Significant
Figures and their Importance with examples - Precision and Accuracy - Methods of
expressing Accuracy - Error analysis - Minimising errors - Methods of expressing Precision -
Average deviation - Standard Deviation and Confidence Limit - Purification of Solid Organic
Compounds - Solvent extraction - Recrystalisation - Use of immiscible solvents - Soxhlet
extraction - Crystallisation - Use of miscible solvents - Fractional Crystallisation and
Sublimation.
UNIT - II
Purification of liquids - Experimental Techniques of Distillation - Fractional Distillation -
Vacuum Distillation - Steam Distillation - Tests of Purity - Gravimetric Analysis -
Characteristics of Precipitating Agents - Condition of Precipitation - Types of Precipitants -
Purity of Precipitate - Co-precipitation and Post precipitation - Precipitation from
Homogeneous Solution - Digestion and Washing of precipitate - Ignition of precipitate - Uses
of Sequestering Agents - Definition of spectrum - Electromagnetic radiation - Quantization
of different forms of energies in molecules (Translational, Rotational, Vibrational and
Electronic) - Born- Oppenheimer approximation - Condition of energy of absorption of
various types of spectra.
49
UNIT - III
Microwave Spectroscopy - Theory of Microwave Spectroscopy - Selection Rule Calculation
of Moment of Inertia and Bond Lengths of Diatomic molecules - Effect of Isotopic
Substitution - UV - Visible Spectroscopy - Absorption laws - Calculations involving Beer-
Lambert’s law - Instrumentation - Photocalorimeter and Spectrophotometer - Block diagrams
with description of components - Theory of Electronic Spectroscopy - Types of Electronic
Transitions - Chromophore and Auxochromes - Absorption bands and Intensity - Factors
influencing Position and Intensity of Absorption Bands - Frank- Condon Principle -
Applications.
UNIT - IV
IR Spectroscopy - Principle - Theory of IR spectra - Vibrational Degrees of Freedom -Modes
of Vibration of Diatomic Molecules -Triatomic linear (CO2) and Non-linear Molecules (H2O)
- Stretching and Bending vibrations - Symmetric and Asymmetric Stretching vibrations -
Selection rules - Expression for Vibrational Frequency (Derivation not needed) - Calculation
of Force constant - Factors influencing Vibrational Frequencies - IR Spectrophotometer -
Instrumentation - Source, Monochromator, Cell, Detectors, Recorders and Sampling
Techniques - Applications of IR Spectroscopy - Identification of Functional Groups -
Interpretation of the spectra of Alcohols, Aldehydes, Ketones and Esters (Aliphatic and
Aromatic) - Hydrogen bonding.
UNIT - V
Raman Spectroscopy - Rayleigh and Raman scattering - Selection rule - Raman shift - Stokes
and Anti-stokes lines - Differences between Raman and IR Spectroscopy - Raman
Spectrophotometer - Instrumentation - Block diagram - Components and their Functions -
Advantages of using Laser in Raman Spectroscopy - Applications - Structural elucidation in
the study of Inorganic and Organic Compounds - Rotational-Raman spectra of Non -
Centrosymmetric molecules - Mutual exclusion principle (CO2 and N2O) - Applications -
Structural diagnosis.
Reference Books
Elements of Analytical Chemistry - R. Gopalan, P. S. Subramanian, K. Rengarajan -
S. Chand and sons (1997).
Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry - D. A. Skoog and D. M. West, Holt Reinhard
and Winstor Publications - IV Edition (1982).
Principles of Instrumental Methods of Analysis - D. A. Skoog and Saunders, College
Publications, III Edition (1985).
Analytical Chemistry - S. M. Khopkar - New age Insternational Publishers.
Instrumental Methods of Chemical Analysis - Chatwal - Anand, Himalaya Publishing
House (2000).
50
Analytical Chemistry - R. Gopalan, Sultan Chand.
Analytical Chemistry - S. Usharani, Macmillan.
Instrumental Methods of Analysis - 7th Edition - H. H. Willard, L. L. Merit. J. Dean and
F. A. Settle -Wadsworth Publishing Company Limited, Belmont, California, USA, 1988.
Physico- Chemical Techniques of Analysis - P. B. Janarthanan - Vol. I & II - Asian
Publishing.
Instrumental Methods of Chemical Analysis - B. K. Sharma - Goel Publications.
Applications of Absorption Spectroscopy of Organic Compounds - Prentice Hall,
John R. Dyer.
Spectroscopic Identification of Organic Compounds - R. M. Silverstein, G. C. Bassler
and T. C. Morill - John Wiley and Sons.
51
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER - 1
B. BASICS OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING IN C AND ITS APPLICATIONS
IN CHEMISTRY
Objective:
To introduce the basics of computers.
To learn C language and its applications in solving problems in Chemistry.
UNIT - I
Basic Computer Organisation, Processor and Memory - Main Memory, Secondary Storage
Devices and Storage Hierarchy - Software - Relationship between Hardware and Software -
Types of Software - Planning the Computer Program - Algorithm and Flowcharts - Basics of
Operating Systems.
UNIT - II
Computer Languages - Machine Language, Assembly Language, Assembler, Compiler,
Interpreter and Programming Languages - C language - Introduction - C Compiler - Operating
Systems and Preprocessor Directives - Variables, Constants, Operators, Input and Output
Functions.
UNIT - III
Control Structures - Conditional, Looping, Goto, Break, Switch and Continue Statements,
Functions, Arrays And Pointers.
UNIT - IV
Applications in Chemistry - Calculation of the Radius of the first Bohr orbit for an Electron.
Calculation of Half-life Time for an integral order reaction - Calculation of Molarity,
Molality and Normality of a solution - Calculation of Pressure of Ideal Gases and Van der
Waal’s gases - Calculation of Electronegativity of an Element using Pauling’s relation.
UNIT - V
Applications in Chemistry - Calculation of Empirical Formulae of Hydrocarbons -
Calculation of Reduced Mass of a few Diatomic Molecules - Determination of the Wave
Numbers of Spectral lines of Hydrogen atom - Calculation of Work of Expansion in
Adiabatic Process - Calculation of pH, Solubility Product and Bond Energy using Born-
Lande equation - Calculation of Standard Deviation and Correlation Coefficient.
Reference Books
Computers in Chemistry, K. V. Raman, 8th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishers, 2005.
52
Programming with C, Venugopal and Prasad, 11th Edition, 1971. .
Programming in C, E. Balaguruswamy, 2nd Edition, 1989.
53
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER - 1
C. ORGANIC SYNTHESIS
Objectives
UNIT - I
DISCONNECTION APPROACH
An introduction to Synthons and Synthetic Equivalent - Disconnection Approach -
Functional Group Interconversions - The importance of the Order of Events in Organic
Synthesis - One group C-X and Two group C-X disconnections - Chemoselectivity -
Reversal of Polarity.
UNIT - II
PROTECTING GROUPS
Principle of Protection of Alcoholic group and Amino group - Principle of Protection of
Carbonyl group and Carboxyl group - Activation of Functional Groups.
UNIT - III
ONE GROUP C-C DISCONNECTIONS
Alcohols and Carbonyl Compounds - Regioselectivity and Alkene Synthesis - Uses of
Acetylenes and Aliphatic Nitro Compounds in Organic Synthesis.
UNIT - IV
TWO GROUP C-C DISCONNECTIONS
Diels-Alder Reaction - 1, 3 - Difunctionalised Compounds - α, β- Unsaturated Carbonyl
Compounds - Control in Carbonyl Condensations - 1,5-Difunctionalised Compounds -
Michael Addition and Robinson Annulation reactions.
54
UNIT - V
RING SYNTHESIS
Reference Books
Some Modern Methods of Organic Synthesis, W. Carruthers, Cambridge University Press, UK.
Advanced Organic Chemistry, F. A. Carey and R. J. Sundberg, Part- B, Plenium Press.
Modern Synthetic Reactions. H. O. House and W. A. Benjamin,
55
SKILL BASED SUBJECT
PAPER - 3
APPLIED CHEMISTRY
Objective:
UNIT - I
Petroleum - Origin - Composition of Petroleum - Inorganic, Engler and Modern theories -
Classification - Refining (Simple Refinery) - Cracking - Thermal and Catalytic - Knocking -
Octane Rating - Antiknock Compounds - Cetane Rating - Synthetic Petrol - LPG - Gobar Gas
- Production - Feasibility and Importance of Biogas with special reference to Rural India -
Petrochemicals - Elementary study - Definition - Chemicals from Natural Gas, Petroleum,
Light naphtha and Kerosene - Origin - Composition - Synthetic Gasoline.
UNIT - II
Paper technology - Introduction - Manufacture of pulp - Various raw materials used for the
preparation of pulp - Preparation of Sulphite pulp, Soda pulp and Rag pulp - Various
processes - Beating, Refining, Filling, Sizing and Colouring - Manufacture of Paper -
Calendering - Uses.
UNIT - III
Sugar industry - Sugar industries in India - Sugarcane and sugar beet - Manufacture of cane
sugar - Extraction of juice - Concentration - Separation of crystals - Recovery of Glucose
from Molasses - Defection - Sulphitation - Carbonation - Testing and Estimation of Sugar -
Double Sulphitation Process - Preparation of Bagasse - Use of Bagasse for Manufacture of
Paper and Electricity - Preparation of Alcohol from Molasses - Preparation of Absolute
Alcohol - Manufacture of Wine, Beer, Methylated Spirit and Power Alcohol.
56
UNIT - IV
Explosives - Primary, Low and High Explosives - Single compound explosives - Binary
explosives - Plastic explosives - Dynamites - Blasting explosives - Preparation and Uses of
Lead Azide, Nitroglycerine, Nitrocellulose, TNT, Cordite, Picric Acid and Gun Powder -
Introduction to Rocket Propellants - Photography - Chemical Principle - Preparation of
Sensitive Emulsion - Exposure - Developing - Fixing and Printing - Colour photography -
Xerographic copying - Coal - Classification by rank - Proximate and Ultimate analysis -
Low and High Temperature Carbonisation - Otto-Hoffmann’s by-product - Distillation of
Coal Tar.
UNIT - V
Milk - Definition - Physico-Chemical properties of milk - Constituents of milk and Their
Physico-chemical Properties - Chemical change taking place in Milk due to Processing
Parameters - Boiling, Pasteurisation, Sterilisation and Homogenisation - Definition and
Composition of Creams, Butter, Ghee and Ice Creams - Milk Powder -Definition, Need for
making powder - Principles involved in Drying process - Spray drying and Drum drying.
Reference Books
1. Fundamental Concepts of Applied Chemistry - Jayashree Ghosh - 1st Edition, S.
Chand & Co. Ltd, New Delhi, 2006.
2. Milk and Milk Products - Clarence Henry Eckles, Willes Barnes Combs, Harold
Macy - 4th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd, Reprint 2002.
3. Industrial Chemistry - B. K. Sharma - 13th Edition, Goel Publishing House, 2008.
57
SEMESTER - VI
CORE PAPER - 8
INORGANIC CHEMISTRY - II
Objectives:
To impart knowledge about Nuclear chemistry, Radioactivity, Metallurgy, Chemistry of f-
Block Elements, Organometallic Compounds and Bio-inorganic Chemistry.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1) Explain the stability of nuclides in terms of N/P ratio, mass defect, binding energy and
packing fraction.
2) Describe natural and artificial radioactivity and compare high energy nuclear
reactions.
3) Describe the various processes involved in Metallurgy.
4) Compare the properties of d-block elements.
5) Compare the properties of lanthanides and actinides.
6) Classify Organometallic Compounds and discuss the biological importance of Fe, Cu
and Zn.
UNIT - I
NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY
Introduction - Composition of Nucleus - Fundamental Particles of Nucleus - Nuclear Forces
operating between the Nucleons - N/P ratio - Nuclear Stability - The whole number rule and
Packing fraction - Isotopes, Isobars, Isotones, mirror nuclei and Nuclear isomers - Detection
and Separation of isotopes - Nuclear Binding Energy - Mass defect - Simple calculations
involving Mass Defect and Binding Energy per Nucleon - Magic Numbers - Liquid drop
model - Shell model.
UNIT - II
RADIOACTIVITY
Natural Radioactivity - Properties of Alpha, Beta and Gamma rays - Detection and
measurement of Radioactivity - Radioactive series including Neptunium series - Soddy’s
Group Displacement Law - Rate of disintegration and Half - Life period - Derivation -
Average life period - Artificial Radioactivity - Induced Radioactivity -Q-value of nuclear
reactions- Uses of Radioisotopes-Hazards of radiations - Nuclear fission - Nuclear energy -
Nuclear reactors, Breeder reactors - Nuclear fusion -Thermonuclear reactions - Energy source
of the Sun and Stars -Atom bomb and Hydrogen bomb- Comparison of Nuclear Fission and
Nuclear Fusion.
58
UNIT - III
METALLURGY
General metallurgy and Metallurgical processes - Methods of Concentration - Gravity
separation, Froth floatation process, Magnetic separation, Roasting - Reduction methods -
Smelting, Calcination, Goldschmidt Aluminothermic process, Reduction by active metals,
Electrolytic reduction - Purification methods - Liquation, Zone refining, Van Arkel method,
Carbonyl process and Electrolytic refining - Characteristic properties of d-block elements-
Comparative study of Ti, V, Cr, Mn and Fe group elements with special reference to
Occurrence, Oxidation States, Magnetic Properties, complexes, coordination number and
Colour - Occurrence and Extraction of Ti, Mo, W and Co - Preparation and Uses of
Ammonium Molybdate and V2 O5.
UNIT - IV
INNER TRANSITION ELEMENTS
General Characteristics of f- Block elements - Position of Lanthanides in the periodic table -
Separation of Lanthanides (Ion exchange method) - Comparative study of Lanthanides and
Actinides - Occurrence, Oxidation states, Magnetic properties, Colour and Spectra and
complex formation - Lanthanide Contraction - Causes and Consequences - Comparison
between Lanthanides and Actinides - Positon of Actinides in the periodic table - Extraction
of Thorium and Uranium
UNIT - V
ORGANOMETALLIC COMPOUNDS AND BIOINORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Organometallic Compounds - Definition - Nomenclature - Classification - Organo-Lithium
and Organo-Boron Compounds - Preparation, Properties, Structure and Uses. - Biological
Functions of Iron, Copper and Zinc - Biologically Important Compounds - Myoglobin,
Cytochrome, Haemoglobin and Ferritin - Binary Metallic Compounds - Hydrides, Borides,
Carbides and Nitrides - Classification - Preparation, Properties, Structure and Uses.
59
CORE PRACTICAL
PAPER - 3
GRAVIMETRIC ESTIMATION
60
CORE PAPER - 9
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY - II
Objectives:
To kindle interest in students in learning Bio-organic chemistry through the introduction
of topics such as Proteins, Nucleic acids, Terpenes, Alkaloids etc.
To generate Keen Interest and Thinking in Understanding the Mechanisms of Molecular
Rearrangements and Synthetic Applications of Acetoacetic Ester, Benzene Diazonium
Chloride, Grignard Reagents and Diazomethane.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1) Explain the mechanisms of inter and intra molecular rearrangements.
2) Classify amino acids and explain their preparation and properties and synthesis of Peptides.
3) Differentiate between DNA and RNA.
4) Explain primary and secondary structures of proteins.
5) Elucidate the structures of Antibiotics, Alkaloids and Terpenoids.
UNIT - I
MOLECULAR REARRANGEMENTS
Rearrangements - Classification - Anionotrpic, Cationotropic and Free Radical
Rearrangements - Intermolecular and Intramolecular Rearrangements - Examples - Cross
over experiment - Differences between Intermolecular and Intramolecular rearrangements -
Mechanisms, Evidences, Migratory Aptitude, Intermolecular or Intramolecular nature of the
following rearrangements - Pinacol-Pinacolone, Benzil-Benzilic acid and Beckmann
rearrangement - Mechanism of Hoffmann, Curtius, Baeyer-Villiger, Claisen (Sigmatropic),
Fries rearrangement, Cope and Oxy-Cope rearrangements.
UNIT - II
AMINO ACIDS AND POLYPEPTIDES
Amino acids - Classification - Essential and Non- Essential amino acids - Acidic, Basic and
Neutral Amino Acids - Alpha, Beta and Gamma- Amino acids - Preparation of alpha amino
acids - Gabriel’s Phthalimide synthesis, Strecker synthesis and Erlenmeyer Azlactone
synthesis - Glycine, Alanine and Tryptophan - General properties of Amino acids - Reactions
of Amino acids due to Amino group and Carboxyl group - Zwitterions - Isoelectric point -
Peptides - Synthesis - Bergmann Method - Structural Determination of Polypeptides - End
Group Analysis - N-Terminal and C-Terminal Amino Acids Determination.
61
UNIT - III
PROTEINS AND NUCLEIC ACIDS
Proteins - Definition - Classification based on Physical Properties, Chemical Properties and
Physiological Functions - Primary and Secondary Structure of Proteins - Helical and Beta
Sheet Structures (Elementary Treatment Only) - Denaturation of Proteins - Nucleic acids -
Nucleoproteins - Definition - Types of Nucleic Acids - RNA and DNA - Nucleoside,
Nucleotide, Degradation of Nucleotide Chain - Components of RNA and DNA - Differences
between DNA and RNA - Structures of Ribose and 2- Deoxyribose - Double Helical
Structure of DNA - Biological functions of Nucleic Acids - Elementary ideas on Replication
and Protein Synthesis.
UNIT - IV
CHEMISTRY OF NATURAL PRODUCTS
Antibiotics - Definition - Structural elucidation of Penicillin and Chloramphenicol - Uses of
Penicillin and Chloramphenicol - Alkaloids - Classification - Isolation of alkaloids - General
methods of Determination of structure of Alkaloids - Synthesis and Structural Elucidation of
Piperine, Coniine and Nicotine - Terpenoids - Definition - Classification - Isoprene rule -
Synthesis and Structural elucidation of Citral, Menthol and Alpha- pinene.
UNIT - V
ORGANOSULPHUR COMPOUNDS AND AROMATIC SULPHANIC ACIDS.
Thioalcohols-Structure-Nomenclature-methods of preparation-Physical and Chemical
properties - Thioethers-Stucture-Nomenclature-Physical and Chemical properties - dimethyl
sulphoxide - uses.Mustard gas-Preparation-Properties and uses - Aromatic sulphanic acid -
stucture-Nomenclature-benzene sulphanic acid,benzene sulphanyl chloride, benzene
disulphanic acids,Toluene sulphanic acids,Chloramine-T,Saccharin and sulphanilic acid-
Chemical properties and uses.
62
CORE PRACTICAL
PAPER - 4
ORGANIC QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS AND PREPARATIONS
Analysis of organic compounds containing one functional group and characterisation
with a derivative.
Reactions of the following Functional Groups:
Aldehyde, Ketone, Carboxylic Acid (Mono and Di), Ester, Carbohydrate (Reducing
and Non-Reducing), Phenol, Aromatic Primary Amine, Amide, Nitro Compounds, Diamide
and Anilide.
Organic Preparations
Acylation
1. Acetylation of Salicylic acid or Aniline.
Nitration
3. Preparation of m- Dinitrobenzene
4. Preparation of p- Nitroacetanilide
Halogenation
5. Preparation of p- Bromoacetanilide
6. Preparation of 2,4,6-Tribromophenol
Diazotisation /Coupling
Oxidation
Hydrolysis
63
Reference Books
64
CORE PAPER - 10
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY - II
Objectives:
To impart Knowledge about Electrochemistry, Surface Chemistry, Photochemistry,
Chemical Kinetics and Theories of reaction rates.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1) Derive Nernst equation and explain Cell reactions.
2) Explain Concentration Cells and polarization.
3) Derive rate constant expressions for zero, first, second and third order reactions and determine
the order of a raection.
4) Compare Collision theory and ARRT.
5) Explain Lindemann’s theory of unimolecular reactions.
6) Explain Langmuir Theory of Adsorption.
7) Derive Michaelis-Menten equation for enzyme catalyzed reactions.
8) State laws of photochemistry and explain the kinetics of photo chemical reactions.
9) Explain various Photo physical processes and Photosensitized reactions.
UNIT - I
ELECTROCHEMISTRY - III
Galvanic cells - Daniel cell - Reversible and Irreversible Cells - EMF of a Cell and its
Measurement - Standard Weston Cadmium Cell - Evaluation of Thermodynamic Quantities-
ΔG, ΔH and ΔS from emf data - Derivation of Nernst equation for Electrode Potential and
Cell emf -Types of reversible electrodes - Electrode reactions - Electrode potentials -
Reference electrodes - Standard Hydrogen Electrode - Standard Electrode Potential - Sign
conventions - Electrochemical Series and its Applications.
UNIT - II
ELECTROCHEMISTRY - IV
Liquid Junction Potential - Concentration cells With Transference and Without Transference -
Applications of Concentration cells - Valency of ions, Solubility and Solubility Product -
Activity Coefficient of electrolytes - Determination of pH using Hydrogen, Quinhydrone and
Glass electrodes - Potentiometric titrations - Polarisation - Overvoltage - Decomposition
potential - Storage Cells- Lead Storage Battery- Mechanism of Charging and Discharging-
Fuel Cells (H2-O2 Cell).
65
UNIT - III
CHEMICAL KINETICS
Definitions of the terms - Order and Molecularity - Rate of the reaction - Derivations of
expressions for Zero, First, Second(for equal and unequal concentrations of reactants) and
Third order rate equations - Study of kinetics - Methods of Determination of Order of a
reaction - Effect of Temperature on reaction rate - Arrhenius equation - Theories of reaction
rates - Bimolecular Collision Theory - Lindmann’s theory of Unimolecular Reactions -
ARRT - Thermodynamic treatment of ARRT - Eyring equation - Comparison of Collision
Theory and ARRT.
UNIT - IV
SURFACE CHEMISTRY
Adsorption - Characteristics of adsorption - Physisorption and Chemisorption - Differences
between Physical and Chemical Adsorption - Applications of Adsorption - Adsorption of
Gases by Solids - Different Types of Isotherms - Freundlich adsorption isotherm - Langmuir
theory of adsorption - Derivation.BET Theory(no derivation) - Catalysis - Definition -
General Characteristics of Catalytic Reactions - Acid-Base catalysis - Enzyme catalysis -
Michaelis-Menton Equation - Effect of Temperature and pH on Enzyme Catalysis.Enzyme
Inhibition - Homogeneous catalysis - Function of a catalyst in terms of Gibb’s free energy of
activation - Heterogeneous catalysis - Kinetics of Unicellular Surface Reactions.
UNIT - V
PHOTOCHEMISTRY
Difference between Thermal and Photo chemical reactions - Laws of photochemistry -
Grothus-Draper law, Stark-Einstein’s law - Primary and Secondary processes - Quantu yield
and its determination - Qualitative description of Fluorescence, Phosphorescence-Jabalonski
diagram - Photosensitized Reactions. Luminescence, Chemiluminescence and
Bioluminescence - Kinetics of Photochemical Reactions - H2-Cl2 and H2-Br2 reactions -
Photodimerisation of Anthracene.
REFERENCE BOOKS
INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
1. Inorganic Chemistry - P. L. Soni - Sultan Chand (2006).
2. Principles of Inorganic Chemistry - B. R. Puri, L. R. Sharma and K. C. Kallia -
Milestone Publications (2013).
3. Selected Topics in Inorganic Chemistry - W. U. Malik, G. D. Tuli and R. D. Madan
- S. Chand Publications (2008).
4. Inorganic Chemistry: Principles of Structure and Reactivity - J. E. Huheey, E. A. Keiter,
R. I. Keiter and O. K. Medhi - 2006.
5. Concise Inorganic Chemistry - J. D. Lee - III edition - Von Nostrand.
66
6. Industrial Chemistry - B. K. Sharma - Goel Publications (1983).
7. Industrial Chemistry R. K. Das - Kalyani Publications, New Delhi (1982).
8. Coordination Chemistry - S. F. A. Kettle - ELBS (1973).
9. Coordination Chemistry - K. Burger - Butterworthy (1973).
10. Vogel’s Handbook of Quantitative Inorganic Analysis - Longman.
11. Text Book of Qualitative Inorganic Analysis - A. I. Vogel - III edition (1976).
12. Source Book on Atomic Energy - S. Glasstone- East-West Press Pvt. Ltd. (1967).
13. Nuclear and Radiochemistry - John Wiley and Sons (1964).
14. Nuclear Chemistry - H. J. Arnikar - Wiley Eastern Co., - II edition (1987).
15. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry - Cotton and Wilkinson - V Edition - Wiley and Sons (1988)
16. Text Book of Inorganic Chemistry - R. Gopalan - Universities Press - 2012.
17. Modern Inorganic Chemistry - R. D. Madan - S. Chand Publications, Reprint, 2014.
67
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
1. Organic Chemistry - R. T. Morrison and Boyd - Pearson - 2010.
2. Organic Chemistry - I. L. Finar - Volume I and II - Pearson Education.
3. Text Book of Organic Chemistry - P. L. Soni - Sultan Chand & Sons - 2007.
4. Advanced Organic Chemistry - Bahl and Arun Bahl - S. Chand and Co. Ltd. - 2012.
5. Stereochemistry, Conformations and Mechanisms - Kalsi - 2nd Edition, Wiley Eastern
Ltd., Chennai - 1993.
6. Organic Chemistry of Natural Products - Volume I and II - O. P. Agarwal - Goel
Publishing House
7. A Guide Book to Mechanisms in Organic Chemistry - Peter Sykes - Pearson Education - 2006.
8. Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds - D. Nasipuri - New Age International
Publishers..
9. Chemistry of Natural Products - Gurdeep Chatwal- Himalaya Publishing House.
10. Reactions and Reagents - O. P. Agarwal- Goel Publishing House.
11. Organic Reaction Mechanisms - Gurdeep Chatwal- Himalaya Publishing House.
12. A Text Book of Organic Chemistry, K. S. Tewari, N. K. Vishnoi, S. N. Mehrotra -
Vikas Publishing House - 2011.
13. Modern Organic Chemistry- M. K. Jain and S. C. Sharma- Vishnoi Publications, 2014.
14. Reaction, Mechanism and Structure - Jerry March - John Wiley and Sons, NY -1992.
15. Organic Chemistry - Bruice - Pearson Education.
16. Text Book of Organic Chemistry - C. N. Pillai - Universities Press - 2009.
17. Organic Reaction Mechanisms - Parmar and Chawla - S. Chand & Co.
18. Organic Chemistry - I. L. Finar - 6th Edition, Pearson Education, 2008.
19. A Guide Book to Mechanisms in Organic Chemistry - Peter Sykes - Pearson Education,
2006
20. Stereochemistry of Carbon Compounds- E. I. Eliel - Tata Mcgrow Hill Education - 2000.
21. Organic Chemistry - T. W. Graham Solomon, C. B. Fryhle - S. A. Dnyder - John Wiley
& Sons - 2014.
22. Advanced Organic Reaction Mechanism (Problems and Solutions) - N. Tewari - Books
and Allied (P) Ltd - 2005.
23. Advanced Organic Stereochemistry (Problems and Solutions) - N Tewari - Books and
Allied (P) Ltd - 2010.
68
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
1. Principles of Physical Chemistry - B. R. Puri, Sharma and Madan S. Pathania, Vishnal
Publishing Co., - 2013.
11. Numerical Problems on Physical Chemistry, Gashal - Books and Allied (P) Ltd.,
69
CORE PRACTICAL
PAPER - 5
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY EXPERIMENTS
1. Kinetics
Determination of the Order of the following reactions
a) Acid catalysed Hydrolysis of an Ester (Methyl or Ethyl acetate)
b) Saponification of an Ester (Methyl or Ethyl Acetate)
c) Iodination of Acetone.
2. Molecular weight of a solute - Rast’s method using Naphthalene or Diphenyl as
Solvents.
3. Heterogeneous equilibria
Students must write Short Procedure / Formula with explanation in Ten Minutes for
evaluation during the university practical examination.
70
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER - 2
(to choose one out of 3)
A. ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY - II
Objective:
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
NMR Spectroscopy - Principle of Nuclear Magnetic Resonance - Basic Instrumentation -
Number of Signals - Chemical Shift - Shielding and Deshielding - Factors influencing
Chemical Shift - Spin-Spin Coulpling and Coupling constants - TMS as NMR standard -
Splitting of Signals - NMR Spectra of simple Organic Molecules - Applications in Structural
Elucidation.
UNIT - IV
Mass Spectroscopy - Basic principles of Mass Spectrum - Instrumentation - Molecular ion
peak- Base peak - Metastable peak - Isotopic peak and their Uses - Fragmentation - Factors
affecting Cleavage Patterns - Nitrogen rule - Ring rule - McLafferty rearrangement -
71
Determination of Molecular Formulae with examples - Mass spectrum of simple organic
compounds - Identification - Alcohols, Aldehydes and Aromatic hydrocarbons.
UNIT - V
ESR Spectroscopy - Condition - Selection Rule for Transition - Theory of ESR Spectra -
Basic Instrumentation - ESR Spectrometer - Components and their Functions - Hyperfine
splitting - ESR Spectra of simple radicals - CH3, CD3, Naphthalene radical ions only -
Applications in structural elucidation - Thermoanalytical methods - Principle involved in
Thermogravimetric analysis (TGA) and Differential Thermal Analysis (DTA) -
Instrumentation- Discussion of Various Components with Block Diagram - Characteristics of
TGA (CaC2O4.H2O, CuSO4.5H2O) and DTA curves - Factors Affecting TGA and DTA Curves
- Thermometric Titrations - Principle and Applications.
Outcome:
1) Explain the principles and techniques of column, paper and thin layer
chromatography,ion-exchange, high - pressure liquid and gas chromatography
2) Elucidate the structure of organic compounds using NMR,Mass and ESR spectroscopy .
3) Discuss the principle and applications of TGA, DTA and thermometric titrations.
4) Explain the principle of polarography and amperometric titrations .
Reference Books
1. Analytical Chemistry - S. M. Khopkar - New Age International Publishers - 1998.
2. Analytical Chemistry - R. Gopalan - Sultan Chand & Sons - 2002.
3. Chemical Analysis: An Instrumental Approach - A. K. Srivastava and P. C. Jain.
4. Spectroscopic Identification of Organic Compounds - R. M. Silverstein, G. C. Basseler
& T. C. Morill.
5. Organic Spectroscopy - W. Kemp.
6. Spectroscopic Methods in Organic Chemistry - D. Williams & I. Fleming.
7. Fundamentals of Moleculars Spectroscopy - 4th Edition, C. N. Banwell and E. M.
McCash - Tata McGrow Hill Publishers, New Delhi - 2006.
8. Applications of Absorption Spectroscopy of Organic Compounds - John R. Dyer.
9. Introduction to Molecular Spectroscopy - Barrow.
10. Spectroscopy of Orgnic Compounds - P. S. Kalsi.
11. Instrumental Methods of Chemical Analysis - B. K. Sharma - Goel Publications - 2000.
12. Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry: An introduction - D. A. Skoog, D. M. West -
Thomson - 2004.
13. Analytical Chemistry: Theory and Practice - U. N. Dash.
14. Vibrational Spectroscopy - D. N. Sathyanarayanan - New Age International Publishers - 2000.
15. Fundamentals of Spectroscopy - Y. R. Sharma - S. Chand - 2008.
16. Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy - 4th Edition - C. N. Banwell and E. M.
McCash - Tata McGrow Hill, New Delhi - 2006.
17. Elementary Organic Spectroscopy - Principles and Chemical Applications - Y. R.
Sharma, S. Chand & Company Private Limited, V Revised Edition - 2013.
72
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER - 2
B. TEXTILE CHEMISTRY
Objective:
To impart knowledge about the Production, Properties and Applications of Natural and
Synthetic Fibres, Colour and Constitution, Classification of Dyes and Concept of Dyeing
in Textile Industry.
UNIT - I
General Classification of Fibres - Chemical structure - Production - Properties - Count,
Denier, Tex, Staple Length, Spinning Properties, Strength, Elasticity and Creep -
Applications of the following Natural Cellulose Fibres (Cotton and Jute) - Natural Protein
Fibres (Wool and Silk) - General characteristics.
UNIT - II
Chemical Structure, Production and properties of the following Synthetic Fibres - Man- made
Cellulose Fibres (Rayon and Modified cellulose fibres) - Polyamide Fibres (Different types
of Nylons) - Preparation - Nylon degradation - Polyester Fibres - Preparation - Degradation -
Polyacrylonitrile fibre - Preparation and Properties - Viscose fibre - Preparation and
Properties - Identification tests for Cellulose, Cotton, Wool, Silk, Rayon, Acrylic, Viscose,
Polyamide and Polyester Fibres.
UNIT - III
Impurities in Raw Cotton and Grey Cloth, Wool and Silk - General principles of the
Removal, Scouring - Purpose, Alkali Scouring and Acid Scouring - Bleaching (Methods -
Hypochlorite, Peroxide and Bleaching Powder) - Desizing (Hydrolytic and Enzymatic), Kier
Boiling and Chemicking - Dyeing of Polyester and Blends - Functions of Dispersing agents -
Fibre swelling - Carrier dyeing - High temperature dyeing - Selection of dyestuff.
UNIT - IV
Colour and Constitution - A general treatment - Chromophores - Auxochromes -
Bathochromes and Hypsochromes - Classification of dyes - Acidic, Basic, Direct, Mordant,
Azoic, Ingrain, Vat and Reactive Dyes - Classification as per Chemical constitution - Azo
dyes - Triphenyl Methane Dyes, Phthalein Dyes, Indigo and Anthraquinone Dyes - Structure,
Preparation and Uses - Methyl Orange, Phenolphthalein and Malachite Green.
73
UNIT - V
Dyeing - Dyeing of Wool and Silk - Fastness properties of dyed materials - Dyeing of Nylon,
Terylene and other Synthetic Fibres - Finishing - Finishes given to Fabrics - Mechanical
finishes on Cotton, Wool and Silk - Method used in process of Mercerizing - Anticrease and
Antishrink finishes - Water Proofing.
Outcome:
References
Chemical Technology of Fibrous Materials - F. Sadov, M. Horchagin and A. Matetshy,
Mir Publishers.
74
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER - 2
C. NANO CHEMISTRY
Objectives:
UNIT - II
NANOPARTICLES
Introduction - Types of Nanoparticles - Preparation, Properties and Uses of Gold, Silicon,
Silver, Zinc Oxide, Iron Oxide, Alumina and Titania Nanoparticles.
UNIT – III
SYNTHETIC TECHNIQUES
UNIT - IV
NANOMATERIALS
UNIT - V
INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUES
Electron Microscopes - Scanning Electron Microscopes (SEM) - Transmission Electron
Microscopes (TEM) - Scanning Probe Microscopy - Atomic Force Microscopy (AFM) -
Scanning Tunneling Electron Microscope (STEM) - Basic Principles only.
75
Books for Study
Nanotechnology, S. Shanmugam, MJP Publishers, Chennai (2010).
A Handbook on Nanochemistry, Patrick Salomon, Dominant Publishers and
Distributers, New Delhi.
Nanobiotechnology, S. Balaji, MJP Publishers, Chennai (2010).
Outcome:
The Students will be able to
1) Understand the basics of Nanotechnology .
2) Explain the preparation ,properties and uses of Nano particles.
3) Discuss the techniques used to synthesise Nano particles.
4) Understand the role of Electron microscopes- SEM ,TEM,SPM,AFN, and STEN in
Nano technology.
76
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER - 3
(to choose one out of 3)
A. PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY
Objective:
To effectively impart knowledge about Various Diseases and Their Treatment, Importance of
Indian Medicinal Plants and Different Types of Drugs. Preparation, Synthesis and
Structural Determination are not required for the Compounds mentioned.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1) Define the terms involved in pharmaceutical chemistry.
2) Explain the causes, symptoms and treatment of common diseases.
3) Explain the composition of blood.
4) Explain the role of antibacterial, antiseptics, vitamins, analgesics and anesthetics.
5) Apply the therapeutic importance of Indian medicinal plants.
6) Classify hormones and explain their functions.
UNIT - I
Definition of the following terms - Drug, Pharmacophore, Pharmacology, Pharmacopoeia,
Bacteria, Virus, Chemotherapy and Vaccine - Causes, Symptoms and Treatment for
Jaundice, Cholera, Malaria and Filaria - First Aid for Accidents - Antidotes for Poisoning -
Organic Pharmaceutical Aids - Their Role as Preservatives, Antioxidants, Colouring,
Flavouring and Sweetening agents - Examples.
UNIT - II
Causes, Detection and Control of Anaemia and Diabetes - Diagnostic tests for Sugar, Salt
and Cholesterol in Serum and Urine - Blood - Composition of Blood and Blood Plasma -
RBC - Structure and Functions - Functions of Haemoglobin - WBC - Structure and
Functions - Rh Factor - Blood Coagulation - Identification and Estimation of Cholesterol in
Blood - Blood Pressure - Hypertension and Hypotension - Normal, High and Low to Control
- Indian Medicinal Plants and Their Uses - Tulasi, Neem, Kizhanelli, Mango, Semparuthi,
Adadodai and Thoothuvelai.
UNIT - III
Antibacterials - Sulpha drugs - Sulphanilamide Derivatives - Mode of action of Sulpha
drugs - Examples - Prontosil, Sulphathiazole and Sulphafurazole - Uses - Antibiotics -
Definition - Gram positive and Gram negative bacteria - Uses of Ampicillin,
Streptomycin and Tetracyclines - Antiseptics and Disinfectants - Definition and
Distinction - Phenolic compounds, Chloro compounds and Cationic surfactants -
77
Vitamins - Definition - Classification of Vitamins - Sources and Uses - Deficiency
Diseases caused by Vitamins.
UNIT - IV
Analgesics - Definition - Classification - Narcotic and Non- narcotic - Antipyretic analgesics
- Mechanism of action - Morphine and its derivatives - Pethedine and Methadone - Salicylic
acid derivatives - Antipyretics and Antiinflammatory Agents - Definition and Actions -
Aspirin, Paracetamol, Ibuprofen - Disadvantages and Uses - Anaesthetics - Definition -
Classification - Local and General - Volatile - Uses of volatile liquids as Inhalation
Anaesthetics - Chloroform - Gaseous Anaesthetics - Nitrous Oxide, Ether and Cyclopropane
- Uses and Disadvantages - Intravenous Anaesthetic Agents - Thiopental sodium,
Methohexitol and Propanidid - Drugs affecting CNS - Definition, Distinction and Examples
for Tranquilizers, Sedatives (Phenobarbital, Diazepam) - Hypnotics, Psychedelic Drugs -
LSD, Hashish- Their effects.
UNIT - V
Antineoplastic Drugs - Causes and Types of Cancer - Treatment of Cancer - Antineoplastic
Agents - Antimetabolites - AIDS - AZT, DDC - Hormones - Definition - Classification -
Physiological Functions of Insulin, Adrenaline, Thyroxin and Oxytacin - Sex hormones -
Androsterone, Testosterone, Progesterone and Estrogen - Biological functions - Disorders of
Hyposecretion and Hypersecretion of Hormones.
Reference Books
1. A Text Book of Pharmaceutical Chemistry - Jayashree Ghosh - S. Chand Company Ltd,
2015.
2. Pharmaceutical Chemistry - S. Lakshmi - Sultan Chand, 2011.
3. Pharmacology and Pharmatherapeutics - R. S. Satoskar - Popular Prakashan - Vol.I and
Vol. II.
4. Medicinal Chemistry - Asuthosh Kar - New Age International Publishers, 2007.
5. A Text Book of Synthetic Drugs - O. D. Tyagi - Ammol Publications.
6. Introduction to Biological Chemistry - J. Awapara, Prentice Hall.
7. A Text Book of Biochemistry - Ambika.S.
8. Biochemistry - A. L. Leninger, II Edition, Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana, 1998.
9. Essentials of Biological Chemistry - James Fanley - East West Press.
10. Medicinal Chemistry - Gurdeep Chatwal - Himalaya Publishers House, 2012.
11. Medicinal Chemistry - Ahluwalia - Ane Books, 2008.
12. A Text Book of Pharmaceutical Chemistry - Viva Books Private Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.
13. Medicinal Plants of India - Rasheeduz Zafar - CBS Publishers and Distributors, 2000.
78
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER - 3
B. POLYMER CHEMISTRY
Objective:
To impart Knowledge about the Types of Polymers, Polymerization Techniques,
Commercial Polymers and their Applications.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1) Classify polymers and explain the various types of polymerization techniques.
2) Explain various methods of determining molecular weights of polymers.
3) Describe the chemistry of plastics and resins.
4) Explain the preparation of commercial, natural and synthetic polymers.
5) Enumerate the importance of Biopolymers, Conducting polymers and Acrylic polymers.
UNIT - I
Introduction to Polymers - Monomers, Oligomers, Polymers and their Characteristics -
Classification of Polymers - Addition and Condensation Polymers - Natural and synthetic -
Linear, Branched, Cross-Linked and Network - Plastics - Elastomers - Fibres -
Homopolymers and Copolymers - Bonding in Polymers - Primary and Secondary bond
forces in Polymers - Cohesive energy and Decomposition of Polymers - Chain Growth
Polymerisation - Cationic, Anionic and Free radical polymerisation - Stereoregular polymers
- Ziegler Natta polymers - Step Growth Polymers.
UNIT - II
Polymerization Techniques - Bulk, Solution, Suspension and Emulsion Polymerisation - Melt
Polycondensation - Polymer Processing - Calendering - Die Casting and Rotational Casting -
Molecular weight of polymers - Number average - Weight average - Sedimentation and
Viscosity - Average molecular weight - Molecular weight and Degree of Polymerisation -
Methods of determination of Molecular Weight - Gel permeation chromatography –
Ultracentrifugation - Reactions - Hydrolysis - Hydrogenation -Addition - Substitution -Cross
linking - Vulcanisation - Cyclisation.
UNIT - III
Plastics and Resins - Definitions - Thermoplastic and Thermosetting Resins - Constituents of
Plastic Fibres - Dyes, Pigments, Plasticisers, Lubricants and Catalysts - Important
Thermoplastic Resins - Acrylics, Polyvinyl and Cellulose Derivatives - Important
Thermosetting Resins - Phenolic resins - Epoxy resins - Adhesives - Shellac resins -
Vegetable glues and Animal glues.
UNIT - IV
79
Chemistry of Commercial Polymers - General methods of Preparation and Uses of the
following - Teflon, Polyethylene, PTFE, Polystyrene, Polycarbonates and PVC - Textile
fibres - Definition and Polymer requirement for fibres - Polyamides - Nylon 66 -Nylon 6 -
Polyesters - Terylene - Cellulose acetate - Viscose rayon - Natural and Synthetic Rubber -
Constitution of Natural rubber - Natural Rubber - Isoprene - Synthetic Rubber - Butyl, Buna,
Buna- S, SBR, Thiocol, Neoprene, Polyurethane and Silicone Rubber - Ebonite.
UNIT - V
Advances in Polymers - Biopolymers, Biomaterials, Polymers in Medical Field, High
temperature and Fire Resistant Polymers - Applications of Silicones - Conducting Polymers -
Elementary idea - Examples - Polysulphur Nitriles, Polyparaphenylene, Polypyrrole,
Polythiophene, Polyaniline and Polyacetylene - Acrylic polymers - Polmers of Acrylic Acid,
Methacrylic Acid and Polyacrylates.
Reference Books
1. Text Book of Polymer Science, F. W. Bill Meyer, Jr. John, Wiley & Sons - 1984.
2. Polymer Science - V, R. Gowarikar, N. V. Viswanathan, Jayader Sreedhar -
Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Delhi - 2005
3. Polymer Chemistry, B. K. Sharma - Goel Publishing House, Meerut - 1989.
5. Polymer Chemistry - M. G. Arora, M. S. Vadar - Anmol Publications (p) Ltd.,
New Delhi -1998.
6. Polymer Chemistry - An introduction - M. P. Stevens, Oxford - 2002.
80
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER - 3
C. GREEN CHEMISTRY
Objective:
To impart knowledge about Green Solvents, Green Techniques, Green Catalysts and
Green Reactions.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
1) Summarize the importance of green chemistry.
2) Select green solvents for various synthetic processes.
3) Describe the various techniques to prepare nanoparticles.
4) Explain the importance of green catalysis.
5) Explain the rearrangement and aromatic substitution reactions with the help of green
chemistry.
UNIT - I
GREEN CHEMISTRY - INTRODUCTION
Need for Green Chemistry - Principles of Green Chemistry - Atom economy - Definition with
example (Ibuprofen synthesis) - Green oxidants - Hydrogen peroxide - Green synthesis -
Evaluation of the type of the reaction - Rearrangements (100 % Atom economic) - Addition
reaction (100 % Atom economic) - Organic reactions by Sonication method - Apparatus
required - Examples of Sonochemical Reactions (Heck, Hundsdiecker and Wittig reactions).
UNIT - II
GREEN SOLVENTS
Selection of Solvents - Aqueous Phase Reactions - Diels-Alder reaction in water - Catalysis in water
(Aerobic Oxidation of Alcohols catalysed by Pd (II) / Bathophenanthroline) - Reactions in
ionic liquids - Simple preparation - Types - Properties and Applications - Ionic liquids in
Organic Reactions (Heck reaction, Suzuki reactions, Epoxidation), Industrial (Battery) and
Analytical Chemistry (Matrices for MALDI-TOF MS, Gas Chromatography Stationary
Phases) - Advantages and Disadvantages - Solid Supported Synthesis - Supercritical CO2 -
Preparation, Properties and Applications (Decaffeination, Dry cleaning) - Environmental
impact.
UNIT - III
GREEN TECHNIQUES
Microwave and Ultrasound Assisted Green Synthesis - Apparatus required - Examples of
MAOS (Synthesis of Fused Anthroquinones, Leukart reductive Amination of Ketones) -
Advantages and Disadvantages of MAOS - Aldol condensation - Cannizzaro
condensation - Diel’s-Alder reaction - Strecker’s synthesis - Photochemical reactions using
81
Sunlight - Photoreduction of Benzophenone to Benzopinacol using Sunlight - Photochemical
alternative to Friedel- Crafts reaction - Nanoparticles - Introduction - Types of Nanoparticles
- Techniques to prepare Nanoparticles - Top down and Bottom up approaches - Common
growth methods.
UNIT - IV
GREEN CATALYSIS
Green Catalysis - Heterogeneous catalysis - Uses of Zeolites, Silica, Alumina, Clay
supported catalysis - Biocatalysis - Enzymes and Microbes - Phase Transfer Catalysis (PTC)
- Principles, Catalysts and Lipophility of ions - Two phase systems - Solid-Liquid, Liquid-
Liquid, Gas-Liquid - Triphase systems - Inverted PTC - Applications in Synthesis - Micellar
Catalysis, Surfactants and Synthesis in water - Principles, Materials and Synthetic
Applications.
UNIT- V
GREEN REACTIONS
Acetylation of Primary Amine, Base catalysed Aldol condensation (Synthesis of
Dibenzalpropanone), Halogen addition to C = C bond (Bromination of Trans- Stilbene), [4+2]
Cycloaddition reaction (Diels-Alder reaction between Furan and Maleic acid) -
Rearrangement reaction (Benzil- Benzilic acid rearrangement), Coenzyme catalyzed Benzoin
condensation (Thiamine hydrochloride catalysed synthesis of Benzoin), Pechmann
condensation for Coumarin synthesis (Clay catalysed Solid State Synthesis of 7- Hydroxy- 4-
methylcoumarin) - Electrophilic Aromatic Substitution Reactions (Nitration of phenol,
Bromination of Acetanilide) - Green oxidation reactions (Synthesis of adipic acid,
Preparation of Manganese (III) acetylacetonate) - Zeolite catalyzed Friedel-Crafts acylation.
83
SKILL BASED SUBJECT
PAPER - 4
AGRICULTURE AND LEATHER CHEMISTRY
OBJECTIVE:
To learn about Soil fertility and Productivity, Soil Chemistry, Insecticides, Leather
Industry and Treatment of Tannery Effluents.
UNIT - I
SOIL CHEMISTRY
Soil - Introduction - Classification - Properties of Soil - Physical properties - Components -
Structure and Texture - Soil-Water, Soil-Air and Soil-Temperature - Chemical properties -
Soil Minerals, Soil Colloids, Soil Reaction and Buffering - Analysis of Soil - Soil pH -
Determination of Soil pH - Effect of pH on Plants - Buffering of soil - Soil acidity, Soil
salinity and Soil alkalinity - Soil Fertility - Carbon and Nitrogen cycle - Acid, Alkaline and
Saline soils - Their Formation - Reclamation - Liming agents.
UNIT - II
FERTILISERS AND MANURES
Fertilisers - Definition - Classification - Requirements of a Good fertiliser - Nitrogen
fertiliser - Urea - Preparation and Uses - Potash fertiliser - KCl, K2SO4 and KNO2 -
Preparation and Uses - Phosphorus fertiliser - Phosphatic slag, Superphophate of lime
and Triple Superphosphate - Preparation and Uses- NPK fertiliser - Advantages- Role of
Micronutrients - Manures - Compost - Composting - Methods of Composting - Farmyard
Manure, Vermicompost, Composted Coconut Coir Pith, Press mud and Poultry manure –
Applications - Types of pollutions caused by Fertilisers - Ill effects of Fertilisers and their
Control.
UNIT - III
INSECTICIDES AND FUNGICIDES
Insecticides - Definition - Classification of Insecticides - Stomach poisons - Contact
poisons and Fumigants - Insecticides - Organic Insecticides - DDT - Gammexane -
Malathion - Parathion - Fungicides - Inorganic Fungicides - Sulphur compounds - Copper
compounds - Mercuric compounds - Organic Fungicides - Dithiocarbamates - Dithane M
- Bordeaux mixture - Herbicides - Rodenticides - Pesticides in India - Adverse
Environmental Effects of Pesticides.
84
UNIT - IV
LEATHER CHEMISTRY
Introduction - Constituents of Animal Skin - Preparing Skins and Hides - Leather
processing - Process before Tannage - Flaying, Curing, Drying, Pickling, Cleaning and
Soaking - Liming and Degreasing - Manufacture of Leather - Leather Tanning methods -
Vegetable Tanning - Chemistry of Chrome Tanning and Mineral Tanning - Deliming -
Dyeing of Leather and Fat Liquoring - Leather Finishing - Oil Tanning - By products.
UNIT - V
TANNERY EFFLUENTS
Tannery effluents - Pollution and its control - Water pollution and Air pollution - Waste
Management - Treatment of Tannery Effluents - Primary, Secondary and Tertiary
treatment - Pollution Prevention - Effect of Tannery Effluents on Agriculture - Organic
Amendments - Reclamation of Tannery Effluents Affected Soil.
Outcome:
The Students will be able to
1) Explain the structure Texture and Chemical properties of soil
2) Define and classify fertilizers and illustrate the requirements of a good fertilizer.
3) Control the pollution caused by fertilizers.
4) Define and classify insecticides.
5) Discuss leather tanning methods.
6) Control pollution caused by tannery effluents.
Reference Books
Industrial Chemistry by B. K. Sharma - Goel Publishing House, Meerut.
Applied Chemistry by K. Bagavathi Sundari, MJP Publishers, 2006.
Fundamental Concept of Applied Chemistry by Jayashree Ghosh, S. Chand &
Company Ltd.,
The Nature and Properties of Soils - IX Edition - Nyle. C. Bready - S. Chand.
Soils and Soil Fertility - Louis M. Thompson - and Frederick. R. Troch - Tata
Mc Graw Hill Publishing Co.
Text Book of Soil Science - T. D. Biswas and S. K. Mukerjee - II Edition.
Soil Science - A. Sankara.
Fundamentals of Leather Science - Wood roffe Publications of CLRI - Chennai.
Nature and Properties of Soils - Harry, O. Buckman.
Outcome: The Students will be able to
Explain the structure Texture and Chemical properties.
7) Define and classify fertilizers and illustrate the requirements of a good fertilizers.
8) Control the pollution caused by fertilizers.
9) Define and classify insecticides.
10) Discuss leather tanning methods.
11) Control pollution caused by tanning effluents.
85
SCHEME OF VALUATION FOR PRACTICAL EXAMINATIONS
PRACTICAL - I
VOLUMETRIC ANALYSIS
Internal assessment: 25 Marks
External assessment: 75 Marks
Total: 100 marks
Record: 15 Marks
Procedure: 10 Marks
Error upto 2 % : 50
2.1 - 3 % : 40
3.1 - 4 % : 30
4.1 - 5 % : 20
>5 % : 10
For incomplete or wrong calculation deduct 20 % of total marks scored.
For no calculation deduct 40 % of total marks scored.
For each arithmetic error deduct 1 mark.
CORE PRACTICAL - II
INORGANIC QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS AND PREPARATION
86
PRACTICAL - III
GRAVIMETRIC ANALYSIS
Internal assessment: 25 Marks
External assessment: 75 Marks
Total: 100 marks
Record: 15 Marks
Procedure: 10 Marks
Error upto 2 % : 50
2.1 - 3 % : 40
3.1 - 4 % : 30
4.1 - 5 % : 20
>5 % : 10
a. Among the duplicate results, the value more favorable to the candidate must be taken.
b. When no duplicate result is given deduct 5 marks.
c. If the two results differ by more than 2 % deduct 5 marks.
d. For each independent arithmetical error deduct 1 mark.
e. For incomplete or wrong calculation deduct 20 %.
f. For no calculation deduct 40 %.
g. If the experiment is not completed due to an accident, award 5 marks.
87
PRACTICAL - IV
ORGANIC ANALYSIS
1) Kinetics
Graph : 10 Marks
Below a factor of 10 : 35
By a factor of 10 : 25
More than a factor of 10 : 15
88
2) Molecular weight
Error upto 10 %: 45
20 %: 35
30 %: 25
> 30 %: 15
3) Effect of electrolyte on CST
Graph: 10
Error upto 10 %: 35
20 %: 25
30 %: 15
> 30: 10
4) Transition temperature
Graph: 10
Error upto 2oC difference: 35
7oC difference: 25
> 7oC difference: 15
5) Conductance
Equivalent conductance: 25 marks Cell constant : 20 marks
Error upto 10 % : 25 Error upto 10 % : 20
Upto 15 % : 15 Upto 15 % : 15
>15 % : 10 >15 % : 10
6) Conductometric titration
Graph: 10
Upto 2 % : 35
2.1 to 3 % : 30
3.1 to 4 % : 25
4.1 to 5 % : 20
> 5% : 15
**********
89
THIRUVALLUVAR UNIVERSITY
MASTER OF SCIENCE
M.Sc. CHEMISTRY
DEGREE COURSE
UNDER CBCS
With effect from 2020-2021
The Course of Study and the Scheme of Examinations
S. No. Study Components Ins. Credit Title of the Paper Maximum Marks
Course Title Hrs/
week
SEMESTTER I CIA Uni. Total
Exam
1. Core Theory Paper-1 4 4 Organic Chemistry- I 25 75 100
2. Core Theory Paper-2 4 3 Inorganic Chemistry- I 25 75 100
3. Core Theory Paper-3 4 3 Physical Chemistry- I 25 75 100
Core Practical Paper-1 4 0 Organic Chemistry Practical- I - - -
Core Practical Paper-2 4 0 Inorganic Chemistry Practical- I - - -
Core Practical Paper-3 4 0 Physical Chemistry Practical- I - - -
Internal Elective for same major students
4. (to choose 1 out of 3) 25 75 100
Core Paper-1 3 3 A. Advanced Polymer Chemistry
Elective B. Heterocyclic Chemistry
C. Materials Chemistry
External Elective for other major students (Inter/multi disciplinary papers)
5. Open Elective Paper-I 3 3 (to choose 1 out of 3) 25 75 100
A. Chemistry in Agriculture
B. Food Chemistry
C. Industrial chemistry-I
30 16 125 375 500
1
Internal Elective for same major students
13. Paper-2 2 3 (to choose 1 out of 3) 25 75 100
A. Green Chemistry
B. Supramolecular and
Core
Nanochemistry
Elective
C. Modern Separation
Techniques
2
27. Core Project 5 5 100 100
Project with viva voce
(75 Project
(Compulsory)
+25 viva)
Internal Elective for same major students
28. Paper-4 2 3 (to choose 1 out of 3) 25 75 100
A. Inorganic Chemistry-IV
B. Environmental Chemistry
Core
Elective C. Medicinal Chemistry and Drug
Design
* Field Study
There will be field study which is compulsory in the first semester of all PG courses with 2
credits. This field study should be related to the subject concerned with social impact. Field
and Topic should be registred by the students in the first semester of their study along with
the name of a mentor before the end of the month of August. The report with problem
identification and proposed solution should be written in not less than 25 pages in a standard
format and it should be submitted at the end of second semester. The period for undergoing
the field study is 30 hours beyond the instructional hours of the respective programme.
Students shall consult their mentors within campus and experts outside the campus for
selecting the field and topic of the field study. The following members may be nominated for
confirming the topic and evaluating the field study report.
**Mooc Courses
Inclusion of the Massive Open Online Courses (MOOCs) with zero credits available on
SWAYAM, NPTEL and other such portals approved by the University Authorities.
3
SECOND YEAR
SEMESTER III
PAPER - 7
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY III
OBJECTIVE:
To understand the concepts of spectral techniques and to apply these
techniques for the quantitative and structural analysis of organic
compounds. To understand the concept of Photochemical and Pericyclic
Reactions. To study the synthesis of heterocycles, vitamins and steroids.
OUTCOMES:
The student will be able to
Visualize the importance of UV-Visible and IR spectroscopy.
Acquire knowledge of vibrational transition and identify various functional
groups
Apply the concept of Mass spectroscopy to different compounds
Elucidate the structure of organic compounds using NMR
Solve photochemical and pericyclic problems
Illustrate the synthesis of heterocycles
4
UNIT-III: PHYSICAL METHODS OF STRUCTURAL DETERMINATION
Mass spectroscopy - Principles - measurement techniques - (EI, CI, FD, FAB, SIMS) -
presentation of spectral data - molecular ions - isotope ions - fragment ions of odd and
even electron types - factors affecting cleavage patterns - simple and multicentre
fragmentation – Mc Lafferty rearrangement - Mass spectra of hydrocarbons, alcohols,
phenols, aldehydes and ketones. ORD and its applications - Octant rule - Cotton effect -
Axial halo ketone rule - Problem solving (for molecules with a maximum number of
C10).
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Francis A. Carey and Richard J. Sundberg, Advanced organic chemistry, III Edition
(1990). G.A Swan,Introduction to alkaloids
2. I.L. Finar, Organic chemistry, Vol. II, 5thedition ELBS publication.
3. J. Dyer, Application of absorption spectroscopy of organic compounds, Prentice and
Hall of India, Pvt., New Delhi.
4. J. March, Advanced organic reaction mechanism and structure, Tata McGraw Hill.
5. Neil S. Issac, Physical organic chemistry, ELBS publication 1987.
6. O.P. Agarwal, Chemistry of organic Natural Products, Goel Publishing House, Meerut.
7. P.S. Kalsi, Spectroscopy of organic compounds,Wiley Eastern Ltd., Chennai.
8. R.M. Silverstein, G.d. Bassler and Monsu, Spectrometric identification of organic
compounds, John Wiley and Sons, New York.
9. S.M. Mukherji and S.P. Singh,Organic Reaction Mechanism, MacMillan India Ltd.,
Chennai (1990).
10. Schliemann, Introduction to the spectroscopic methods for the identification organic
compounds, 2 volumes, Pergamon Press.
11. W. Kemp, Spectroscopy, Macmillan Ltd.,
12. Y.R. Sharma,Structural identification of organic compounds, S. Chand & Co.
5
13. R.O.C. Norman, J.M. Coxon, Principle of Organic Synthesis, ELBS
Publications,1994.
14. R. T. Morrison and R. N. Boyd, Organic chemistry, 6 th edition, Prentice Hall of India
Limited., New Delhi, 1992
15. Heterocyclic Chemistry, Vol. 1-3, R. R. Gupta, M. Kumar and V.Gupta, Spinger
Verlag.
16. The Chemistry of Heterocycles, T. Eicher and S. Hauptmann, Thieme.
17. Heterocyclic Chemistry, J. A. Joule, K. Mills and G. F. Smith, Chapman and Hall.
18. Heterocyclic Chemistry, T. L. Gilchrist, Longman Scientific Technical.
19.Charles H.Depey and Orville, Molecular Reaction and Photochemistry,L. Chapman,
Prentice Hall of India Pvt., Ltd., New Delhi.
6
PAPER- 8
INORGANIC CHEMISTRY III
OBJECTIVE:
To study about the Coordination complexes, Substitution in Coordination complexes and
Inorganic Photochemistry.
OUTCOMES:
The student will be able to
Carbon donors: Alkyls and aryls metallation, bonding in carbonyls and nitrosyls, chain
and cyclic donors, olefins, acetylene and allyl system. Synthesis, structure and bonding of
metallocenes (ferrocene only).
Reactions: Association, substitution, addition and elimination reactions, ligand
protonation, electrophilic and nucleophilic attack on ligands. Carbonylation,
decorboxylation, oxidative addition and fluxionality.
Electron transfer reactions, outer and inner sphere processes; atom transfer reaction,
formation and rearrangement of precursor complexes, the bridging ligand, precursor and
successor complexes. Marcus theory. Complementary, non-complementary and two
electron transfer reactions.
7
UNIT-IV: COORDINATION CHEMISTRY - V
Substitution Reactions: Substitution in square planar complexes, reactivity of
platinum complexes, influences of entering, leaving and other groups, the Trans effect.
Text books
1. R.C. Mehrothra, A. Singh, Organo Metallic Chemistry, Wiley Eastern Co., (1992).
2. F. Basolo and R.G. Pearson, Mechanism of Inorganic Reaction, Wiley NY (1967).
3. J. Huheey, Inorganic Chemistry, Harper and Collins, NY IV Edition, (1993).
4. K.F. Purcell and J.C. Kotz, Inorganic Chemistry, W. Saunders Co., (1977).
5. S. FA Kettle, Coordination Chemistry, ELBS, (1973).
6. F.A. Cotton and G. Wilkinson, Advanced Inorganic Chemistry, John Wiley and Sons,
V Edition (1988).
7. D.F. Shrivers, Pw. Atkins and C.H. Langford, Inorganic Chemistry, OUP (1990).
8. Guillermo J. Ferraudi, Elements of inorganic photochemistry, Wiley (1988).
9. Arthur W. Adamson, Paul D. Fleischauer, Concepts of inorganic photochemistry,
Wiley(1975).
Suggested References
8
8. B.E. Dogulas DH McDaniel’s and Alexander, Concepts and Models of Inorganic
Chemistry, Oxford IBH (1983).
9.WU. Mallik, G.D. Tuli, R.D. Madan, Selected topics in Inorganic Chemistry, S. Chand
and Co., New Delhi (1992).
PAPER-9
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY III
OBJECTIVES:
To study the electrochemical kinetics, over potential, corrosions and fuel cells. To know
the solid state and its properties. To Study the principles and applications of
spectroscopy. To study statistical thermodynamics,
OUTCOMES:
Derive Butler-Volmer equation and explain Pourbaix and Evan’s diagram of corrosion.
Explain electrical and magnetic properties of solids.
Describe the basic principles and applications of microwace, vibrational, Raman, NMR
and electronic spectroscopy.
Compare Maxwell-Boltzmann and Fermi-Dirac and Bose-Einstein statistics.
UNIT-III: SPECTROSCOPY - I
Microwave spectroscopy – Rotational spectroscopy of rigid rotator - non rigid rotator -
diatomic and polyatomic molecules.
Vibrational spectroscopy - Harmonic oscillator - anharmonicity - vibrational spectra of
polyatomic molecules - vibrational frequencies - group frequencies - vibrational
coupling- overtones - Fermi resonance.
Raman Spectroscopy- Raman effect, Stoke’s and Anti-stoke’s lines, rotational and
vibrational Raman spectra.
Electronic spectroscopy - Progressions and sequences, selection rules, Franck - Condon
principle, types of electronic transitions - solvent effects.
UNIT-IV: SPECTROSCOPY- II
Resonance spectroscopy - Zeeman effect - equation of motion of spin in magnetic fields
- chemical shift - spin-spin coupling - NMR of simple AX and AMX type molecules -
calculation of coupling constants - 13C, 19F, 31P NMR spectra - applications - a brief
discussion of Fourier Transformation Resonance Spectroscopy.
Text Books
S.Glasstone, Introduction to Electrochemistry, Affiliated East West Press, New Delhi
(1960).
D.R. Crow, Principles and Applications to Electrochemistry, Chapman and Hall (1991).
S. Glasstone, Introduction to Electrochemistry, Affiliated East West Press, New Delhi
(1960).
P.H.Rieger, Electrochemistry, Chapman and Hall, New York (1994).
R.Crow, Principles and Applications to Electrochemistry, Chapman and Hall (1991).
10
Lesley E.Smart, Elaine A.Moore, Solid State Chemistry - An Introduction
Charles Kittel - Introduction to Solid State Physics
Anthony R. West - Solid State Chemistry and its Applications
C.N. Banwell and E.M. McCash, Fundamentals of Molecular spectroscopy, IV - Edition,
Tata McGraw Hill (2005).
N. Sathyanarayana, Vibrational Spectroscopy, New Age International Publishers (2004).
Caringtion and Ad. Mclachlan, Introduction to Magnetic Resonance, Harper and Row,
New York (1967).
M. C.Gupta, Statistical thermodynamics, Wiley Easter, New Delhi (1990).
R.Hasee, Thermodynamics Of Irreversible Process, Addition Wesley, Reading, Mass
(1969).
Suggested References
J.O.M. Bokris and A. K. N. Reddy, Electrochemistry, Vol. 1 and 2, Plenum, New York
(1977).
P. Dalahay, Electrode Kinetics and Structure of Double Layer, Inter Science, New York
(1965).
J.Robbins, Ions in Solution-An Introduction to Electrochemistry, Clarendon Press,
Oxford (1993).
H.Reiger, Electrochemistry, Chapman and Hall, New York (1994).
W.J. Moore, Physical Chemistry, Orient Longman, London (1972).
J.M. Murrell, S.F.A. Kettle and J.M. Tedder, The Chemical Bond, Wiley (1985).
R.C. Ropp, Solid State Chemistry
C N. Banwell, Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy, Mc Graw Hill (1966).
Raymond Chang, Basic Principles of Spectroscopy, McGraw Hill Ltd., New York
(1971).
G M. Barrow, Introduction to Molecular Spectroscopy, Mc Graw Hill, New York (1962).
W. Kemp, NMR in Chemistry, Mc Millan Ltd., (1986).
D. Mclauchlan, Magnetic Resonance, Oxford Chemistry Series, Oxford (1970).
P. Staughan and S. Walker, Spectroscopy, Vol. I, II & III, Chapman and Hall (1976).
J.K. Sanders and B.K. Hunter, Modern NMR Spectroscopy, A Guide for Chemists,
Oxford University Press, Oxford (1987).
Jk.M. Sanders, E.C. Constable and B.K. Hunter, Modern NMR Spectroscopy - a Work
Book of Chemical Problems, Oxford (1989).
Francis W Sears and Gerhard L Salinger, Thermodynamics, kinetic theory, and statistical
thermodynamics.
P. Dalahay, Electrode Kinetics and Structure of Double Layer, Inter Science, New York
(1965).
11
CORE ELECTIVE
PAPER-3
(to choose 1 out of 3)
To study about the importance of research, literature survey, error analysis, statistical
treatment. To study about the conventions of writing thesis.
OUTCOMES:
UNIT-I: INTRODUCTION
Nature and importance of research - aims, objective, principles and problems - selection
of research problem - survey of scientific literature - primary and secondary sources -
citation index for scientific papers and journals - patents.
12
UNIT-IV: STATISTICAL TREATMENT OF ANALYTICAL DATA
Statistical treatment of finite samples - the students test and F test - criteria for rejection
of an observation - the Q test, significant figures and computation rules - data plotting -
least square analysis.
Conventions of writing - the general format - page and chapter format - use of quotations
and footnotes - preparation of tables and figures - referencing - appendices - revising
editing and evaluating the final product - proof reading - meanings and examples of
commonly used abbreviations.
REFERENCES
13
CORE ELECTIVE
PAPER-3
B. ADVANCED BIOINORGANIC CHEMISTRY
OBJECTIVES:
OUTCOMES:
Introduction: Trace elements, complex formation, hard and soft acids and bases (HSAB),
inert and labile complexes. Amino acids and proteins - structure of proteins, peptide bond
- enzymes - nucleic acid - carbohydrates - blood - plasma.
Metal deficiency and disease - toxicity of mercury, cadmium, lead, beryllium, selenium
and arsenic - biological defence mechanism - meaning and example of chelation therapy
- Metals used for diagnosis (Tc, Fe and Co) - Metals in medicine: platinum complexes as
anticancer drugs, Pt-DNA binding, complexes of gold, copper, zinc, mercury, arsenic and
antimony as drugs.
TEXT BOOKS
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. H. Kraatz & N. Metzler-Nolte (Eds.). Concepts and Models in Bioinorganic
Chemistry, Wiley (2006).
2. I. Bertini, H. B. Gray, S. J. Dippard & J. S. Valentine, Bioinorganic Chemistry, Viva
Books Pvt. Ltd. (2004).
3. A.W. Addison, W.R. Cullen, D. Dolphin & B.R. James (eds.). Biological Aspects of
Inorganic Chemistry, John Wiley (1977).
4. R.J.P. Williams & J.R.R.F. Dasilva. New Trends in Bioinorganic Chemistry,
Academic Press (1978).
15
5. A. E. Martel. Inorganic Chemistry in Biology and Medicine, ACS Symp. Series, ACS
(1980).
6. S. J. Lippard. Progress in Inorganic Chemistry: Bioinorganic Chemistry, Vol. 38, John
Wiley (1990).
7. N. Kaim & B. Schwederski. Bioinorganic Chemistry: Inorganic Elements in the
Chenistry of Life, John Wiley (1994).
8. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry, F.A. Cotton and G. W. Wilkinson. John Wiley &Sons,
5th Ed. 1988.
9. Inorganic Chemistry, Principles of Structure and Reactivity, J. E. Huheey,E.A. Keiter
4th Ed. Harper Collins, 1993.
10. Bioinorganic chemistry, R. W. Hay, Halsted Press, 1984.
11. Principles of Bioinorganic Chemistry, S. J. Lippard and J.M. Berg, Panima
Publishing Corporation, 2nd Ed., 1995.
16
CORE ELECTIVE
PAPER-3
C. ADVANCED ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES
OBJECTIVES:
On the completion the course the students will have the knowledge of various
instrumental techniques. The students should have learnt data analysis and
electroanalytical techniques.
OUTCOMES:
17
UNIT- IV: THERMAL ANALYSIS:
Thermo gravimetric and differential thermal analysis - thermometric titrations -
differential scanning colourimetry - basic instrumentation and applications.
TEXT BOOKS:
18
3. Kolthoff and Elwing (All Series) - Treatise on Analytical Chemistry.
4. Willson Series - Comprehensive Analytical Chemistry.
5. Willard, Merit, Dean and Settle, Instrumental Methods of Analysis, CBS Publishers
and Distributors, IV Edn. 1986
6. Schoog, Holler, Nieman, Principles of Instrumental Analysis, Thomson Asia Pte
Ltd., Singapore, 2004.
19
OPEN ELECTIVE
PAPER-3
(To choose 1 out of 3)
A.INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY-II
OBJECTIVES:
To make the students learn about electrochemical industries
To understand the importance of agrochemical industries
To learn the importance of petroleum and fuel gases
To study about the paints and varnishes
To understand the importance of Cement, Ceramic and Glass
OUTCOMES:
The students will be able to
Identify the importance of electrochemical industries
Acquire knowledge of agrochemical industries
Appreciate the importance of petroleum and fuel gases
Acquire knowledge of paints and varnishes
Illustrate the importance of Cement, Ceramic and Glass
UNIT I Electrochemical Industries: Production of materials like chlorine, caustic soda ,sodium
chlorate, perchlorates, Batteries – primary and secondary cells, solar cells, fuel cells.
UNIT III Petroleum : Origin, refining, Cracking, reforming ,knocking and octane number,
LPG, synthetic gas, synthetic petrol. Fuel Gases: Large scale production, storage, hazards and
uses of coal gas, water gas, producer gas, and oil gas.
UNIT IV Paints & Varnishes: Primary constituents of paints, Dispersion medium (solvent),
binder Pigments, formulation of paints and varnishes. Requirements of a good paint.
Cleansing Agents: Preparation of toilet and washing soaps, synthetic detergents-alkyl aryl
sulphonates, ethanolamines, nonionic detergents, builders, additives, corrosion inhibitors. 124
UNIT V Cement : Manufacture – Wet Process and Dry process, types, analysis of major
constituents, setting of cement, reinforced concrete. Cement industries in India. Ceramics:
Important clays and feldspar, glazing and vitrification. Glass: Composition and manufacture of
glass .Types of glasses- optical glass, coloured glasses and lead glass.
Reference : 1. B.N.Chakrabarty, Industrial Chemistry, Oxford & IBH Publishing Co, New
Delhi, 1981.
2. B.K. Sharma, Industrial Chemistry, Goel Publishing House, Meerut.
3. P.P.Singh, T.M.Joesph, R.G.Dhavale, College Industrial
Chemistry, Himalaya Publishing House, Bombay, 4th Ed., 1983 125
20
OPEN ELECTIVE
PAPER-3
B. SCIENCE OF PHOTOGRAPHY
OBJECTIVES:
To make the student understand the principles of photography.
To make the student understand concepts of
image formation.
To make the student understand the concept
motion image and film.
To allow the student to have a deep
knowledge of photography and
photographic systems.
OUTCOMES:
21
UNIT III: PHOTOGRAPHIC FILM
Film- Definition and Concept- Function and Characteristics of Film- Cross Section of Film-
Types of Film- Film Speed Definition- Functions of Film Speed- Types of Film Speed- Fast
Speed and Slow Speed- Film Speed Numbers- ASA- ISO and DIN- Digital Storage- Digital
Storage process- Types of Digital Storage- Compact Flash (CF)- Secure Digital Card(SD)- Mini
SD Card- Micro SD and etc.- Film Developing Process- Developing- Fixing- Washing and
Drying- Film Printing Process- Digital Printing Process.
TEXT BOOKS
nd
1. James Curran, The Photography Handbook, 2 Edition, Routledge, 2013.
th
2. Ben Long, Complete Digital Photography, 6 Edition, PTR, 2010.
REFERENCES
1. Linda Good, Teaching and Learning with Digital Photography, Sage Publications, 2009.
nd
2. Ian Jeffrey, The Photography Book, Focal Press, 2 Edition, 2000.
th
3. Michael Langford, Basic Photography, Focal Press, 6 Edition, 2000.
22
OPEN ELECTIVE
PAPER-3
C.ENERGY RESOURCES
OBJECTIVES:
To make the students to understand about energy resources
To understand the importance of solar energy
To learn the importance of energy from the ocean
To study about the wind energy and hydrogen energy
To understand the importance of energy management
OUTCOMES:
The students will be able to
Identify the importance of energy resources
Appreciate the importance of solar energy
Analyze the importance of energy from the ocean
Acquire knowledge of wind energy and hydrogen energy
Identify the importance of energy management
23
TEXTBOOKS
th
1. Rai. G.D., Non-conventional energy sources, 4 Edition, Khanna Publishers, 2009.
2. Garg H.P. & Jai, Solar Energy: Fundamentals and Applications by Prakash, Tata McGraw
Hill, 1977.
nd
3. Singhal B.L., Alternative Energy Sources, 2 Edition Tech Max Publication, 2007.
REFERENCES
rd
1. Duffic.J.A and Beckman W.A ,Solar Engineering of Thermal Processes , 3 Edition
,John Wiley & sons, New York, 1975.
nd
2. Giri.N.K, Alternate energy sources and application, 2 Edition, Khanna Publication,
2004.
rd
3. Sukhatme S,P, Solar Energy: Principles of Thermal Collection and Storage, 3 Edition
,Tata McGraw Hill, 2008.
24
SEMESTER IV
PAPER - 10
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY IV
OBJECTIVE:
To know the methods of synthetic strategies and applications. To apply the knowledge of
chemical reactions in organic synthesis. To learn the chemistry of terpenes and alkaloids
and their importance. To understand the techniques involved in the rearrangements and
their synthetic utility. To understand the different chromatographic techniques and their
applications. To know the separation and purification methods.
OUTCOMES:
The student will be able to
Develop problem solving skills requiring application of chemical reaction.
Acquire knowledge of terpenes and alkaloids.
Elucidate the structure of proteins and nucleic acids.
Solve problems related to molecular rearrangements
Attain skills on separation and purification of organic compounds.
25
and role of (genetic code) DNA and RNA (nucleotides only) - Biosynthesis of
Cholesterol
Recommended Books:
1. Eric E.Conn, Paul. R. Stumpf, George Bruening and Roy H. Dole,
Outlines of Biochemistry, V Edition, John Wiley and Sons.
2. Stuart Warren, Work book for organic synthesis, The Disconnection Approach,John
Wiley & Sons (Asia) Pvt. Ltd.
3. I. L. Finar, Organic Chemistry, Vol. II, VEdition ELBS publication.
4. J.March,Advanced organic reaction mechanism and structure, Tata McGraw Hill.
5. L.Smith, Robert L.Hill I. Robert Lehman, Robert J.Let Rowitz, Philip Handlar and
Abraham white, Principles of Biochemistry General Aspects, VII EditionMcGraw Hill
Int.,
6. Lubert Stryer, Biochemistry, Freeman and Co.,New York.
7. O.P. Agarwal, Chemistry of organic Natural Products, Goel Publishing House, Meerut.
8. Parmer and Chawla, Organic reaction mechanisms, S. Chand and Co.,
9. Paul de Mayo, Molecular Rearrangements, Vol. I and II.
10.Fundamental of Analytical Chemistry, D.A. Skoog, D.M. West, Holler and Crouch,
8th Edition, 2005, Saunders College Publishing, New York.
11. Analytical Chemistry, G.D. Christian, 5th ed., 2001 John Wiley & Sons, Inc, India.
12. Quantitative Analysis, R.A. Day and A.L. Underwood, 6th edition, 1993, prentice
Hall, Inc. New Delhi.
13.Vogel’s Textbook of Quantitative Chemical Analysis, J. Mendham, R.C. Denney, J.D.
Barnes and M.J.K. Thomas, 6th edition, Third Inidan Reprint.2003 Pearson Education
Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
14. Analytical Chemistry Principles, John H. Kennedy, 2nd edition, Saunders College
Publishing, California, 1990.
15. Introduction to Chromatography Theory and practice, V.K.Srivastava,
K.K.Srivastava, Chand &.Company Ltd , New Delhi
16. S. M. Mukherji and S.P. Singh, Organic Reaction Mechanism, MacMillan India Ltd.,
Chennai (1990).
26
PAPER-11
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-IV
OBJECTIVE
To study the principles of photochemical reactions. To study the Experimental methods
and kinetics studies of photochemical reactions. Study of electrode - electrolytic
interface. To study the fundamental principles of quantum chemistry and its application
to chemical bonding. Schrödinger wave equation and its applications. To study statistical
thermodynamics, quantum statistics and irreversible thermodynamics.
OUTCOMES:
The student will be able to
Explain photophysical processes with the help of Jablonski diagram and analyze stern-
volmer equation.
Describe photovoltaic, galvanic cell and solar energy conversion.
Illustrate Schrodinger equation and its applications.
Explain Huckel theory of conjugate molecules and compare LCAO and MO theory for
diatomic molecules.
Illustrate Einstein and Debye heat capacity models and Derive Sackur tetrode equation.
UNIT- I: PHOTOCHEMISTRY - I
Absorption and emission of radiation - Franck - Condon Principle - decay of
electronically excited states - Jablonski diagram - radiative and non-radiative processes -
fluorescence and phosphorescence - spin forbidden radiative transition - Internal
conversion and intersystem crossing - energy transfer process - kinetics of unimolecular
and bimolecular photophysical processes - excimers and exciplexes - static and dynamic
quenching - Stern-Volmer analysis.
27
UNIT- III: QUANTUM CHEMISTRY - I
Failure of classical mechanics - Compton effect - wave particle duality - uncertainty
principle - waves - wave equation for electrons - quantum mechanical postulates - The
concept of operators - Hermitian property. Schrodinger wave equation - application of
Schrodinger's equation - the particle in a box (one, and three dimensional cases) - particle
in a ring, solution to rigid rotor and harmonic oscillator. Schrodinger equation for
hydrogen atom (no derivation is required) and the solutions.
TEXT BOOKS
N.J.Turro, Modern Molecular Photochemistry, Benjamin, Cumming, Menlo Park,
California (1978).
K.K.Rohatgi, Mukherjee, Fundamentals of Photochemistry, Wiley Eastern Ltd., (1978).
R.K. Prasad, Quantum Chemistry, Wiley Eastern, New Delhi (1992).
D.A. Mcquarrie, Quantum Chemistry, University Science Books, Mil Valley, California
(1983).
Quantum Chemistry, Allyn and Bacon, Boston (1983).
R.Anantharaman, Fundamentals of Quantum Chemistry, Mac Millan India Limited
(2001).
M.W. Hanna, Quantum Mechanics in Chemistry, W.A. Benjamin Inc. London (1965).
M.C.Gupta, Statistical thermodynamics, Wiley Easter, New Delhi (1990).
28
R.Hasee, Thermodynamics Of Irreversible Process, Addition Wesley, Reading, Mass
(1969).
L.K. Nash, Elements of Chemical Thermodynamics, Addision Wesley (1962).
G.M. Barrow, Physical Chemistry, McGraw Hill (1988).
R.L. De Koch and H.B. Gray, Chemical Structure and Bonding, Benjamin- Cumming,
Menlo Park, California. S.Glasstone, Text Book of Physical Chemistry.M.Sc. Chemistry:
Syllabus (CBCS)
Suggested References
A.K. Chandra, Introductory Quantum Chemistry, Tata Mc Graw Hill.
D.A. Mc Quarrie, Quantum Chemistry, University Science Books, Mill Valley,
California (1983).
P.W. Atkins, Molecular Quantum Mechanics, Oxford University Press, Oxford (1983).
J.G.Clavert and J.N.Pitts, Photochemistry, Wiley, London (1966).
R.P.Wayne, Photochemistry, Butterworths, London (1970).
B.J.Mc Clenlland, Statistical Thermodynamics, Chapman and Hall, London (1973).
Cleyde, Physical Chemistry, Schaum Series, Mc Graw Hill (1976).
Dole, Thermodynamics, Prentice Hall, New York (1954).
Prigogine, Introduction to Thermodynamics of Irreversible Process, Interscience, New
York (1961).
N.O.Smith, Elementary Statistical Thermodynamics - A Problem Approach, Plenum
Press, NewYork (1961).
G.Clavert and J.N.Pitts, Photochemistry, Wiley, London (1966).
R.P.Wayne, Photochemistry, Butterworths, London (1970).
Francis W Sears and Gerhard L Salinger, Thermodynamics, kinetic theory, and statistical
thermodynamics.
29
CORE PRACTICAL
PRACTICAL PAPER - 4
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL - II
30
V.SPECIAL INTERPRETATION OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS USING UV, IR,
PMR AND MASS SPECTRA OF THE FOLLOWING 15 COMPOUNDS
[See ANNEXURE – I]
Recommended Books
31
CONTINUOUS INTERNAL ASSESSMENT MARKS (CIA MARK)
MAX. MARKS = 25
Attendance/ Regularity 5
Total 25
32
PRACTICAL
PAPER - 5
INORGANIC CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL - II
1. ANALYSIS OF ORES
1. Estimation of iron
2. Estimation of nickel
3. Estimation of manganese
4. Estimation of copper
33
Reference book.
N.N. Greenwood and A. Earnshaw, Chemistry of the Elements, Vol.II, Pergamon Press
(1997
34
CONTINUOUS INTERNAL ASSESSMENT MARKS (CIA MARK)
MAX. MARKS = 25
Attendance/ Regularity 5
Total 25
35
PRACTICAL
PAPER - 6
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL- II
EXPERIMENTS IN ELECTROCHEMISTRY:
CONDUCTOMETRY, POTENTIOMETRY, PH METRY AND SPECTROSCOPY.
I.CONDUCTIVITY MEASUREMENTS
1. Determination of equivalent conductance of a strong electrolyte and verification of
Debye - Huckel - Onsager Equation
2. Verification of Debye-Huckel limiting law
3. Verification of Ostwald's Dilution law for a weak electrolyte.
4. Determination of pKa values of weak acids and weak bases.
5. Conductometric titrations between acid (simple and mixture of strong and weak
acids) - base,
6. Precipitation titrations including mixture of halides.
36
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS SUGGESTED FOR PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
PRACTICAL II
37
16. Determine the dissociation constant of acetic acid in DMSO, DMF, acetone and
dioxane by titrating it with KOH.
17. Determine the transport number of Ag ions and nitrate ions by Hittorf’s method.
18. Determine the transport number of cadmium ions and sulphate ions by measuring
emf of concentration cells with and without transference.
19. Determine the dissociation constant of monobasic or dibasic acid by all the Alber-
Serjeant method.
20. Determine the pH of the given solution with the help of indicators using buffer
solutions and by colorimetric method.
21. Perform acid-base titration in a non aqueous medium.
22. Determine the pH of a given solution by EMF method using glass and calomel
electrodes and evaluate pKa value of an acid.
23. Determine the pH of a given solution by emf methods using hydrogen electrode
and quinhydrone electrode.
24. Estimate the concentration of cadmium and lead ions by successive reduction in
polarography. Verify Illkovic equation.
25. Determine lead ion by amperometric titrations with potassium dichromate.
26. Determine ferric ion by amperometric titration.
27. Determine pH value of an acid-base indicator (methyl red) by colorimetry.
28. Determine the composition and instability constant of a complex by mole ratio
method.
29. By colorimetry determine simultaneously Mn and Cr.
30. Study the effect of solvent on the conductivity of AgNO3/acetic acid and
determine the degree of dissociation and equilibrium constant in different degree
of dissociation and mixtures (DMSO, DMF, dioxane, acetone, water) and test the
validity of Debye-Huckel Onsager’s equation.
31. Determine the solubility of Ca(TiO3)2 in deionised water and in dilute solution of
KCl at 298 K. Determine the solubility product graphically.
32. Determine the equivalent conductivity of a Ca electrolyte and dissociation
constant of the electrolyte.
33. Determine the equivalent dissociation constant of a polybasic acid.
34. Calculate the thermodynamic parameters for the reaction Zn + H2SO4 gives ZnSO4
+ H2 by emf method.
35. Determine the formation constant of silver-ammonia complex and stoichiometry
of the complex potentiometrically.
36. Determine the stability constant of a complex by polarographic method.
37. Determine the g value from a given ESR spectrum.
38
CORE ELECTIVE
PAPER- 4
(to choose 1 out of 3)
A. INORGANIC CHMISTRY-IV
OBJECTIVE:
To study about the Inorganic Spectroscopy and Nuclear Chemistry.
OUTCOMES:
The students will be able to
Explain the different types of inorganic spectra and also interpretation.
Applying and interpreting NMR spectrums of various inorganic compounds.
Applying and interpreting ESR spectrums of various inorganic compounds.
Describe Koopman’s theorem, structure, chemical shift and correlation with electronic
charges of photo electron spectroscopy.
Illustrate the principle, instrumentation and applications of AAS, AES and AFS.
Applications to inorganic systems of the following: ultra violet, visible, infra-red and
Raman spectra of metal complexes, organometallic and simple inorganic compounds
with special reference to coordination sites and isomerism.
39
UNIT-IV: INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS - I
AAS, AES and AFS – Principle, instrumentation and applications, advantages of AAS,
interferences; GLC and HPLC – Principle, instrumentation and working, types of
detectors; Inductively coupled plasma spectroscopy (ICP)- introduction, instrumentation,
interferences and applications.
40
6. G. Aruldhas, Molecular Structure and spectroscopy, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi (2001).
7. J. Huheey, Inorganic Chemistry, Harper and Collins, NY, IV Edition, (1993).
8. J. M. Hollas, Modern Spectroscopy, IVedition, John Wiley & Sons, Ltd., Chichester
(2004).
9. M.C. Shrivers, P.W Atkins, CH. Langford, Inorganic Chemistry, OUP (1999).
10. Nakamoto, Infrared and Raman Spectra of Inorganic and Coordination Compounds,
III Edn., John Wiley and Sons, New York, (1986).
11. O. Khan, Molecular Magnetism, New York, VCH (1993).
12. R.L. Carlin, Magneto chemistry, Springer-Verlag, New York, (1986).
13. S.F.A.Kettle, Physical Inorganic Chemistry: A Coordination Chemistry Approach,
Oxford University Press, (1998)
41
CORE ELECTIVE
PAPER-4
B. ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY
OBJECTIVES:
To understand the concept of different types of pollution. To learn the various techniques
involved in the analysis of pollutants. To know the methods for the control of pollution
OUTCOMES:
Methods of sampling of gaseous, liquid and solid pollutant - analysis and effect of sulfur
oxides, nitrogen oxides and carbon monoxide - biochemical effects and toxicology of Cd,
Cr, As, Pb and Cu. Environmental implications of fertilizers, insecticides, pesticide -
effect of pesticide residue on life - analytical techniques for pesticides residue analysis
(Neutron Activation Analysis, Anodic Stripping Voltammetry and Atomic Absorption
Spectroscopy) .
Methods of control of air pollution: Electrostatic precipitations - wet and dry scrubber,
filters, gravity and cyclonic separation - adsorption, absorption and condensation of
gaseous effluent.
42
Methods of control of water pollution: Water and waste water treatment - aerobic and
anaerobic - aeration of water - principle of coagulation, flocculation, softening,
disinfection, demineralization and fluoridation.
Radioactive wastes: Classification - low level and high level - radioactive waste disposal
- geological disposal - ocean dumping - sub-sea bed dumping - subductive waste disposal
method - transmutation of high - level radioactive waste - radioactive waste management
in India.
TEXT BOOKS
1. S.S Dara ,“ A Text Book of Environmental chemistry and Pollution Control “,S..
Chand & company Ltd, New Delhi
2. V. K. Ahluwalia,” Environmental chemistry”, Ane Books India, Chennai.
3. Anu Gopinath and Chandradasan, Environmental Chemistry., Vishal Publishing
Co, Delhi.
REFERENCE BOOKS
43
http://www.nios.ac.in/media/documents/313courseE/L36.pdf
http://www.iisc.ernet.in/currsci/dec252001/1534.pdf
http://www.sciencelog.net/2014/12/radioactive-pollution-causes-and-effect.html
http://collegesat.du.ac.in/UG/Envinromental%20Studies_ebook.pd
44
CORE ELECTIVE
PAPER - 4
C. MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY AND DRUG DESIGN
Objectives:
Students should be able to understand concepts of drug design and mechanism of drug
action of different drugs. Students will be aware of metabolism and delivery methods of
different classes of drugs.
OUTCOMES:
The students will be able to
Have knowledge on principles of drug design and development.
Understanding the mechanism of drug action.
Acquire Knowledge on various types of medicinal compounds.
Gain Knowledge on quantitative analysis of drugs.
Development of new drugs, concepts of pro-drugs and soft drugs, Principles of drug
design, Quantitative structure activity relationships. History and development of QSAR
(Quantitative Structure Activity Relationships) - Concepts of drug parameters. High
throughput Screening.
45
Parkinsonian agents, Anti-depressants, Tranquilizers, Psychomimetics) -
Pharmacodynamic agents (Anti-arrythmics, Anti-anginals, Vasodialators, Anti-
hypertensives, Diuretics, Antihistamines) - Chemotherapeutic Agents ( Antibiotics,
Antivirals, Antifungals) - Drugs for metabolic and endocrine disorders (Anti-thyroid
drugs, Anti-diabatic drugs, biosynthetic insulin) – Therapeutic Index (Definitions with
examples).
Reference Books
1. Burger’s Medicinal Chemistry & Drug discovery, Vol 1-3, 5th Ed, 1995.
2. Wilson, Gisvold & Dorque: Text book of Organic Medical and Pharmaceutical
Chemistry, 10th Ed, Lippincoh pover publishers, 1998.
3. David A Williams, William O. Foye & Thomas L. Lemke, Foye’s Principles of
medicinal Chemistry, 6th Edition, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2002.
4. Zubay G, Biochemistry, Maxwell Macmillan International Editions, second edition,
1987.
5. R. L. Foster, The Nature of Enzymology, Croom Helm, 1980.
6. D. L. Purich, (Ed), Contemporary Enzyme kinetics and Mechanisms, Academic Press,
1983.
7. Dugas H, Bio-organic Chemistry, A chemical approach to enzyme action, Springer
2003.
8. Chemistry of drug design and drug action-. R. B. Silverman (2004) Acad. press
9. Graham Patrick, An Introduction to Medicinal Chemistry- 2nd Edn. Qxford, 2010
10. N. K. Jain, Advances in Controlled and Novel Drug Delivery, CBS, 2001.
11. Lednicer, The Organic Chemistry of Drug Synthesis, Vol. 1, 5th Edition,
John Wiley & Sons, 2001.
12. Foye’s Principles of Medicinal Chemistry, Sixth Edition, Wolters Kluwer, 2008
13. G.R. Chatwal, Medicinal Chemistry, Himalaya Publishing House.
14. V.K. Ahluwalia and M. Chopra, Medicinal Chemistry, Ane Book Pvt. Ltd., 2008.
15. J. B. Taylor and P . D. Kenewell., Introductory medicinal chemistry.
16. D. C. Garratt., Quantitative analysis of drugs.
17. G. L. Patrick., An introduction to medicinal chemistry.
18. Beckett and Stenlake., Practical pharmaceutical chemistry. Vol 1 and 2.
46
OPEN ELECTIVE
PAPER-4
(To choose 1 out of 3)
OBJECTIVES:
OUTCOMES:
UNIT-I 1.1. Basic concepts : An introduction to polymers and macro molecules. Natural and
synthetic polymers. Classification of Polymers-addition and condensation polymers. 1.2. General
methods of preparation of polymers. Polymerization through functional groups, multiple bonds
and ring opening. Coordination polymerization.
UNIT-IV 4.1. Poly olefins-polythene , PTFE , Freons ,PVC ,polypropylene and polystyrene.
4.2. Natural and synthetic rubbers.-Constitution of natural rubber. Butyl, Buna, Buna-S , Buna-
N, Neoprene , SBR, Thiocol, Polyurethane and silicone rubbers. 138
47
UNIT-V 5.1. Plastics and Resins Definitions. Thermoplastic and thermosetting resins.
Constituents of plastic-fillers, dyes, pigments, plasticizers, Lubricants and catalysts.Uses of
thermoplastic resins and thermo setting resins.
48
OPEN ELECTIVE
PAPER-4
OUTCOMES:
Learn the concept and basics of forensic sciences
Gaining the knowledge of microanalysis of DNA
Describing the forensic engineering and finger print analysis
Explaining the legal aspects and trace analysis
49
Fingerprint Identification Systems- Methods of Detecting Fingerprints - Preservation of
Developed Prints- Digital Imaging for Fingerprint Enhancement - Document Examination - The
Document Examiner - Handwriting Comparisons-Typescript Comparisons-Alterations, Erasures,
and Obliterations
TEXTBOOKS
nd
1. Jay A. Siegel, Kathy Mirakovits, Forensic Science: The Basics, 2 Edition, CRC Press, 2010.
2. Stuart H. James, Jon J. Nordby, Suzanne Bell, Stuart H. James, Jon J. Nordby, Forensic
Science: An Introduction to Scientific and Investigative Techniques, CRC Press, 2002.
3. Richard Saferstein, Forensic Science, An Introduction, Pearson Education, Inc. (Pearson
Prentice Hall), 2011.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Robert Milne, Forensic Intelligence, Taylor and Francis Group, 2013.
2. Robert Bruce Thompson and Barbara Fritchman Thompson, An Illustrated Guide to Home
Forensic Science Experiments-DIY Science-O’Reilly Media Inc., 2012.
3. Louis B. Schlesinger, Sexual Murder Catathymic and Compulsive Homicides, CRC Press,
2004.
4. Terrence F. Kiely, Forensic Evidence: Science and The Criminal Law, CRC Press LLC, 2001.
50
OPEN ELECTIVE
PAPER-4
C.HEALTH SCIENCE
OBJECTIVES:
To give students a knowledge about role of science in health care
To introduce physical principles of instrumentation involved in medical diagnosis
To describe the scientific basis for regulating exposures to radiations
To lay the foundations for further studies in medical science and radiology
OUTCOMES :
Explaining the fundamentals of health science
Gaining knowledge of types of radiations
Gaining knowledge of breathing mechanism of cardiovascular system
Describing about the environmental effects on health.
51
TEXTBOOKS
th
1. Herman Cember, Thomas E. Johnson, Introduction to Health Physics, 4 Edition, 2008.
st
2. Joseph John Bevelacqua, Contemporary Health Physics: Problems and Solutions,1 edition,
1995.
REFERENCES
1. Brown B.H, PV Law ford, R H Small wood, D R Hose, D C Barber , Medical Physics and
Biomedical Engineering, CRC Press, 1999.
rd
2. Gopal B.Saha Physics and Radiobiology of Nuclear Medicine,3 edition, Springer, 2006.
***************
52
THIRUVALLUVARUNIVERSITY
B.Sc. COMPUTER SCIENCE
CBCS PATTERN
(With effect from 2020-2021)
Uni.
SEMESTER II CIA Total
Exam
8. I Language Paper-2 6 4 Tamil/Other Languages 25 75 100
9. II English (CE) Paper-2 6 4 Communicative English II 25 75 100
10. III Core Theory Paper-2 5 4 C++ & Data Structure 25 75 100
C++ and Data Structures
11. III Core Practical Practical-2 2 2 25 75 100
Lab
(to choose any one)
1. Mathematics II
12. III Allied-1 Paper-2 7 5 25 75 100
2. Mathematical
Foundations II
13. III PE Paper 1 6 3 Professional English II 25 75 100
14. IV Value Education 2 2 Value Education 25 75 100
15. IV Soft Skill 2 1 Soft Skill 25 75 100
Sem. Total 36 25 200 600 800
Study Components Ins.
S.NO. Part hrs Credit Title of the Paper Maximum Marks
Course Title
/week
Non-Major Introduction to
22. IV Paper-1 2 2 25 75 100
Elective Information Technology
Sem. Total 30 21 175 525 700
Uni.
SEMESTER IV CIA Exam Total
Skill Based
29. IV Paper-2 3 2 Wireless Data Communication 25 75 100
Subject
Non-Major
30. IV Paper-2 2 2 Internet Technology 25 75 100
Elective
Sem. Total 30 23 200 600 800
Study Components Ins.
S.NO. Part hrs Credit Title of the Paper Maximum Marks
Course Title
/week
Mobile Applications
34. III Core Practical Practical-5 4 3 25 75 100
Development-Lab
35. III Core Practical Practical-6 4 3 Operating System-Lab 25 75 100
36. (to choose any one)
III Internal Elective Paper-1 3 3 1. Data Mining 25 75 100
2. Information Security
3. S o f t w a r e T e s t i n g
Skill Based
37. IV Paper-3 3 2 Software Engineering 25 75 100
Subject
30 22 175 525 700
Uni.
SEMESTER VI CIA Exam Total
38. Core 4 4
III Paper-8 Open Source Software 25 75 100
Theory
39. Core Python Programming
III Paper-9 4 4 25 75 100
Theory
40. III Core Practical Practical-7 4 3 Python Programming Lab 25 75 100
41.
III Core Practical Practical-8 4 2 Open Source Programming Lab 25 75 100
Total Total
Part Subject Papers Credit Marks
Credits Marks
Communicative English
Part II 4 4 16 100 400
& English
Compulsory Project
(Group/Individual 1 5 5 100 100
Project)
SEMESTER III
CORE PAPER - 3
PROGRAMMING IN JAVA
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
Knowing about a General-purpose and Purely object-oriented programming
language including data types, control statements, and classes
Secured, well-suited for internet programming using applets and GUI-based
UNIT I
Declarations and Access Control: Identifiers and Keywords: Oracle‘s
Java Code Conventions. Define Classes: Import Statements and the Java
API - Static Import Statements. Use Interfaces: Declaring an Interface-
Declaring Interface Constants. Declare Class Members: Access Modifiers
- Non access Member Modifiers - Constructor Declarations - Variable
Declarations. Declare and Use enums: Declaring enums. Object
Orientation: Encapsulation - Inheritance and Polymorphism- Polymorphism - Overriding /
Overloading: Overridden Methods -Overloaded Methods.
UNIT II
Object Orientation: Casting - Implementing an Interface - Legal Return Types: Return Type
Declarations - Returning a Value. Constructors and Instantiation: Overloaded Constructors -
Initialization Blocks. Statics: Static Variables and Methods. Assignments: Stack and Heap -
Literals, Assignments, and Variables: Literal Values for All Primitive Types. Scope - Variable
Initialization - Passing Variables into Methods: Passing Object Reference Variables - Passing
Primitive Variables. Garbage Collection. Operators: Java Operators - Assignment Operators
- Relational Operators - instanceof Comparison - Arithmetic Operators -
Conditional Operator - Logical Operators.
UNIT III
Working with Strings, Arrays, and Array Lists: Using String and StringBuilder: The String
Class - The StringBuilder Class - Important Methods in the StringBuilder Class. Using Arrays:
Declaring an Array -Constructing an Array - Initializing an Array. Using
ArrayList:ArrayList Methods in Action - Important Methods in the ArrayList Class. Flow
Control and Exceptions: Using if and switch Statements -Creating Loops Constructs - Handling
Exceptions - Catching an Exception Using try and catch - Using finally. String Processing, Data
Formatting Resource Bundles: String, StringBuilder, and StringBuffer -Dates, Numbers, Currencies,
and Locales.
UNIT IV
I/O and NIO: File Navigation and I/O: Creating Files Using the File
Class - Using FileWriter and FileReader. File and Directory Attributes -DirectoryStream -
Serialization. Generics and Collections: toString(), hashCode(), and equals(): The toString()
Method - Generic Types -Generic Methods - Generic Declarations. Inner Classes: Method –
Local. Inner Classes - Static Nested Classes - Threads: Defining, Instantiating, and Starting
Threads - Thread States and Transitions - Synchronizing Code, Thread Problems - Thread
Interaction. Concurrency: Concurrency with the java.util.concurrent Package - Apply Atomic
Variables and Locks - Use java.util.concurrent Collections - Use Executors and ThreadPools.
UNIT V
Applets: Applet fundamentals - Applet class - Applet life cycle - Steps for developing an applet
program - Passing values through parameters - Graphics in an applet - Event-handling. GUI
Applications - Part 1: Graphical user interface - Creating windows - Dialog boxes - Layout
managers - AWT component classes - Swing component classes. GUI Applications - Part 2:
Event handling - Other AWT components - AWT graphics classes - Other swing controls.
TEXT BOOK(S):
1. Kathy Sierra, Bert Bates ― OCA/OCP Java SE 7 Programmer I & II Study Guide,
Oracle Press. (Unit I,II,III,IV).
2. Sagayaraj, Denis, Karthik and Gajalakshmi, 2018, Java Programming - For Core and
Advanced Learners, University Press (India) Private Limited, Hyderabad.(Unit V).
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Hebert Schild, 2002, The Complete Reference Java2, [Fifth Edition]. Tata McGraw-Hill,
New Delhi.
2. John Hubbard, R.2004. Programming with Java. [Second Edition]. Tata McGraw-Hill,New
Delhi.
3. Debasish Jana. 2005. Java and Object-Oriented Programming Paradigm, [Second Printing].
Prentice-Hall of India, New Delhi.
4. Sagayaraj, Denis, Karthik and Gajalakshmi 2018, Java Programming for core and advanced
Learners, University Press India Pvt. Ltd., Hyderabad.
Course Outcomes:
Elasticity: Bending of beams -Expression for bending moment - Cantilever Depression at the
loaded end of a cantilever Expression forYoung's modulus -non–uniform bending-Pin and
microscope method.
Torsion : Torsion couple – Potential energy in a twisted wire – Torsional pendulum – Time period -
Determination of rigidity modulus by Torsional oscillation (without masses).
Surface Tension: Surface tension of a liquid-Surface Tension and interfacial surface tension by the
method of drops-applications.
Seeback, Peltier and Thomson effects - laws of thermoelectric circuits -Peltier coefficient -
Thomson coefficient -application of thermodynamics to a thermocouple and expressions for Peltier
and Thomson coefficients -thermo electric power and thermo electric diagrams.
Growth and decay of current in a circuit containing resistance and inductance- Growth and decay
of charge in circuit containing resistance and capacitor - growth and decay of charge in a LCR
circuit – condition for the discharge to be oscillatory – frequency of oscillation.
Magnetism -Magnetic moment and pole strength of a magnet – Deflection magnetometer – Tan C
Position- Vibration magnetometer – Theory – Period of Oscillation – Determination of M and BH
using the deflection magnetometer and the vibration magnetometer .
UNIT -4: Acoustics
Sound: Transverse vibration of strings -Velocity and frequency of vibrations of a stretched string -
laws -Sonometer -A.C. Frequency - Steel wire- Brass wire.
Fibre optics: Basic principle of an optical fibre -Total internal reflection -Basic structure of an
optical fibre -Numerical aperture –Coherent bundle – Attenuation and dispersion - classification of
optical fibres-step index and graded index fibers – single mode and multi mode fibers-Fibre
optic communication system block diagram.-applications.
Text Books
Unit 1 and Unit 4
Reference Books
1. BrijLal and N Subrahmanyam,Electricity and Magnetism, S Chand & Company Pvt Ltd,
New Delhi, 2000.
2. D.C. Tayal, Electricity and Magnetism, Himalaya Publishing House,Bombay, 2014.
3. BrijLal and N.Subrahmanyam, A Text Book of Sound,Vikas Publications, New Delhi (2
Edition)
4. C.L.Arora, Physics for Degree Students B.Sc First Year, S. Chand Publishing, 2013.
5. K.Thyagarajan and Ajay Ghatak, Introduction to Fibre optics-, Cambridge
University.
6. Ajay Ghatak and K.Thyagarajan, Fiber optics and Lasers-The two revolutions,
Macmillan, 2006.
7. K.Thyagarajan and Ajay Ghatak, Lasers; Fundamentals and applications, Springer.
8. Modern Physics – R,Murugeshan, KiruthigaSivaprasath, S.Chand&Co, New Delhi,
2016.
E-MATERIALS
1. https://courses.lumenlearning.com/physics/chapter/16-4-the-simple-pendulum/
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aw0_seEt4v0
3. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thermoelectric_effect
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S0I37M2sx_0
5. https://physicscatalyst.com/elecmagnetism/growth-and-delay-charge-R-C-circuit.php
6. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PLQQPXot6vE
7. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=d0_Eff4MXwM
8. https://www.techglads.com/cse/sem1/production-of-ultrasonics-by-piezoelectric-methods/
9. https://thefactfactor.com/facts/pure_science/physics/optical-fibre/5159/
10. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=auk1OS0SVWc (Tamil video)
Course Objectives
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to find the acceleration due to gravity at a
place using simple pendulum and compound pendulum. Also can know the properties of
matter like elasticity, viscosity and surface tension.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to learn thermo emf using Seebeck and Peltier
effects and hence understand thermoelectric circuits.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to explain growth and decay of a transient
current in a circuit containing resistance-inductance, resistance-capacitance and LCR in
series. Also will be able to determine the horizontal components of earth’s magnetic
induction at a place using deflection magnetometer in Tan C position.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to derive the expression for the velocity of a
sound in a stretched string and hence they can determine the frequency of A.C mains.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to understanding the principle of laser and can
demonstrate the working of He-Ne laser and applications of laser. Also, the student will be
able to learn the fibre optics, structure and application in communication.
ALLIED - 2
PAPER -1
Objective
UNIT-I
UNIT-II
Measures of location : Arithmetic mean, median, mode, geometric mean and Harmonicmean
and their properties.
UNIT-III
UNIT-IV
Measures of Skewness Karl Pearson’s, Bowley’s, and kelly’s and co-efficient ofSkewness and
kurtosis based on moments.
UNIT-V
1. Fundamental of Mathematical Statistics - S.C. Gupta & V.K. Kapoor - Sultan Chand
2. Statistical Methods - Snedecor G.W. & Cochran W.G. oxford & +DII
3. Elements of Statistics - Mode . E.B. - Prentice Hall
4. Statistical Methods - Dr. S.P. Gupta - Sultan Chand & Sons
SKILL BASED SUBJECT
PAPER-1
Digital Logic Design and Computer Organization
Objectives:
This course aims to provide the students with a detailed knowledge on digital
logic, internals of the System logic circuits and to know the working principles of the
computers.
Number system and its conversions-. Digital Computers and Digital Systems - Binary
Number System – Binary Addition – Binary Subtraction- Binary Multiplication and
Division-Number Base Conversion: decimal, binary, octal, hexadecimal. The Basic
Gates - Boolean Algebra - Universal Gates - Boolean Laws and Theorem.
UNIT-IISIMPLIFICATION
TEXT BOOKS:
1. M. Morris Mano -Digital Logic and Computer Design- PHI.
2. M. Morris Mano, Computer System Architecture, Pearson Education.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1 Thomas C. Bartee Digital Computer Fundamentals- McGraw HillPub.
2 Malvino& Leach- Digital Principles and Applications –McGraw HillPub.
3. S. Ramalatha - Digital Computer Fundamentals, MeenakshiAgency.
4. V. Carl Hamacher, Zvonko G. Vranesic, Safwat G. Zaky, Computer
Organization, McGraw Hill HigherEducation.
5. John P. Hayes, Computer System Architecture, McGraw Hill HigherEducation
NON-MAJOR ELECTIVE
PAPER-1
Introduction to Information Technology
OBJECTIVES:
UNIT-I
Introduction: Characteristics of Computers-Technological Evolution of Computers-The
Computer Generations-Categories of Computer. Data and Information: Introduction-Types of
Data-A Simple Model of a Computer-Data Processing Using a Computer-Desktop Computer.
Acquisition of Number and Textual Data: Introduction- Input Units-Internal Representation of
Numeric Data-Representation of Characters in Computers–Error-Detecting Codes.
UNIT-II
Data Storage: Introduction-Memory Cell-Physical Devices Used as Memory Cells-Random
Access Memory-Read Only Memory- Secondary Memory- Floppy Disk Drive- Compact Disk
Read Only Memory (CDROM)-Archival Memory. Central Processing Unit: The Structure of a
Central Processing Unit-Specification of a CPU-Interconnection of CPU with Memory and I/O
Units.
UNIT-III
Computer Networks: Introduction-Local Area Network (LAN)- Applications of LAN-Wide
Area Network (WAN)–The Future of Internet Technology. Output Devices: Introduction- Video
Display Devices-Flat Panel Displays–Printers.
UNIT-IV
Computer Software: Introduction-Operating System-Programming Languages–A Classification
of Programming Languages. Data Organization: Introduction-Organizing a Database-Structure
of a Database- Database Management System-Example of Database Design.
UNIT-V
Some Internet Applications: Introduction- E-mail- Information Browsing Service- The World
Wide Web- Information Retrieval from the World WideWeb-Other Facilities Provided by
Browsers - Audio on the Internet.Societal Impactsof Information Technology:
CareersinInformation Technology.
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Rajaraman,V.2008.IntroductiontoInformationTechnology.[SixthPrinting].
PrenticeHall of India Pvt. Limited, New Delhi.(UNIT I toV)
2. Nagpal,D.P.2010.ComputerFundamentals.[FirstEdition,Revised].S.Chand
&CompanyLtd, New Delhi. (UNIT I(Introduction: Characteristics of
Computers to Categories of Computer))
REFERENCE BOOKS:
Students understand Major components of Computer System and its working principles.
Students learn and understand the Role of an Operating System and basic terminologies of
networks.
Students understand how the Information Technology aids for the Current Scenario.
Students understand the Computer Software.
Students understand internet applications
SEMESTER IV
CORE PAPER-4
RELATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
Objective:
The students are able to understand database concepts and database
management system software and have a high-level understanding of major
DBMS components and their function.
The students are able to understand the E R model and relational model.
The students are able to be able to write SQL commands to create tables and
indexes, insert/update/delete data, and query data in a relational DBMS.
The students are able to Understand Functional Dependency and Functional
Decomposition.
The students are able to understand the architecture of database
management system and also understand the various different architecture
such as server system architecture, parallel sytems and distributed database
systems.
UNIT- I : DATABASE ARCHITECTURE AND ER DIAGRAM 12 Hours
Database system applications - Purpose of database systems - View of data-
Database languages - Database architecture - Database users and administrators -
History of database systems-Entity relationship modeling: entity types, entity set,
attribute and key, relationships, relation types, roles and structural constraints,
weak entities, enhanced E-R and object modeling, sub classes; super classes,
inheritance, specialization and generalization
TEXT BOOK:
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry Korth, S.Sudarshan, Database Systems
Concepts, Sixth Edition, McGraw Hill, 2010. 2. Raghu Ramakrishnan and
Johannes Gehrke, Database management systems, Third Edition,2002
REFERENCES
1. Bipin Desai, An Introduction to database systems, Galgotia Publications,
2010. 2. RamezElamassri, Shankant B-Navathe, Fundamentals of Database
Systems, Pearson, 7th Edition, 2015
E - REFERENCES
1. NPTEL, Introduction to database desigh, Dr P Sreenivasa Kumar Professor
CS&E, Department, IIT, Madras
2. 2. NPTEL, Indexing and Searching TechniquesinDatabasesDr.
ArnabBhattacharya,IIT Kanpur
Course Outcomes:
Describe the database architecture and its applications Sketch the ER diagram
for real world applications Uses various ER diagram for a similar concepts
from various sources.
Discuss about the relational algebra and calculus Construct various queries in
SQL and PL/SQL Compiles various queries in SQL, Relational Calculus and
Algebra.
Describe the various normalization forms Apply the normalization concepts
for a table of data Practices a table and implement the normalization
concepts.
Explain the storage and accessing of data.
Illustrate the query processing in database management. Define the
concurrency control and deadlock concept
CORE PRACTICAL - 4
Objectives:
To understand the concepts of DDL/DML/DCL/TCL commands.
To understand the concepts of Join queries.
To understand the concepts of exception handling.
To understand the concepts of cursors.
To understand the concepts of packages.
LAB EXERCISES:
REFERENCE BOOK:
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry Korth, S.Sudarshan, Database Systems
Concepts, Sixth Edition, McGraw Hill, 2010. 2. Raghu Ramakrishnan and
Johannes Gehrke, Database management systems, Third Edition,2002
Course Outcomes:
Design and Implement a database schema for a given problem domain.
Populate and Query a database using SQL DDL/DML Commands.
Build well formed in String Date/Aggregate Functions.
Design and Implement a database query using Joins, Sub-Queries and Set
Operations.
Program in SQL including Objects (Functions, Procedures, Triggers)
ALLIED -2
PAPER - 2
Course Objectives
1. To study the concept of special theory of relativity.
2. To expose the structure of atom with different models.
3. To know the definition of binding energy and to study about nuclear models
4. To learn the different number system in digital electronics and logic gates
5. To give an introduction about nanomaterial.
Bohr atom model – Critical Potentials - Experimental determination of critical potentials - Franck
and Hertz’s experiment -Sommerfield’s Relativistic atom model The vector atom model – spatial
quantization–spinning of an electron –quantum numbers associated with the vector atom model –
coupling schemes –LS and jj coupling – the Pauli's exclusion principle – Stern and Gerlach
experiment
Binding energy-Binding energy per nucleon-Packing fraction-Nuclear models – liquid drop model
– semi empirical mass formula – merits and demerits -shell model -evidences for shell model –
nuclear radiation detectors –ionization chamber – G.M Counter-Wilson cloud chamber-Particle
accelerators-Cyclotron-Betatron.
Number systems -Decimal, Binary, Octal and Hexadecimal system – Conversion from one number
system to another- Binary Arithmetic -Addition –Subtraction- 1’s and 2’s complement -Binary
codes- BCD code – Excess 3 code, Gray code.
NAND, NOR and EXOR – functions and truth tables. NAND & NOR as universal gates-Half
adder and Full adder - Half subtractor and Full subtractor using NAND gate only.
UNIT-5: Nanomaterial
Text Books
Unit 1 to Unit 3
1. Modern Physics – R,Murugeshan, KiruthigaSivaprasath, S.Chand&Co, New Delhi,
2016
Unit 4
1. V.Vijayendran, Introduction to Integrated Electronics (Digital & Analog), S. Viswanathan,
Printers & Publishers Private Ltd, Chennai, 2007
Unit 5
1. V. Raghavan, Material Science and Engineering ,Printice Hall India.,2004.
Reference Book
1. Allied Physics – R. Murugesan S. Chand & Co. New Delhi, 2005.
2. A Text book of Digital electronics – R.S.Sedha, S.Chand&Co, 2013
3. Malvino and Leech, Digital Principles and Application, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, New
Delhi, 2000.
4. Dr. M.N. Avadhanulu, Material science, S.Chand& Company, New Delhi, 2014.
5. M.Arumugam, Material science, Anuradhapuplishers, 1990.
6. V. Rajendran, Material Science, Tata McGraw Hill Ltd, New Delhi,2001.
7. D.C.Tayal, Nuclear Physics, Himalaya Publishing House, 2009
E-MATERIALS
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Galilean_transformation
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NH3_lIkSB9s
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EEWuUst2GK4
4. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vector_model_of_the_atom
5. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/what-is-a-geiger-muller-counter
6. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jxY6RC52Cf0
7. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/digital_circuits/digital_circuits_number_systems.htm
8. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4ae9sJBBkvw
9. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nanomaterials
10. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mPxoJz6treE (Tamil video)
Course Outcomes
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to study the frames of reference, Galilean
transformation equations and special theory of relativity.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to describe the different atomic models and
Stern and Gerlach Experiment.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to explain binding energy, liquid drop model,
G.M counter and particle accelerators.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to know the conversion of number systems
from one to other and also will be able to design universal gates using NAND and NOR
gates.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to understanding the basics of nanomaterial,
synthesis and its applications.
ALLIED PRACTICAL- PHYSICS
Text Books
1. C.C. Ouseph, U.J. Rao, V. Vijayendran, Practical Physics and Electronics, S. Viswanathan,
Printers & Publishers Private Ltd, Chennai,2018.
2. M.N.Srinivasan, S. Balasubramanian, R.Ranganathan, A Text Book of Practical Physics,
Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi, 2015.
Reference Books
UNIT-I
UNIT-II
UNIT-III
Standard distributions - Binomial, Poisson, Normal distribution and fitting of these
distributions.
UNIT-IV
Test of Significance- small sample and large sample test based on mean, S.D. correlation
and proportion - confidence interval.
UNIT-V
Analysis of variance - One and Two way classifications - Basic principle of design of
Experiments - Randomisation, Replication and Local control - C.R.D., R.B.D. and L.S.D.
1. Fundamental of Mathematical Statistics - S.C. Gupta & V.K. Kapoor - Sultan Chand
2. Fundamental of Applied Statistics - S.C. Gupta & V.K. Kapoor – Sultan Chand
3. Statistical Methods - Snedecor G.W. & Cochran W.G. oxford & +DII
4. Elements of Statistics - Mode . E.B. – Prentice Hall
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
ALLIED PRACTICAL
Note:
25
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
26
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
– Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) – SNMP Protocol – Hyper Text Transmission
Protocol (HTTP) – World Wide Web (WWW) –Four Aspects of Security – Privacy –
Digital Signature – PGP – Access Authorization.
Text Book:
1. Data Communication and Networking 2nd Edition Behrouz A. Forouzan,
McGraw Hill Education 2014.
2. Stojmenovic and Cacute, Handbook of Wireless Networks and Mobile
Computing, Wiley, 2002, ISBN 0471419028.
Reference Books:
1. Data and Communication Network, William Stalling PHI 2014.
2. Computer Networks, Andrew S. Tanenbaum , David J. Wetherall, 5th
Edition,Prentice Hall. 2010
E REFERENCES
1. http://nptel.ac.in/video.php?subjectId=117102062
Course Outcomes:
To understand the concepts of basic OSI layers.
To understand the concepts of signals and transmission media.
To understand the basic concepts of error detection and DLC
To understand the Characterize of wireless transmission technologies
To understand the concepts of Security.
27
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
NON-MAJOR ELECTIVE
PAPER-2
INTERNET TECHNOLOGY
OBJECTIVS
The subject aims to build the concepts regarding:
Fundamentals of Internet, Connectivity and its Resource Requirements.
To understand the Internet Technology and its applications
To Understand WWW and Web Browsers.
Mailing system and applications of Internet.
To Understand relay chat
UNIT-I
Introduction to internet: What is Internet? Evolution and History of Internet- Growth of
Internet-Owners of Internet- Internet Services- How does the Internet Works?-Anatomy of
Internet-Internet Addressing-Internet vs Intranet-Impact of Internet- Governance of Internet.
UNIT-II
Internet Technology and Protocol: ISO-OSI Reference Model-Internet Connectivity:
Getting Connected- Different Types of Connections- Levels of Internet Connectivity- Internet
Service Provider. Internet Tools and Multimedia: Current Trends on Internet-Multimedia
and Animation.
UNIT-III
WWW and Web Browser: WWW-Evolution of Web-Basic Elements of WWW-Web
Browsers- Search Engines- Search Criteria. Web Publishing: Web Publishing- Web Page
Design.
UNIT-IV
Email: E-Mail Basics- E-Mail System-E-Mail Protocol-E-Mail Addresses-Structure of an E-
Mail Message-E-Mail Clients&Servers-MailingList-E-MailSecurity.
UNIT-V
Usenet and Internet Relay Chat: What is Usenet?-Newsgroup Hierarchies-What is a
Newsreader?- How do you Read Newsgroups?- Who Administers Usenet?- Common News
reading Tasks- How to Read Articles from Network News?- Relationship between Netnews
and E-Mail-What is IRC?-Channels-Nicknames- Microsoft NetMeeting. Internet and Web
Security: Overview of Internet Security-
Aspects and Need of Security-E-Mail Threats and Secure E-mail-Web Security and
Privacy Concepts-Firewall.
TEXTBOOK:
1. ISRD Group. 2012. Internet Technology andWebDesign. [Fourth reprint]. Tata
McGraw-HillEducationPrivateLimited., New Delhi.
28
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Deitel,H.M Dietel,P.J.andGoldbergA.B.2008.Internet&Worldwide
Web- How toProgram.[Third Edition].PHL,New Delhi.
2. Comdex.2000.Teachyourselfcomputersandtheinternetvisually.[First
Edition]. IDGBookIndia (p)Ltd.
3. Ramachandran,T.M.Nambissan.2003.AnOverviewofinternetandweb development.
[FirstEdition].T M-Dhruv Publications.
29
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
SEMESTER V
CORE PAPER - 5
Objectives:
GUI for Android: activities lifecycle – Android v7 support library – Intent: Intent
object – Intent filters – Adding categories – Linking activities – User Interface design
components – Basic Views – Picker Views – List View – Specialized Fragment –
Gallery and Image View – Image Switcher – Grid View, Options Menu – Context
Menu – Clock View –Web view – Recycler View.
30
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
Location based services: Google maps V2 services using Google API – Animations
and Graphics: Property Animation – View Animations –Drawable Animations –
Media and Camera API: Working with video and audio inputs – camera API – Sensor
programming: Motion sensors – Position sensors – Environmental sensors –
Publishing Android Apps: Guide lines – policies and process of uploading Apps to
Google play.
TEXT BOOKS:
REFERENCES:
31
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
CORE PAPER - 6
OPERATING SYSTEM
Objectives:
Enable the student to get sufficient knowledge on concepts, functions and various
system resources of operating systems.
UNIT I: OPERATING SYSTEM BASICS
Objective: To understand the structure and functions of operating systems.
Basic Concepts of Operating System – Services of Operating System – Operating
System Types – Computer System Operation – I/O Structure – Storage Structure –
Memory Hierarchy – System Components – System Calls – System Programs –
System Design and Implementation – Introduction to Process – Process State –
Process Control Block – Process Scheduling – Operations on Process – Interprocess
Communication – Communication in Client/Server Systems – Threads.
UNIT II: CPU SCHEDULING ALGORITHM AND PREVENTION
Objective: To understand the principles of scheduler, scheduler algorithms and
Deadlock.
Introduction –Types of CPU Scheduler – Scheduling Criteria – Scheduling
Algorithms – Semaphores – Classic Problems of Synchronization – Basic
Concept of Deadlocks – Deadlock Characterization – Deadlock Prevention –
Deadlock Avoidance – Deadlock Detection – Recovery of Deadlock.
32
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
33
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
CORE PAPER - 7
Objectives:
The objective of the course is to teach techniques for effective problem solving in
computing. The use of different paradigms of problem solving will be used to
illustrate clever and efficient ways to solve a given problem. In each case emphasis
will be placed on rigorously proving correctness of the algorithm.
UNIT –I: ALGORITHM AND ANALYSIS
Objective: Understanding various algorithm design techniques.
Elementary Data Structures: Stack – Queues – Trees – Priority Queue – Graphs –
What is an Algorithm? – Algorithm Specification – Performance Analysis: Space
Complexity – Time Complexity – Asymptotic Notation – Randomized Algorithms.
The General Method – Multistage Graphs – All Pair Shortest Path – Optimal Binary
Search Trees – String Editing – 0/1 Knapsack – Reliability Design – The Traveling
Salesperson Problem. Techniques for Binary Trees – Techniques for Graphs – BFS –
DFS.
34
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
35
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
CORE PRACTICAL - 5
36
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
CORE PRACTICAL - 6
2. Shell Programming.
5. Implement Semaphores
37
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER-1
(to choose one out of 3)
A. DATA MINING
Objectives:
To enable the students to understand the importance of Data Mining and its
techniques with recent trends and tools.
What is Data Mining– Kinds of Data – Kinds of patterns – Technologies used for
Data Mining– Major Issues in Data Mining– Data –Data Objects and Attribute
types– Data Visualization– Measuring Data Similarity and Dissimilarity–Data
Preprocessing– overview– Data Cleaning– Data Integration– Data Reduction– Data
Transformation and Data Discretization.
38
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
Objective: To improve the student’s knowledge with recent trends and tools
TEXT BOOKS:
1. “Data Warehousing Fundamentals”, PaulrajPonnaiah, Wiley Publishers,
2001.
3. “Introduction to Data mining with case studies”, G.K. Gupta, PHI Private
limited, New Delhi, 2008. 2nd Edition, PHI, 2011
REFERENCES:
1. “Advances in Knowledge Discover and Data Mining”, Usama M. Fayyad,
Gregory Piatetsky Shapiro, Padhrai Smyth RamasamyUthurusamy, the
M.I.T. Press, 2007.
2. “The Data Warehouse Toolkit”, Ralph Kimball, Margy Ross, John Wiley
and Sons Inc., 2002
3. “Building Data Mining Applications for CRM”, Alex Berson, Stephen Smith,
Kurt Thearling, Tata McGraw Hill, 2000.
4. “Data Mining: Introductory and Advanced Topics”, Margaret Dunham,
Prentice Hall, 2002.
5. “Discovering Knowledge in Data: An Introduction to Data Mining”, Daniel
T. Larose John Wiley & Sons, Hoboken, New Jersey, 2004
39
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER-1
B. INFORMATION SECURITY
Objectives:
40
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
TEXT BOOKS:
REFERENCES:
41
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER-1
C. SOFTWARE TESTING
Objectives:
To study the concepts of software engineering with the aim of acquiring skills
to develop Software applications, following all standardized procedures and
techniques.
Objective: To learn to inspect and detect errors by going through each and every
code segment
Water fall model– V–model– Spiral model– Agile model – Life cycle of testing–
Static Testing – dynamic testing – White box testing – Block box testing –
Regression testing – Integration Testing – System and Performance Testing –
Usability Testing
42
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
TEXT BOOKS:
REFERENCES:
43
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
Objectives:
This course is intended to provide the students with an overall view over
Software Engineering discipline and with insight into the processes of software
development.
Objective: Introduces the concepts and methods required for the construction of
large software intensive systems.
Data Engineering: Design Process and Design Quality – Design Concepts – The
Design Model– Creating an Architectural Design – Software Architecture – Data
Design – Architectural style – Architectural Design – Architectural Mapping Using
Data Flow – Performing User Interface Design – Golden Rules.
44
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
Objective: To enable the students to learn the basic of Project Management &
Scheduling.
TEXT BOOKS:
REFERENCES:
45
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
SEMESTER VI
CORE PAPER - 8
Objectives:
Objective: To learn to inspect and detect errors by going through each and every
code segment.
Introduction: Linux Essential Commands – Kernel Mode and user mode –File
system Concept – Standard Files – The Linux Security Model – Vi Editor –
Partitions Creation – Shell Introduction – String Processing – Investigation and
Managing Processes – Network Clients – Installing Application.
46
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
UNIT V: PERL
PERL : Perl backgrounder – Perl overview – Perl parsing rules – Variables and Data –
Statements and Control structures – Subroutines, Packages, and Modules– Working
with Files – Data Manipulation.
TEXT BOOKS:
REFERENCES:
47
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
CORE PAPER - 9
PYTHON PROGRAMMING
UNIT I:
UNIT II:
UNIT III:
UNIT IV:
Lists: Using List- List Assignment and Equivalence – List Bounds- Slicing - Lists and
Functions- Prime Generation with a List.List Processing: Sorting-Flexible Sorting-
Search- List Permutations- Randomly Permuting a List- Reversing a List.
48
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
UNIT V:
TEXT BOOKS:
REFERENCE BOOKS:
49
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
CORE PRACTICAL - 7
50
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
CORE PRACTICAL - 8
8. Application for Email Registration and Login using PHP and MySQL.
9. Program to Create a File and write the Data into it using PHP.
51
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER -2
(to choose one out of 3)
A. BIG DATA ANALYTICS
Objectives:
Mining data streams: Introduction To Streams Concepts – Stream Data Model and
Architecture – Stream Computing – Sampling Data in a Stream – Filtering Streams –
Counting Distinct Elements in a Stream – Estimating Moments – Counting Oneness
in a Window – Decaying Window – Real time Analytics Platform(RTAP) Applications
– Case Studies – Real Time Sentiment Analysis– Stock Market Predictions.
52
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
REFERENCES:
53
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER -2
B. CRYPTOGRAPHY
Objectives:
Understand various Security practices and System security standards
Understand different cryptographic operations
Understand the various Authentication schemes to simulate different
applications.
Public Key Cryptography and RSA Principles– RSA Algorithm, Key Management and
other Public Key Cryptosystems Key Management, Diffie–Hellman Key Exchange,
Elliptic Curve Arithmetic – Elliptic Curve Cryptography – Psedorandom Number
Generation.
UNIT –IV:HASH FUNCTIONS AND DIGITAL SIGNATURES
54
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
Objective: To learn the configuration and manage E–mail and WLAN Security.
Intrusion Detection System – Password Management – Introduction to Firewall –
Firewall Generations– Web Security – Wireless network Security – Electronic Mail
Security– Internet Mail Architecture–S/MIME – Pretty Good Privacy (PGP).
.
TEXT BOOKS:
55
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER -2
C. DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING
Objectives:
This course enables the student knowledge about various image processing
concepts like enhancement, restoration, segmentation, compression and
recognition.
UNIT I: FUNDAMENTALS
Objective: To know the basics of Digital image and techniques.
Introduction – Origin – Steps in Digital Image Processing – Components –
Applications of DIP – Elements of Visual Perception – Light and Electro Magnetic
Spectrum – Image Sensing and Acquisition – Image Sampling and Quantization –
Images in Matlab– Pixels – Color models – Digital Image Processing in Multimedia.
UNIT II: IMAGE ENHANCEMENT
Objective: To understand various Image enhancement ideas.
Spatial Domain – Gray level transformations – Histogram Quantization – Histogram
matching and processing – Basics of Spatial Filtering – Smoothing and Sharpening
Spatial Filtering – Introduction to Fourier Series – Fourier Transform – Smoothing
and Sharpening frequency domain filters – Ideal – Butterworth and Gaussian filters.
UNIT III: IMAGE RESTORATION AND SEGMENTATION
Objective: To understand Image restoration techniques.
Noise models – Mean Filters – Order Statistics – Adaptive filters – Band reject
Filters – Band pass Filters – Notch Filters – Optimum Notch Filtering – Inverse
Filtering – Wiener filtering Segmentation: Detection of Discontinuities–Edge Linking
and Boundary detection – Region based segmentation– Active Contour Models –
Snakes – Fuzzy Connectivity – Morphological processing– erosion and dilation.
UNIT IV: WAVELETS AND IMAGE COMPRESSION
Objective: To understand degrees of image resolution and compression methods.
Wavelets – Subband coding – Multi resolution expansions – Compression:
Fundamentals – Image Compression models – Error Free Compression – Predictive
Compression Methods – Vector Quantization – Variable Length Coding – Bit–Plane
56
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
57
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER -3
(to choose one out of 3)
A. ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
Objectives:
To induce the innovative ideas of students, related to Robotics, Artificial
Intelligence and Machine Learning. This course enables the student’s level to
compete in the world of information and technology era.
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE:
Objective: To know the basics of Artificial Intelligence.
History of AI – Artificial Narrow Intelligence (ANI) – Artificial General Intelligence
(AGI) – Artificial Super Intelligence (ASI) – Characteristics – Types of AI – Domains –
Programming Languages of AI – Applications of AI – Future of AI.
58
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
TEXT BOOKS:
1. “Artificial Intelligence”, Elaine Rich, Kevin Knight, Tata McGraw Hill, II Edition.
2. "Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach," Stuart Russell, Peter Norvig,
Third Edition, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2010.
3. “Prolog: Programming for Artificial Intelligence”, I. Bratko, Addison – Wesley
Educational Publishers Inc., Fourth edition 2011.
REFERENCES:
1. “Machine Learning for Beginners 2019”, Matt Henderson, This Is Charlotte,
2019
2. “Introduction to Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems”, Dan W.
Patterson, Pearson, 2015
59
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER -3
B. SYSTEM SOFTWARE
Objectives:
Objective: Ability to trace the path of a source code to object code and to
executable file
UNIT V: COMPILERS
60
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
TEXT BOOKS:
2. “Compilers – Principles, techniques and tools”, A.V. Aho, Ravi Sethi, J.D.
Ullman, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2011.
REFERENCES:
61
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER -3
C. CLOUD COMPUTING
Objectives:
To enable the students to learn the basic functions, principles and concepts of
cloud computing Systems.
Cloud Service Models – SOA & Cloud – Multicore Technology – Memory and
Storage Technologies – Networking Technologies – Web 2.0 – 3.0 – Software
Process Models for Cloud – Agile SDLC for Cloud Computing – Pervasive Computing
– Application Environment – Virtualization.
62
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
Objective: At the end of the course, the student should be able to learn Security
Aspects of Cloud Computing.
TEXT BOOKS:
REFERENCES:
63
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
PAPER-4
INTERNET OF THINGS
Objectives:
This course presents the Introduction to IoT, M2M,IoT Architecture, IoT
Model And Views, IOT protocols and Real world design constraints enable the
students to learn the concepts of IoT.
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO IoT
IoT and M2M – Difference between IoT and M2M –SDN –IoT System Management
with NETCONF–YANG–IoT Platforms Design Methodology – M2M high–level ETSI
architecture – IETF architecture for IoT– OGC architecture –Service Oriented
Architecture – IoT reference architecture
Protocol Standardization for IoT – Efforts – M2M and WSN Protocols – SCADA and
RFID Protocols – Unified Data Standards – Protocols – IEEE 802.15.4 – BACNet
Protocol – Modbus– Zigbee Architecture – Network layer – 6LowPAN –CoAP –
64
B.Sc. Computer Science: Syllabus (CBCS)
Security
TEXT BOOKS:
3. Getting Started with Raspberry Pi, Matt Richardson & Shawn Wallace,
O'Reilly (SPD), 2014.
REFERENCES:
***********
65
THIRUVALLUVAR UNIVERSITY
MASTER OF COMPUTER SCIENCE
(CBCS PATTERN)
(With effect from 2020 - 2021)
Uni.
SEMESTER II CIA Total
Exam
9. Core Paper -4 5 3 Advanced Enterprise Java 25 75 100
Programming
10. Core Paper -5 4 3 Design and Analysis of Algorithm 25 75 100
11. Core Paper -6 4 3 Web Application using C#.NET 25 75 100
1
17. *Field Study - 2 100 - 100
18. Compulsory 2 2 Human Rights 25 75 100
Paper
30 25 1000
Uni.
SEMESTER III CIA Total
Exam
19. Core Paper -7 5 4 Distributed Operating System 25 75 100
20. Core Paper -8 5 4 XML and Web Services 25 75 100
21. Core Paper -9 5 3 Programming using Python 25 75 100
22. Practical Paper -7 3 2 Practical 7: Distributed Operating 25 75 100
System
23. Practical Paper -8 3 2 Practical 8: XML and Web Services 25 75 100
24. Practical Paper -9 3 2 Practical 9: Programming using Python 25 75 100
Internal Elective for same major students
25. Core Elective Paper -3 3 3 (To choose one out of 3) 25 75 100
A. Block chain Technology
B. Internet of Things
C. Network Security
External Major for other major Students (Inter/multi-disciplinary papers)
26. Open Elective Paper - 3 3 3 (To choose one out of 3) 25 75 100
A. Programming using C
B. Programming using C++
C. Programming using Python
27. **MOOC - - 100
Courses
30 23 200 600 900
Uni.
SEMESTER IV CIA Total
Exam
28. Core Paper-10 5 4 Mobile Application Development 25 75 100
29. Core Paper-11 6 4 Software Project Management 25 75 100
30. Practical Paper-10 3 2 Practical 1: Mobile Application 25 75 100
Development
31. Core Project 10 5 100 100
Project with viva voce (Compulsory) (75 Project + 25
viva)
Internal Elective for same major students (Choose any one)
32. Core Elective Paper - 4 3 3 (To choose one out of 3) 25 75 100
A. Big Data Analysis
B. Artificial Intelligence
C. Machine Learning
External Major for other major Students (Inter/multi-disciplinary papers)
33. Open Elective Paper - 4 3 3 (To choose one out of 3) 25 75 100
A. Cyber Security
B. Decision Support system
C. Research Methods & Ethics
30 21 125 375 600
120 90 3300
* Field Study
There will be field study which is compulsory in the first semester of all PG courses with
2 credits. This field study should be related to the subject concerned with social impact.
Field and Topic should be registred by the students in the first semester of their study
along with the name of a mentor before the end of the month of August. The report with
problem identification and proposed solution should be written in not less than 25 pages
in a standard format and it should be submitted at the end of second semester. The period
2
for undergoing the field study is 30 hours beyond the instructional hours of the respective
programme. Students shall consult their mentors within campus and experts outside the
campus for selecting the field and topic of the field study. The following members may be
nominated for confirming the topic and evaluating the field study report.
**Mooc Courses
Inclusion of the Massive Open Online Courses (MOOCs) with zero credits available on
SWAYAM, NPTEL and other such portals approved by the University Authorities.
3
SEMESTER III
PAPER - 7
DISTRIBUTED OPERATING SYSTEM
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To understand foundations of Distributed Systems.
To introduce the idea of memory management
To understand in detail the system level and support required for distributed system.
To understand the shell script commands of Unix
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 - Students are able to understand foundations of Distributed Systems.
CO2 - Students are able to get the idea of memory management
CO3 - Students are able to comprehend in detail the system level and support required for
distributed system.
CO4 - Students are able to recognize the shell script commands of Unix
UNIT-I: INTRODUCTION
Operating system concepts - System Calls - OS Structure - Process and Threads: Process -
Threads - Inter Process Communication - Scheduling - Classical IPC Problems.
UNIT-III: INPUT/OUTPUT
Principles of I/O hardware - Principles of I/O software - I/O Software Layers - Disks - Clocks
- User Interface - Thin Clients - Power Management. Deadlocks: Resources - Introduction -
The Ostrich Algorithm - Deadlock Avoidance - Deadlock Prevention - Other issues.
UNIT-V: SECURITY
Security Environment - Basics of Cryptography - Protection Mechanisms - Authentication -
Insider Attacks - Exploiting Code Bugs - Malware – Defenses - Case Study: LINUX.
TEXT
1. Andrew S. Tanenbaum - Modern Operating System - Prentice Hall of India Pvt Limited,
2001
4
REFERENCES
1. Pradeep K. Sinha. - Distributed Operating Systems Concepts and Design - Prentice Hall of
India Pvt Limited, 2008
2. Andrew S. Tanenbaum and Maarten Van Steen - Distributed Systems - Prentice Hall of
India Pvt Limited, 2002.
WEB REFERENCES
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distributed_operating_system
https://www.tutorialspoint.com/distributed-operating-system
https://lasr.cs.ucla.edu/classes/188_winter15/readings/distributed_os_notes.html
5
PAPER - 8
XML AND WEB SERVICES
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To examine fundamental XML technology
To understand the use of JSON
To gain an understanding about the role of web services in commercial applications
To learn the emerging standard protocols like SOAP, WSDL and UDDI.
To introduce the role of web services in CMS
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 - Students are able to understand the use of web services in B2C and B2B applications.
CO2 - Students are able to understand the design principles and application of SOAP and
REST based web services.
CO3 - Students are able to design collaborating web services according to a specification.
CO4 - Students are able to implement an application that uses multiple web services in a
realistic business scenario.
UNIT - IV: WEB SERVICE BUILDING BLOCKS: SOAP, WSDL AND UDDI
Introduction to SOAP – Basic SOAP syntax – Sending SOAP messages – Future of SOAP –
Introduction to WSDL – Basic WSDL syntax- SOAP binding – Introduction of UDDI –
UDDI API – Future of UDDI.
6
TEXTS
1. Ron Schmelzer et al. “XML and Web Services”, Pearson Education, 2002.
2. MichealDroettboom, “Understanding JSON Schema Release 1.0”, 2013.
REFERENCES
1. Ethan Cerami, “Web Services Essentials”, O’Reilly, Shroff Publishers & Distributors
Pvt.Ltd, Fourth Edition, 2002.
2. Sandeep Chatterjee and James Webber, “Developing Enterprise Web Services: An
Architect’s Guide”, Prentice Hall Edition, 2004.
WEB REFERENCES
www.w3schools.com/xml/
https://www.tutorialspoint.com/xml/
www.xmlmaster.org/en/article/d01/
www.quackit.com/xml/tutorial/
www.tutorialspoint.com/webservices/
www.javatpoint.com/web-services-tutorial
tutorials.jenkov.com/web-services/
7
PAPER - 9
PROGRAMMING USING PYTHON
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To know the basics of algorithmic problem solving
To read and write simple Python programs.
To develop Python programs with conditionals and loops.
To define Python functions and call them.
To use Python data structures – lists, tuples, dictionaries.
To do input/output with files in Python.
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 - Students are able to explore the fundamental concepts of Python
CO2 - Students are able to understand Basics of Python programming language
CO3 - Students are able to solve simple problems using Python
CO4 - Students are able to acquire fundamental knowledge and skills on Python
Programming
CO5 - Students are able to understand the nuances of this language.
CO6 - Students are able to know the usage of modules and packages in Python
CO7 - Students are able to familiarize with file concepts in Python
CO8 - Students are able to familiarize with web concepts using Python.
UNIT - I: OVERVIEW
Introduction to Python: Features of Python - How to Run Python – Identifiers - Reserved
Keywords - Variables - Comments in Python - Indentation in Python - Multi-Line Statements
- Multiple Statement Group (Suite) – Quotes in Python - Input, Output and Import Functions
- Operators. Data Types and Operations: Numbers-Strings-List-Tuple-Set-Dictionary-Data
type conversion.
8
UNIT - V: REGULAR EXPRESSIONS & WEB APPLICATIONS
Regular Expressions: The match() function - The search() function - Search and Replace -
Regular Expression Modifiers: Option Flags - Regular Expression Patterns - Character
Classes - Special Character Classes - Repetition Cases - findall() method - compile() method.
Web Application Framework- Django Architecture- Starting development- Case Study:
Blogging App.
TEXTS
1. Jeeva Jose and P. SojanLal, “Introduction to Computing and Problem Solving with
Python”, Khanna Book Publising Co. (P) Ltd., 2016.
2. ArshdeepBahga, Vijay Madisetti, “Cloud Computing: A Hands – On Approach”
Universities press (India) Pvt. limited 2016.
REFERENCES
1. Wesley J. Chun, “Core Python Programming”, Second Edition, Prentice Hall Publication,
2006.
2. Timothy A Budd, “Exploring Python”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, ISBN:
780071321228
WEB REFERENCES
www.learnpython.org/
https://www.codecademy.com/learn/python
https://www.Codementor.io
https://www.Python.org
9
PRACTICAL - 7
DISTRIBUTED OPERATING SYSTEM
1. Write a shell script to copy, rename and print multiple files using choice menus.
2. Write a shell script to display logged in users who are using high CPU percentage.
3. Write a shell script to list processes based on CPU percentage and memory un usage.
4. Write a shell script to display total used and free memory space.
5. Write a shell script that takes as command-line input a number n and a word. The program
should then print the word n times, one word per line.
6. Write a shell scripts using the following statements. a) While-loop b) For-loop c) If-then-
else d) Switch
7. Write a shell script using grep statement.
8. Write a shell script that can search all immediate sub-directories of the currentdirectory for
a given file and then quit if it finds one.
10
PRACTICAL-8
XML AND WEB SERVICES
11
PRACTICAL-9
PROGRAMMING USING PYTHON
12
CORE ELECTIVE
PAPER - 3
(to choose one out of 3)
A. BLOCKCHAIN TECHNOLOGY
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To understand the functions of Blockchain
To have clarity in the Concepts, challenges, solutions with respect to Blockchain
To understand the facts and myths related to cryptocurrencies.
To apply the concept of Blockchain for various applications.
To correlate current Indian scenario in governing cryptocurrencies in India with
Global standard.
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 - Students are able to understand the functions of Blockchains
CO2 - Students are able to have clarity in the Concepts, challenges, solutions with respect to
blockchain
CO3 - Students are able to understand the facts and myths related to cryptocurrencies.
CO4 - Students are able to apply the concept of Blockchain for various applications.
CO5 - Students are able to correlate Current Indian scenario in governing cryptocurrencies in
India with Global standard.
13
Publishing: Journalcoin, The Blockchain Is Not for Every Situation, Centralization-
Decentralization Tension and Equilibrium.
TEXT
1. Melanie. Swan. Blockchain: Blueprint for a new economy. " O'Reilly Media, Inc.", 2015.
REFERENCES
1. Colm Gordon, “Blockchain Simplified”, 2017.
2. Melanie Swan “Blockchain”, O’Reilly Media, Inc., 2015.
3. Imran basher, “Mastering Blockchain” Packt publication, 2nd Edition, 2018.
WEB REFERENCES
https://www.udemy.com/course/blockchain-and-bitcoin-fundamentals
https://www.tutorialspoint.com/blockchain/index.htm
14
CORE ELECTIVE
PAPER - 3
B. INTERNET OF THINGS
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To design and Develop IOT based solution for real world applications
To realize the evolution of Internet in Mobile Devices, Cloud & Sensor Networks
To understand the building blocks of Internet of Things and its characteristics.
To understand the concepts of IOT and its application.
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 - Students are able to design and develop IOT based solution for real world applications
CO2 - Students are able to realize the evolution of Internet in Mobile Devices, Cloud &
Sensor Networks
CO3 - Students are able to understand the building blocks of Internet of Things and its
characteristics.
CO4 - Students are able to understand the concept of IOT and its application.
UNIT - I: INTRODUCTION
Introduction and Definition of Internet of Things, IoT Growth – A Statistical View,
Application Areas of IoT, Characteristics of IoT, Things in IoT, IoT Stack, Enabling
Technologies, IoT Challenges, IoT Levels, Is Cyber Physical System the same as IoT? Is
WSN the same as IoT?
15
UNIT - V: GETTING FAMILIARIZED WITH ARDUINO IDE
Architecture, Arduino Programming, A Simple Application, Arduino Playground. Getting
Familiarized with Raspberry Pi - Story behind Raspberry Pi, Architecture, Compatible
Peripherals, Add-Ons, and Accessories, Operating System for Raspberry Pi, Setting up
Raspberry Pi, Initial Configuration for Raspberry Pi, Linux Based Softwares in Raspberry Pi,
Application Development with Raspberry-Pi – A Quick Walk Through.
TEXT
1. Shriram K Vasudevan, Abhishek S Nagarajan, RMD Sundaram, Internet of Things, Wiley,
India, 2019.
REFERENCES
1. Vijay Madisetti and Arshdeep Bahga, “Internet of Things (A Hands-on
Approach)”, 1stEdition, VPT, 2014.
2. Francis daCosta, “Rethinking the Internet of Things: A Scalable Approach to Connecting
Everything”, 1st Edition, Apress Publications, 2013.
WEB REFERENCES
https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=iot
https://online.stanford.edu/courses/xee100-introduction-internet-things
https://www.tutorialspoint.com/internet_of_things/index.htm
16
CORE ELECTIVE
PAPER - 3
C. NETWORK SECURITY
COURSE OBJECTIVES
Identify some of the driving factors needed for network security
Identify and classify attacks and threats
Compare and contrast symmetric and asymmetric encryption systems.
Identify the web systems vulnerable to attack.
Use appropriate secure mail applications and security protocols
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 - Students are able to identify some of the driving factors needed for network security
CO2 - Students are able to Identify and classify attacks and threats
CO3 - Students are able tocompare and contrast symmetric and asymmetric encryption
systems.
CO4 - Students are able toidentify the web systems vulnerable to attack.
CO5 - Students are able touse appropriate secure mail applications and security protocols
17
UNIT-V: PROTECTION OF COMPUTING RESOURCES
Secure Programs - Non-malicious Program Errors - Viruses and Other Malicious Code -
Targeted Malicious Code - Methods of Control. Security Features in Operating System:
Objects to be Protected - Protection Methods of Operating Systems - Memory Protection -
File Protection - User Authentication.
TEXT
1. William Stallings. Cryptography and network security, 4/E. Pearson Education India,
2006.
REFERENCE
2. Singh,”Network Security and Management”, 2nd ed., PHI.
WEB REFERENCES
https://alison.com/course/introduction-to-computer-network-security
https://www.udemy.com/course/certified-secure-netizen/
18
OPEN ELECTIVE
PAPER - 3
(to choose one out of 3)
A. PROGRAMMING USING C
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To identifysituations where computational methods and computers would be useful.
To enhance their analyzing and problem-solving skills and use the same for writing
programs in C.
To develop logics and that will help them to create programs, applications in C.
To identify programming task involvedin a given computational problem.
To approachthe programming tasks using techniques learned and writepseudo-code.
To choosethe right data representation formats based on the requirements of the
problem.
To usethe comparisons and limitations of the various programming constructs and
choosethe right one for the task in hand.
To enter the program on a computer, edit, compile, debug, correct, recompile and run
it.
To identify tasks in which the numerical techniques learned are applicable and apply
them to write programs.
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 - Students are able to understand a functional hierarchical code organization.
CO2 - Students are able to define and manage data structures based on problem subject
domain.
CO3 - Students are able to work with textual information, characters and strings.
CO4 - Students are able to work with arrays, structures, pointers and files.
19
Pointer Expressions – Pointers and Arrays – Pointers and Character Strings – Array of
Pointers – Pointers as Function Arguments – Functions returning Pointers – Pointers to
Functions.
TEXT
1. E.Balagurusamy, “Programming in ANSI C”, Seventh Edition, McGraw Hill Education
Private Limited, NewDelhi: 2017.
REFERENCES
1. YashavantKanetkar, “Let us C”, BPB Publications, Tenth Edition - New Delhi: 2010
2. Ashok N.Kamthane, “Programming in C”, Second Impression, Pearson: 2012.
WEB REFERENCES
http://www.c4learn.com/?gclid=COK1y6nHk7wCFcUA4godmlgAKA/
http://www.cprogramming.com/tutorial/c-tutorial.html/
http://www.tutorialspoint.com/cprogramming/
20
OPEN ELECTIVE
PAPER - 3
B. PROGRAMMING USING C++
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 - Students are able to understand object oriented programming and advanced C++
concepts.
CO2 - Students are able to understand the various functions and arguments in object oriented
programming.
CO3 - Students are able to understand the classes and objects in C++.
CO4 - Students are able to familiarize with inheritance and polymorphisms.
CO5 - Students are able to understand the concepts files and exception handling.
21
TEXT
1. E Balagurusamy, “Object Oriented Programming with C++”, 5th Edition, McGraw Hill
Education India Pvt Ltd. 2012.
REFERENCES
1. Andrew C. Staugaard JR, “Structured and Object-Oriented Problem Solving Using C++”,
3rd Edition, Prentice Hall, 2002.
2. Herbert Schildt, “C++: The Complete Reference”, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 1999.
WEB REFERENCES
http://www.doc.ic.ac.uk/~wjk/C++Intro/
http://www.ideone.com/
http://www.compilr.com/c-compiler
22
OPEN ELECTIVE
PAPER - 3
C. PROGRAMMING USING PYTHON
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To know the basics of algorithmic problem solving
To read and write simple Python programs.
To develop Python programs with conditionals and loops.
To define Python functions and call them.
To use Python data structures – lists, tuples, dictionaries.
To do input/output with files in Python.
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 - Students are able to explore the fundamental concepts of Python
CO2 - Students are able to understand Basics of Python programming language
CO3 - Students are able to solve simple problems using Python
CO4- Students are able to acquire fundamental knowledge and skills on Python
Programming
CO5 - Students are able to understand the nuances of this language.
CO6 - Students are able to know the usage of modules and packages in Python
CO7 - Students are able to familiarize with file concepts in Python
CO8 - Students are able to familiarize with web concepts using Python.
UNIT - I: OVERVIEW
Introduction to Python: Features of Python - How to Run Python – Identifiers - Reserved
Keywords - Variables - Comments in Python - Indentation in Python - Multi-Line Statements
- Multiple Statement Group (Suite) – Quotes in Python - Input, Output and Import Functions
- Operators. Data Types and Operations: Numbers-Strings-List-Tuple-Set-Dictionary-Data
type conversion.
23
UNIT - V: REGULAR EXPRESSIONS & WEB APPLICATIONS
Regular Expressions: The match() function - The search() function - Search and Replace -
Regular Expression Modifiers: Option Flags - Regular Expression Patterns - Character
Classes - Special Character Classes - Repetition Cases - findall() method - compile() method.
Web Application Framework- Django Architecture- Starting development- Case Study:
Blogging App.
TEXTS
1. Jeeva Jose and P. SojanLal, “Introduction to Computing and Problem Solving with
Python”, Khanna Book Publising Co. (P) Ltd., 2016.
2. ArshdeepBahga, Vijay Madisetti, “Cloud Computing: A Hands – On Approach”
Universities press (India) Pvt. limited 2016.
REFERENCES
1. Wesley J. Chun, “Core Python Programming”, Second Edition, Prentice Hall Publication,
2006.
2. Timothy A Budd, “Exploring Python”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, ISBN:
780071321228
WEB REFERENCES
www.learnpython.org/
https://www.codecademy.com/learn/python
https://www.Codementor.io
https://www.Python.org
24
SEMESTER IV
PAPER - 10
MOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To know the basis of Android application and development environment
To able to develop simple and professional application
To get ready for the job opportunity in mobile application development
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 - Students are able to know about the mobile application development environment
CO2 - Students are able to develop interface and design
CO3 - Students are able to use the techniques in Mobile Applications
UNIT - IV: HANDLING PICTURES AND MENUS WITH VIEWS AND STROING
THE DATA
Working with Image Views – Displaying Images in the Gallery View – Displaying Images in
the Grid View – Using the Image Switcher View- Designing Context Menu for Image View-
Using the Analog-Clock and Digital Clock Views – Embedding Web Browser in an Activity
- Notifying the User Creating the Toast Notification - Creating the Status Bar Notification-
25
Creating the Dialog Notification - Introducing the Data Storage Options - Using Preferences -
Using the SQLite Database Creating the Database - Executing the Database Operations.
TEXTS
1. Pradeep Kothari, “Android Application Development (with kitkat support) Black Book”,
Kogent Learning Solution Inc., Dreamtech Press India Pvt. Ltd, Wiley Publications.
2. Sayed Y. Hashimi, SatyaKomatineni, Dave MacLean, “Pro Android 2”, 2010 Edition,
Wiley publications.
REFERENCES
1. Reto Meier ,”Professional Android Application Development”,2009 Edition, Willy
Publication.
2. ZigurdMednieks, Laird Dornin, G. Blake Meike,and Masumi Nakamura, “Programming
Android”, OReilly publications.
WEB REFERENCES
www.tutorialspoint.com
www.javatpoint.net
www.mkyong.com
www.java2s.com
26
PAPER - 11
SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To provide sound knowledge in Project Management.
To understand the importance of requirement gathering
To explore different models in Software Development
To know the workflow of a Project
To identify various actors in the activity
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 - Students are able to understand the activities during the project scheduling of any
software application.
CO2 - Students are able tolearn the risk management activities and the resource allocation for
the projects.
CO3 - Students are able toapply the software estimation and recent quality standards for
evaluation of the software Projects.
CO4 - Students are able toacquire knowledge and skills needed for the construction of highly
reliable software project.
CO5 - Students are able to able to create reliable, replicable cost estimation that links to the
requirements of project planning and managing.
27
UNIT IV: RISK MANAGEMENT, RESOURCE ALLOCATION AND MONITORING
Risk Management –Risk – Categories of Risk – A Framework for Dealing with Risk – Risk
Identification – Risk Assessment – Risk Planning – Risk Management. Resource Allocation –
Introduction – The Nature of Resources – Identifying Resource Requirements – Scheduling
Resources. Monitoring –Creating the Framework – Collecting the Data – Review and Project
Termination Review – Visualizing Progress – Cost Monitoring and Earned Value Analysis –
Getting the Project Back to Target – Change Control – SCM.
TEXT
1. BOB Huges, Mike Cotterell, Rajib Mall “Software Project Management”, McGraw Hill,
Fifth Edition,2011.
REFERENCES
1. Futrell, “Quality software Project management”, Pearson Education India.
2. Royce, “Software Project Management”, Pearson Education India.
WEB REFERENCES
https://www.lynda.com/Project-Management-training-tutorials/39-0.html
www.rspa.com/spi/project-mgmt.html
28
PRACTICAL - 10
MOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT
29
CORE ELECTIVE
PAPER - 4
(to choose one out of 3)
A. BIG DATA ANALYTSIS
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To understand the needs for Big Data and its environments.
To learn the basic requirements of Big Data Technologies.
To expose the knowledge of MapReduce programming framework(Hadoop).
To be familiar with with NoSQL DB’s Cassandra and MongoDB
To understand Hive and Pig technologies for analyzing the Big Data.
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 - Students are able to learn about types of digital data and big data
CO2 - Students are able to gain knowledge of various Big data analtics and its Technologies
CO3 - Students are able to study about various NoSQL databases and management
techniques
CO4 - Students are able to work with NoSQL databases such as MongoDB and Cassendra
CO5 - Students are able to design Big data queries using Hive and Pig.
History, Needs, Features, Key advantage and Versions of Hadoop, Essential of Hadoop
ecosystems, RDBMS versus Hadoop, Key aspects and Components of Hadoop, Hadoop
architectures
30
TEXT
1. Seema Acharya and Subhashini Chellappan, “Big Data and Analytics”, Wiley India Pvt.
Ltd., 2016
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. “Big Data” by Judith Hurwitz, Alan Nugent, Dr. Fern Halper and Marcia Kaufman, Wiley
Publications, 2014.
2.“Big Data Imperatives : Enterprise Big Data Warehouse, BI Implementations and
Analytics” by Soumendra Mohanty, Madhu Jagadeesh and Harsha Srivatsa, Apress Media,
Springer Science + Business Media New York, 2013
3. “Mining of Massive Datasets”, Anand Rajaraman, Jure Leskovec, Jeffery D. Ullman,
Springer, July 2013.
4. “Hadoop: The definitive Guide”, Tom White, O'Reilly Media, 2010.
WEB REFERENCES
http://strata.oreilly.com/2010/09/the-smaq-stack-for-big-data.html
http://blogs.computerworld.com/18840/big_data_smaq_down_storage_mapreduce_and_query
31
CORE ELECTIVE
PAPER - 4
B. ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Artificial Intelligence
To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Artificial Intelligence
To enable the student to apply these techniques in applications which involve
perception, reasoning and learning
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 - Students are able to understand the various searching techniques, constraint
satisfaction problem and example problems- game playing techniques.
CO2 - Students are able toapply these techniques in applications which involve perception,
reasoning and learning.
CO3 - Students are able toexplain the role of agents and how it is related to environment and
the way of evaluating it and how agents can act by establishing goals.
CO4 - Students are able toacquire the knowledge of real world Knowledge representation.
CO5 - Students are able toanalyze and design a real world problem for implementation and
understand the dynamic behavior of a system.
CO6 - Students are able touse different machine learning techniques to design AI machine
and enveloping applications for real world problems
UNIT – I: INTRODUCTION
AI Problems - Al techniques - Criteria for success. Problems, Problem Spaces, Search: State
space search - Production Systems
TEXT
1. Elaine Rich and Kevin Knight," Artificial Intelligence", Tata McGraw Hill Publishers
company Pvt Ltd, Second Edition, 1991.
32
REFERENCES
1. Nils J. Nilsson, “Artificial Intelligence: A new Synthesis”, Harcourt Asia Pvt. Ltd., 2000.
2. Elaine Rich and Kevin Knight, “Artificial Intelligence”, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill,
2003.
3. George F. Luger, “Artificial Intelligence-Structures and Strategies For Complex Problem
Solving”, Pearson Education / PHI, 2002.
WEB REFERENCES
https://www.tutorialspoint.com/artificial_intelligence/
https://learn.saylor.org/course/view.php?id=96
https://in.udacity.com/course/intro-to-artificial-intelligence--cs271
33
CORE ELECTIVE
PAPER - 4
C. MACHINE LEARNING
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To introduce the concepts like
conceptualization and summarization of big data and machine learning
Introduction to the course, recap of linear algebra and probability theory basics.
Bayesian Classification: Naive Bayes, Parameter Estimation (ML, MAP), Sequential
Pattern Classification.
Non-parametric Methods: k-Nearest Neighbours Discriminative Learning models:
Logistic Regression, Perceptrons, Artificial Neural Networks, Support Vector Machines
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 - Students are able to design and implement machine learning solutions to classification,
regression, and clustering problems;
CO2 - Students are able to evaluate and interpret the results of the algorithms.
CO3 - Students are able to select and implement machine learning techniques and computing
environment that are suitable for the applications under consideration.
CO4 - Students are able to solve problems associated with batch learning and online learning,
and the big data characteristics such as high dimensionality, dynamically growing data and in
particular scalability issues.
CO5 - Students are able to understand and apply scaling up machine learning techniques and
associated computing techniques and technologies.
CO6 - Students are able to recognize and implement various ways of selecting suitable model
parameters for different machine learning techniques.
34
UNIT – IV: UNSUPERVISED AND LEARNING ALGORITHMS
Clustering- K-means Clustering- EM algorithm- Mixture of Gaussians- Factor Analysis-
Principal and Independent Component Analysis- latent Semantic Indexing- Spectral or sub-
space clustering.
TEXTS
1. Rajiv Chopra, ”Machine Learning”, Khanna Publications, New Delhi, 2018.
2. V.K. Jain, ”Machine Learning”, Khanna Publications, New Delhi, 2018.
REFERENCES
1. Introduction to Statistical Learning, Gareth James, Daniela Witten, Trevor Hastie, Robert
Tibshirani, Springer, 2013.
2. Pattern Classification, 2nd Ed., Richard Duda, Peter Hart, David Stork, John Wiley &
Sons, 2001.
3. Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, Christopher Bishop, Springer 2006.
WEB REFERENCES
https://www.datacamp.com/courses/introduction-to-machine-learning-with-r
https://elitedatascience.com/learn-machine-learning
https://www.analyticsvidhya.com/learning-path-learn-machine-learning/
35
OPEN ELECTIVE
PAPER - 4
(to choose one out of 3)
A. CYBER SECURITY
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To understand the cyber threats and their Impact
To have an awareness towards cybercrimes and legal impact against them
To avoid becoming a Victim to cyber threats
To assess risks and weakness in security policies
To respond to security alerts and identify flaws in systems and networks
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 - Students are able to understand the cyber threats and their Impact
CO2 - Students are able to have an awareness towards cybercrimes and legal impact against
them
CO3 - Students are able to avoid becoming a Victim to cyber threats
CO4 - Students are able to assess risks and weakness in security policies
CO5 - Students are able to respond to security alerts and identify flaws in systems and
networks
36
UNIT - IV: CYBERSECURITY
Organizational Implications – Introduction - Cost of Cybercrimes and IPR Issues: Lessons for
Organizations - Web Threats for Organizations: The Evils and Perils - Security and Privacy
Implications from Cloud Computing - Social Media Marketing: Security Risks and Perils for
Organizations - Social Computing and the Associated Challenges for Organizations -
Protecting People's Privacy in the Organization - Organizational Guidelines for Internet
Usage - Safe Computing Guidelines and Computer Usage Policy - Incident Handling: An
Essential Component of Cybersecurity - Forensics Best Practices for Organizations - Media
and Asset Protection: Best Practices for Organizations - Importance of Endpoint Security in
Organizations.
TEXT
1. Jennifer L, Bayuk J, Heale P, Rohmeyer, Marcus Sachs, Jeffrey Schmidt and Joseph Weiss
“Cyber Security Policy Guidebook”, John Wiley & Sons ,2012.
REFERENCES
1. Rick Howard, “Cyber Security Essentials”, Auerbach Publications, 2011.
2. Richard A, Clarke, Robert Knake, “Cyber war: The Ne xt Threat to National Security &
What to Do About It”, Ecco, 2010. 3. Dan Shoemaker, “Cyber security The Essential Body
of Knowledge”, Cengage Learning, 2011.
WEB REFERENCES
https://www.javatpoint.com/cyber-security-tutorial
https://www.pewresearch.org/internet/quiz/cybersecurity-knowledge/
37
OPEN ELECTIVE
PAPER - 4
B. DECISION SUPPORT SYSTEM
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To introduce the decision making system, models and support
To appraise the general nature and range of decision support and group support
systems
To impart about knowledge based system and advanced intelligent systems
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 - Students are able to recognize the relationship between business information needs
and decision making
CO2 - Students are able to appraise the general nature and range of decision support systems
CO3 - Students are able to appraise issues related to the development of DSS
CO4 - Students are able to select appropriate modeling techniques
CO5 - Students are able to analyze, design and implement a DSS
38
UNIT- IV: KNOWLEDGE ACQUISITION, REPRESENTATION, AND REASONING
Concepts of Knowledge Engineering, Scope and Types of Knowledge, Methods of
Knowledge Acquisition from Experts, Knowledge Acquisition from Multiple Experts,
Automated Knowledge Acquisition from Data and Documents, Knowledge Verification and
Validation, Representation of Knowledge, Reasoning in Rule-Based Systems, Explanation
and Meta knowledge, Inferencing with Uncertainty, Expert Systems Development,
Knowledge Acquisition and the Internet.
TEXT
1. Efraim Turban and Jay E. Aronson, Decision Support System and Intelligent Systems,
Prentice Hall International, 7th Edition 2007.
REFERENCES
1. Janakiraman V. S and Sarukesi K, Decision Support Systems, Prentice Hall of India, 6th
Printing 2006.
2. Lofti, Decision Support System and Management, McGraw Hill Inc, International Edition,
New Delhi 1996.
3. Marakas, Decision Support System, Prentice Hall International, Paperback Edition, New
Delhi, 2003
WEB REFERENCES
ndwrcdp.werf.org/documents/WU-HT-03-35/DSS%20Tutorial.pdf
www.slideshare.net/sursayantan92/decision-support-systemdss
www.uky.edu/BusinessEconomics/dssakba/instmat.htm
https://ceit.aut.ac.ir/~shiry/lecture/DSS/Introduction.ppt
39
OPEN ELECTIVE
PAPER - 4
C. RESEARCH METHODS AND ETHICS
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To demonstrate the knowledge of research processes (reading, evaluating, and
developing);
To perform literature reviews using print and online databases;
To identify, explain, compare, and prepare the key elements of a
researchproposal/report;
To compare and contrast quantitative and qualitative research
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 - Students are able to demonstrate knowledge of research processes (reading,
evaluating, and developing);
CO2 - Students are able to perform literature reviews using print and online databases;
CO3 - Students are able to identify, explain, compare, and prepare the key elements of a
research proposal/report;
CO4 - Students are able to compare and contrast quantitative and qualitative research
UNIT V: MEASUREMENT
Concept of measurement–what is measured? Problems in measurement in research –Validity
and Reliability. Levels of measurement –Nominal, Ordinal, Interval, Ratio.
40
TEXT BOOK
1. C. R. Kothari: Research Methodology: Methods & Technology, New Age Int. Publ.
REFERENCES
1. Gupta Gupta : Research Methodology: Texts and cases with SPSS Application (2011
edn.), International Book House, New Delhi.
2. A.K.P.C.Swain : A Text Book of Research Methodology, Kalyani Publishers.
WEB REFERENCES
https://libguides.wits.ac.za/c.php?g=693518&p=4914913
https://www.scribbr.com/dissertation/methodology/
https://www.intechopen.com/online-first/research-design-and-methodology
*****************
41
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
THIRUVALLUVARUNIVERSITY
Uni.
SEMESTER II CIA Total
Exam
8. I Language Paper-2 6 4 Tamil/Other Languages 25 75 100
9. II English (CE) Paper-2 6 4 Communicative English II 25 75 100
10. III Core Theory Paper-2 5 4 C++ & Data Structure 25 75 100
C++ and Data Structures
11. III Core Practical Practical-2 2 2 25 75 100
Lab
Mathematical
12. III Allied-1 Paper-2 7 5 25 75 100
Foundations - II
13. III PE Paper 1 6 3 Professional English II 25 75 100
14. IV Value Education 2 2 Value Education 25 75 100
15. IV Soft Skill 2 1 Soft Skill 25 75 100
Sem. Total 36 25 200 600 800
1
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
Uni.
SEMESTER IV CIA Total
Exam
Core Theory Relational Database
23. III Paper-6 5 4 25 75 100
Management Systems
Core Theory Enterprise Resource
24. III Paper-7 4 4 25 75 100
Planning
Core Theory Wireless Data
25. III Paper-8 5 4 25 75 100
Communications
26. III Core Practical Practical-4 4 3 RDBMS Lab 25 75 100
Uni.
SEMESTER V CIA Total
Exam
Core Theory Mobile Application
30. III Paper-9 6 4 25 75 100
Development
Core Theory
31. III Paper-10 6 4 Operating System 25 75 100
Core Theory Design and Analysis of
32. III Paper –11 4 2 25 75 100
Algorithms
Mobile Applications
33. III Core Practical Practical-5 4 3 25 75 100
Development-Lab
2
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
Uni.
SEMESTER VI CIA Total
Exam
3
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
Total Total
Part Subject Papers Credit Marks
Credits Marks
Communicative English
Part II 2 4 16 100 400
& English
Compulsory Project
(Group/Individual 1 5 5 100 100
Project)
4
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
III SEMESTER
CORE PAPER-3
PROGRAMMING IN JAVA
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
Knowing about a General-purpose and Purely object-oriented
programming language including data types, control statements, and
classes
Secured, well-suited for internet programming using applets and GUI-based
UNIT I
Declarations and Access Control: Identifiers and Keywords: Oracle‘s
Java Code Conventions. Define Classes: Import Statements and the Java
API - Static Import Statements. Use Interfaces: Declaring an Interface-
Declaring Interface Constants. Declare Class Members: Access Modifiers
- Non access Member Modifiers - Constructor Declarations - Variable
Declarations. Declare and Use enums: Declaring enums. Object
Orientation: Encapsulation - Inheritance and Polymorphism- Polymorphism - Overriding /
Overloading: Overridden Methods -Overloaded Methods.
UNIT II
Object Orientation: Casting - Implementing an Interface - Legal Return Types: Return Type
Declarations - Returning a Value. Constructors and Instantiation: Overloaded Constructors -
Initialization Blocks. Statics: Static Variables and Methods. Assignments: Stack and Heap -
Literals, Assignments, and Variables: Literal Values for All Primitive Types. Scope - Variable
Initialization - Passing Variables into Methods: Passing Object Reference Variables - Passing
Primitive Variables. Garbage Collection. Operators: Java Operators - Assignment Operators
- Relational Operators - instanceof Comparison - Arithmetic Operators -
Conditional Operator - Logical Operators.
UNIT III
Working with Strings, Arrays, and Array Lists: Using String and StringBuilder: The String
Class - The StringBuilder Class - Important Methods in the StringBuilder Class. Using Arrays:
Declaring an Array -Constructing an Array - Initializing an Array. Using
ArrayList:ArrayList Methods in Action - Important Methods in the ArrayList Class. Flow
Control and Exceptions: Using if and switch Statements -Creating Loops Constructs - Handling
Exceptions - Catching an Exception Using try and catch - Using finally. String Processing,
Data Formatting Resource Bundles: String, StringBuilder, and StringBuffer -Dates, Numbers,
Currencies, and Locales.
UNIT IV
I/O and NIO: File Navigation and I/O: Creating Files Using the File
Class - Using FileWriter and FileReader. File and Directory Attributes -DirectoryStream -
Serialization. Generics and Collections: toString(), hashCode(), and equals(): The toString()
Method - Generic Types -Generic Methods - Generic Declarations. Inner Classes: Method –
5
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
Local. Inner Classes - Static Nested Classes - Threads: Defining, Instantiating, and Starting
Threads - Thread States and Transitions - Synchronizing Code, Thread Problems - Thread
Interaction. Concurrency: Concurrency with the java.util.concurrent Package - Apply Atomic
Variables and Locks - Use java.util.concurrent Collections - Use Executors and ThreadPools.
UNIT V
Applets: Applet fundamentals - Applet class - Applet life cycle - Steps for developing an applet
program - Passing values through parameters - Graphics in an applet - Event-handling. GUI
Applications - Part 1: Graphical user interface - Creating windows - Dialog boxes - Layout
managers - AWT component classes - Swing component classes. GUI Applications - Part 2:
Event handling - Other AWT components - AWT graphics classes - Other swing controls.
TEXT BOOK(S):
1. Kathy Sierra, Bert Bates ― OCA/OCP Java SE 7 Programmer I & II Study Guide,
Oracle Press. (Unit I,II,III,IV).
2. Sagayaraj, Denis, Karthik and Gajalakshmi, 2018, Java Programming - For Core and
Advanced Learners, University Press (India) Private Limited, Hyderabad.(Unit V).
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Hebert Schild, 2002, The Complete Reference Java2, [Fifth Edition]. Tata McGraw-Hill,
New Delhi.
2. John Hubbard, R.2004. Programming with Java. [Second Edition]. Tata McGraw-Hill,New
Delhi.
3. Debasish Jana. 2005. Java and Object-Oriented Programming Paradigm, [Second Printing].
Prentice-Hall of India, New Delhi.
4. Sagayaraj, Denis, Karthik and Gajalakshmi 2018, Java Programming for core and advanced
Learners, University Press India Pvt. Ltd., Hyderabad.
Course Outcomes:
6
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
CORE PAPER-4
E-COMMERCE
Objectives:
To provide the knowledge about commerce through electronic medium &
information system.
To understand the concepts of security.
To understand the basic knowledge of E- Payments.
To understand the concepts of EDI.
To understand the concepts of Trading relationships.
UNIT I 15 Hours
Electronic Commerce Framework, Traditional Vs. Electronic Business Application,
The Anatomy of E-Commerce Applications. Network infrastructure for E-Commerce
– Components of the I-way – Global Information Distribution Networks – Public
policy issues shaping the I – way. Network Access Equipment
UNIT II 15 Hours
The internet as a Network Infrastructure, Network Security and Firewalls – Client
Server Network Security – Firewalls and Network Security – Data and Message
Security – Encrypted Documents and Electronic Mail.
UNIT IV 15 Hours
Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), EDI application in business, EDI and E- commerce
– EDI implementation.Intra-organizational Electronic Commerce - Supply Chain
Management.
7
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
UNIT V 15 Hours
Corporate Digital Library – Advertising and marketing on the Internet – E-
Commerce Catalogs or Directories- On demand Education and Digital Copyright –
Applets, Browsers & Software Agents.
TEXTBOOK:
1. Frontiers of Electronic Commerce, R. Kalakota and Andrew. B. Whinston,
Pearson , 11th Edition , 2011.
REFERENCES:
1. Understanding Electronic Commerce, DaidKosiur, Microsoft Press, 1997.
2. From EDI to Electronic Commerce, Soka, McGraw Hill, 1995.
3. Electronic Commerce Management, Saily Chan, John Wiley, 1998.
Course Outcomes:
The Student will be able to understand the concepts of E-commerce and its
different typesand describe the network infrastructure for E-commerce.
The Student will be able to understand the concepts of networks and
fundamental of security concepts, security services to counter them,
understand the fundamental properties of cryptography Techniques.
The Student will be able to understand the concepts of electronic payment
systems,online security and understand the fundamentals of create a E-
commerce web site.
The Student will be able to understand the concepts of the basic
fundamentals of electronic document interchange EDI, supply chain
management process.
The Student will be able to understand the concepts of internet trading
relationships including inter organization and intra-organizations.
8
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
CORE PAPER-5
OPERATION RESEARCH
Objectives:
To understand the concepts of Liner Programming.
To understand the concepts ofTransportation, Assignment problem.
To understand the concepts of sequence problem.
To understand the concepts of PERT and CPM.
To understand the concepts of Cost Flow Problem.
UNIT- I: 9 Hours
LINEAR MODELS: Basics of OR & Decision making - Role of computers in OR, Linear
Programming Problem – Formulation, Graphical solution of two variables Canonical
& standard form of LPP, Simplex method, Charne’s method of penalties.
9
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
TEXT BOOK
1. Hamdy A. Taha, Operations Research An Introduction, Eighth Edition,
Pearson Education, Inc., 2008 2. Kantiswaroop,Gupta P.K and Manmohan,
Operations Research, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi,2008
REFERENCES
1. Prem Kumar Gupta and D.S. Hira, Operations Research, S. Chand and Co.,
Ltd.New Delhi, 2008.
2. Gupta R. K., Linear Programming,KrishnaPrakashanMedia(P) Ltd. , 2009.
E - REFERENCES
1. Lecture Series on Fundamentals of Operations Research by Prof.G.Srinivasan,
Department of Management Studies, IIT Madras. For more details on NPTEL
visit http://nptel.iitm.ac.in
Course Outcomes:
The Student will be able to understand the concepts of optimization and to
formulate and Solve Linear Programming problems.
The Student will be able to understand the concepts of Transportation
problem and Assignment problem.
The Student will be able to understand the concepts of sequencing problem.
The Student will be able to understand the concepts of PERT-CPM and their
applications in product planning control.
The Student will be able to understand the concepts of Solve the Minimal
Spanning Tree Problem, Shortest Route Problem, Maximal Flow Problem and
Minimal Cost Capacitated Flow Problem.
10
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
11
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
ALLIED - 2
PAPER - 3
FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING– I
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
The objective of this paper is to help the students to acquire conceptual knowledge
of accounting.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On the successful completion of the course, the student will be able
CO NUMBER CO STATEMENT
CO1 To introduce the basic concepts and conventions to the students, this would help
in development of accounting knowledge.
CO2 To understand the concept of Double entry system this helps in preparation of
various books of accounts.
CO3 To develop the capability of students to prepare the Final Accounts of a Small
Business Concern.
CO4 To introduce the concept of Single entry system of Accounting which helps
them to prepare the accounts from incomplete records.
Unit-I
INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING
Meaning- Definition- Functions- Objectives- Users of Accounting Information-
Accounting Concepts and Conventions – Advantages and Limitations of Accounting.
Unit-II
DOUBLE ENTRY SYSTEM OF ACCOUNTING
Meaning and concepts - Golden Accounting Rules- Journal Entries- Ledger- Trail Balance
– Rectification of Errors (Simple Problems).
Unit-III
FINAL ACCOUNTS
Preparation of Trading Account, Profit and Loss Account and Balance Sheet- Adjustment
Entries (Simple Problems).
12
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
Unit-IV
SINGLE ENTRY SYSTEM
Meaning - Features - Advantages - Limitations - Methods- Net Worth Method –
Conversion Method (Simple Problems).
Unit-V
AVERAGE DUE DATE AND BANK RECONCILIATION STATEMENT
Average Due Date - Meaning -Uses – Problems - Bank Reconciliation Statement-
Meaning- Reasons for Preparation- Procedures and Preparation of Bank Reconciliation statement
(Simple Problems).
TEXT BOOK
S.No Author Title Publisher Year of
Publication
REFERENCE BOOKS
S.No Author Title Publisher Year of
Publication
13
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
Objective:
This course introduces the concepts of HTML.ASP, VB Script,.
This course introduces the concepts of control statements and looping
statements in Java script.
This course introduces the concepts of Java Script Cookies.
This course introduces the concepts of ASP.NET
This course introduces the concepts of OLEDB connection.
Unit I: 8 Hours
Introduction to VBScript - Adding VBScript Code to an HTML Page - VB Script Basics
- VBScript Data Types - VBScript Variables - VBScript Constants - VBScript Operators
– mathematical- comparison-logical - Using Conditional Statements - Looping
Through Code - VBScript Procedures – type casting variables - math functions –date
functions – string functions –other functions - VBScript Coding Conventions -
Dictionary Object in VBScript - Err Object
Unit-II: 8 Hours
Introduction to Javascript – Advantages of Javascript – Javascript syntax - Data type
–Variable - Array – Operator & Expression – Looping – control structures -
Constructor Function – user defined function Dialog Box .
14
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
Data List Web Server Controls – Check box list. Radio button list, Drop down list,
List box, Data grid, Repeater.
Unit V: 8 Hours
Request and Response Objects, Cookies, Working with Data – OLEDB connection
class, command class, transaction class, data adaptor class, data set class. Advanced
issues – email, Application issues, working with IIS and page Directives , error
handling. Security – Authentication, IP Address, Secure by SSL & Client Certificates.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. I.Bayross, 2000, Web Enable Commercial Application Development Using
HTML, DHTML, Javascript, Perl CGI, BPB Publications.
2. A.Russell Jones, Mastering Active Server Pages 3, BPB Publications.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. HathleenKalata, Internet Programming with VBScript and JavaScript,
Thomson Learning
2. Mike McGrath, XML Harness the Power of XML in easy steps, Dreamtech
Publications
3. T.A. Powell, 2002,Complete Reference HTML , TMH.
4. J.Jaworski, 1999, Mastering Javascript, BPB Publications.
5. Powell, Thomas; Schneider, Fritz, JavaScript: The Complete Reference, 2nd
edition2004, TMH
Course Outcomes:
The Student will be able to understand the concepts of HTML.
The Student will be able to understand the concepts of java scripts.
The Student will be able to understand the concepts of user defined
functions.
The Student will be able to understand the concepts of Active Server Page.
The Student will be able to understand the concepts of – OLEDB connection
class.
15
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
NON-MAJOR ELECTIVE
PAPER-1
Introduction to Information Technology
OBJECTIVES:
UNIT-I
Introduction: Characteristics of Computers-Technological Evolution of Computers-The
Computer Generations-Categories of Computer. Data and Information: Introduction-Types of
Data-A Simple Model of a Computer-Data Processing Using a Computer-Desktop Computer.
Acquisition of Number and Textual Data: Introduction- Input Units-Internal Representation of
Numeric Data-Representation of Characters in Computers–Error-Detecting Codes.
UNIT-II
Data Storage: Introduction-Memory Cell-Physical Devices Used as Memory Cells-Random
Access Memory-Read Only Memory- Secondary Memory- Floppy Disk Drive- Compact Disk
Read Only Memory (CDROM)-Archival Memory. Central Processing Unit: The Structure of a
Central Processing Unit-Specification of a CPU-Interconnection of CPU with Memory and I/O
Units.
UNIT-III
Computer Networks: Introduction-Local Area Network (LAN)- Applications of LAN-Wide
Area Network (WAN)–The Future of Internet Technology. Output Devices: Introduction-
Video Display Devices-Flat Panel Displays–Printers.
UNIT-IV
Computer Software: Introduction-Operating System-Programming Languages–A Classification
of Programming Languages. Data Organization: Introduction-Organizing a Database-Structure
of a Database- Database Management System-Example of Database Design.
UNIT-V
Some Internet Applications: Introduction- E-mail- Information Browsing Service- The World
Wide Web- Information Retrieval from the World WideWeb-Other Facilities Provided by
Browsers - Audio on the Internet.Societal Impactsof Information Technology:
CareersinInformation Technology.
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Rajaraman,V.2008.IntroductiontoInformationTechnology.[SixthPrinting].
PrenticeHall of India Pvt. Limited, New Delhi.(UNIT I toV)
16
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
2. Nagpal,D.P.2010.ComputerFundamentals.[FirstEdition,Revised].S.Chand
&CompanyLtd, New Delhi. (UNIT I(Introduction: Characteristics of
Computers to Categories of Computer))
REFERENCE BOOKS:
Students understand Major components of Computer System and its working principles.
Students learn and understand the Role of an Operating System and basic terminologies of
networks.
Students understand how the Information Technology aids for the Current Scenario.
Students understand the Computer Software.
Students understand internet applications
17
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
SEMESTER IV
CORE PAPER-6
TEXT BOOK:
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry Korth, S.Sudarshan, Database Systems
Concepts, Sixth Edition, McGraw Hill, 2010. 2. Raghu Ramakrishnan and
Johannes Gehrke, Database management systems, Third Edition,2002
REFERENCES
1. Bipin Desai, An Introduction to database systems, Galgotia Publications,
2010. 2. RamezElamassri, Shankant B-Navathe, Fundamentals of Database
Systems, Pearson, 7th Edition, 2015
E - REFERENCES
1. NPTEL, Introduction to database desigh, Dr P Sreenivasa Kumar Professor
CS&E, Department, IIT, Madras
2. 2. NPTEL, Indexing and Searching TechniquesinDatabasesDr.
ArnabBhattacharya,IIT Kanpur
Course Outcomes:
Describe the database architecture and its applications Sketch the ER
diagram for real world applications Uses various ER diagram for a similar
concepts from various sources.
Discuss about the relational algebra and calculus Construct various queries in
SQL and PL/SQL Compiles various queries in SQL, Relational Calculus and
Algebra.
19
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
20
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
CORE PAPER - 7
Objective:
With the basic concepts of ERP systems the students are able to understand
the business process, business function and differences between business
process and business functions. They also came to know the key differences
between raw data and raw materials.
The students are able to understand the exchange of information between
AF, SCM, HR and MS. And they also learn about CRM, budget and preparing
balance sheets.
The students are able to understand the key factors related to marketing and
sales in the companies, and the differences among ( Material Requirement
Planning) MRP, MRP II, and ERP systems.
They also understand the inter relationship between the other functional
areas like SCM, AF, HR and customer. Concepts and techniques.
The students are able to understand the power of human resources such as
managing man power, job skills preparing paybills and taking legal actions to
the compliances and hiring needs.
21
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
TEXT BOOK:
1. Alexis Leon, “ERP Demystified”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2000
REFERENCES
1.Joseph A Brady, Ellen F Monk, Bret Wagner, “Concepts in Enterprise Resource
Planning”, ThompsonCourseTechnology,USA,2001.
2. Vinod Kumar Garg and Venkatakrishnan N K, “Enterprise Resource Planning –
Concepts and Practice”, PHI, New Delhi, 2003
E- REFERENCES
1. ERP, Prof. P. K. Biswas, Dept. of Electronics and Elecrical Communication Engg.,
IIT, Kharagpur
Course Outcomes:
Understanding the functionalities of Enterprise resource planning
Understanding Characterize the ERP implementation procedures
Understanding the elements of ERP
Understanding the available ERP packages
Understanding the models of ERP with other related technologies
22
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
CORE PAPER - 8
Objectives:
This course introduces the concepts and theories of networking
To apply them to various situations, classifying networks, analyzing
performance and implementing new technologies.
To implement the various new wireless technologies.
To implement the various TCP/IP protocols.
To implement the various security threads.
23
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
Text Book:
1. Data Communication and Networking 2nd Edition Behrouz A. Forouzan,
McGraw Hill Education 2014.
2. Stojmenovic and Cacute, Handbook of Wireless Networks and Mobile
Computing, Wiley, 2002, ISBN 0471419028.
Reference Books:
1. Data and Communication Network, William Stalling PHI 2014.
2. Computer Networks, Andrew S. Tanenbaum, David J. Wetherall, 5th
Edition,Prentice Hall. 2010
E REFERENCES
1. http://nptel.ac.in/video.php?subjectId=117102062
Course Outcomes:
To understand the concepts of basic OSI layers.
To understand the concepts of signals and transmission media.
To understand the basic concepts of error detection and DLC
To understand the Characterize of wireless transmission technologies
To understand the concepts of Security.
24
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
RDBMS LAB
Objectives:
To understand the concepts of DDL/DML/DCL/TCL commands.
To understand the concepts of Join queries.
To understand the concepts of exception handling.
To understand the concepts of cursors.
To understand the concepts of packages.
LAB EXERCISES:
REFERENCE BOOK:
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry Korth, S.Sudarshan, Database Systems
Concepts, Sixth Edition, McGraw Hill, 2010. 2. Raghu Ramakrishnan and
Johannes Gehrke, Database management systems, Third Edition,2002
Course Outcomes:
Design and Implement a database schema for a given problem domain.
25
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
26
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
ALLIED - 2
PAPER - 4
FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING - II
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
To develop the skills for recording the various kinds of Business Transactions.
COURSE OUTCOME
On successful completion of this course, the students will be able
CO NUMBER CO STATEMENT
CO1 To Understand the concept of Branch Accounting and enable the students to
prepare Accounts for various types of Branches.
CO3 To Develop the skill of the students in preparing Hire Purchase Accounting,
both in the books of Hire Purchaser and Hire Vendor.
Unit – I
BRANCH ACCOUNTS
Branch Accounts –Objectives – Types of Branches – Debtors System (at cost price and Invoice
Price) – Independent Branch.
Unit – II
DEPARTMENTAL ACCOUNTS
Departmental Accounts – Objectives – Distinction between Departments and Branches – Allocation
of common expenses – Expenses which cannot be allocated – Inter Department transfer at cost price and
selling price.
Unit – III
HIRE PURCHASE SYSTEM
Hire Purchase system – Meaning – Journal Entries and Ledger Accounts in the books of Hire
Purchaser and Hire Vendor – Default and Repossession -Complete Repossession only.
Unit – IV
PARTNERSHIP ACCOUNTS – I
Partnership Accounts – Admission of Partner– Retirement of Partner – Death of a Partner (Simple
Problems)
27
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
Unit – V
PARTNERSHIP ACCOUNTS – II
Dissolution of Partnership Firm - Insolvency of a Partner -Insolvency of all Partners (Garner vs.
Murray). (Simple Problems)
TEXT BOOK
S.No Author Title Publisher Year of
Publication
REFERENCE BOOKS
S.No Author Title Publisher Year of
Publication
28
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
29
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
Course Outcomes:
Analyze various protocols for IoT
Develop web services to access/control IoT devices.
Design a portable IoT using Rasperry Pi
Deploy an IoT application and connect to the cloud.
Analyze applications of IoT in real time scenario
30
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
NON-MAJOR ELECTIVE
PAPER-2
INTERNET TECHNOLOGY
OBJECTIVS
The subject aims to build the concepts regarding:
Fundamentals of Internet, Connectivity and its Resource Requirements.
To understand the Internet Technology and its applications
To Understand WWW and Web Browsers.
Mailing system and applications of Internet.
To Understand relay chat
UNIT-I
Introduction to internet: What is Internet? Evolution and History of Internet- Growth of
Internet-Owners of Internet- Internet Services- How does the Internet Works?-Anatomy of
Internet-Internet Addressing-Internet vs Intranet-Impact of Internet- Governance of Internet.
UNIT-III
WWW and Web Browser: WWW-Evolution of Web-Basic Elements of WWW-Web
Browsers- Search Engines- Search Criteria. Web Publishing: Web Publishing- Web Page
Design.
UNIT-IV
Email: E-Mail Basics- E-Mail System-E-Mail Protocol-E-Mail Addresses-Structure of an E-
Mail Message-E-Mail Clients&Servers-MailingList-E-MailSecurity.
UNIT-V
Usenet and Internet Relay Chat: What is Usenet?-Newsgroup Hierarchies-What is a
Newsreader?- How do you Read Newsgroups?- Who Administers Usenet?- Common News
reading Tasks- How to Read Articles from Network News?- Relationship between Netnews
and E-Mail-What is IRC?-Channels-Nicknames- Microsoft NetMeeting. Internet and Web
Security: Overview of Internet Security-
Aspects and Need of Security-E-Mail Threats and Secure E-mail-Web Security and
Privacy Concepts-Firewall.
TEXTBOOK:
1. ISRD Group. 2012. Internet Technology andWebDesign. [Fourth reprint]. Tata
McGraw-HillEducationPrivateLimited., New Delhi.
31
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Deitel,H.M Dietel,P.J.andGoldbergA.B.2008.Internet&Worldwide
Web- How toProgram.[Third Edition].PHL,New Delhi.
2. Comdex.2000.Teachyourselfcomputersandtheinternetvisually.[First
Edition]. IDGBookIndia (p)Ltd.
3. Ramachandran,T.M.Nambissan.2003.AnOverviewofinternetandweb development.
[FirstEdition].T M-Dhruv Publications.
32
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
SEMESTER V
CORE PAPER - 9
Objectives:
33
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
TEXT BOOKS:
REFERENCES:
CORE PAPER - 10
OPERATING SYSTEM
34
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
35
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
Objective: To learn the basics of UNIX, LINUX systems and perform administrative
tasks on LINUX servers.
UNIX System – A Case Study – LINUX System – Case Study – Design Principles –
Process Management – Scheduling – Memory Management – File Systems –
Security .
TEXT BOOKS:
1. “Operating System Concepts” –Abraham Silberschatz Peter B. Galvin, G.
Gagne, Sixth Edition, Addison Wesley Publishing Co., 2003.
2. “Operating System” – Willam Stalling, Fourth Edition, Pearson
Education,2003.
REFERENCES:
1. “Operating systems – Internals and Design Principles”, W. Stallings, 6th
Edition, Pearson.
2. “Modern Operating Systems”, Andrew S.Tanenbaum, Second Edition Addison
Wesley, 2001.
3. “Fundamentals of Operating System”, Prof. R. Sriddhar, Dynaram Publication,
Bangalore Company.
36
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
CORE PAPER - 11
37
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
38
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
39
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
40
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER - 1
(to choose one out of 3)
A. DATA MINING
Objectives: To enable the students to understand the importance of Data Mining
and its techniques with recent trends and tools.
What is Data Mining– Kinds of Data – Kinds of patterns – Technologies used for
Data Mining– Major Issues in Data Mining– Data –Data Objects and Attribute
types– Data Visualization– Measuring Data Similarity and Dissimilarity–Data
Preprocessing– overview– Data Cleaning– Data Integration– Data Reduction– Data
Transformation and Data Discretization.
41
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
Objective: To improve the student’s knowledge with recent trends and tools
TEXT BOOKS:
3. “Introduction to Data mining with case studies”, G.K. Gupta, PHI Private
limited, New Delhi, 2008. 2nd Edition, PHI, 2011
REFERENCES:
2. “The Data Warehouse Toolkit”, Ralph Kimball, Margy Ross, John Wiley
and Sons Inc., 2002
42
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
3. “Building Data Mining Applications for CRM”, Alex Berson, Stephen Smith,
Kurt Thearling, Tata McGraw Hill, 2000.
43
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER - 1
B. INFORMATION SECURITY
Logical Design – Blueprint for Security – Information Security Policy – Standards and
Practices– ISO 17799/BS 7799– NIST Models– VISA International Security Model –
44
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
TEXT BOOKS:
REFERENCES:
45
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER - 1
C. SOFTWARE TESTING
Objectives:
To study the concepts of software engineering with the aim of acquiring skills
to develop Software applications, following all standardized procedures and
techniques.
Objective: To learn to inspect and detect errors by going through each and every
code segment
Water fall model– V–model– Spiral model– Agile model – Life cycle of testing–
Static Testing – dynamic testing – White box testing – Block box testing –
Regression testing – Integration Testing – System and Performance Testing –
Usability Testing
46
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
TEXT BOOKS:
REFERENCES:
47
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
This course is intended to provide the students with an overall view over
Software Engineering discipline and with insight into the processes of software
development.
Objective: Introduces the concepts and methods required for the construction of
large software intensive systems.
Data Engineering: Design Process and Design Quality – Design Concepts – The
Design Model - Creating an Architectural Design – Software Architecture – Data
Design – Architectural style – Architectural Design – Architectural Mapping Using
Data Flow – Performing User Interface Design – Golden Rules.
Objective: To enable the students to learn the basic of Project Management &
Scheduling.
TEXT BOOKS:
REFERENCES:
49
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
SEMESTER VI
CORE PAPER - 12
OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE
Objectives:
Objective: To learn to inspect and detect errors by going through each and every
code segment.
Introduction: Linux Essential Commands – Kernel Mode and user mode –File
system Concept – Standard Files – The Linux Security Model – Vi Editor –
Partitions Creation – Shell Introduction – String Processing – Investigation and
Managing Processes – Network Clients – Installing Application.
50
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
UNIT V: PERL
PERL : Perl backgrounder – Perl overview – Perl parsing rules – Variables and Data –
Statements and Control structures – Subroutines, Packages, and Modules– Working
with Files – Data Manipulation.
TEXT BOOKS:
REFERENCES:
51
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
CORE PAPER - 13
PYTHON PROGRAMMING
UNIT I:
Identifiers – Keywords - Statements and Expressions – Variables – Operators –
Arithmetic operators – Assignment operators – Comparison operators – Logical
operators – Bitwise operators - Precedence and Associativity – Data types -
Number – Booleans – Strings - Indentation – Comments – Single line comment –
Multiline comments - Reading Input – Print Output – Type Conversions – int
function – float function – str() function – chr() function – complex() function –
ord() function – hex() function – oct() function - type() function and Is operator –
Dynamic and Strongly typed language.
UNIT II:
UNIT III:
52
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
UNIT IV:
Lists: Using List- List Assignment and Equivalence – List Bounds- Slicing - Lists and
Functions- Prime Generation with a List. List Processing: Sorting-Flexible Sorting-
Search- List Permutations- Randomly Permuting a List- Reversing a List.
UNIT V:
TEXT BOOKS:
REFERENCE BOOKS:
53
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
54
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
8. Application for Email Registration and Login using PHP and MySQL.
9. Program to Create a File and write the Data into it using PHP.
55
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE - 2
PAPER-2
(to choose one out of 3)
A. BIG DATA ANALYTICS
Objectives:
56
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
REFERENCES:
57
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER-2
B. CRYPTOGRAPHY
Objectives:
Understand various Security practices and System security standards
Understand different cryptographic operations
Understand the various Authentication schemes to simulate different
applications.
Public Key Cryptography and RSA Principles– RSA Algorithm, Key Management and
other Public Key Cryptosystems Key Management, Diffie–Hellman Key Exchange,
58
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
Objective:To learn the configuration and manage E–mail and WLAN Security.
Intrusion Detection System– Password Management – Introduction to Firewall–
Firewall Generations– Web Security – Wireless network Security – Electronic Mail
Security– Internet Mail Architecture–S/MIME – Pretty Good Privacy (PGP).
.
TEXT BOOKS:
59
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER-2
C. DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING
Objectives:
This course enables the student knowledge about various image processing
concepts like enhancement, restoration, segmentation, compression and
recognition.
UNIT – I: FUNDAMENTALS
Objective: To know the basics of Digital image and techniques.
Introduction – Origin – Steps in Digital Image Processing – Components –
Applications of DIP – Elements of Visual Perception – Light and Electro Magnetic
Spectrum – Image Sensing and Acquisition – Image Sampling and Quantization –
Images in Matlab– Pixels – Color models – Digital Image Processing in Multimedia.
UNIT – II: IMAGE ENHANCEMENT
Objective: To understand various Image enhancement ideas.
Spatial Domain – Gray level transformations – Histogram Quantization – Histogram
matching and processing – Basics of Spatial Filtering – Smoothing and Sharpening
Spatial Filtering – Introduction to Fourier Series – Fourier Transform – Smoothing
and Sharpening frequency domain filters – Ideal – Butterworth and Gaussian filters
UNIT – III: IMAGE RESTORATION AND SEGMENTATION
Objective: To understand Image restoration techniques.
Noise models – Mean Filters – Order Statistics – Adaptive filters – Band reject
Filters – Band pass Filters – Notch Filters – Optimum Notch Filtering – Inverse
Filtering – Wiener filtering Segmentation: Detection of Discontinuities–Edge Linking
and Boundary detection – Region based segmentation– Active Contour Models –
Snakes – Fuzzy Connectivity – Morphological processing– erosion and dilation.
UNIT – IV: WAVELETS AND IMAGE COMPRESSION
Objective: To understand degrees of image resolution and compression methods.
Wavelets – Subband coding – Multi resolution expansions – Compression:
Fundamentals – Image Compression models – Error Free Compression – Predictive
60
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
61
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER - 3
(to choose one out of 3)
A. ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
Objectives:
To induce the innovative ideas of students, related to Robotics, Artificial
Intelligence and Machine Learning. This course enables the student’s level to
compete in the world of information and technology era.
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE:
Objective:To know the basics of Artificial Intelligence.
History of AI – Artificial Narrow Intelligence (ANI) – Artificial General Intelligence
(AGI) – Artificial Super Intelligence (ASI) – Characteristics – Types of AI – Domains –
Programming Languages of AI – Applications of AI – Future of AI.
62
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
TEXT BOOKS:
1. “Artificial Intelligence”, Elaine Rich, Kevin Knight, Tata McGraw Hill, II Edition.
2. "Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach," Stuart Russell, Peter Norvig,
Third Edition, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2010.
3. “Prolog: Programming for Artificial Intelligence”, I. Bratko, Addison – Wesley
Educational Publishers Inc., Fourth edition 2011.
REFERENCES:
1. “Machine Learning for Beginners 2019”, Matt Henderson, This Is Charlotte,
2019
2. “Introduction to Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems”, Dan W.
Patterson, Pearson, 2015
63
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER - 3
B. SYSTEM SOFTWARE
Objectives:
Objective: Ability to trace the path of a source code to object code and to
executable file.
UNIT V: COMPILERS
64
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
TEXT BOOKS:
2. “Compilers – Principles, techniques and tools”, A.V. Aho, Ravi Sethi, J.D.
Ullman, 2ndEdition, Pearson Education, 2011.
REFERENCES:
65
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER - 3
C. MOBILE COMPUTING
Objectives:
66
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
TEXT BOOKS:
REFERENCES:
67
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
Objectives: The student should be made to learn the basics of OO analysis and
design skills.
The Object Model – The Evolution of the Object Model – Foundations of the Object
Model – Elements of the Object Model – Applying the Object Model.GRASP:
Designing objects with responsibilities – Creator – Information expert – Low
Coupling – High Cohesion – Controller – Design Patterns – creational – factory
method – structural – Bridge – Adapter – behavioral – Strategy – observer.
68
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
Objective: Learn to map design to code, Compare and contrast various testing
techniques.
Objective: At the end of the course, the student should be able to: Design and
implement projects using OO concepts.
Case study – the Next Gen POS system, Inception –Use case Modeling – Relating
Use cases – include, extend and generalization – Elaboration – Domain Models –
Finding conceptual classes and description classes – Associations – Attributes –
Domain model refinement – Finding conceptual class Hierarchies – Aggregation and
Composition.
TEXT BOOKS:
2. Mahesh P. Matha, “Object – Oriented Analysis and D esign Using UML” , PHI
Learning Private Limited, New Delhi, 2008.
REFERENCES: Simon Bennett, Steve Mc Robb and Ray Farmer, “Object Oriented
Systems Analysis and Design Using UML”, Fourth Edition, Mc–Graw Hill Education,
2010.
69
B.C.A. Computer Applications (CBCS)
1. Erich Gamma, and Richard Helm, Ralph Johnson, John Vlissides, “Design
patterns: Elements of Reusable Object–Oriented Software”, Addison–Wesley,
1995.
***********
70
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
THIRUVALLUVAR UNIVERSITY
BACHELOR OF ARTS
B.Com.
DEGREE COURSE
CBCS PATTERN
(With effect from 2020 -2021)
1
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
2
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
3
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
Total Total
Part Subject Papers Credit Marks
Credits Marks
Part I Languages 2 4 8 100 200
Part II Communicative English 2 4 8 100 200
Part III Allied (Odd Semester) 2 3 6 100 200
Allied (Even Semester) 2 5 10 100 200
Electives 3 3 9 100 300
Core 19 (3-5) 70 100 1900
Professional English 2 3 6 100 200
Compulsory Project
(Group/Individual 1 5 5 100 100
Project)
Part IV Environmental Science 1 2 2 100 100
Soft skill 1 1 1 100 100
Value Education 1 2 2 100 100
Lang. & Others /NME 2 2 4 100 200
Skill Based 4 2 8 100 400
Part V Extension Activities 1 1 1 100 100
Total 43 140 4300
4
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
SEMESTER III
CORE PAPER - 5
CORPORATE ACCOUNTING -I
Objectives:
1. To help the students to understand the basic concepts relating to issue and redemption of
shares.
2. To enable the students to prepare company final accounts and to understand accounting
treatment on acquisition of business.
UNIT - I
ISSUE OF SHARES
Issue of Shares - Introduction -Meaning and types of shares- Features and Kinds of Companies-
Under Subscription and Over Subscription-Issue of shares at par ,premium and at discount-Calls-
in-arrears-Calls-in-advance-Forfeiture of Shares - Reissue of Forfeited shares-Balance Sheet
(Revised Schedule VI).
UNIT - II
UNIT- III
ACQUISITION OF BUSINESS
Introduction-Meaning- Accounting treatment for acquisition of business in the books of vendor
and purchaser -When new set of books are opened- Debtors and Creditors taken over on behalf
of vendors-When same set of books are continued-When Debtors and Creditors are not taken
over.
UNIT - IV
UNIT - V
5
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
TEXTBOOKS
S.NO AUTHORS TITLE PUBLISHERS
1. R.L.Gupta and Advanced Accountancy Sultan Chand & Sons-
M.Radhaswamy (Volume I) New Delhi.
2. Shukla MC, Grewal TS & Advanced Accounts, Vol. II, S. Chand & Company
Gupta SC Ltd, New Delhi
REFERENCE BOOKS
S.NO AUTHORS TITLE PUBLISHERS
1. S.P.Jain and K.L.Narang, Corporate Accounting Kalyani Publishers-
(Volume I) Ludhiana.
2. T.S.ReddyandA.Murthy Corporate Accounting Margham Publications-
(Volume I) Chennai.
3. S.P.Iyengar Advanced Accountancy Sultan Chand & Sons-
(Volume I), New Delhi.
4. Dr .R. Rangarajan and Dr. Corporate Accounting (Printers and Publishers)
V. Chandrasekaran, Pvt. Ltd.,-Chennai.
S.Viswanathan
E-Material
Units CO Statement
After studied unit-1, the student will Understand the basic concepts relating to
Unit - I be able to issue of shares and make accounting
entries.
Unit - II After studied unit-2, the student will Make accounting entries for and
be able to redemption of preference shares.
Unit - III After studied unit-3, the student will Be acquainted with accounting treatment
be able to for acquisition of business.
Unit - IV After studied unit-4, the student will Understand the accounting procedures
be able to related to Profits Prior to
Incorporation
Unit - V After studied unit-5, the student will Prepare Company Final Accounts &
be able to Company Balance Sheet.
6
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
CORE PAPER - 6
Objectives
1. To make the students to gain the Basic Knowledge in Business Law.
2. To enable the students to understand and deal with various contracts in his day-to-day life, be
if for his business or profession.
UNIT -I
UNIT -II
UNIT -III
UNIT -IV
UNIT -V
7
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
TEXT BOOKS
S.NO AUTHORS TITLE PUBLISHERS
1. N.D.kapoor Business Law Sultan Chand, New
Delhi.
2. R.S.N. Pillai and Business Law Chand & co, New Delhi.
Bagavathi
REFERENCE BOOKS
E-Material
1. https://www.icai.org/post.html?post_id=13821 - e material
2.https://www.dphu.org/uploads/attachements/books/books_3498_0.pdf- e material
3 .https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8zaTVt0Qf9c- Indian Contract Act, 1872 by CA
ShivangiAgrawal- e content
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HIuiDzdIInM-sale of goods act 1930 full lecture
Units CO Statement
After studied unit-1, the student will Know the framework of Indian Contract
Unit - I
be able to Act 1872.
Unit - II After studied unit-2, the student will Understand the other essential elements of
be able to Indian Contract 1872.
Unit - III After studied unit-3, the student will Aware the provisions of Special Contracts
be able to and Modes of Discharge.
Unit - IV After studied unit-4, the student will Acquire Knowledge of Sale of Goods Act
be able to 1930.
Unit - V After studied unit-5, the student will Consciousness on Consumer Protection
be able to Act 1986 .
8
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
CORE PAPER - 7
BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE
Course Objectives
UNIT-I
INTRODUCTION
Features of business communication - Importance of effective communication in business -
classification of communication - characteristics and Guidelines of effective business
communication.
UNIT-II
UNIT-III
TYPES OF BUSINESS LETTERS
Various Types of Business Letters - Letters of Enquiry - Offers, Quotations, orders, and
complaints
UNIT-IV
Letters of Application
Letters of application - Essential Qualities - Letters of Application with CV, Resume -
Application in response to an advertisement.
UNIT-V
BUSINESS REPORT
Business Reports - Importance - Characteristics - Types - Reports by individuals and committees
9
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
Text Books:
Units CO Statement
After studied unit-1, the student will The student will be able to understand the
Unit - I
be able to basic concepts of business correspondence.
Unit - II After studied unit-2, the student will The students will be able to prepare the
be able to business letter and letter style.
Unit - III After studied unit-3, the student will The students will be able to know the
be able to different types of business letter’s, offers,
orders and complaints.
Unit - IV After studied unit-4, the student will The students will able to acquire the
be able to knowledge of preparing letters of
application with cv, resume etc.
Unit - V After studied unit-5, the student will The students will be able to understand the
be able to types and characteristics of business report.
10
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
CORE PAPER - 8
UNIT-I
Statistics -Definitions -Scope and Limitations -Collection of Data -Primary and Secondary Data -
Questionnaire -Classification and Tabulation -Diagrammatic and graphical representation of
data- Measures of Central tendency -Mean -Median -Mode -Combined Mean.
UNIT-II
UNIT-III
UNIT-IV
UNIT-V
11
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
TEXT BOOKS
S.NO AUTHORS TITLE PUBLISHERS
1. Dr. S.P. Gupta Business Statistics & Sultan Chand.
Operation Research
2. PA. Navanitham Business Statistics & Jai Publications, Trichy.
Operation Research
3. S.P. Rajagopalan& R. Business Statistics & Vijay Nicole
Sattanathan Operation Research 3rd Publications, Chennai.
Edition
REFERENCE BOOKS
S.NO AUTHORS TITLE PUBLISHERS
1. Dr. S.P. Gupta Statistical Methods Sultan Chand.
E MATERIALS
www.southaampton.ac.uk
www.quora.com
www.pondiuni.edu.in
Units CO Statement
After studied unit-1, the student will Acquired skills in analysis and
Unit - I
be able to interpretation of data.
Unit - II After studied unit-2, the student will Gained knowledge on measures of Central
be able to Tendency and theirapplication in business
Unit - III After studied unit-3, the student will Learned about Correlation and Regression
be able to
Unit - IV After studied unit-4, the student will Get familiarized aboutIndex Numbers and
be able to Time series
Unit - V After studied unit-5, the student will Solved challenging problems by using
be able to appropriate statistical tools.
12
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
ALLIED - 2
PAPER - 3
BUSINESS ECONOMICS – I
Course Objectives
1. The main objective of this paper is to apply in business decision making, demand, utility,
demand forecasting and production.
2. The students understand the role and responsibilities of Business.
3. Understands Utility concept.
4. The students acquires the knowledge of the Demand forecasting and methods of
Forecasting.
5. Gains knowledge of production function and returns to scale.
UNIT: I Introduction
Demand analysis – Demand Function - Demand schedule - Demand curve - Different types of
Elasticity of demand - Measurement - Importance of elasticity of demand.
Utility analysis - Cardinal - Ordinal - The law of diminishing marginal utility - Equi-Marginal
utility - Indifference curve analysis.
Text Books
Unit-I: S. Sankaran, Business Economics, Margham Publications, Chennai
Unit-II: S. Sankaran, Business Economics, Margham Publications, Chennai.
Unit-III: S. Sankaran, Business Economics, Margham Publications, Chennai.
Unit-IV: S. Sankaran, Business Economics, Margham Publications, Chennai
Unit-V: S. Sankaran, Business Economics, Margham Publications, Chennai
13
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
Reference Books:
1. K.P.M Sundaram and E.N. Sundaram, Business Economics, Sultan & Chand, New Delhi.
2. H.L. Ahuja,Business Economics, S.Chand, New Delhi.
3. Mote; Samuel Paul and G.S.Gupta, Managerial Economics, Concepts & Cases, Tata
McGraw Hill.
4. Cauvery. , Managerial Economics, S. Chand & Co. New Delhi.
5. H.L.Ahuja, Managerial Economics,S Chand and Co ltd,NewDelhi.Sankaran,. S, Managerial
Economics, Margham Publication.
E - Resources
1. www.tutorialspoint.com/managerial_economics/...
2. www.yourarticlelibrary.com/managerial-economics/...
3. economicsconcepts.com/managerial_economics.htm
4. www.tutorialspoint.com/managerial_economics/...
5. www.economicsdiscussion.net/managerial-economics/notes...
6. www.simplynotes.in/managerial-economics/characteristics...
7. www.managerial-economics-club.com/managerial...
8. www.ebookphp.com/managerial-economics-epub-pdf
9. www.simplynotes.in/importance-managerial-economics
10. www.scholarpol.com/nature-and-scope-of-managerial-economics
14
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
UNIT -I
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
Ms excel -ms excel sheet-ms excel environment - working with excel workbook - worksheet-
formulas and functions - inserting charts - printing in excel - free worksheet(ms excel)- ms
power point - starting ms power point -ms power point environment- working with power point
- working with different views - designing , presentation & printing in power point.
UNIT - IV
Programming under a DBMS environment - the concept of the data base management system;
data field, records, and files, sorting and indexing data; searching records. Designing queries, and
reports; linking of data files ; understanding programming environment in DMBS ; developing
menu drive applications in query languages(MS- Access).
UNIT - V
Electronic commerce - types -advantages and disadvantages - electronic data interchange (EDI)
working of EDI- EDI benefits & limitation - future of EDI - FEDI- smart card - smart card
application.
15
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
TEXT BOOKS
REFERENCE BOOKS:
E- MATERIALS
www.ggu.ac.in
www.ddegjust.ac.in
www.scribd.com
Units CO Statement
After studied unit-1, the student will Gainedbasic knowledge about computer
Unit - I
be able to concept and terminology
Unit - II After studied unit-2, the student will Acquired skills to produce word processing
be able to documents
Unit - III After studied unit-3, the student will Demonstrated basic skills involving MS
be able to excel sheet
Unit - IV After studied unit-4, the student will Acquired skills on data base
be able to
Unit - V After studied unit-5, the student will Enhanced knowledge on business
be able to presentation by using presentation
software.
16
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
NON-MAJOR ELECTIVE
PAPER -1
Course Objective
UNIT - I
Business - Commerce -Industry- Trade - Profession - Meaning-Scope - Importance-Kinds-
Economic Basis of Commerce.
UNIT - II
Forms of Business organization - Sole Trade- Partnership Firm-Features-Merits-Demerits - Co-
Operative Societies -Features-Types-Advantages.
UNIT - III
Joint stock Company-Features-Memorandum and Articles-Contents-Prospectus.
UNIT - IV
Stock Exchange - Function - Types - Regulation of Stock Exchanges in India.
UNIT-V
Trade association - Chamber of commerce - Functions - Objectives - Working in India.
Text Books:
1 Ghosh and Bhushan General Commercial Sultan Chand & Sons, New
Knowledge Delhi.
2. R.N. Gupta Business organization & S. Chand & Co. New Delhi.
Management
17
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
Reference Books:
Reference journals:
E-Materials:
1. E-book Business organization by H. E Morgan
Units CO Statement
After studied unit-1, the student will To gain knowledge about Commerce,
Unit - I
be able to Trade, Industry.
Unit - II After studied unit-2, the student will To learn about Forms of Business
be able to organization.
Unit - III After studied unit-3, the student will To acquire knowledge about Company.
be able to
Unit - IV After studied unit-4, the student will To know about Stock Exchange
be able to
Unit - V After studied unit-5, the student will To impart effective knowledge about Trade
be able to association and Chamber of commerce
18
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
SEMESTER IV
CORE PAPER - 9
Objectives:
1. To enable the students to acquire knowledge in valuation of shares and goodwill.
2. To enable the students to understand the Liquidation, accounting procedure and various
business combinations.
UNIT - I
UNIT- II
UNIT- III
UNIT - IV
HOLDING COMPANIES
Meaning and definition of Holding and Subsidiary - Capital Profit-Revenue profit-Minority
Interest-Goodwill/Capital reserve-- Elimination Of Common Transactions -Unrealised profit -
Revaluation of Assets and Liabilities - Bonus Shares -Preparation of consolidated balance sheet
(As per Revised Schedule VI).
19
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
UNIT - V
TEXTBOOKS
S.NO AUTHORS TITLE PUBLISHERS
1. R.L.Gupta and Advanced Accountancy Sultan Chand & Sons-
M.Radhaswamy New Delhi.
2. Shukla MC, Grewal TS & Advanced Accounts, Vol. II S. Chand & Company
Gupta SC Ltd, New Delhi
REFERENCE BOOKS
S.NO AUTHORS TITLE PUBLISHERS
1. S.P.Jain and K.L.Narang Corporate Accounting Kalyani Publishers-
(Volume II) Ludhiana.
2. T.S.ReddyandA.Murthy Corporate Accounting Margham Publications-
(Volume II) Chennai.
3. S.P.Iyengar Advanced Accountancy Sultan Chand & Sons-
(Volume I), New Delhi.
4. Dr .R. Rangarajan and Dr. Corporate Accounting (Printers and Publishers)
V. Chandrasekaran, Pvt. Ltd.,-Chennai.
S.Viswanathan
E-Material
Course OutComes
Units CO Statement
After studied unit-1, the student will Impart the knowledge of valuing shares
Unit - I
be able to and goodwill of the company.
Unit - II After studied unit-2, the student will Understand the accounting procedures
be able to related to Alteration of share capitaland
Internal Reconstruction.
Unit - III After studied unit-3, the student will Be acquainted with accounting procedures
be able to for Mergers and acquisitions.
Unit - IV After studied unit-4, the student will Prepare consolidated financial statements
be able to of Holding company and itssubsidiary
companies.
Unit - V After studied unit-5, the student will Know the accounting procedures related to
be able to preparation of bank accounts.
20
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
CORE PAPER - 10
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
Objectives:
1. To familiarize the students with the concepts and principles of management.
2. To provide opportunities to apply the general functions of management in day.
UNIT - I
INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT
Meaning, Definition,Importance,Nature,Management and administration, Functions of
Management. Levels of management, roles of manager, Management as a Science or Art,
Contribution to management by F.W.Taylor, Henry Fayol, Elton Mayo, Peter F. Drucker and C.
K. Prahalad.
UNIT- II
PLANNING
Planning - Meaning, Definition, importance, process, types, methods (Objectives- Policies-
Procedures - Strategies &Programmes). Obstacles to effective planning.Decision making - Steps,
Types, Decision Tree.
UNIT -III
UNIT- IV
UNIT - V
21
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
TEXT BOOKS
S.NO AUTHORS TITLE PUBLISHERS
1. C. B Gupta Business Management Sultan Chand & Sons,
New Delhi.
2. Dinkarpagare Principles of management, Sultan Chand and sons,
New Delhi.
REFERENCE BOOKS
S.NO AUTHORS TITLE PUBLISHERS
1. Koontz, O'Donnell, Essentials of Management Tata McGraw Hill
Weirich Publishing Company
Ltd., New Delhi.
2. Sherlekar&Sherlekar Principles of Business Himalaya Publishing
Management House, New Delhi.
3. L.M.Prasad Principles and Practices of Sultan Chand and sons,
Management New Delhi.
Course OutComes
Units CO Statement
After studied unit-1, the student will Knowledge pertaining to Fundamentals of
Unit - I
be able to management
Unit - II After studied unit-2, the student will Knowledge pertaining to develop planning
be able to
Unit - III After studied unit-3, the student will Understand organising and staffing
be able to
Unit - IV After studied unit-4, the student will Knowledge pertaining to motivation
be able to structures.
Unit - V After studied unit-5, the student will Advanced Programming techniques using
be able to control and coordination
22
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
CORE PAPER - 11
COMPANY LAW
Course Objective
UNIT-I
UNIT-II
UNIT-III
UNIT-IV
Members of a Company - Meaning and Definition - Who can become a Member?- Rights of the
Members - Liabilities of the Members - Termination of Membership.
UNIT-V
23
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
Text Books:
Reference Books:
Related Journals:
E-Materials:
Units CO Statement
After studied unit-1, the student will To learn about Nature, Scope and Kinds of
Unit - I
be able to Company
Unit - II After studied unit-2, the student will To gain effective knowledge about
be able to Formation of a Company
Unit - III After studied unit-3, the student will To effectively impart knowledge about
be able to Prospectus of company
24
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
Unit - IV After studied unit-4, the student will To know about Members of Company
be able to
Unit -V After studied unit-5, the student will To learn about Directors of Company and
be able to Winding up of Company
25
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
CORE PAPER - 12
MODERN BANKING
Course Objectives
UNIT- I
INTRODUCTION
Brief history of banking - Unit banking - branch banking - structure of Indian financial system -
Mixed banking - functions and importance of commercial banks - credit creation of commercial
banks
UNIT- II
CENTRAL BANKING
Central banking (special reference to India) - functions - measures / methods of credit control -
Quantitative and Qualitative credit control measures
UNIT- III
State bank of India - Organization - functions - management - Regional Rural Banks (RRBS)
UNIT - IV
DEVELOPMENT BANKING
Development Banking - Industrial Finance Corporation of India (IFC) - Industrial Credit and
Investment Corporation of India (ICICI) - Industrial Development of Bank of India(IDBI)
UNIT- V
E-Banking
26
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
Text Books
Units CO Statement
After studied unit-1, the student will The students will be able to acquire the
Unit - I
be able to knowledge of different types of banking.
Unit - II After studied unit-2, the student will The students will be able to know the
be able to measures and methods of credit control in
central bank.
Unit - III After studied unit-3, the student will The students will be able to understand the
be able to concept of SBI.
Unit - IV After studied unit-4, the student will The students will be able to study the
be able to different types of development banking in
India.
Unit - V After studied unit-5, the student will The students will be able to acquire the
be able to new concepts of E-Banking.
27
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
ALLIED - 2
PAPER - 4
BUSINESS ECONOMICS - II
Course Objectives
1. The main objective of this paper is to apply in business Cost and Revenue analysis.
2. The students understand the pricing of perfect competition, monopoly and monopolistic
competition.
3. Understands Distribution and Theories of Distribution.
4. The students acquires the knowledge of the capital budgeting.
5. Gains knowledge on the decision making under certainty and uncertainty.
UNIT: I Cost and Revenue Analysis
Cost and Revenue analysis - Different types of cost and their relations to each other - Average
cost - Marginal cost - Various types of revenue curves short term and long term - Diagrammatic
representation.
UNIT: II Market Structure and Pricing
Market structure and pricing - Pricing under perfect computation – Assumptions of perfect
competition - Pricing under monopoly – Assumptions of monopoly - Pricing under
monopolistic competition – Assumption of monopolistic competition.
Capital Budgeting: Need for Capital Budgeting- Forms of Capital Budgeting- Nature of Capital
Budgeting Problem.
28
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
Text Books
Reference Books:
1. K.P.M Sundaram and E.N. Sundaram, Business Economics, Sultan & Chand, New Delhi.
2. H.L. Ahuja,Business Economics, S.Chand, New Delhi.
3. Mote; Samuel Paul and G.S.Gupta, Managerial Economics, Concepts & Cases, Tata McGraw
Hill.
E - Resources
1. www.tutorialspoint.com/managerial_economics/...
2. www.yourarticlelibrary.com/managerial-economics/...
3. economicsconcepts.com/managerial_economics.htm
4. www.tutorialspoint.com/managerial_economics/...
5. www.economicsdiscussion.net/managerial-economics/notes...
6. www.simplynotes.in/managerial-economics/characteristics...
7. www.managerial-economics-club.com/managerial...
8. www.ebookphp.com/managerial-economics-epub-pdf
9. www.simplynotes.in/importance-managerial-economics
10. www.scholarpol.com/nature-and-scope-of-managerial-economics
29
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to understand the Cost and Revenue analysis in
Business.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to gain knowledge of the pricing of perfect
competition, monopoly and monopolistic competition.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to gain knowledge of Theories of Distribution.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to acquire Knowledge on the capital budgeting.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to gain knowledge decision making under
certainty and uncertainty
30
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
Objectives:
To impart the students with knowledge of web technology and their role in doing business.
To help the students to Gain an understanding of the legal frame work of E-commerce.
UNIT- I
E-COMMERCE - INTRODUCTION
Introduction to E-Commerce - E-Trade - E-Business -E-Market -Advantages and Disadvantages
of E-Commerce - E-Business Models - Introduction to Mobile Commerce.
UNIT- II
E-MARKETING
E- Marketing -Meaning - Channels- E-Marketing Mix - Web Salesmanship - online shopping
avenues- Advertising on Network.
UNIT - III
E-PAYMENT SYSTEM
E-Payment System- Types- Business Issues and Economic implications - Components of an
effective E-Payment System.
UNIT- IV
UNIT- V
LEGAL FRAMEWORK
Legal Framework for E-Commerce - Net Threats - Cyber Laws - Aims and Salient Features of
Cyber Laws in India- Cyber Crimes.
TEXT BOOKS
S.NO AUTHORS TITLE PUBLISHERS
1. L.T.Joseph E-Commerce A managerial Printice Hall
perspective Publications, 2004.
2. Addison Wesley Frontiers of E-Commerce Pearson Publications,
2004.
31
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
REFERENCE BOOKS
Units CO Statement
After studied unit-1, the student will To understand the knowledge of E-
Unit- I
be able to Commerce.
Unit - II After studied unit-2, the student will Gaining knowledge on E-Marketing.
be able to
Unit - III After studied unit-3, the student will Know the E-Payment systems.
be able to
Unit - IV After studied unit-4, the student will Knowledge on Electronic Data
be able to Interchanges (EDI)
Unit - V After studied unit-5, the student will Conceive an idea of legal framework for E-
be able to Commerce.
32
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
NON-MAJOR ELECTIVE
PAPER - 2
UNIT-I
UNIT-II
UNIT-III
Recent trends in advertising - Economic aspects of Advertising- Social and Ethical aspects of
Advertising.
UNIT-IV
UNIT-V
TextBooks:
S.NO AUTHORS TITLE PUBLISHERS
1. R.S.N. Pillai&Bagavathi Modern Marketing S. Chand & Co. New
(Principles and Practices) Delhi
2. S Rajkumar, V Sales and Advertisement S. Chand & Company
Rajagopalan Management Pvt. Ltd.
3. Sahu and Raut Salesmanship and Sales Vikas Publishing House,
Management Chennai.
4. CL Tyagi&Arun Kumar Sales Management Atlantic publishers.
33
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
Reference Books:
S.NO AUTHORS TITLE PUBLISHERS
1. Chunawalla K.C. Sethia Advertising (Principles and Chunawalla K.C. Sethiax
Practices)
2. Dr. M.M. Varma, R. K. Advertising Management Forward 300K Depot,
Agarwal New Delhi.
3. Mahendra Mohan Advertising Management Tata Mcgraw-hill
Publishing Company
Limited,NewDelhi,India.
4. G.R. Basotia N. K Advertising Marketing and Mangal Deep Jaipur.
Sharama Sales Management
5. Dr. K. Sundar Essentials of Marketing Vijay Nicholes Imprint
Pvt. Ltd., Chennai.
E- MATERIALS
www.slideshare.net
www.himpub.com
www.ves.ac.in
Units CO Statement
After studied unit-1, the student will Impart knowledge on advertising
Unit - I
be able to
Unit - II After studied unit-2, the student will Get familiarized about advertising agencies
be able to
Unit - III After studied unit-3, the student will Get familiarized about recent trends in
be able to advertising
Unit - IV After studied unit-4, the student will Acquired knowledge on fundamental
be able to concept of salesmanship
Unit - V After studied unit-5, the student will Impart knowledge on duties &
be able to responsibilities of salesmanship
34
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
SEMESTER V
CORE PAPER - 13
COST ACCOUNTING- I
Course Objectives
1. To understand the basic concepts and methods of Cost Accounting.
2. To enable the students to learn the various methods of cost elements.
3. To understand the basic concepts and processes used to determine product costs.
4. To be able to interpret cost accounting statement.
5. To be able to analyze and evaluate information for cost ascertainment, planning,
control and decision making.
6. To be able to solve simple cases.
UNIT-I
UNIT-II
UNIT-III
UNIT - IV
35
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
UNIT-V
Overheads
Classification of Overhead Costs - Departmentalization of Overheads - Allocation Absorption
and Appointment of Overhead Costs - Primary and Secondary Distribution of Overheads -
Computation of Machine Hour Rate and Labour Hour Rate.
Note: Questions in Sec. A, B & C shall be in the proportion of 20:80 between Theory
andProblems.
Text Books:
2. T.S. Reddy &Hari Prasad Reddy Cost Accounting Margham Publications, Chennai.
3. S.P. Iyangar Cost Accounting Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi.
Reference Books:
36
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
E- Materials
1. www.icwai.org
2. www.nasbaregistry.org.
Units CO Statement
After studied unit-1, the student will To taught the Nature and Scope of Cost
Unit- I be able to Accounting, and Computation of Cost
Sheet and Tenders.
Unit- II After studied unit-2, the student will To learn the preparation of Material
be able to Purchase and Control.
Unit - III After studied unit-3, the student will To impart knowledge about Methods of
be able to pricing of Material Issues.
Unit- IV After studied unit-4, the student will To study about preparation of Labour Cost
be able to Control.
Unit-V After studied unit-5, the student will To gain knowledge about Distribution of
be able to Overheads.
37
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
CORE PAPER - 14
PRACTICAL AUDITING
Course Objectives
1. Understand meaning, types of audit, and difference between auditing and book keeping.
2. Know the meaning of internal control, internal check and audit.
3. Identify different types of vouchers.
4. Understand qualification, Duties, Rights, and different types of auditors.
5. Identify Meaning, Features & Qualifications of Cost and Management auditor and audit
reports.
UNIT-I
INTRODUCTION
Meaning and Definition of Auditing - Nature and Scope of Auditing - Accountancy and auditing,
Auditing and Investigation - Objectives of auditing - Limitations of audit - Advantages of audit -
classification of audit.
UNIT-II
UNIT-III
VOUCHING
Vouching - meaning of vouching - Importance - objects - Vouching of cash transactions -
Verification of assets and liabilities - meaning of verification - objectives - Distinction between
vouching and verification - distinction between Valuation and Verification.
UNIT-IV
COMPANY AUDITORS
Company auditors - Qualification and Disqualification of an auditor - Appointment and Removal
of an auditor - Powers and Duties of auditors - Liabilities of an auditor
38
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
UNIT-V
AUDITOR’S REPORT
Auditor’s Report - Importance of auditor’s report - contents of audit report - Kinds of reports.
Text Books
Reference Books:
Units CO Statement
After studied unit-1, the student will The students will be able to acquire the
Unit - I
be able to basic concepts of auditing.
Unit - II After studied unit-2, the student will The students will be able to the meaning
be able to and importance of internal audit, internal
check and control.
Unit - III After studied unit-3, the student will The students will be able to understand the
be able to verification of vouchers and vouching.
Unit - IV After studied unit-4, the student will The students will be able to study the
be able to auditors appointment, removal,
qualification and disqualification.
Unit - V After studied unit-5, the student will The students will be able to identify the
be able to auditors reports and its kinds.
39
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
CORE PAPER - 15
MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING
Course Objective
UNIT-I
UNIT-II
UNIT-III
Fund Flow and Cash Flow Analysis: Concept of Funds, Sources and Uses of Funds - Fund Flow
Statement - Concept of Cash Flow - Cash Flow Statement as Per AS3.
UNIT-IV
Marginal Costing: Definition - Advantages and Limitation - Break Even Point - Margin of Safety
- P/V Ratio - Key factor - Make or Buy Decision - Selection of Product Mix - Changes in Selling
Price - Foreign Market Offer - Desired Level of Profit.
UNIT-V
Budget and Budgetary Control: Definition - Objectives - Essentials - Uses and Limitations -
Preparation of Material Purchase, Production, Sales, Cash and Flexible Budget - Zero Base
Budgeting.
40
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
Note: Questions in Sec. A, B & C shall be in the proportion of 20:80 between Theory
andProblems.
Text Books:
Reference Books:
Reference Journal
41
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
Units CO Statement
After studied unit-1, the student will To learn the preparation of Financial
Unit - I
be able to Statement Analysis.
Unit - II After studied unit-2, the student will To gain effective knowledge about Ratio
be able to Analysis
Unit - III After studied unit-3, the student will To impart knowledge about Fund Flow
be able to and Cash Flow Analysis.
Unit - IV After studied unit-4, the student will To study about Marginal Costing
be able to techniques.
Unit - V After studied unit-5, the student will To know about the preparation of Budget
be able to and Budgetary Control
42
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
UNIT - I
INTRODUCTION
Income Tax Act 1961- Basic Concepts - Assessment Year - Previous Year - Person -Assessee-
Income - Agricultural Income - Capital and Revenue Receipts - Capital and Revenue
Expenditures - Exempted Incomes u/s 10.
Residential status of an individual- Residential status of a HUF - Residential status of a firm and
association of persons - Residential status of a company - incidence of tax liability.
UNIT- II
Annual value - Determination of annual value- Income from let out house property -
Income from self-occupied house property - Deductions allowed from Income from house
property u/s 24.
UNIT- III
SALARIES
Meaning and features of Salary - Allowances - Perquisites - Profits in lieu of Salary - Provident
Fund and its types - payments exempted u/s 10: Leave travel concession; gratuity; pension; leave
encashment; retrenchment compensation; VRS - Deductions from salary: EA and professional
tax- deduction u/s 80C- taxable salary
43
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
UNIT - IV
UNIT- V
CBDT - powers - Director General of income tax - Chief commissioner of income tax -
Assessing officer - appointment - Jurisdiction - powers relating to search and seizure.
Note: Questions in Sec. A, B & C shall be in the proportion of 20:80 between Theory
andProblems.
Text Books
Reference Books
SahithiyaBhavan
1. Mehrotra Income Tax Law & Accounts
Publications
Taxman Publications
2. Vinod,K.Singhania Students Guide to Income Tax
Pvt. Ltd
44
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
Reference Journal
2. Taxman.com/Journal
E- Materials
3. India filing.com
4. Clear Tax.in
Units CO Statement
After studied unit-1, the student will To understand the basic level of Income
Unit - I
be able to tax Act.
Unit - II After studied unit-2, the student will To know the tax calculation on house
be able to property income
Unit - III After studied unit-3, the student will To achieve knowledge on tax calculation of
be able to salaried people.
Unit - IV After studied unit-4, the student will To obtain knowledge on income tax of
be able to business/ professional income.
Unit -V After studied unit-5, the student will To understand the administrative set up of
be able to income tax department and their powers
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
45
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
A. ENTREPRENEURIAL DEVELOPMENT
Objectives
1. To make and create interest among the students to become an Entrepreneur.
2. To facilitates the students to avail the incentives and schemes available for MSMEs.
UNIT- I
INTRODUCTION
Entrepreneurship: Meaning- Nature-Importance-Theories- Entrepreneur: Meaning-Definition-
Characteristics-Qualities-Types and Roles of an Entrepreneur-Entrepreneur vs.Intrapreneur-
Factors Promoting an Entrepreneur - Women Entrepreneur-Problems of Women Entrepreneurs -
Role of entrepreneurs in India’s Economic Development
UNIT- II
UNIT- III
NEW VENTURE
Meaning - Promoting New Venture -Sources of Business Ideas - Idea Generation Techniques-
Project Identification-Project Selection.- Procedures to Start a New Venture- Project : Meaning-
Types-formulation of Project report -Project Appraisal- Network Analysis.
UNIT- IV
UNIT- V
MICRO , SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES (MSMES)
Introduction- Classification of Enterprises- Memorandum of MSMEs-Registration of MSMEs-
MUDRA Scheme, Prime Minister’s Employment Generation Programme (PMEGP), STAND-
UP INDIA and START-UP INDIA: Objectives-Purpose-Loan facilities available-Applying
Procedures.
TEXT BOOKS
S.NO AUTHORS TITLE PUBLISHERS
46
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
REFERENCE BOOKS
S.NO AUTHORS TITLE PUBLISHERS
1. Vasant Desai Small-Scale Industries and Himalaya Publishing
Entrepreneurship House, 2017
2. Prasanna Chandra Project Preparation , Tata McgrawHill, New
Appraisal, Implementation Delhi.
3. G.N.Pande A Complete Guide To VikasPublishingHouse,
Successful New Delhi
Entrepreneurship-
4. C B Gupta &Srinivasan Entrepreneurship Sultan Chand.
Development in India
5. A Gupta Indian Entrepreneurial New Age International.
Culture
Units CO Statement
After studied unit-1, the student will Understand the basic concepts and theories
Unit - I
be able to of entrepreneurship.
Unit - II After studied unit-2, the student will Exemplify knowledge on course contents,
be able to curriculum and constraints of EDP.
Unit - III After studied unit-3, the student will Conceive business ideas and convert them
be able to into business projects.
Unit- IV After studied unit-4, the student will Become familiar with institutions support
be able to various forms of assistances and subsidies.
Unit - V After studied unit-5, the student will Learn the MSMEs schemes provided to
be able to budding entrepreneurs .
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
47
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
PAPER - 1
B. BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
Course Objectives
1. The basic objective of the course is to develop understanding and provide knowledge about
business environment to the commerce students.
2. To understand the fundamentals of Business Environment
3. To promote basic understanding on the Economic environment of business.
4. The provide knowledge about the political environment of business .
5. To know the Social Environment of business.
6. To acquire the knowledge Technological environment Indian Business
UNIT-I
INTRODUCTION
An overview of Business environment - types - Internal and External, Micro and Macro -
Environmental Analysis and strategies management - Techniques of environmental analysis -
steps and approaches.
UNIT-II
UNIT-III
UNIT-IV
UNIT-V
48
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
TECHNOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT
Concept, Online Channels, Online Services, Advantage of Online services, E-commerce, Indian
conditions of E-commerce and Franchise.
Text Books:
S.NO AUTHORS TITLE PUBLISHERS
1. Francis Cherunilam Business Environment Himalaya Publishing
House,
2. K.Aswathappa Business Environment Himalaya Publishing
House,
3. Dr.S.Sankaran Business Enironment Margham Publication
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
49
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
PAPER - 1
C. MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM
Course Objectives
UNIT - I
Definition- Management Information System - MIS Support for Planning, Organizing and
Controlling - Structure of MIS- Information for Decision Making
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
System Analysis and Design -SDLC- Role of System - Analyst- Functional Information System -
Personnel ,Production, Material, Marketing.
UNIT - IV
UNIT -V
TEXT BOOKS:
50
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
www.dbtra.com
www. itword.com
www. icisa. cag. gov. in
Unit - IV After studied unit-4, the student will Impart knowledge on Information
be able to Processing
Unit - V After studied unit-5, the student will Enhanced knowledge on DBMS.
be able to
51
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
Objectives
1. To enable the students to understand the elements of Marketing Mix and bases for Market
segmentation
2. To make him to appreciate the need for marketing science in the modern business world.
UNIT - I
INTRODUCTION
Market- Meaning- Definition- Classification of markets. Marketing - Meaning - Definition-
Evolution - Approaches - Modern marketing concepts - Marketing Mix with Extended 7Ps and
10 Ps- Meaning-Concepts - Role of Marketing in Economic Development-Market Segmentation-
Definition -Requirements -Bases for Market Segmentation.
UNIT- II
PRODUCT
Meaning- Features-Classification of products- Product Mix- Product Innovation-New Product
Development-Product Life Cycle- Branding- Meaning- Advantages and Limitations. Packaging
- Meaning - Kinds - Labeling - Meaning-Advantages and Limitation.
UNIT - III
PRICING
Price - Meaning - Pricing- Importance - Objectives- Factors affecting pricing decisions Pricing
Policies- Procedure for price determination- Kinds of Pricing.
UNIT- IV
DISTRIBUTION CHANNELS
Meaning-Importance-Marketing and Distribution- Middlemen in distribution -Function and
Kinds of Middlemen - Agents and Merchant Middlemen-Wholesalers -Types - Services rendered
by wholesalers - Retailers- Types - Requisites - Services rendered by retailers- Introduction to
Supply Chain and Logistic Management - Introduction to Networking Marketing and Niche
Marketing.
UNIT- V
PROMOTION
Sales Promotion - Personal Selling - Meaning - Purpose - Types - Advantages - Limitations -
Factors to be considered on Personal Selling. Advertising- Meaning and definition- Medias -
Advantages- Limitations -Advertising copy -Definition - Elements of an Advertisement copy -
Introduction to Cinema Advertising, Social Media Advertising, Web Advertising, and Mobile
Advertising.
TEXT BOOKS
S.NO AUTHORS TITLE PUBLISHERS
52
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
REFERENCE BOOKS
S.NO AUTHORS TITLE PUBLISHERS
1. Stanton William Fundamentals of Marketing TataMc Grew Hill, New
CherlesFutrell Delhi.
2. Dr.Rajan Nair &SanjithR Marketing S. Chand & co ltd, New
Nair Delhi.
3. Edward W Cudiff Fundamentals of Modern Prentice Hall of India,
Marketing New Delhi.
4. Philip Kotler Marketing Management Prentice Hall of India,
and New Delhi.
5. Dr. N. Rajan Nair Marketing an Introductory Sultan Chand & Sons,
Text New Delhi.
E-Material
Course OutComes
Units CO Statement
After studied unit-1, the student will Know the basic principles and practices of
Unit - I
be able to marketing.
Unit - II After studied unit-2, the student will Be aware of the importance of products,
be able to standards of branding, packing and quality
management.
Unit - III After studied unit-3, the student will Understand the pricing mechanism of
be able to marketing.
Unit - IV After studied unit-4, the student will Know the basic aspects of the channels of
be able to distribution and buyers’ behaviours.
Unit - V After studied unit-5, the student will Articulate sales Promotional techniques
be able to used in modern marketing.
53
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
SEMESTER VI
CORE PAPER - 17
COST ACCOUNTING II
Course Objectives
1. To make the students to understand the process of ascertaining, classification and
controlling cost.
2. To enable the students for higher studies like CA, ICWA and ACS with ease and
confidence.
UNIT-I
Job, Batch, Contract Costing: Job Costing - definition - Features - Procedure - WIP - Cost
Accumulation, Batch Costing - EBQ, Contract Costing - Definition, Features, Work Certified
and Uncertified - Incomplete Contract - Escalation Clause - Cost Plus Contract - Contract
Account.
UNIT-II
Process Costing: Definition - Features - Job Vs Process Costing - Process Account - Losses - By
Products and Joint Products - WIP - Equivalent Units and its Calculation - Closing WIP with or
without Process Loss.
UNIT-III
Operating Costing (Transport Costing): Cost Unit - Cost Classification - Operating Cost sheet.
UNIT-IV
Standard Costing - Variance Analysis - Material -Labour- Overheads - Fixed - Variable -Sales
Variance.
UNIT-V
Note: Questions in Sec. A, B & C shall be in the proportion of 20:80 between Theory
andProblems.
54
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
Text Books:
Reference Journal
E- Materials
1. www.icwai.org
2. www.nasbaregistry.org.
Units CO Statement
After studied unit-1, the student will To taught the Computation of Job, Batch,
Unit - I
be able to Contract Costing
Unit - II After studied unit-2, the student will To learn the preparation of Process
be able to Costing.
Unit - III After studied unit-3, the student will To impart knowledge about calculation of
be able to Operating Costing
Unit - IV After studied unit-4, the student will To study about preparation of Standard
be able to Costing.
Unit - V After studied unit-5, the student will To gain knowledge about Reconciliation of
be able to Cost and Financial Accounts.
55
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
CORE PAPER - 18
INCOME TAX LAW AND PRACTICE II
Course Objectives
UNIT- I
CAPITAL GAINS
What are capital assets? - What are not capital assets? - kinds of capital assets - transfer u/s 2
(47) - cost of acquisition - cost of improvement - computation of short term capital gain -
computation of long term capital gain - exemptions from capital gains.
UNIT - II
Specific incomes chargeable to tax - general incomes chargeable to tax - Interest on securities -
Interest exempt from tax u/s 10 (15) - deductions allowed from Income from other sources -
computation of income from other sources.
UNIT- III
UNIT- IV
56
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
and manufacturing tea - income of a sugar mill growing its own sugarcane- computation of tax of
an assessee having agricultural income.Permissible deductions from gross total income - section
80C, 80CCC, 80CCD, 80D, 80DD, 80DDB, 80E, 80G, 80GG, 80GGA, 80QQB, 80RRB, 80U.
UNIT - V
Note: Questions in Sec .A, B & C shall be in the proportion of 20:80 between Theory
andProblems.
Text Books
57
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
E- Materials
3. India filing.com
4. Clear Tax. in
Course OutComes
Units CO Statement
After studied unit-1, the student To know the calculation of taxes for gain on
Unit - I
will be able to capital asset.
Unit - II After studied unit-2, the student To know the tax on other source and its
will be able to calculation.
Unit - III After studied unit-3, the student To know the adjustment of carry forward
will be able to Income/Expenditure.
Unit - IV After studied unit-4, the student To Expertise in preparation of total income of
will be able to individual/ firm etc.
Unit - V After studied unit-5, the student To gain knowledge on filing of income tax
will be able to returns.
58
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
CORE PAPER - 19
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
Course Objectives
UNIT- I
UNIT- II
UNIT- III
UNIT- IV
Working Capital - Meaning, Concept, Types and Significance-Gross and Net Working Capital -
Determinants of Working Capital - Sources of WC - Credit and Collection Policies.
UNIT- V
59
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
Text Books
Reference Books
Reference : Journals
1. Economic Times.Com
2. Financial Express
3. Reserch gate.net
4. Entrepreneur.com
60
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
Units CO Statement
After studied unit-1, the student will To understand the basic Principles and
Unit - I
be able to practices of Financial management.
Unit- II After studied unit-2, the student will Determining the amount of Capital,
be able to Organization and Structure. Reduce cost of
Capital and Operating Risks
Unit - III After studied unit-3, the student will To have the knowledge and practice of
be able to arriving financial Decision makings
Unit - IV After studied unit-4, the student will To acquire practical knowledge on
be able to Calculation of working capital
Unit - V After studied unit-5, the student will To gain knowledge on leverage and
be able to portfolio management
61
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
Paper - 2
(to choose one out of 3)
A. INNOVATION MANAGEMENT
Objectives
1. To help students understand, describe and explain the phenomenon of Innovation.
2. To present students a toolkit to successfully navigate complex landscape that surrounds the
innovation process.
UNIT- I
UNIT- II
UNIT- III
INNOVATION THEORIES
Major contemporary theories: Disruptive-Networked-Open; Alternative theories: Evolutionary-
Uncontested- Adaptive - Green Initiatives.
UNIT- IV
INNOVATION PROCESS
New Product Development-Criticality of the Value Proposition, Differentiation - Paths to
Market-Systems of Ideation, Experimentation and Prototyping - Innovation Labs.
UNIT- V
62
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
Text Books
Course Outcomes:
Units CO Statement
After studied unit-1, the student will
Unit - I Perceive the basics of innovation
be able to
After studied unit-2, the student will
Unit - II Appreciate the value of creativity
be able to
After studied unit-3, the student will Gain exposure to various theories of
Unit - III
be able to innovation
After studied unit-4, the student will
Unit - IV Apprehend the innovation process.
be able to
Inculcate the Shade of innovation for the
After studied unit-5, the student will
Unit - V success of business
be able to
63
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
Paper - 2
B. LOGISTIC MANAGEMENT
Course Objectives
UNIT- I
UNIT- II
UNIT- III
Supply Chain Management- Meaning, Definition, Function, Need- Marketing Forces affecting
Supply Chain Activities- Supply Chain Activities in India.
UNIT- IV
UNIT - V
Government Policies And Regulations- Motor Vehicles Act - Carriage By Air, Sea Multi- modal
Transportation - Documentation - Airways Bill, Mate Receipt, Railway Receipt, Lorry Receipt,
Bill of Lading.
64
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
Text Books:
Reference Books:
Course Outcomes:
Units CO Statement
After studied unit-1, the student will To understand the basic concepts of
Unit - I
be able to logistic management
After studied unit-2, the student will
Unit - II To explore the supply chain intermediaries
be able to
After studied unit-3, the student will
Unit - III To explore the supply chain strategies
be able to
After studied unit-4, the student will To identify the warehousing strategies in
Unit - IV
be able to logistic management
After studied unit-5, the student will To perceive the legal frame work of
Unit - V
be able to logistic management.
65
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER - 2
C. SERVICE MARKETING
Objectives
UNIT - I
Marketing of Services - Introduction - Growth of the Service Sector - The Concept of Service -
Characteristics of Services Classification of Services -Using Technology - Developing Human
Resources.
UNIT - II
Marketing mix in services marketing - The seven Ps - Product Decisions - Pricing Strategies-
Promotion of Services and Distribution Methods for Services - Additional Dimensions in
Services Marketing- Internet as a service channel.
UNIT - III
Strategic Marketing Management for Services - Matching Demand and Supply through Capacity
Planning and Segmentation - Internal Marketing of a Service - External versusInternal
Orientation of Service Strategy.
UNIT - IV
Delivering Quality Services - Causes of Service-Quality Gaps - The Customer Expectations
versus Perceived Service Gap - Factors and Techniques to Resolve this Gaps in Service - Quality
Standards, Factors and Solutions.
UNIT - V
Marketing of Services with special reference to Health Services - HospitalityServices including
Travel, Hotels, and Tourism.
66
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
Text Books:
Reference Books:
Course Outcomes:
Units CO Statement
After studied unit-1, the student will Understand the concepts and evolution of
Unit - I
be able to service marketing.
After studied unit-2, the student will
Unit - II Explore the 4 Ps of service marketing.
be able to
After studied unit-3, the student will To Perceive the strategies in service
Unit - III
be able to marketing.
After studied unit-4, the student will To explore the quality issues of service
Unit - IV
be able to marketing.
After studied unit-5, the student will To understand the different services
Unit - V
be able to organizations.
E- Material
1. http://www.sasurieengg.com/e-course-material/MBA/II-Year
Sem3/BA7013%20SERVICE_MARKETING.pdf
2. http://www.pondiuni.edu.in/storage/dde/downloads/markiv_sm.pdf
67
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER - 3
(to choose one out of 3)
To analyze the assessment returns and refund of goods and service tax
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
UNIT- III
UNIT- IV
UNIT- V
68
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
Assessment - Meaning and types - Accounts and Other Records - Periods of Retention of
Accounts. Returns - Types of returns and their due dates -Furnishings of details of Outward
Supply - Claim of Input tax credit and Provisional Acceptance thereof - Matching and Reversal
and Reclaim at Reduction in Output tax liability. Payments of Goods and Service Tax -TDS and
TCS under Goods and Service Tax - Refund of Goods and Service Tax.
TEXT BOOKS:
S.NO AUTHORS TITLE PUBLISHERS
1. CA HemantNarang Goods and Service Tax Computech
Simplified, A Complete Publications Limited ,
Guide to New Model New Delhi.
GST Law
2. RakeshKumar Goods and Service Tax Diamond Pocket
Books (P) Ltd., New
Delhi.
3. Dr.H.C.MehrotraProf.V.P.Agarwal Goods and Service Tax SahityaBhawan
Publication New
Delhi(2020).
REFERENCE BOOKS
S.NO AUTHORS TITLE PUBLISHERS
1. T S Reddy and Hari Prasad Business Taxation Margham Publication.
Reddy
2. Dr. Vinod and K. Students Guide To goods and Taxmann Publications,
SinghaniaMonicSinghania service Tax New Delhi.
3. Datey, V.S. Indirect Tax Law and practice Taxmann Publications Pvt.
Ltd., Delhi,
Course OutComes
Units CO Statement
After studied unit-1, the student will Understand the basics of Customs and
Unit- I
be able to Excise duty.
Unit- II After studied unit-2, the student will Know the fundamental concepts of Goods
be able to and Service Tax (GST).
Unit - III After studied unit-3, the student will Understand the Goods and Service Tax
be able to Registration.
Unit- IV After studied unit-4, the student will Analyze the procedures of Levy and
be able to Collection of GST.
Unit - V After studied unit-5, the student will Understand the Assessment Returns and
be able to Refund of Goods and Service Tax.
69
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER - 3
B. INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
Objectives
1. To enable the students toapply various tools and techniques of Investment and risk
management.
2. To provide knowledge on various investment avenues that benefitsthe individual and nation.
UNIT- I
INTRODUCTION TO INVESTMENT
Investment Meaning- Investment Vs. Speculation- Investment Vs Gambling- Important factors
favorable for investment program- stages in investment - investors classification
UNIT - II
SECURITY INVESTMENT
Meaning- Bonds- Preference Shares- Equity shares- Derivatives- Options- Swaps- Futures-
Mutual funds
UNIT - III
UNIT - IV
UNIT - V
TEXT BOOKS
S.NO AUTHORS TITLE PUBLISHERS
1. Preeti Singh Investment Management Himalaya Publishing
House. New Delhi. 2014
2. Prasanna Chandra Investment Analysis and Tata McGraw - Hill
Portfolio Management, Publishing Company
Limited, New Delhi.
REFERENCE BOOKS
S.NO AUTHORS TITLE PUBLISHERS
70
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
E-Material
Course OutComes
Units CO Statement
After studied unit-1, the student will Understanding the Fundamentals of
Unit - I
be able to Investment
Unit - II After studied unit-2, the student will Knowledge pertaining to Security
be able to Investment.
Unit - III After studied unit-3, the student will Knowledge about Non Security
be able to Investment.
Unit - IV After studied unit-4, the student will Scientific reasoning about Risk and Return.
be able to
Unit - V After studied unit-5, the student will Reflective thinking through Fundamental
be able to and Technical Analysis.
71
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER - 3
C. FINANCIAL SERVICES
Course Objective
1. To enable the students to gain knowledge of business financial services.
2. Financial system of a country is closely related to the economic development.
3. There is drastic change in the functioning of financial system in this era of
liberalization, privatization and globalization.
4. The purpose of including Indian Financial system as a subject is to give a clear
understanding and knowledge of Financial system in the present scenario.
UNIT-I
Financial services - meaning - Financial services and economic environment - legal and
regulatory framework - financial institutions and other participants in the financial services
sector - capital and money markets - Instruments - Government - Securities market - SWAP
Analysis
UNIT-II
Introduction to leasing - legal and tax aspects - lease evaluation - Merits and Demerits -
Accounting and Reporting for Lease - lease funding - Types of lease - Lease agreement - Hire
purchase Vs lease - Legal aspects of Hire purchase - rights and duties of hire vendor and hire
purchaser.
UNIT-III
Factoring - Types and feature of factoring agreement - Factoring Vs Bills discounting - Services
of factor - Consumer Finance and credit card services - forfeiting.
UNIT-IV
Venture capital - meaning and characteristics - criteria for assistance - schemes and guidelines -
infrastructure financing - assessment of risk - legal aspects.
UNIT-V
Mutual funds - SEBI Guidelines - Features and types - Management structure and performance
evaluation - Growth and recent trends - Investor services - Credit rating agencies - CRISIL,
CARE, ICRA - Services - Criteria for rating - Symbols.
72
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
Text Books:
Related Journals:
1. Journal of Finance.
2. The Review of Financial Studies.
3. Journal of Financial Economics.
4. Journal of Accounting and Economics.
5. Journal of International Money and Finance.
6. Journal of Business Finance & Accounting.
7. Journal of International Financial Management and Accounting.
8. Journal of Financial Services Research
E-Materials:
73
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
Units CO Statement
After studied unit-1, the student will To gain knowledge about Financial
Unit - I
be able to Services, Capital and Money Markets
Unit - II After studied unit-2, the student will To gain effective knowledge about leasing.
be able to
Unit - III After studied unit-3, the student will To impart knowledge about Factoring.
be able to
Unit - IV After studied unit-4, the student will To know about Venture capital.
be able to
Unit - V After studied unit-5, the student will To learn about Mutual funds.
be able to
74
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
Objectives
1. To enable the students to understand the Human resource management concepts and
principles.
2. To create an awareness about the existing HR practices of the companies in India.
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
UNIT - V
75
B.Com.: Syllabus (CBCS)
TEXT BOOKS
S.NO AUTHORS TITLE PUBLISHERS
1. Dr.S.S. Khanka Human Resource S. Chand Publishing,
Management (Text & New Delhi, 5th edition
Cases) (2013).
2. L.M. Prasad Human Resource Sultan Chand and sons,
Management (Text & New Delhi, 3rd edition
Cases) (2014).
REFERENCE BOOKS
S.NO AUTHORS TITLE PUBLISHERS
1. K. A. Aswathappa Human Resource Himalaya Publishing
Management House, 8th edition.
2. C. B. Mamoria Personnel Management Himalaya Publishing
House Pvt., Ltd, 13th
edition (2019).
3. P. C. Tripathi Personnel Management and Sultan Chand and sons,
industrial relations New Delhi, 21st edition
(2013).
4. P.SubbaRao Personnel and Human Himalaya Publishing
Resource Management House.
E-Material
Course OutComes
Units CO Statement
After studied unit-1, the student will Understanding the basics of Human
Unit - I
be able to Resource Management.
Unit - II After studied unit-2, the student will Ability to plan Human resource.
be able to
Unit - III After studied unit-3, the student will Knowledge about leadership qualities
be able to through Recruitment and Selection.
Unit - IV After studied unit-4, the student will Comprehension about Training and
be able to Development.
Unit - V After studied unit-5, the student will Awareness about Performance and
be able to Potential Appraisal.
************
76
THIRUVALLUVAR UNIVERSITY
MASTER OF COMMERCE
SYLLABUS
UNDER CBCS
(With effect from 2020-2021)
Uni.
SEMESTER II CIA Total
Exam
7. Paper- 5 6 4 Corporate Laws 25 75 100
Core Human Resource Management
8. Paper- 6 6 4 25 75 100
9. Paper- 7 6 4 Advanced Corporate Accounting 25 75 100
Internal Elective for same major students
(To choose one out of 3)
Core Paper-2 A. Export and Import Management
10. 5 3 25 75 100
Elective B. Global Marketing
C. E-Commerce
External Elective for other major students (Inter/multi disciplinary papers)
11. Open Elective Paper-2 (To choose one out of 3)
5 3 A. Principles of Management
25 75 100
B. Elements of Accounting
C. Elements of Business Law
12. *Field Study - 2 100 - 100
1
13. Compulsory Paper 2 2 Human Rights 25 75 100
30 22 250 450 700
SEMESTER IV Uni.
CIA Total
Exam
21. Paper- 12 6 4 Direct Taxes 25 75 100
22. Core Paper- 13 6 4 Investment & Portfolio Management 25 75 100
23. Paper- 14 5 5 Project Development 25 75 100
24. 100
Project (75 Project +25
Core 5 5 Project With Viva voce 100
viva)
2
* Field Study
There will be field study which is compulsory in the first semester of all PG courses with 2
credits. This field study should be related to the subject concerned with social impact. Field
and Topic should be registred by the students in the first semester of their study along with
the name of a mentor before the end of the month of August. The report with problem
identification and proposed solution should be written in not less than 25 pages in a
standard format and it should be submitted at the end of second semester. The period for
undergoing the field study is 30 hours beyond the instructional hours of the respective
programme. Students shall consult their mentors within campus and experts outside the
campus for selecting the field and topic of the field study. The following members may be
nominated for confirming the topic and evaluating the field study report.
**Mooc Courses
Inclusion of the Massive Open Online Courses (MOOCs) with zero credits available on
SWAYAM, NPTEL and other such portals approved by the University Authorities.
3
SEMESTER III
PAPER - 8
Course Objectives
1. To gain expert knowledge on the principles and law relating to Indirect Taxation and GST in
India.
2. To expose the students with the latest development in GST.
3. To impart skill in applying and analysing the provisions of Goods and Service Tax Act.
4. To know about the basic Administration of GST.
5. To Familiarize the Provisions to appeal in the court.
Unit 1: Introduction:
4
GST Council-Authorities-Inspection-search seizure-Arrest-Demand-Recovery-Liability to pay
tax in certain cases-Advance Ruling- Authority and Appellate Authority - GSTN-Information
infrastructure for GST.
Text Books:
1. Goods and Services Tax, Dr. H.C. Mehrotra and V.P. Agarwal, Sahitya Bhawan
Publications, Agra.
2. GST- A Brief Introduction, L.V.R. Prasad and G.J. Kiran Kumar, PK Publishers.
3. Indirect Taxes- Dr.H.CMehrotra & Prof. Agarwal, SahityaBhavanPublishers,Agra.
Reference Book
1. GST Law & Procedure, Anandaday Misra, Taxman
2. Hand Book of GST in India Concepts and Procedures( 2017Edition)
RakeshGarg&SandeepGarg - Bloomsbury India Publications
3. GST in India-RakeshGarg&SandeepGarg, Bloomsbury IndiaPublications
4. All about GST-V.S Datey-Taxman Publications.
5. GST Law, Concept & Impact Analysis-Dr.SanjivAgarwal
6. GST Law & Analysis with Conceptual Procedure-Bimal Jain &IshaBensalYoungGlobal.
7. GST Bare Acts, Rules, Notifications &Circulars
8. An Insight of GST in India-ICWAI, Vol:1&2
Course Outcome
1. The students will able to know and familiarize with the fundamentals of Taxation.
2. The students will able to know GST and its history of GST and their types.
3. The students will able to know the exempted goods and Services under GST Act.
4. The students will able to know the Administration of GST and Autority.
5. The students will able to know how to avail the Appeal and Revision under GST Act.
5
PAPER - 9
ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR
Course Objectives
1. To understand the basic concepts of organistional behaviour .
2. To bring an understanding on different types of motivational theories
3. To facilitate the students to know the stress management
5. To let to know students to organistional structure and Organisational Effectiveness
Unit I: Introduction
Organisational Behaviour – Concepts - Nature & Scope – Organisational Behaviour Models -
Foundations of Individual Behaviour – Personality – Stages of Personality - Perception –
Learning – Attitudes – Values – Emotions.
Unit II: Motivation
Motivation – Theories by Maslow, Herzberg, McGregor, McClelland & Vroom – Motivational
Tools in Organisation – Effects on Work Behaviour - Motivation and Morale - Organisational
Citizenship Behaviour.
Unit III: Group Dynamics and Stress Management
Group Dynamics – Formal and Informal Group - Group Norms - Group Cohesiveness - Group
Behaviour - Group Decision Making – Work Stress - Stress Management – Coping Strategies
of Stress.
Unit IV: Leadership and Organisational Conflicts
Leadership – Traits - Styles – Theories of Leadership - Power and Politics - Organisational
Conflicts - Stages - Sources - Types - Conflict Management.
Unit V: Organisational Structure and Organisational Effectiveness
Organisational Structure – Foundation and Types - Organisational Culture and Climate –
Organisational Development – Organisational Effectiveness & Performance – Organisational
Ethics.
Text Books
1. S.S. Khanka, Organisational Behaviour, S.Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi.
2. K. Aswathapa, Organisational Behaviour, Himalaya Publishing House.
Reference Books:.
1. Stephen P. Robbins, Organizational Behavior, Pearson Education, New Delhi.
2. L.M. Prasad, Organisational Behaviour, Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi.
3. Margie Parikh and Rajen Gupta, Organisational Behaviour, Tata McGraw Hill
Education, New Delhi
6
Course Outcome
1. After studied Unit-1, the student will be able to understand the basic concept of
organisational behaviour and foundations of individual behaviour
2. After studied Unit-2, the student will be able to develop an idea about different
motivational theories and evaluate motivational strategies used in a variety of
organizational settings.
3. After studied Unit-3, the student will be able to understand the foundation of group
dynamics and the nature of stress and its management.
4. After studied Unit-4, the student will be able to evaluate the appropriateness of various
leadership styles and how to deal with organistional conflict.
5. After studied Unit-5, the student will be able to understand different types of
organizational structures and importance of organizational effectiveness.
7
PAPER - 10
Course Objectives
1. To enhance the understanding of the basic concepts in Cost Accounting.
2. To extend the knowledge of Methods of Costing Process costing.
3. To facilitate the students to have the deep understanding of Standard Costing and Variance
analysis
4. To bring about the awareness of Methods of cost reduction.
5. To let the students to know about Benefits from adoption of ABC-Just in Time Costing (JIT).
UNIT-I
Nature and significance of cost accounts-Definition of Costing, Scope, Objectives, Functions and
limitations of cost accounting-Installation of costing system-Elements of Cost- Cost centre and
profit centre-Preparation of Cost sheet, tender of quotations.
UNIT-II
Methods of Costing-Process costing, Treatment of equivalent production- Inter process profit-
Joint and by product Costing-Preparation of contract account, Cost plus contract and escalation
clause.
UNIT-III
Standard Costing and Variance analysis-Material, Labor and Overheads -reporting of variances
UNIT-IV
Cost control and Cost Reduction-Control over wastages, Scrap, Spoilage and defectives–
Methods of cost reduction
.
UNIT-V
Activity based costing–Meaning and concept-Characteristics of ABC-Benefits from adoption of
ABC-Just in Time Costing (JIT)
Note: The proportion between theory oriented and problem oriented questions in the university
examination shall be 20:80
Text Book
1. T.S.Reddy and Y.H. Reddy- Cost and Management Accounting-Margam Publications,
Chennai.
2. S.P. Jain and K.L. Narang-Cost accounting-Kalyani Publishers-New Delhi.
Reference books
1. Ravi M Kishore Advanced Management Accounting - Taxman’s-New Delhi. 4.
Management Accounting - J.Batty.
2. B.K. Bhar- Cost Accounting-Academic publishers, Calcutta.
3. C.T.Horangren-Cost Accounting - A Managerial Emphasis- Pearson education-New
Delhi.
4. Jawaharlal - Cost Accounting-Tata Mc. Graw Hill
8
5. Robert S. Kaplan-Anthony A. Atkinson- Advanced Management Accounting - Prentice
Hall of India-New Delhi 8.
6. Weldon’s Cost Accounting and Cost Methods - Mc. Donald and Evens Limited.
Course Outcomes:
1. After studied Unit-1, the student will be able to understand the basic concepts in Cost
Accounting and also familiarizing with the preparation of Cost Sheets, Tenders and
Quotations.
2. After studied Unit-2, the student will be able to understand Preparation of Process
Costing.
3. After studied Unit-3, the student will be able to Know the Standard Costing and Variance
Analysis
4. After studied Unit-4, the student will be aware of the Cost control and Cost Reduction.
5. After studied Unit-5, the student will be able to develop the knowledge about Activity
based costing.
9
PAPER - 11
RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
Course Objectives
1. To enhance the understanding of the basics of Research Methodology
2. To extend the knowledge of Data Collection and Sampling.
3. To facilitate the students to have the deep understanding of Processing of Data
4. To bring about the awareness of data Analysis through Statistical Tools.
5. To let students to know about Research Report.
UNIT-I : INTRODUCTION
Research - definition, characteristics, nature and scope. Various types of research - Formulation
of research problem - Major steps in Research – Hypothesis – Research Design - Uses of social
research.
Processing of data: editing, coding and Tabulation - Problems - use of computer in social
research. Analysis of data: Statistical analysis; diagrammatic and graphic representation.
Interpretation of results.
Structure and components - Types of Research Report, Good Research Report. Pictures and
Graphs. Introduction to SPSS Package
Text Books
1. Kothari.C.R. Research Methodology - Methods & Technology, New Age International
Publisher, New Delhi.
2. Panneerselvam. R. Research Methodology, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2004.New
Delhi, 1994.
3. Gupta, C.B., An introduction to Statistics Methods, Vikas Publishing House, 1998,New
Delhi
10
Reference Items: books.
1. Wilkinson. T.S. & Bhandarkar. P.L. Methodology and Techniques of Social Research,
Himalaya Publishing House, 2000, Mumbai.
2. Young, P.V., Scientific Social Survey and Research, Prentice Hall, 1949. New York.
3. Gupta, S.P. Statistical Methods, Sultan Chand and sons, 1999, New Delhi
Course Outcomes:
1. After studied Unit-1, the student will be able to understand the basics of Research
Methodology.
2. After studied Unit-2, the student will be able to know the Data Collection and Sampling
3. After studied Unit-3, the student will have understanding of Processing Data.
4. After studied Unit-4, the student will be able to have the awareness of Data Analysis
through opt Statistical Tools
5. After studied Unit-5, the student will be able to know about Research Report and SSPS
pacakage
11
CORE ELECTIVE
PAPER -1
A. AGRIBUSINESS MANAGEMENT
Course Objectives
1. To enhance the understanding of the Management Concept and Agripreneurs
2. To extend the knowledge of Agribusiness and Commodities Market.
3. To facilitate the students to have the deep understanding of Agricultural Market and Products.
4. To bring about the awareness of Small Scale Industry and MSME.
5. To let students to know about financial schemes for Agribusiness.
Text Books
Unit-1: Girdhari Lal Meena, Fundamentals of Agribusiness Management, Agrotech Publishing
Academy, 2017, Udaipur
Unit-2: Vedamurthy K.B, Agribusiness Management and Trade, Anand Agricultural University,
Anand.
12
Unit-3: TNAU, Tamil Nadu, AECO 341 - Fundamentals of Agri Business Management.
Journals
8. The Madras Agricultural Journal, NABARD, Tamil Nadu Regional Office, Chennai.
9. Yojana, Rural Development, New Delhi
10. Agricutural Update, Muzaffar Nagar, UP
11. Agri Business and Food Industry, New Delhi
12. Kurukshetra, Ministry of Rural Development, New Delhi.
13. Kisan World, Chennai.
E-Materials
1. Vedamurthy K.B. Agribusiness Management and Trade. www.agrimoon.com.
2. Adnan Adeel, Principles of Agribusiness Management, www.academia.edu
3. Agribusiness Management. www. senecahs.org
4. Principles of Agribusiness Management, epdf – free download.
5. James G. Berlein, Principles of Agribusiness Management. www.wattpad.com
Course Outcomes:
1. After studied Unit-1, the student will be able to understanding of the Management
Concept and Agripreneurs.
2. After studied Unit-2, the student will be able to know the Agribusiness and Commodities
Market.
3. After studied Unit-3, the student will be able to have the deep understanding of
Agricultural Market and Products.
4. After studied Unit-4, the student will be able to have the awareness of Small Scale
Industry and MSME.
5. After studied Unit-5, the student will be able to know about financial scheme for
Agribusiness.
13
14
CORE ELECTIVE
PAPER -1
B. SERVICES MARKETING
Course Objectives
1. To be aware of the Essential Elements of marketing mix in Service marketing.
2. To expand the understanding of marketing strategies for various services marketing-mix
3. To help the students in understanding of Product support services and problems of Service
quality management
4. To enhance knowledge on Marketing of financial services.
5. To let the students to know CRM, and identify the Customer needs.
UNIT-I
Growth of the Service Sector - Nature and Concept of Service - classification of services -
Characteristics of Services and their marketing implications - Essential Elements of marketing
mix in Service marketing.
UNIT-II
Marketing strategies for service firms with special reference to information, communication,
consultancy, advertising, professional services, after sales service, recruitment training and
tourism.
UNIT-IV Marketing of financial services - nature - types - marketing of insurance - mutual fund
- marketing for non - profit firms - Growth of financial services in India.
UNIT-V CRM - identifying and Satisfying Customer needs - Relationship marketing - Customer
Satisfaction - Managing Service Brands.
Text Books:
1. Christopher lovelock, Services Marketing, Pearson Education.
2. E.G. - Bateson, Managing Service marketing - Text and Readings, Dryden press, Hidsdale
3. Philip Kotler and Paul N.Bloom, Marketing professional Services, Prentice hall, New Jersey.
Reference Books:
1. Payne, the essence of Service Marketing, New Delhi, prentice Hall.
2. Helen Wood Ruffe, Services Marketing, Macmillan India, New Delhi.
3. Mary Ann pezzallo, Marketing Financial Services, Macmillan.
4. Dr.S.Gurusamy, Financial and Markets Vijay Nicole imprints private limited, Chennai.
5. Dr.B.Balaji, Services, Services Marketing and Management, S.Chand & Company Ltd., New
Delhi.
15
Course Outcomes:
1. After studied Unit-1, the student will be able to understand the Essential Elements of
marketing mix in Service marketing
2. After studied Unit-2, the student will be able to develop an idea about marketing
strategies for various services marketing-mix.
3. After studied Unit-3, the student will be able to know and learn about Product support
services and Identify the problems of Service quality management
4. After studied Unit-4, the student will be able to learn the of Marketing of financial
services.
5. After studied Unit-5, the student will be able to acquire the knowledge about CRM.
16
CORE ELECTIVE
PAPER -1
C. BUSINESS ANALYTICS
Course Objectives
1. To have the basic knowledge about Business Analytics.
2. To make the understanding about levels of Business Analytics.
3. To enable to students to know about types of Business Analytics
4. To bring knowledge about the Decision Making.
5. To enable the students to know about the approaches in Decision Making.
Different levels of Business Analytics - Categories of Business Analytical methods and models.
Business Analytic Process -. Classical Requirements and Tasks performed by Business Analysts
Decision Making - Objectives - Role and Significance of Decision Making- Decision Making
Process - Rationality in Decision Making - Programmed and Non Programmed Decision
Making- Decision Making under Uncertainty and Risk
Text book
1. C.B.Gupta, Business Management, Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi
2. Harold Koontz, Heinz Weihrich, ‘Essential of Management’, Tata Mcgraw Hill
17
Reference book
Course Outcomes:
1. After studied Unit-1, the student will be able to understand the concept of Business Analytic
2. After studied Unit-2, the student will be able to understand the Categories of Business
Analytical methods and models
3. After studied Unit-3, the student will be able to understand the Role and Significance of
Decision Making.
4. After studied Unit-4, the student will be aware of the Modern Approaches in Decision
Making and Common Problems in Decision Making
5. After studied Unit-5, the student will be able to know Value of Analytics in Decision
Making.
18
OPEN ELECTIVE
PAPER - 1
Course Objectives
1. To enhance the understanding of the concept of Small Business and MSME.
2. To extend the knowledge of Starting a Small Industry.
3. To facilitate the students to have the deep understanding of the Type of the Organizations
4. To bring about the awareness of Sources of Finance for Small Business.
5. To let students to know about the Incentives and Subsidies given the Government.
Text books
1. Dr. Vijayshree P.T& Dr. Alagammal. M. Entrepreneurship and Small Business
Management, Margham Publications, Chennai
2. Gupta C.B & Srinivasan N.P. Entrepreneurship Development in India, Sultan Chand & Sons,
1999, New Delhi
3. Saravanavel P. Entrepreneurship Development, ESS PEE KAY Publishers, Chennai.
19
4. Gupta C.B. & Srinivasan N.P. Entrepreneurship Development in India, Sultan Chand & Sons,
1999, New Delhi
5. Satish Taneja & Gupta S.L, Entrepreneur Development, Galgotia Publishing Company 2002,
New Delhi.
Reference Books:
1. Jayshree Suresh, Entrepreneurial Development, Margham Publications, 2015 Chennai
2. Gordon.E & Natarajan, Entrepreneurship Development, Himalaya Publishing House, 2009
Mumbai.
3. Poornima M. Charantimath, Entrepreneurship Development and Small Business Enterprises,
Pearson Publishers, 2013, Chennai.
4. Anil Kumar. S, Small Business and Entrepreneurship, I. K. International Pvt Ltd, 2008, New
Delhi
5. Besterfield Dale H. Total Quality Management (TQM) Pearson Publishers, 2018, Chennai.
Journals:
6. The_Journal_of_Entrepreneurship. www.ediindia.org
7. Journal of Small Business and Entrepreneurship Development. www. jsbednet.com
8. International Journal of Small Business and Entrepreneurship Development.
www. researchgate.net
9. Journal of Small Business and Enterprise Development. www. emerald.com
10. International Journal of Entrepreneurship and Innovation. www. sagepub.com
E-Materials:
1. Poornima M Charantimath, Entrepreneurship Development And Small Business Enterprise,
www.goodreads.com
2 .Kevin McQueen , Small Business Development Strategies. www.bwbsolutions.com
3. Darren Dahl, How to Develop a Business Growth Strategy, www.inc.com
4. Tamil Nadu Manufacturing Business Incubation Infrastructure Development Project,
Entrepreneurship Development and Innovation Institute, www.startup-tn.in
5. Dr.Jayakumar. V, Total Quality Management. www. easyengineering.net
Course Outcomes:
1. After studied Unit-1, the student will be able to understand the concept of Small Business
and MSME.
2. After studied Unit-2, the student will be able to know how to start a Small Industry step by
step.
3. After studied Unit-3, the student will be able to understand the Type of the Organizations.
4. After studied Unit-4, the student will be aware of the Sources of Finance for Small Business.
5. After studied Unit-5, the student will be able to know Incentives and Subsidies given the
Government.
20
OPEN ELECTIVE
PAPER - 1
B. BANKING THEORY
Course Objectives
1. To enhance the understanding of Developments in Banking Sector
2. To extend the knowledge of Functions of Commercial Banks.
3. To facilitate the students to have the knowledge on the Factors influencing Bank lending
4. To bring about students to familiar with the Functions of Central Banks
5. To let students to know about Recent Trends in Banking Sector
Text Books:
1. P.N. Varshney., - Banking Law and Practice – Sultan Chand & Sons New Delhi-24th
Edition
2. B. Santhanam, Banking and Financial System, Margham Publication, Chennai.
3. S.N. Mahaeswari, Banking Law and Practice, Kalyani Pubications, Chennai.
21
Reference Books:
1. Natarajan S. and Parameswaran R. – Indian Banking – S. Chand and Co. Ltd., New
Delhi (Latest Ed).
2. Vasudevan S.V. – Theory of Banking – S. Chand and Co. Ltd., New Delhi (Latest
Ed).
3. S.N. Maheswari, Banking Law and Practice, Kalyani Publications, Chennai
Course Outcomes
1. After Studied Unit-1, The Student will be able to know classification of banks,
ownership, function and banking structure in India.
2. After Studied Unit-2, The student will be able to familiar with the Types and Functions
of Commercial Banks.
3. After Studied Unit-3, The Students will able to analyse the Relationship between
Banker and Customer.
4. After Studied Unit-4, The Student will be able to know the Functions of Central Banks
5. After Studied Unit-5, The Student will be able to Analyse Recent Trends in Banking
Sector.
22
OPEN ELECTIVE
PAPER - 1
C. STRESS MANAGEMENT
Course Objectives
1. To enhance the understanding of the meaning of Stress, Types and Causes of Stress.
2. To extend the knowledge of Personality its Types and Perception.
3. To facilitate the students to have the deep understanding of Emotional Intelligence - EQ
4. To bring about the awareness of Stress at Work Place.
5. To let students to know about Stress Management and Counselling.
Text book
1. Stress Management an Integrated Approach, Dr. Viswanathan Gopalan, GenNext Publication,
2016, New Delhi.
2. Introduction to Psychology, Clifford Morgan and Richard King , McGraw Hill Education,
2017 Chennai
3. Emotional Intelligence, Dainel Goleman, Penguin Random House, 2006, Noida
23
5.Richard Nelson Jones, Basic Counselling Skills: A Helper's Manual, Sage Publications, 2012,
New Delhi
Reference - Books:
1. Stress Management, Chakravarty Ajanta, Rupa Publications, 2012, Chennai.
2. Organizational Behaviour, University of Minnesota Libraries Publishing, 2017. USA
3. John Romas, Practical Stress Management, Academic Press, 2017, Cambridge.
4. Dale Carnegie, How to Stop Worrying and Start Living, Rupa Publication, 2016, Kolkata
5. Dr. Bimal Chhajer A complete guide to Managing Stress, New Ages Books, 2006, Chennai
6. Shashi Jain, Introduction to Psychology, Kalyani Publishers, 2006, Bengaluru,
7. Mangal S. K. Emotional Intelligence, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd. 2015, New Delhi
Journal:
8. International Journal of Stress Management.www.aapb.org
9. The American Journal of Psychology on JSTOR. www.jstor.org
10. International Journal of Stress Management. www.apa.org
11. International Journal of Psychology.www.onlinelibrary.wiley.com
E-Materials
1. International Journal of Stress Management. www.springer.com
2. Stress Management.www.helpguide.org
3. A Study of Learning Stress and Stress Management Strategies. www.sciencedirect.com
4. Management of Stress at Workplace. www.globaljournals.org
Course Outcomes:
1. After studied Unit-1, the student will be able to understand the concept of Stress, Types and
Causes of Stress
2. After studied Unit-2, the student will be able to understand the Personality its Types and
Perception.
3. After studied Unit-3, the student will be able to understand the Emotional Intelligence - EQ
4. After studied Unit-4, the student will be aware of the Stress at Work Place.
5. After studied Unit-5, the student will be able to know Stress Management and Counselling
skills.
24
SEMESTER IV
PAPER - 12
DIRECT TAXES
Course Objective
1. To Learn the Students about History of Income Tax in India.
2. To Facilitate the Practical Knowledge on Calculation of Income from House Property.
3. To Impart Practical knowledge on Income from Business &Professional and Capital Gain.
4. To Make understand the Computation of Total Income of Individuals.
5. To know about the Assessment Procedure, e-filing of Return and Tax Planning.
UNIT – I: Introduction
History of Income Tax in India - Basic Concepts – Income – Persons – Previous Year – Assessment
Year – Assessee – Gross Total Income – Total Income – Determination of Residential Status –
Scope of Total Income and Incidence of Tax – Incomes Exempt from Tax u/s 10.
UNIT – III: Income from Business & Profession and Capital Gains
Profits and Gains of Business and Profession – Admissible Deductions – Expenses Expressly
Disallowed – Deemed Incomes – Depreciation – Block of Assets – Normal Depreciation –
Additional Depreciation – Capital Gains – Short-term and Long-term Capital Gains – Exemptions.
UNIT IV: Income from Other Sources and Computation of Total Income
Income from Other Sources – Aggregation of Income – Set-Off and Carry Forward of Losses –
Deductions available from Gross Total Income – Computation of Total Income of Individuals.
1. Gaur and Narang, Income Tax Law & Practice, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi.
2. T.S. Reddy and Y. Hari Prasad Reddy, Income Tax Law & Practice, Margham Publications,
Chennai.
25
3. Girish Ahuja & Ravi Gupta, Practical Approach to Income Tax, Wolters Kluwer India Pvt.
Ltd., Mohali, Chandigarh.
4. Anita Raman, Income Tax Theory, Law & Practice, Mc Graw Hill, New Delhi.
Reference Books:
1. Vinod K Singhania and Monica Singhania, Students’ Guide to Income Tax including GST,
Taxmann, New Delhi.
2. H.C. Mehrothra, Income Tax including Tax Planning & Management, Sahithya Bhavan, Agra.
3. R N Lakhotia and Subhash Lakhotia, How to Save Income Tax through Tax Planning, Vision
Books, New Delhi.
4. Master Guide to Income Tax Rules, Taxmann, New Delhi.
Course Outcomes:
1.The Students we able to Contrast The Different Basic Concepts In Income Tax
2. The Students we able to understand and Compute Salary Income And Income From House Property
3. The Students we able to understand and Construct The Statements For Business. Income,
Professional Income And Capital Gains
4. The Students we able to understand and Compute Income From Other Sources And Total Income Of
Individuals
5. The Students we able to understand and Trace Assessment Procedure and Familiarizing Tax
Planning
26
PAPER - 13
INVESTMENT & PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT
Course Objectives
1. To infuse basic knowledge in proposed investors as to select the better investment proposal.
2. To create awareness among the investors about unscrupulous trade practices happening in
the security market thereby protecting their interests.
3. To Impart the students about basic Fundamental Analysis, Economic Analysis and Technical
Analysis.
4. To facilitate the students about Valuation of Securities, ABM,YBM,FVM.
5. To Let students to know about Efficient Market Hypothesis, Random Walk Theory,
Markowitz Theory.
Unit - 1
Properties of financial assets - Financial Markets - Investments - Types - Characteristics -
Objectives - Types of Investors - Investment Vs. Gambling, Speculation, Speculation Vs.
Gambling.
Unit - 2
Nature and Scope of Security Analysis - Concept of Risk and Return - Sources of Risk - Types
of Risk - Risk Aversion and Risk Premium - Measurement of Risk: Standard Deviation as a
measure of Risk, β as a measure of Risk) - Measurement of Return from Historical data.
Unit - 3
Fundamental Analysis - Economic Analysis, Industry Analysis and Company Analysis -
Technical Analysis - Trend Indications - Indices and Moving applied in Technical Analysis.
Unit - 4
Valuation of Securities - Equity Shares: Assets Backing Method, Yield Basis Method, Fair Value
Method, Return on Capital Employed and Price Earning Method. Preference Shares: Dividend
Discount Model, Yield on Preference Shares. Debentures and Bonds: Market Discount Rate,
Spot and Forward rate, Binominal Interest Rate Free, Maturity Pricing.
Unit - 5
Efficient Market Hypothesis - Random Walk Theory - Markowitz Theory - Sharpe's
Optimisation Solution - Down Theory - CAPM model - SML, CML.
27
Text Book
1. Dr. Bhalla V.K. Investment Managemet, S. Chand and Company, New Delhi.
2. Rustagi R.P. Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management, Sultan Chand & Sons, New
Delhi.
References
1. Dr. Ranganatham m & Madhumathi R. Investment Analysis 7 Portfolio Management.
Pearson Education, New Delhi.
2. Fisher & Jordan, Security Analysis and Portfolio Management, Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi.
3. Sharpe, William and Gordon, Investment - Prentice hall of India, New Delhi.
Course Outcomes
1. Making the students being well aware of types of financial markets
2. Testing the knowledge of students about measurement of risk and return.
3. Asses the performance of students in relation to Fundamental Analysis, Economic
Analysis, Industry Analysis and Company Analysis.
4. Evaluate student's knowledge on valuation of equity shares, preference shares, debentures
and bonds
5. Getting the students to familiarize Efficient Market Hypothesis
28
PAPER - 14
PROJECT DEVELOPMENT
Course Objective:
1. To study Project development cycle, Project Appraisal, Project Financing and Selection and
Risk Management.
3. To facilitate the students to the understanding Project cost and Social cost.
UNIT-I: PROJECT
Project cost – Social Cost and Social Benefit. Terms Loans – Loans from Development banks –
Assistance from Indian Finance Corporations and International Finance Corporations. External
commercial borrowing.
Time and cost control – Budgetary control – corrective and preventive actions. Risk
Management function.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. The students will be able to understand the Project and its development:
2. The students will be able to understand the Capital expenditure decisions of projects.
3. The students will be able to understand the Economic Viability of the project.
5. The students will be able to understand the Project schedule and control mechanism.
30
CORE ELECTIVE
PAPER - 4
Course Objectives
1. To enhance the understanding of the Financial Institutions and Financial Services Sector.
2. To extend the knowledge of Legal aspects of Factoring and Venture Capital.
3. To facilitate the students to have the deep understanding of Capital Market and stock market
in India
4. To bring about the awareness of SEBI Guidelines.
5. To let students to know about Credit rating agencies
Unit – I
Financial Services – meaning – Financial Services and economic environment - Legal
and Regulatory Framework – Financial Institutions and other participants in the Financial
Services Sector.
Unit – II
Factoring – Types and Features of Factoring agreement - Legal aspects of Factoring –
Factoring in India – Steps involved in Future – Venture Capital – meaning and characteristics –
Criteria for assistance – Schemes and guidelines.
Unit – III
Financial market - meaning – Features – Capital Market – primary market – secondary
market – present position of stock market in India – money market – characteristics of
Development money market – Importance – Problems faced by Indian money market –
Difference between capital market and money market.
Unit – IV
Mutual Funds – SEBI Guidelines – Features and types – management – structure and
performance evaluation – Growth and recent trends.
Unit – V
Investor Services – Credit rating agencies – CRISIL, CARE, ICRA – Services – Criteria
for rating – symbols
Text Books:
1. M.Y.Khan, Indian Financial System, Tata McGraw Hill, 2001.
2. H.R.Machiraju, Indian Financial System, Vikas Publishing House, 1999
3. B.S. Bhatia &G.S.Bhatre, Management of Capital Markets, Financial Services and
Insititutions, Deep and Deep Publishers, 2000.
31
Reference Books:
1. Dr. V. Balu, Merchant Banking & Finance Services, Sri Venkateswara Publication,
Chennai
2. Dr. N. Permavathy, Financial Services and Stock Exchange, Sri Vishnu Publications,
Chennai.
3. Dr.S.Gurusamy, Financial Services and Systems, Vijay Nicholes Imprint Pvt. Ltd.,
2004 Chennai.
Course Outcomes
1. After studied Unit-1, achieve the target of students having better understanding of
Financial Services in India.
2. After studied Unit-2, the student will be able to know the Collect the data from the
students pertaining to venture capital
3. After studied Unit-3, Let the students know about Capital Market, Money Market
Strategies and present position of stock market in India,.
4. After studied Unit-4, the student will be able to have the awareness of SEBI Guidelines
and Structure and performance evaluation
5. After studied Unit-5, the student will be able to know about Investor Services & Credit
rating agencies.
32
CORE ELECTIVE
PAPER - 4
Course Objectives
1. To Develop skills to practice information systems in Business.
2. To bring understanding about the Accounting and Financial Information Systems
3. To facilitate the students to know about – preparing to online business
4. To provide the students information about Security Issues in E-Commerce
5. To extend the knowledge of Growth of internet
UNIT-V: INTERNET
Meaning of Internet; Growth of internet, Owner of Internet, Anatomy of Internet, Net Etiquette ;
World Wide Web; Internet Protocols, Usage of Internet to society, Search Engines . Features of
Industry 4.O.
33
Text Books:
1. Deepak Bharihoka, Fundaments of Information Technology, Excel Book, New Delhi
2. Leon a. and Leon M., (2002) Fundamental of Information Technology, Vikas Software
Manuals.
Reference Books:
1. Comer, Douglas E. (2007), the Internet Book, New Delhi : PHI Learning Private
Limited).
2. Morley, Deborah and Charles S. parker (2007) Fundamentals of Computers (New Delhi:
Learning India Pvt. Ltd.)
3. Laudon, Kenneth C. and Jane P. Laudon, (2003), Management Information Systems(New
Delhi: Prentice Hall of India
Course Outcomes
1. After Studied Unit-1, Students will be able to develop skills to practice information
systems in Business.
2. After Studied Unit-2, Students will be able understand the Accounting and Financial
Information Systems.
3. After studied unit-3, Students will be able to develop to skill by preparing to online
business
4. After Studied Unit-4, Students will be able to know the Security Issues in E-Commerce
and Risk management approach to e-commerce security.
5. After Studied Unit-5, the student will be able to understand the relevant information
technology, growth of internet and Usage of Internet to society
34
CORE ELECTIVE
PAPER - 4
C. ENTREPRENEURIAL DEVELOPMENT
Course Objectives
1. To enhance the deep understanding of the Entrepreneur and Entrepreneurship Qualities.
2. To extend the knowledge of devaluations of Joint Rights, liabilities and Discharge of
contract.
3. To facilitate the students to have the understanding about Indemnity and Guarantee
4. To enable the students to know about Bailment and pledge
5. . To let students to know about Contract of Agency and Termination agency.
UNIT I
Concept of Entrepreneur and Entrepreneurship – Major Entrepreneurial Competencies – Qualities
of Successful Entrepreneur – Types of Entrepreneur – Knowledge and Skills Required for an
Entrepreneur.
UNIT II:
Entrepreneurial Environment – Economic and Non-Economic Factors – Entrepreneurial
Motivation – Need for EDPS.
UNIT III
Sources of Business / Product ideas – Market Research – Pre-feasibility study - Criteria for
Selection of a project – Project Report Preparation and Evaluation Criteria.
UNIT IV
Institutional Finance – Term Lending Institutions – Commercial Banks – State Finance
Corporations – Small Industries Development Bank of India (SIDBI) – Small Industries Service
Institute (SISI) – District Industries Centre (DIC) – SIDCO – SIPCOT and ITCOT – Microfinance
and Self Help Groups.
UNIT V
Launching and Development of Small Business – Institutional Support to Small Business –
Growth Strategies – Product Launching – Monitoring and Evaluation of Small Business –
Industrial Sickness – Causes and Consequences – Prevent in Sickness.
Text Book:
Course Outcomes:
1. After studied Unit-1, the student will be able to acquire the basic knowledge and
understand the types of contract and Agreement
2. After studied Unit-2, the student will be able to know the Identify the essential elements
of contract and rules as to offer.
3. After studied Unit-3, the student will be able to have to understanding of law relating to
indemnity and guarantee
4. After studied Unit-4, the student will be able to know the duties and rights of the Bailor
and Bailee and Agent and Principal.
5. After studied Unit-5, the student will be able to know about law of Agency.
36
OPEN ELECTIVE
PAPER - 4
Course Objectives
1. To impart knowledge in office management and its functions and make them to apply in the
practical manner in the company
2. To understand how to organize their office and maintain filing system
3. To inspire the students to apply the knowledge gained in Office forms
4. To provide the students the avenues of studies in Office Machines and equipments
5. To teach the recent developments in the various areas of Measurement of Office Work.
37
Text Books:
1. S.P.Arrora -Office organization and management- Vikas publishing housenov,2009
2. Chopra-Office management-Vikas publishing house 2nd revised edition,2015
Reference Books:
1. M.E. Thukaram Rao-Office management and organization-atlantic publishers and
distributers,2000
2. Ranjan Nangia -Office management- - Neha Publisherscrescent publishing corporation,2012
Course Outcomes
1. After Studied Unit-1, Students will be able to support management in office
administration.
2. After Studied Unit-2, Students will be able to prepare business documents
3. After studied unit-3, Students will be able to manage records and files. Students will also
able to demonstrate business communication skills
4. After Studied Unit-4, Students will be able to utilize appropriate office technology.
Students will also able to execute the duties of an office administrator.
5. After Studied Unit-5, the student will be able to know about to role of management in the
workplace, levels and functions of management
38
OPEN ELECTIVE
PAPER - 4
B. BUSINESS ORGANISATION
Course Objectives
1. To make students to understand the concept of business and Business ethics
2. To expand the awareness of forms of business organization
3. To facilitate the students to the understanding on size of industry
4. To bring the subject knowledge about functions of Stock Exchanges
5. To let students to be acquainted with on the subject of Trade Association & Chamber of
commerce.
Unit –I
Unit –II
Forms of Business organization- sole trader- partnership- joint Hindu family- joint stock
companies – co-operative societies – public utilities and public enterprises.
Unit –III
Location of industry – factors influencing location – size of industry- optimum firm- advantages
of large- scale operation – limitation of small scale operation.
Unit- IV
Unit – V
Text Books:
39
Reference Books:
Course Outcomes:
1. After studied Unit-1, the student will be able to know about Basics of Business
Organization
2. After studied Unit-2, the student will be able to aware about different forms of business
organization
3. After studied Unit-3, the student will be able to gain knowledge on Industry location &
operations
4. After studied Unit-4, the student will be able to Facilitate to get exposure on Functioning
of Stock Exchange.
5. After studied Unit-5, the student will be able to get full information on Trade Association
& Chamber of commerce.
40
OPEN ELECTIVE
PAPER - 4
C. PRINCIPLES OF AUDITING
Course Objective:
1. To Facilitates the Students to know about Auditing and their nature.
2. To Impart the knowledge on Auditing programme Audit file and Audit note book.
3. To Enable the Students to know about Internal Check and Internal Audit.
4. To Make Aware the Students about Verification and Valuation of assets and liabilities.
5. To Learn Students about Qualification and Disqualification of Auditors, Rights,
Powers,Liabilties.
UNIT-I
Meaning and Definition of Auditing – Nature and Scope of Auditing –Auditing and Investigation
– Objectives of Auditing – Limitations of Audit – Advantages of Audit – Classification of Audit.
UNIT-II
Meaning and Definition of Audit Programme – Advantages and Disadvantages – Audit File,
Audit Note Book, Audit Working Papers – Purposes and Importance of Working Papers –
UNIT-III
Internal Check – Meaning, object of Internal Check – Features of Good Internal Check System –
Auditors duty with regards to Internal Check System – Internal Check and Internal Audit.
UNIT-IV
Verification and Valuation of assets and liabilities – Meaning and objects of verification –
Vouching and verification – Verification and Valuation of different kinds of Assets and
Liabilities.
UNIT-V
Qualification and Disqualification of Auditors – Status of Auditors – Rights – Powers – Duties
and Liability of Auditors.
Text Books:
1. B.N. Tandon, Sultan Chand – A handbook of practical auditing
2. B.N. Tandon, Sudharsanam, Sundharabahu – S Chand – Practical auditing.
3. Sundar. K and Pari. K, Vijay Nicole Imprints Private Ltd., Chennai.
41
Reference Books:
1. Sharma, SahityaBhavan, Agra – Auditing
2. Dr.N.Premavathy, Practical Auditing, Sri Vishnu Publications, Chennai.
3. Dr.N.Premavathy, Practical Auditing (in Tamil), Sri Vishnu Publications, Chennai.
Course Outcomes
1. The Students will able to understand the concept of Auditing and Classification.
2. The Students will able to Gain the knowledge about Audit Programme and importance.
3. The Students will able to Get awareness the Students about Internal check and Audit.
4. The Students will able to understand the Valuation of assets and liabilities.
5. The Students will know about the qualification and disqualification of Auditors
**************
42
THIRUVALLUVAR UNIVERSITY
BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
DEGREE COURSE
CBCS PATTERN
(With effect from 2020 - 2021)
1
Uni.
SEMESTER III Total
CIA Exam
16. III Core Theory Paper-5 5 4 Production and Materials Management 25 75 100
17. III Core Theory Paper-6 5 4 Financial Accounting 25 75 100
18. III Core Theory Paper-7 5 4 Human Resource Management 25 75 100
19. III Core Theory Paper-8 4 4 Managerial Economics 25 75 100
(to choose any 1 out of 3)
A. Office Management
20. III ALLIED-2 Paper-3 6 3 25 75 100
B. Service Marketing
C. Tourism Management
Skill based
21. IV Paper-1 3 2 Business Communication 25 75 100
Subject
Non-major
22. IV Paper-1 2 2 Management Concepts 25 75 100
elective
30 23 175 525 700
Uni.
SEMESTER IV CIA Total
Exam
23. III Core Theory Paper-9 5 4 Organizational Behavior 25 75 100
24. III Core Theory Paper-10 5 4 Taxation 25 75 100
25. III Core Theory Papr-11 5 4 Management Accounting 25 75 100
26. III Core Theory Paper 12 4 4 Operations Research 25 75 100
(to choose any 1 out of 3)
A. Retail Management
27. III ALLIED-2 Paper-4 6 5 25 75 100
B. Project Management
C. Hotel Management
Skill based
28. IV Paper-2 3 2 Entrepreneurial Development 25 75 100
Subject
Non-major
29. IV Paper-2 2 2 Training and Development 25 75 100
elective
30 25 175 525 700
Uni.
SEMESTER V CIA Total
Exam
30. III Core Theory Paper-13 6 4 Marketing Management 25 75 100
31. III Core Theory Paper-14 6 4 Business Law 25 75 100
32. III Core Theory Paper-15 5 4 Research Methodology 25 75 100
33. III Core Theory Paper-16 5 4 Computer Application in Business 25 75 100
(To choose any 1 out of 3)
A. Industrial Relations and Labour Laws
34. III Elective Paper-1 5 3 25 75 100
B. Reward Management
C. Change Management
Skill based
35. IV Paper-3 3 2 E-Business 25 75 100
Subject
30 21 150 450 600
2
Uni.
SEMESTER VI CIA Total
Exam
36. III Core Theory Paper-17 6 5 Strategic Management 25 75 100
37. III Core Theory Paper-18 6 5 International Business 25 75 100
Individual Project
38. III Core Paper-19 5 5 25* 75** 100
*Viva-Voce ** Project Report
(to choose any 1 out of 3)
A. Financial Management
39. III Elective Paper-2 5 3 25 75 100
B. Financial Services
C. Investment Management
(to choose any 1 out of 3)
A. Marketing Research
40. III Elective Paper-3 5 3 25 75 100
B. Rural Marketing Management
C. Advertising and Sales Management
Skill based
41. IV Paper-4 3 2 Creativity and Innovation Management 25 75 100
Subject
Extension
42. V 0 1 Extension Activities 100 0 100
Activities
Total 30 24 150 450 700
140 4200
Total Total
Part Subject Papers Credit Marks
Credits Marks
3
SEMESTER III
CORE PAPER - 5
PRODUCTION AND MATERIALS MANAGEMENT
Course Objectives
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
Work and Method Study - Importance of work study - Work study procedures - Time study -
Human considerations in work study - Introduction to method study - Objectives of method
study - Steps involved in method study Work measurement - Objectives of work
measurement - Techniques of work measurement - Computation of standard time -
Allowance - Comparison of various techniques.
UNIT - IV
UNIT - V
Store Keeping and Materials Handling - Objectives - Function of store keeping - Store
responsibilities - Location of store house - Centralized store room - Equipment - Security
4
measures - Protection and prevention of stores - Fire and other Hazards - Bin card - Stock
Cards. Vendor rating - Vendor development - Purchase Department - Responsibility - Buyer -
Seller relationship - Value analysis.
TEXT BOOKS
Unit 1
Saravanavel P and Sumathi S - Production and Materials Management , Margham
Publications.
Paneerselvam - Production and Operations Management - Prentice - Hall of India
Aswathappa,K - Production and Operations Management-Himalaya Publishers
Unit 2
Saravanavel P and Sumathi S - Production and Materials Management , Margham
Publications.
Paneerselvam - Production and Operations Management - Prentice - Hall of India
Aswathappa,K - Production and Operations Management-Himalaya Publishers
Unit 3
Saravanavel P and Sumathi S - Production and Materials Management , Margham
Publications.
Paneerselvam - Production and Operations Management - Prentice - Hall of India
Chunnawalla and Patel - Production and Materials Management
Unit 4
Saravanavel P and Sumathi S - Production and Materials Management , Margham
Publications.
Paneerselvam - Production and Operations Management - Prentice - Hall of India
Menon - Stores Management MacMillan
Unit 5
Saravanavel P and Sumathi S - Production and Materials Management , Margham
Publications.
Paneerselvam - Production and Operations Management - Prentice - Hall of India
Gopalakrishnan - Materials Management - Prentice - Hall of India
5
E-Materials
http://www.nitc.ac.in/app/webroot/img/upload/Production%20Management%20Module%
201%20Course%20notes.pdf
https://gurukpo.com/Content/BBA/production_and_Material_Management.pdf
http://www.vssut.ac.in/lecture_notes/lecture1429900757.pdf
http://www.ddegjust.ac.in/2017/Uploads/11/POM-325.pdf
https://www.docsity.com/en/purchase-and-materials-management/4694923/
Course Outcome
1. After studied unit-1, student will be able to understand the concept of operations and
relationship between operations and other business functions.
2. After studied unit-2, student will be able to analyses and evaluate various production and
scheduling techniques, and to identify appropriate location for factories.
3. After studied unit-3, student will be able to implement work and method study
procedures.
4. After studied unit-4, student will be able to plan and implement suitable materials
planning principles and practices in operations.
5. After studied unit-5, student will be able to plan and implement store keeping and
material handling. Students will be able to rate vendors.
6
CORE PAPER - 6
FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
Course Objectives
The primary objective of the course is to familiar the students with basic accounting
principles and techniques of preparing and presenting of accounting for the user of
accounting.
UNIT - I
Financial Accounting- Meaning and Definition - Accounting Concepts - Accounting
Conventions - Objectives of Accounting - Rules of Accounting -Principles of Double Entry
System - Book Keeping- Journal - Ledger - Subsidiary Books - Purchases Book, Sales Book,
Returns Book and Cash Books.
UNIT - II
Trial Balance - Meaning and Definition - Method of Trail Balance-Depreciation - Need for
Depreciation - Causes of Depreciation - Objectives of Depreciation - Straight Line And
Diminishing Balance Methods Of Charging Depreciation Only.
UNIT - III
Final Accounts - Introduction - Preparation Trading Accounting - Profit and Loss Account
and Balance Sheet.
UNIT - IV
Single Entry System - Definition - Salient Features - Limitations - Difference Between
Double Entry and Single Entry Systems - Ascertainment of Profit - Net Worth Method Only.
UNIT - V
Company Accounts - Meaning of shares - Types of Shares-Issue, Forfeiture and Reissue of
Shares - Debentures - Issue of Debentures Only.
(Weightage of Marks: Problems - 80%, Theory - 20%)
TEXT BOOKS
Unit 1
T.S. Reddy & A. Murthy - Financial Accounting , Margham Publishers
Jain.S.P- Introduction to Financial Accounting, Kalyani Publishers
Unit 2
T.S. Reddy & A. Murthy - Financial Accounting, Margham Publishers
Jain.S.P- Introduction to Financial Accounting, Kalyani Publishers
Unit 3
T.S. Reddy & A. Murthy - Financial Accounting , Margham Publishers
Maheswari.S.N - Financial and Management Accounting, Sultan Chand
Jain.S.P- Introduction to Financial Accounting, Kalyani Publishers
Unit 4
T.S. Reddy & A. Murthy - Financial Accounting, Margham Publishers
Bhattacharya- Financial Accounting for Business Managers. PHI Learning
Maheswari.S.N - Financial and Management Accounting, Sultan Chand
7
Unit 5
T.S. Reddy & A. Murthy - Financial Accounting, Margham Publishers
Bhattacharya- Financial Accounting for Business Managers. PHI Learning
Maheswari.S.N - Financial and Management Accounting, Sultan Chand
E-Materials
tudocu.com/en-gb/document/lancaster-university/principles-of-financial-
accounting/lecture-notes/acf212-principles-of-financial-accounting-lecture-
notes/1495870/view
https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/sloan-school-of-management/15-511-financial-accounting-
summer-2004/lecture-notes/
https://www.topfreebooks.org/principles-of-financial-accounting/
Course Outcomes
Unit-1: The student is able to know the basic concepts of accounting, principles, convention,
rules of accounting and various books of accounting.
Unit-2: The student is able to know the trail balance method, depreciation and their needs and
various method of charging depreciation.
Unit-3: The student is able to know the preparation of financial accounting, procedure for
preparation of trading and profit and loss accounts and balance sheet.
Unit-4: the student is able to know the need for preparation of single entry system and their
uses. To know the different method for calculating the single entry system. To know the
difference between single entry system with double entry system.
Unit-5: the student is able to know the meaning of shares and its types. To know the
procedure for issue, reissue and forfeiture. To know the meaning debenture and its producers
for issue of debenture.
8
CORE PAPER - 7
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
Course Objectives
UNIT - I
Definition of HRM - Objectives if HRM - Nature and scope of HRM - Principles of HRM -
Difference between Personnel Management and HRM - Duties and Responsibilities of HR
Managers - Qualities of HR managers - role of HR managers - importance of HRM -
challenges of HRM - Evolution and Growth of HRM - Environment of HRM - Strategic
HRM.
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
UNIT - IV
UNIT - V
Transfer objectives - types - merits - demerits - characteristics of an effective transfer policy -
Promotion and termination of services - Purpose of promotion - factors influencing
promotion - types of promotion - Open and closed system of promotion - advantages,
importance of promotion - demotion - Career development - Mentoring - HRM Audit -
Nature - Benefits - Scope - Approaches
9
TEXT BOOKS
Unit 1
Dr. J. Jayasankar - Human Resource Management - Margham Publications
Dr. C.D. Balaji - Human Resource Management - Margham Publications
Aswathappa K - Human Resource and Personnel Management, Himalaya Publishing House.
Unit 2
Dr. J. Jayasankar - Human Resource Management - Margham Publications
Dr. C.D. Balaji - Human Resource Management - Margham Publications
Gupta C B - Human Resource Management - Sultan Chand &Sons.
Unit 3
Dr. J. Jayasankar - Human Resource Management - Margham Publications
Dr. C.D. Balaji - Human Resource Management - Margham Publications
Sundar & Srinivasan J - Essentials of Human Resource Management - Vijay Nicole Imprints
Unit 4
Dr. J. Jayasankar - Human Resource Management - Margham Publications
Dr. C.D. Balaji - Human Resource Management - Margham Publications
Gupta C B - Human Resource Management - Sultan Chand &Sons.
Unit 5
Dr. J. Jayasankar - Human Resource Management - Margham Publications
Dr. C.D. Balaji - Human Resource Management - Margham Publications
Murugesan G - Human Resource Management - Laxmi Publications Pvt. Ltd
E- Materials
www.masters-in-human-resources.org
10
Course Outcome
After studied Unit 1, the student understands the concepts and basic functions of Human
Resource Management.
After studied Unit 2, the student learns the implementation and evaluation of employee
recruitment and selection processes.
After studied Unit 3, the student acquire knowledge in identifying the training needs and
methods.
After studied Unit 4, the student understands the need and methods of performance appraisal.
After studied Unit 5, the student will be able to analyse the key issues related to
Compensation, Mentoring, Career Planning, Promotion, Transfers and Termination.
11
CORE PAPER - 8
MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS
Course Objectives
1. To acquaint the students with principles of economics in managerial decision making.
2. To understand the basic concepts of managerial economics and its applications.
3. To understand the basic concepts of demand, supply, and equilibrium and their
determinants. To analyses how elasticity affects the revenue.
4. To know the meaning and price output decisions of perfectly competitive firm both short
and long run.
5. To understand the concepts of monopolistic and oligopolistic competition.
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
Theory of Consumer behavior - Managerial Utility Analysis indifference curve and analysis
Meaning of Demand - Law of Demand - Types of Demand - Determinants of demand -
Elasticity of Demand - Demand Forecasting.
UNIT - III
Production and Cost Analysis - Law of returns to scale and Economies of scale - Cost
analysis - different cost concepts - Cost - output relationship - Short run and long run -
Revenue curves of firms - Supply Analysis.
UNIT - IV
UNIT - V
TEXT BOOKS
Unit 1
Dr. S. Sankaran - Managerial Economics - Margham Publications
Varshney RL and Maheshwari KL - Manag1erial Economics. Sultaan Chand & sons
Aryamala T - Managerial Economics - Vijay Nicole Imprints Private Limited
12
Unit 2
Dr. S. Sankaran - Managerial Economics - Margham Publications
Varshney RL and Maheshwari KL - Managerial Economics. Sultaan Chand & sons
Mankar: Business Economics, Macmilan Ltd.,
Unit 3
Dr. S. Sankaran - Managerial Economics - Margham Publications
Varshney RL and Maheshwari KL - Managerial Economics. Sultaan Chand & sons
Unit 4
Dr. S. Sankaran - Managerial Economics - Margham Publications
Varshney RL and Maheshwari KL - Managerial Economics. Sultaan Chand & sons
Yogesh Maheshwari - Managerial Economics - Prentice-Hall of India.
Unit 5
Dr. S. Sankaran - Managerial Economics - Margham Publications
Varshney RL and Maheshwari KL - Managerial Economics. Sultaan Chand & sons
Jinghan M.L. - Micro Economics, Vrinda Publications (P) Ltd. (Theory).
E-Materials
https://www.tutorialspoint.com/managerial_economics/managerial_economics_overview.
htm
http://economicsconcepts.com/managerial_economics.htm
http://www.yourarticlelibrary.com/managerial-economics/managerial-economics-
meaning-scope-techniques-other-details/24730
https://www.edx.org/course/introduction-to-managerial-economics-2
https://www.mheducation.co.uk/ebook-managerial-economics-9780077164270-emea
https://epdf.pub/managerial-economics84ed28a3e234f607d8b67fd30c1104f456672.html
Course Outcome
After studied Unit 1, the student understands the concepts and reasons of existence of
firms and optimal decision making.
After studied Unit 2, the student learns to analyses the market supply and demand on
market dynamics.
After studied Unit 3, the student acquire knowledge on production and cost analysis.
After studied Unit 4, the student will be able to know the applications of price
discrimination.
After studied Unit 5, the student will be able to analyse the output decision of
monopolistic and oligopolistic firms.
13
ALLIED - 2
PAPER - 3
(to choose one out of 3)
A. OFFICE MANAGEMENT
Course Objectives:
UNIT - I
Office - Meaning and scope - Office Functions - Qualifications of Office Manager - Office
Management - Definition - Elements of Office Management - Functions of Office
Management.
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
Office Furniture - Factors considered in selecting office furniture - Types of office furniture -
Office Appliances and Equipments - Importance - Merits and Demerits - Typewriter -
Duplicators - Photo Copier - Franking Machine - Communication Equipments : Dictaphone -
Intercom - Telephone - Telex - Fax - PABX - PBX - Uses of Computers in Office .
UNIT - IV
Mail service - Handling Inward Mail Service - Handling Outward Mail Service -
Communications - Internal and external communication - Mechanical Devices for Oral
Communication - Mechanical Devices for written Communication - Office Forms -
Principles of Forms Design - Form Control - Continuous Stationery.
UNIT - V
TEXT BOOKS
Unit 1
N.S, Raghunathan - Office Management - Margham Publications
C.B.Gupta - Office Organisation and Management, Sultan Chand & Sons.
14
V.Balachandran and V.Chandrasekaran - Office Management - Vijay Nicole Imprints Private
Limited
Unit 2
N.S, Raghunathan - Office Management - Margham Publications
C.B.Gupta - Office Organisation and Management, Sultan Chand & Sons.
V.Balachandran and V.Chandrasekaran - Office Management - Vijay Nicole Imprints Private
Limited
Unit 3
N.S, Raghunathan - Office Management - Margham Publications
C.B.Gupta - Office Organisation and Management, Sultan Chand & Sons.
P.K.Ghosh - Office Management - Sultan Chand & Sons.
Unit 4
N.S, Raghunathan - Office Management - Margham Publications
C.B.Gupta - Office Organisation and Management, Sultan Chand & Sons.
P.K.Ghosh - Office Management - Sultan Chand & Sons.
Unit 5
N.S, Raghunathan - Office Management - Margham Publications
C.B.Gupta - Office Organisation and Management, Sultan Chand & Sons.
Pillai R.S.N, Bhagwathi. V - Office Management, S.Chand Publications.
E- Materials
https://www.kopykitab.com/Office-Management-by-Bagavathi-And-R-S-N-Pillai
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/323731787_Office_Management
alison.com › tag › office-administration
study.com › office_manager_courses
snacknation.com › blog › office-manager-training
Course Outcome
After studied Unit 1, the student understands the concepts and basic functions of Office.
After studied Unit 2, the student uunderstands the responsibilities and skills required by the
office manager.
After studied Unit 3, the student attains the knowledge of Location, Layout and the
Environment of an Office.
After studied Unit 4, the student gains knowledge of various types of office furniture and its
uses.
After studied Unit 5, the student learns the skill of records management.
15
ALLIED - 2
PAPER - 3
B. SERVICES MARKETING
Course Objectives
1. To have thorough understanding of services marketing,
2. To acquire the knowledge of services strategies
3. To understand the service rendered to customers.
4. To identify and fill the service gaps.
5. To understand the challenges in managing and delivering the quality services.
UNIT - I
MARKETING SERVICES
Introduction Growth of the service sector. The concept of services. Characteristics of services
- classification of services - designing of the service - blueprinting, using technology
developing, human resources, building service aspirations.
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
UNIT - IV
UNIT - V
MARKETING OF SERVICES
Marketing of services - Financial - Bank Marketing - Mutual Funds Marketing - Health -
Hospital services - Hospitality - hotel services marketing - tourism marketing - airlines
services marketing - travel services marketing - railway services marketing - Educational
Services - training services marketing - agricultural extension services marketing.
16
TEXT BOOKS
Unit 1
Services Marketing - Dr. L. Natarajan, Margham Pubications.
Services Marketing & Management - Balaji. B - S.Chand.
Valerie Zeithaml - Service Marketing - Tata McGraw-Hill Pub.
Unit 2
Services Marketing - Dr. L. Natarajan, Margham Pubications.
Services Marketing & Management - Balaji. B - S.Chand.
Valerie Zeithaml - Service Marketing - Tata McGraw-Hill Pub.
Unit 3
Services Marketing - Dr. L. Natarajan, Margham Pubications.
Services Marketing & Management - Balaji. B - S.Chand.
Valerie Zeithaml - Service Marketing - Tata McGraw-Hill Pub.
Unit 4
Services Marketing - Dr. L. Natarajan, Margham Pubications.
Services Marketing & Management - Balaji. B - S.Chand.
Valerie Zeithaml - Service Marketing - Tata McGraw-Hill Pub.
Unit 5
Services Marketing - Dr. L. Natarajan, Margham Pubications.
Services Marketing & Management - Balaji. B - S.Chand.
Valerie Zeithaml - Service Marketing - Tata McGraw-Hill Pub.
E- Materials
alison.com › Marketing Courses
www.oxfordhomestudy.com › marketing-courses
Course Outcome
1. After studied Unit 1, the student will have thorough understanding of services
marketing,
17
2. After studied Unit 2, the student acquires knowledge of services strategies including
service product and delivery
3. After studied Unit 3, the student gains Customer Service oriented mindset.
4. After studied Unit 4, the student learns to Identify and fill the service gaps.
5. After studied Unit 5, the student acquires in depth understanding of the challenges in
managing and delivering the quality services.
18
ALLIED - 2
PAPER - 3
C. TOURISM MANAGEMENT
Course Objectives
UNIT - I
Definition of tourism and the need for tourism - meaning and nature of tourism - The birth,
growth and development of tourism - basic components of tourism- elements of tourism -
factors influencing growth of tourism - tourism in India and abroad.
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
Tourism and culture - tourism and people: tourism and economic development - economic
benefits - regional development - tourism and growth of related industry, tourism and
employment - cultural resources - cultural tourism in India - Tourism and international
understanding.
UNIT - IV
UNIT - V
TEXT BOOKS
Unit 1
Anand M.M - Tourism and Hotel Industry in India, Prentice - Hall of India
Pran Nath Seth, Successful Tourism Management, Sterling Publishers Private Ltd
19
Unit 2
Anand M.M - Tourism and Hotel Industry in India
Clib SN - Perspectives of Indian Tourism in India
Pran Nath Seth Successful Tourism Management
Unit 3
Anand M.M - Tourism and Hotel Industry in India
Clib SN - Perspectives of Indian Tourism in India
Pran Nath Seth Successful Tourism Management
Unit 4
Anand M.M - Tourism and Hotel Industry in India
Clib SN - Perspectives of Indian Tourism in India
Pran Nath Seth Successful Tourism Management
Unit 5
Anand M.M - Tourism and Hotel Industry in India
Clib SN - Perspectives of Indian Tourism in India
Pran Nath Seth Successful Tourism Management
E- Materials
www.shiksha.com › hospitality-travel › travel-tourism - chp
alison.com › Business › Tourism and Hospitality Courses
Course Outcome
1. After studied Unit 1, the student understands the birth, growth and development of
tourism.
2. After studied Unit 2, the student gains knowledge in both national and international
Tourism.
3. After studied Unit 3, the student acquires in depth understanding of economic and
cultural environment of tourism.
4. After studied Unit 4, the student understands the pricing strategy of tourism industry.
5. After studied Unit 5, the student learns the administrative system and ministry of
tourism.
20
SKILL BASED SUBJECT
PAPER - 1
BUSINESS COMMUNICATION
Couse Objectives
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
Business letters - Structure of a letter - Qualities of a good business letter - Business enquiries
- Offer and Quotations - Orders - Execution of orders - Cancellation of orders - Letters of
Complaints - Collection letters.
UNIT - III
UNIT - IV
UNIT - V
Communication media - Telephone, Telex, Fax, Internet, E-Mail, Video Conferencing and
Cell Phones.
TEXT BOOKS
Unit 1
N.S. Raghunathan & B. Santhanam, Business Communication, Margham Publications
Sundar K- Business Communication, Vijay Nicole Imprints (P) Ltd.,
Unit 2
N.S. Raghunathan & B. Santhanam, Business Communication, Margham Publications
Rajendra Pal and Korlehalli - Essentials of Business Communication
21
Unit 3
N.S. Raghunathan & B. Santhanam, Business Communication, Margham Publications
Sundar K- Business Communication, Vijay Nicole Imprints (P) Ltd.,
Unit 4
N.S. Raghunathan & B. Santhanam, Business Communication, Margham Publications
Pillai and Bagawathi - Commercial correspondence and office management.
N.S. Pandurangan, B. Santhanam - Business Communication.
Unit 5
N.S. Raghunathan & B. Santhanam, Business Communication, Margham Publications
Pillai and Bagawathi - Commercial correspondence and office management.
N.S. Pandurangan, B. Santhanam - Business Communication.
E-Materials
https://is.muni.cz/el/1456/jaro2016/MPV_COMA/um/E-book_II_Business-
Communication.pdf
http://www.ddegjust.ac.in/studymaterial/mba/cp-105.pdf
https://aqilkhans.files.wordpress.com/2011/10/business-communication.pdf
https://gurukpo.com/Content/BBA/Business_Communication.pdf
https://examupdates.in/mba-business-communication/
Course Outcome
1. After studied Unit 1, the student understands the concepts and basic functions of
Communication.
2. After studied Unit 2, the student will be able distinguish among various levels of
organizational communication and its process.
3. After studied Unit 3, the student will be trained in effective business writing acquires in
depth understanding of economic and cultural environment of tourism.
4. After studied Unit 4, the student will draft effective business correspondence with clarity.
5. After studied Unit 5, the student understands the various traditional and modern
equipments used for communication.
22
NON-MAJOR ELECTIVE
PAPER - 1
MANAGEMENT CONCEPTS
Course Objectives
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
UNIT - IV
UNIT - V
23
TEXT BOOKS
Unit 1
1. Sundar - Principles of Management - Vijay Nicole Private Limited
2. Dr.C.D. Balaji -Principles of Management -Margham Publications
3. J.R. Beulah Bharathi, & C. Arunachalam, Principles of Management, Thakur
Publications Pvt Ltd
Unit 2
1. Sundar - Principles of Management -Vijay Nicole Private Limited
2. Dr.C.D. Balaji -Principles of Management -Margham Publications
3. J.R. Beulah Bharathi, & C. Arunachalam, Principles of Management, Thakur
Publications Pvt Ltd
Unit 3
1. Sundar - Principles of Management -Vijay Nicole Private Limited
2. Dr.C.D. Balaji -Principles of Management -Margham Publications
3. J.R. Beulah Bharathi, & C. Arunachalam , Principles of Management, Thakur
Publications Pvt Ltd
Unit 4
1. Sundar - Principles of Management -Vijay Nicole Private Limited
2. Dr.C.D. Balaji -Principles of Management -Margham Publications
3. J.R. Beulah Bharathi, & C. Arunachalam , Principles of Management, Thakur
Publications Pvt Ltd
Unit 5
1. Sundar - Principles of Management -Vijay Nicole Private Limited
2. Dr.C.D. Balaji -Principles of Management -Margham Publications
3. J.R. Beulah Bharathi, & C. Arunachalam , Principles of Management, Thakur
Publications Pvt Ltd
E-Materials
www.managementstudyguide.com
www.managementconcepts.com
managementhelp.org
www.edx.org › learn › management
https://gurukpo.com/Content/MBA/Principles_and_Practices_of_Management.pdf
https://www.tutorialspoint.com/management_principles/management_principles_tutorial.
pdf
Course Outcome
1. After studied Unit 1, the student understand the concepts related to Business.
2. After studied Unit 2, the student learns the roles, skills and functions of management.
3. After studied Unit 3, the student analyze effective application of the knowledge to solve
organizational problems.
24
4. After studied Unit 4, the student develop optimal managerial skills in planning and in
taking decisions.
5. After studied Unit 5, the student acquires in depth knowledge in Communication,
Leadership, Controlling, Motivation and Delegation
25
SEMESTER IV
CORE PAPER - 9
ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR
Course Objectives
1. To understand the significance of Organizational Behavior, its historical development and
how an organization functions as a social system with an open influences from outside the
organizations.
2. To learn the dynamics of groups in the organization: formation of groups - group
characteristics - theories of group dynamics - types of groups in organization - group
cohesiveness - factors influencing group cohesiveness - group decision making process -
small group behavior.
3. To understand the importance of leadership and motivation in organizations:
characteristics of leaders, theories and styles of leadership.
4. To know how organizational culture, organizational climate and conflicts influence the
functioning of an organization
5. To know the importance of management of change in organizations. Resistance to change
- concepts of social change and organizational development.
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
Meaning of group and group dynamics - reasons for the formation of groups - characteristics
of groups - theories of group dynamics - types of groups in organization - group cohesiveness
- factors influencing group cohesiveness - group decision making process - small group
behavior.
UNIT - III
UNIT - IV
26
UNIT - V
TEXT BOOKS
Unit 1
Dr. C.D. Balaji - Organisational Behaviour - Margham Pubictions
J. Jayasankar - Organizational behavior, Margham Pubications
Aswathappa. K. - Organizational behavior - HPH, Bombay.
Unit 2
Dr. C.D. Balaji - Organisational Behaviour - Margham Publications
J. Jayasankar - Organizational behavior, Margham Publications
K.Sundar and J.Srinivasan - Elements of Organisational Behaviour - Vijay Nicole Imprints
Private Limited
Unit 3
Dr. C.D. Balaji - Organisational Behaviour - Margham Pubictions
J. Jayasankar - Organizational behavior, Margham Pubications
S.S. Khanka - Organizational Behavior. S.Chand
Unit 4
Dr. C.D. Balaji - Organisational Behaviour - Margham Pubictions
J. Jayasankar - Organizational behavior, Margham Pubications
Dr.P.K.Ghosh, Partho Ghosh - Organisation Behaviour - Laxmi publications Pvt. Ltd.
Unit 5
Dr. C.D. Balaji - Organisational Behaviour - Margham Pubictions
J. Jayasankar - Organizational behavior, Margham Pubications
Dr.P.K.Ghosh, Partho Ghosh - Organisation Behaviour - Laxmi publications Pvt. Ltd.
1. Sekaran, Uma - Organizational Behavior-text & cases - Tata McGraw Hill Pub Ltd.,
New Delhi, 1989.
2. Robbins, P.Stephen - Organizational Behavior-concepts, controversies & Applications -
Prentice Hall of India Ltd., New Delhi, 1988.
3. Luthans Fred - Organizational Behavior - McGraw Hill Publishers Co. Ltd., New Delhi.
4. Rao, VSP and Narayana, P.S. - Organization Theory & Behavior - Konark Publishers Pvt.
Ltd., Delhi, 1987.
5. Prasad, L.M - Organizational Theory & Behavior - Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi.
E-Materials
https://lecturenotes.in/subject/55/organizational-behaviour-ob
27
https://examupdates.in/mba-organizational-behaviour-notes/
http://www.tmv.edu.in/pdf/Distance_education/BCA%20Books/BCA%20VI%20SEM/B
CA-629%20OB.pdf
https://www.tutorialspoint.com/organizational_behavior/organizational_behavior_tutorial
.pdf
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/307855834_Organisational_Behaviour_Text_C
ases
Course Outcomes
1. After studied unit - 1, student will be able to know the importance of organizational
behavior, its historical development - appreciate organization as a social system - socio-
technical system - open system - factors influencing organizational behavior -
environmental factors - constraints over organization and managerial performance.
2. After studied unit - 2, student will be able to know the dynamics of groups in
organizations: reasons for the formation of groups - characteristics of groups - theories of
group dynamics - types of groups in organization - group cohesiveness - factors
influencing group cohesiveness - group decision making process - small group behavior.
4. After studied unit - 4, student will be able to understand the significance of organizational
culture in functioning an organization. organizational Climate Organizational
Effectiveness and organizational conflicts.
5. After studied unit - 5, student will be able to learn concept of change and its significance
in organizations: resistance to change - concepts of social change and organizational
development.
28
CORE PAPER - 10
TAXATION
Course Objectives
1. To acquaint the students with basic principles of underlying provisions of direct and
indirect laws
2. To develop a broad understanding of tax laws and accepted tax practices.
3. To enable students to appreciate the wiser economic, social, administrative compliance
and political context within which taxes are imposed.
4. To instil an awareness on students that taxes can and often do to constitute significant
cost to business and households and therefore can have a major impact in economic and
other decision making.
5. To provide specialised and updated knowledge in the area of GST in a systematic manner
enhancing analytical and problem solving skills for decision making.
UNIT - I
Introduction about Indirect Tax - Constitutional Validity of Indirect Tax Laws- Indirect Tax
Structure in India - Canons of Taxation - Difference Between Direct and Indirect Taxation -
Merits and Demerits.
UNIT - II
The Central Excise Act, 1944 - Definitions of various terms relating to the Central Excise
Act. - Categories of Central Excise Duties - Levy and Collection of Excise Duty - Offences
and Penalties - Adjudication of Confiscation and Penalties - Administrative Set up of Excise
Department
UNIT - III
Customs Duties - Definitions - Goods - Imported goods - Export goods - Levy of Customs
duty - Exemptions from customs Duty - Prohibitions on importation and exportation of goods
- Baggage Rules.
UNIT - IV
UNIT - V
Goods and Services Tax (GST) - introduction - GST Need for GST in India - Salient Features
- Objectives - Advantages and disadvantages - SGST and CGST - VAT and GST: A
Comparison
29
TEXT BOOKS
Unit 1
Dinkar Pagare, Business Taxation, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi.
Balachandran V, Indirect Taxation, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi.
Unit 2
Dinkar Pagare, Business Taxation, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi.
Balachandran V, Indirect Taxation, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi.
Unit 3
Dinkar Pagare, Business Taxation, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi.
Govindan M.S, Indirect Taxes Made Easy, Sitaraman& Co, Chennai.
Unit 4
Dinkar Pagare, Business Taxation, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi.
Datey V.S, Indirect Taxes, Taxman Publications, New Delhi.
Unit 5
Dinkar Pagare, Business Taxation, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi.
Jayakumar.A, Indirect taxes, Learntech Press, Trichy.
E-Materials
www.cbec.gov.in
www.icai.org
www.taxlawsonline.com
www.taxguru.com
www.tax4india.com/vat/vat.html
www.india.gov.in/citizen/salestax.php
www.indiataxes.com
www.indialawnews.com
30
Course Outcomes
After studied Unit-1 student will be able to understand the concept of indirect tax and to
know current taxation structure prevailing in India.
After studied Unit-2 student will be able to understand the concepts of central sales taxes in
India and to know the categories of collection taxes and offence and penalties for not paying
sales taxes.
After studied Unit-3 student will be able to understand the concepts of custom duties and
know the different meaning of goods. To know the levy of customs and exemption of goods
and levy rules.
After studied Unit-4 student will be able to understand the Authorities of customs and excise
officers and refund of customs duty and imposing of fines etc.,
After studied Unit-5 student will be able to understand the concept of goods and service tax
and to know the different rate of taxes for various goods and services and find the difference
VAT and GST
31
CORE PAPER - 11
MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING
Course Objectives
1. The objective of the course is to familiarize the students with basic management
accounting concept and gain knowledge in marginal costing.
2. Apply the financial perspective of accounting for cost. Identify problems associated with
relying on financial accounting information for internal decision making.
3. Organize cost information according to the decision-making needs of the organisation
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
UNIT - IV
Fund Flow Analysis: Meaning - Definition - Uses of Fund Flow Statement - Limitations of
Fund Flow Statement - Preparation of Fund Flow Statement - marginal costing - definition -
advantages and disadvantages - marginal cost statement - contribution - cost - volume profit
analysis - P/V ratio - BEP - margin of safety.
UNIT - V
Cash flow Analysis: Meaning - Definition - Uses of Cash Flow Statement - Limitations of
Cash Flow statement - Distinction between Fund Flow Statement and Cash Flow Statement -
Preparation of Cash Flow Statement.
TEXT BOOKS
Unit 1
T.S. Reddy & Hari Prasad Reddy - Management Accounting - Margham Publications.
Murthy A and Gurusamy S - Management Accounting :Theory and Practice - Vijay Nicole
Imprints Private Limited
32
Unit 2
T.S. Reddy & Hari Prasad Reddy - Management Accounting - Margham Publications.
Murthy A and Gurusamy S - Management Accounting: Theory and Practice - Vijay Nicole
Imprints Private Limited
Unit 3
T.S. Reddy & Hari Prasad Reddy - Management Accounting - Margham Publications.
Manmohan & Goyal - Management Accounting - Saithya Bhavan, Agra.
Unit 4
T.S. Reddy & Hari Prasad Reddy - Management Accounting - Margham Publications.
R.S. Pillai & Bhagavathi - Management Accounting - S. Chand & Co. Ltd, New Delhi.
Unit 5
T.S. Reddy & Hari Prasad Reddy - Management Accounting - Margham Publications.
S.N. Maheswari - Management Accounting - Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi.
E-Materials
http://ebooks.lpude.in/commerce/mcom/term_1/DCOM302_DCOM403_MANAGEMEN
T_ACCOUNTING.pdf
http://www.pondiuni.edu.in/storage/dde/downloads/finiii_ma.pdf
http://www.gbv.de/dms/zbw/613659759.pdf
http://164.100.133.129:81/econtent/Uploads/Management_&_Financial_Accounting.pdf
Course Outcome
After studied Unit - 1, Students should acquire the basic knowledge required for
application of tools for decision making. To know the financial statement analysis and it
tools.
After studied Unit - 2, Describe the fundamental concepts of ration analysis and uses of
ratios. To know short-term and long term solvency ratios.
After studied Unit - 3, students is able to know the budgets and budgetary control. To know
the various methods of preparing the budget and its purposes, finally to know the objectives
for preparing the budgets.
After studied Unit - 4, student is able to know the concept of fund flow management and its
objectives. To know the meaning of marginal costing techniques for decision making
process. To know the various method to find out the profit and to select the projects.
After studied Unit - 5, the student is able to know the meaning of cash flow statement and
its significance. To know the distinction between cash flow and fund flow statement,
finally to know the method for preparing the cash flow statement.
33
CORE PAPER - 12
OPERATIONS RESEARCH
Course Objectives
UNIT - I
Operation Research - origin - Definition - various model and Modeling - Application and
Scope - Merits and demerits. Linear Programming Characteristics - Formulation Graphical
Method. Solution to Graphical method Alternative method of solving LPP - (Simple
Problems).
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
Game Theory - Introduction, terminologies of game theory, game with mixed and pure
strategies, Values of Game - Optimum Strategy - with Saddle Point, without saddle point -
dominance property (rule), graphical method of solving game.
UNIT - IV
UNIT - V
Networking - Introduction, critical path method (CPM), Problem Evaluation and Review
Technique (PERT), Construction of network diagram - Slack critical path, basic difference
PERT and CPM (basic problems)
34
Unit - 1
Dr. P.R. Vittal Operations research - Margham Publications.
Gurusamy S - Elements of operation Research - Vijay Nochole Imprints (P) Ltd.
Unit - 2
Dr. P.R. Vittal Operations research - Margham Publications.
Gurusamy S - Elements of operation Research - Vijay Nochole Imprints (P) Ltd.
Unit - 3
Dr. P.R. Vittal Operations research - Margham Publications.
Prem kumar Gupta & D.S.Hira, Operations research - S. Chand & Company
Unit - 4
Dr. P.R. Vittal Operations research - Margham Publications.
R. Paneerselvam, Operations research - PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
Unit - 5
Dr. P.R. Vittal Operations research - Margham Publications.
J.K. Sharma, Operations research - Laxmi Publications pvt.Ltd.
E- Materials
file:///C:/Users/Welcome%20Friend/Downloads/14b14198b6e26157b7eba06b390ab763-
original.pdf
https://examupdates.in/operation-research-notes/
https://easyengineering.net/operations-research-p-ramamurthy/
Course Outcome
1. Identify and develop operational research models from the verbal description of the real
system
2. Knowledge and understanding the characteristics
3. Understand the mathematical tools that are needed to solve optimization problems
4. Use mathematical tools to solve the proposed model
5. Develop the report that describes the and the solving and techniques, analysis the result
an propose recommendations.
35
ALLIED - 2
PAPER - 4
(to choose one out of 3)
A. RETAIL MANAGEMENT
Course Objectives
1. To illustrate the functions of retailers and to explain the significance of retails as an
industry.
2. To know the steps involved in choosing a location for retail stores.
3. To understand the concept of retails marketing mix.
4. To know the concept of retail pricing and factors affecting it.
5. To analyze the key concepts of retails supply chain management
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
Location - importance - levels - Determining factors - site selection - factors affecting the
demand - store layout - objectives - space planning
UNIT - III
UNIT - IV
Pricing strategies - objectives - methods - pricing - approaches for setting prices - external
factors influencing pricing
UNIT - V
Retail automation and supply chain management - integrated supply chain - retail technology
- vending - online retailing
TEXT BOOKS
Unit - 1
Gibson G. Vedamani - Retail Management 4th Edition Jaico Publication 2015
Swapna Pradhan - Retailing Management 4th Edition Tata Mc Graw Hill Education Pvt Ltd
2007
Boom Halpeth, Veena Prasad - Retail Management Himalaya Publishing House - 2017
Unit - 2
36
Gibson G. Vedamani - Retail Management 4th Edition Jaico Publication 2015
Swapna Pradhan - Retailing Management 4th Edition Tata Mc Graw Hill Education Pvt Ltd
2007
Boom Halpeth, Veena Prasad - Retail Management Himalaya Publishing House - 2017
Unit - 3
Gibson G. Vedamani - Retail Management 4th Edition Jaico Publication 2015
Swapna Pradhan - Retailing Management 4th Edition Tata Mc Graw Hill Education Pvt Ltd
2007
Boom Halpeth, Veena Prasad - Retail Management Himalaya Publishing House - 2017
Unit 4
Gibson G. Vedamani - Retail Management 4th Edition Jaico Publication 2015
Swapna Pradhan - Retailing Management 4th Edition Tata Mc Graw Hill Education Pvt Ltd
2007
Boom Halpeth, Veena Prasad - Retail Management Himalaya Publishing House - 2017
Unit 5
Gibson G. Vedamani - Retail Management 4th Edition Jaico Publication 2015
Swapna Pradhan - Retailing Management 4th Edition Tata Mc Graw Hill Education Pvt Ltd
2007
Boom Halpeth, Veena Prasad - Retail Management Himalaya Publishing House - 2017
E-Materials
https://www.wileyindia.com/retail-management-text-and-cases.html
https://books.google.co.in/books/about/RETAILING_MANAGEMENT_TEXT_CASES.
html?id=nxwE_n1z0NQC&redir_esc=y
https://www.sapnaonline.com/books/retail-management-text-cases-sk-baral-8174734449-
9788174734440
http://www.crectirupati.com/sites/default/files/lecture_notes/Retail%20Management.pdf
http://newhorizonindia.edu/nhc_kasturinagar/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/VI-SEM-
BBA-Retaail-Mgt.-notes.pdf
Course Outcome
1. After studied Unit 1, the student will understand the concepts and functions of retailer .
2. After studied Unit 2, the student will gain knowledge about retail property development
in India.
3. After studied Unit 3, the student will apply the technology tool that aid merchandise
planning.
4. After studied Unit 4, the student will be able to determine retails pricing strategies.
5. After studied Unit 5, the student will be able to identify the opportunities offered in retail
as a career.
37
ALLIED - 2
PAPER - 4
B. PROJECT MANAGEMENT
Course Objectives
1. To familiarize the students with the steps involved in managing a project
2. To help the students to identify feasible projects, the methods of financing such projects
and controlling its cost.
3. To recognize issues in a realistic project scenario.
4. To discuss the implementation of project planning and organization.
5. To demonstrate the use of appropriate source of funds in project evaluation and review in
projects
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
Project Analysis - Market and Demand Analysis - Feasibility Analysis - Technical Analysis -
Financial Analysis - Break-Even Analysis - Profitability Analysis - Risk Analysis - Social
Analysis - Benefit Analysis
UNIT - III
UNIT - IV
UNIT - V
Project Evaluation - Techniques for Project Evaluation and Review - Project Control -
Performance Control - Cost Control - Control during stages of Project.
TEXT BOOKS
Unit - I
P.Saranavel - Project Mangement - Margham Publications.
Vasant Desai - Project Management - Himalaya Publishing House
Unit - II
P.Saranavel - Project Mangement - Margham Publications.
38
V.C. Sontakki - Project Management - Himalaya Publishing House
Unit - III
P.Saranavel - Project Mangement - Margham Publications.
Project Management - Choudhary - Tata McGraw Hill Pub.
Unit - IV
P.Saranavel - Project Mangement - Margham Publications.
V.C. Sontakki - Project Management - Himalaya Publishing House
Unit - V
P.Saranavel - Project Mangement - Margham Publications.
Vasant Desai - Project Management - Himalaya Publishing House
E- Materials
https://www.studocu.com/in/document/guru-gobind-singh-indraprastha-
university/bachelors-of-business-administration/lecture-notes/project-management-
notes/3321296/view
http://rccmindore.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/06/Project-Management-1.pdf
http://ebooks.lpude.in/management/bba/term_5/DMGT302_FUNDAMENTALS_OF_PR
OJECT_MANAGEMENT.pdf
https://www.bachelorsportal.com/studies/220929/business-administration-project-
management.html
Course Outcomes
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to apply the fundamentals of project
management in their job.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to analyze the projects on various aspects.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to plan and design the approach to project
management.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to know about the information on financial
sources and project financial institutions.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be aware of becoming a better project manager.
39
ALLIED - 2
PAPER - 4
C. HOTEL MANAGEMENT
Course Objectives
1. To provide students with a detailed knowledge on the origin, history and operations of the
hospitality industry.
2. To make students to understand the various departments that are operating in the hotels
3. To make students familiar about various job positions, duties and responsibilities of staffs
4. To familiarize students about various equipment’s, machineries software applications that
are existing in the hotel industries
5. To provide insight into hotel products, guest needs, pricing, marketing, promotion, overall
control etc
6. To make students to understand about licensing laws, governments regulations, food and
beverage dispensing rules and procedures
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
Characteristics of hotels - Major and minor departments in the hotels and its activities. Duties
and responsibilities of various department staffs - Major and minor equipment’s and tools in
various departments, its usage and operations
UNIT - III
Types of hotel guests and their needs - Selection of hotel-Room rates - Hotel brochures and
tariffs - Property Management systems - Reservation Management system - Revenue
Management system - Guest account Management system - General Management system -
Back office and system
UNIT - IV
Marketing functions at its relevance to Hotel Industry - Model of consumer market - Personal
characteristics affecting consumer behaviour - Buyers decision process - Defining Customer
Value and Satisfaction - Relationship Marketing - Retaining Customers - sales - purchasing -
storage system - industry levels - ordering levels - costing - recipe costing - menu pricing -
hotel security.
40
UNIT - V
License - permission from authorities - Labor Department - City corporations - police - State
Exercise - Department of Tourism - ESI - food and beverage service - problems and
prospects of Hotel Industry.
Text Books
Unit-1
Hotel Front office Training Manual-Sudhir Andrews
Hotel Food and Beverage Service Training Manual Sudhir Andrews
Hotel House Keeping Training Manual Sudhir Andrews
Principles of Cookery
Modern Cookery Vol 1, 2-Thangam -E-Philip
Unit-2
Catering Management
Food and Beverage Service-Dennis.R.Lillicrap & John A Cousins
Hotel Housekeeping management-Branson & Lennox
Front office management
Unit-3
Catering Management-Vijay Dhawan
Front office management
Unit-4
Philip Kotler et. all - Marketing for Hospitality and Tourism, Prentice Hall, 2003
Derek Taylor - Hospitality Sales & Promotion Strategies for Success, Reed Educational
& Professional Publishing Ltd., 2001
Cooper et. all - Tourism; Principles and Practice, Prentice Hall, 1998
Bill Marvin - Guest based Marketing - How to increase restaurant sales without breaking
your budget, John Wiley & Sons, 1997
Unit-5
Lea R. Dopson & et al.(2008). Food And Beverage Cost Control. John Wiley & Sons,
Inc., Hoboken, New Jersey
41
E- Materials
https://www.academia.edu/1408229/Hotel_management_and_operations
https://www.boeken.com/file/ebooksample/9789001878917_h1.pdf
https://www.university.youth4work.com/study-material/hotel-management-lecture
Course Outcomes
1. After the completion of the Unit 1, students will be able to;
- Understand the historical background of hospitality industry.
- Appreciate how hotel operates.
- Identify factors for classifying hotels.
- Recognize the organizational structure of hotels.
- Understand the relationship between hotel industry and tourism
42
SKILL BASED SUBJECT
PAPER - 2
ENTREPRENEURIAL DEVELOPMENT
Course Objectives
1. To understand the meaning of the term Entrepreneurship
2. To know the history of the concept and identify the changing trends in the business.
3. To know the problems of entrepreneur with the focus on women/ rural/ and small
scale entrepreneur.
4. To understand the role placed by government in promotion and develop of
entrepreneur and prepare project report.
5. To motivate students to become entrepreneur.
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
How to enter into Market? - Business idea generation Techniques - Identification of Business
Opportunities - Marketing Feasibility - Financial Feasibility - Technical Feasibility - Legal
Feasibility.
UNIT - IV
UNIT - V
Procedure for starting an enterprise - factors involved in selecting new unit - Franchising and
Acquisition - Qualities of successful Entrepreneurs - Case Study
TEXT BOOKS
Unit - 1
Jayashree Suresh, Entrepreneur Development, Margham Publications
Khanka - Entrepreneurial Development - S.Chand
43
Unit - 2
Jayashree Suresh, Entrepreneur Development, Margham Publications
Unit - 3
Jayashree Suresh, Entrepreneur Development , Margham Publications
Unit - 4
Jayashree Suresh, Entrepreneur Development, Margham Publications
Unit - 5
Jayashree Suresh, Entrepreneur Development, Margham Publications
Khanka - Entrepreneurial Development - S.Chand
E- Materials
https://www.freebookcentre.net/business-books-download/Entrepreneurial-
Development.html
https://books.google.co.in/books/about/Entrepreneurial_Development.html?id=rYLd2d6
HJisC
https://www.krishipanth.com/entrepreneurship-development-pdf-book/
Course Outcome
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to understand the enterprise, entrepreneur and
entrepreneurship.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to get the complete picture of government
programs available for entrepreneurs.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to understand and prepare business plan make
presentation.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to write project report for starting an
entrepreneurs.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to assess the qualities of an entrepreneurs and
learn to be a successful entrepreneur.
44
NON-MAJOR ELECTIVE
PAPER - 2
TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT
Course Objectives
1. To know the in-depth understanding of the role of training.
2. To know the methods of training.
3. To understand the concepts of career development .
4. To know the important concepts used in management development and process and MD
programme.
5. To know the institutions offering training programmes in India.
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
Concept of Career - Career Stages - Career Planning - Need - Importance - Steps in Career
Planning - Career Development - Characteristics - Need - Methods of Career Planning and
Development.
UNIT - IV
UNIT - V
Need for Training in India - Government Policy on Training - Training Institutes in India -
Management Development Institute.
TEXT BOOKS
Unit-1
Thirumaran D, V.Santhosh - Training and Development, Thakur Publishers Chennai.
Unit-2
Thirumaran D, V.Santhosh - Training and Development, Thakur Publishers Chennai.
Unit-3
Thirumaran D, V.Santhosh - Training and Development, Thakur Publishers Chennai.
45
Unit-4
Thirumaran D, V.Santhosh - Training and Development, Thakur Publishers Chennai.
Unit-5
Thirumaran D, V.Santhosh - Training and Development, Thakur Publishers Chennai.
E- Materials
https://www.mbaskool.com/business-concepts/human-resources-hr-terms/8685-training-
and-development.html
https://businessjargons.com/training-and-development.html
https://corporatefinanceinstitute.com/resources/careers/soft-skills/employee-training-and-
development/
http://ebooks.lpude.in/management/mba/term_4/DMGT518_TRAINING_AND_DEVEL
OPMENT_SYSTEM.pdf
http://www.pondiuni.edu.in/sites/default/files/training-development-260214.pdf
https://www2.le.ac.uk/projects/oer/oers/psychology/oers/Training%20and%20Developme
nt%20Introduction%20and%20Overview/Training%20and%20Development%20Introduc
tion%20and%20Over
Course Outcomes
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to learn the basic concepts of training, identify
training needs and functions of training department.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to know the various on-the-job and off the job
techniques of training.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to have a clear picture about their career
planning and development.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to understand the different techniques of
management development programme.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to know the information about the different
management training institutes in India.
46
SEMESTER - V
CORE PAPER - 13
MARKETING MANAGEMENT
Course Objectives
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
Buyer Behavior - Buying motives - Buyer Behavior Model - Factors influencing buyer
behavior. Market segmentation - Need and basis of Segmentation - Marketing strategy -
Targeting - Positioning.
UNIT - III
UNIT - IV
Pricing - Factors influencing pricing decisions - Pricing objectives - Pricing policies and
procedures - Pricing strategies - Channel of distribution - importance - Various kinds of
marketing channels - Factors considered in selecting Channel of Distribution.
47
UNIT - V
Text Books
Unit 1
J. Jayasankar - Marketing - Margham Publications
Essentials of Marketing - Sundar K, Vijay Nicole Imprints Pvt. Ltd.
Unit 2
J. Jayasankar - Marketing - Margham Publications
Essentials of Marketing - Sundar K, Vijay Nicole Imprints Pvt. Ltd.
Unit 3
Rajan Nair - Marketing - Sultan & Chand, New Delhi.
J. Jayasankar - Marketing - Margham Publications
Unit 4
Ramaswamy and Namakumari - Marketing Management, Laxmi Publications Pvt. Ltd
J. Jayasankar - Marketing - Margham Publications
Unit 5
Adrian Palmer - Introduction to Marketing theory and practice- Oxford University Press-
Indian edition.
J. Jayasankar - Marketing - Margham Publications
E- Materials
http://dl.ueb.edu.vn/bitstream/1247/2250/1/Marketing_Management_-
_Millenium_Edition.pdf
https://www.8freebooks.net/download-marketing-management-philip-kotler-pdf/
http://jnujprdistance.com/assets/lms/LMS%20JNU/BBA/Marketing%20Management/Ma
rketing%20Management.pdf
http://www.pondiuni.edu.in/storage/dde/downloads/mbaii_mm.pdf
48
Course outcome
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to identify the primary marketing activities of
an oganisation.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to use marketing information and research to
develop marketing strategies for targeting customers.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to create and analyse product positioning,
brand building process, with appropriate product port folio structure which contributes to the
success of products or services.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to understand the price elasticity and how it
can be used to set price for a product. The student will be able to evaluate how to use
distribution channels to market the products / services effectively.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to use the appropriate promotional tools for
the promotion of products/ services.
49
CORE PAPER - 14
BUSINESS LAW
Course Objectives
1. To demonstrate understanding and recognition of the requirements of the contract
agreement, contract consideration and capacity and genuineness of assent in contract
formation.
2. To identify the fundamental legal principles behind performance of contract.
3. To demonstrate an understanding of the legal knowledge to business transaction.
4. To expose the students to legislations relating to sales.
5. To understand commercial contracts transactions and payment methods.
6. To understand international sales and international payment methods.
7. To enable the students familiarize themselves with all aspects of business law establishing
a back ground in business law.
UNIT - I
Formation and essential elements of contract - Types of contract and agreements - rules as to
offer, acceptance and consideration - capacity to contract - lawful object and face consent.
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
Guarantee - features and distinctions - Bailment and pledge - features difference - Rights and
duties of bailer and Bailee.
UNIT - IV
Contract of agency - definition and meaning - Rights of Principal and agent - relation of
Principal with third parties - personal liability of agent - termination of agency.
UNIT - V
Sale of goods Act 1930 - definition - sale vs. agreement to sell - express and implied
conditions and Caveat and exceptions - Rights of an unpaid seller.
TEXT BOOKS
Unit 1
Dr. J. Jayasankar - Business Law- Margham Publications
N.D. Kapoor- Business law- Sultan & Sons
Balachandran V and Thothadri S -Business Law - Vijay Nicole Imprints (P) Ltd
50
Unit 2
Dr. J. Jayasankar - Business Law- Margham Publications
N.D. Kapoor- Business law- Sultan & Sons
Balachandran V and Thothadri S -Business Law - Vijay Nicole Imprints (P) Ltd
Unit 3
Dr. J. Jayasankar - Business Law- Margham Publications
N.D. Kapoor- Business law- Sultan & Sons
Balachandran V and Thothadri S -Business Law - Vijay Nicole Imprints (P) Ltd
Unit 4
Dr. J. Jayasankar - Business Law- Margham Publications
N.D. Kapoor- Business law- Sultan & Sons
Balachandran V and Thothadri S -Business Law - Vijay Nicole Imprints (P) Ltd
Unit 5
Dr. J. Jayasankar - Business Law- Margham Publications
N.D. Kapoor- Business Law- Sultan & Sons
Balachandran V and Thothadri S -Business Law - Vijay Nicole Imprints (P) Ltd
E-Material
https://www.dphu.org/uploads/attachements/books/books_3498_0.pdf
http://www.himpub.com/documents/Chapter1479.pdf
https://www.mobt3ath.com/uplode/book/book-66683.pdf
https://www.freebookcentre.net/Law/Commercial-Law-Books.html
https://www.ebooks.com/en-us/subjects/business-business-law-ebooks/172/
Course Outcome
After studied unit-1, the student will be able to understand the fundamental legal principles in
developing various contracts.
After studied unit-2, the student will be able to understand the commercial laws in the
business world.
After studied unit-3, the student will be able to identify the common forms of business
associations and elements of Corporate Governance.
After studied unit-4, the student will be able to understand the legality and statute of frauds in
contracts.
After studied unit-5, the student will be able to develop insights regarding the laws and
transactions related to sales of goods.
51
CORE PAPER - 15
RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
Course Objectives
1. To familiarize students with basic of research and the research process.
2. To enable the students in conducting research work and formulating research
hypothesis .
3. To create a basic knowledge on sampling techniques.
4. To have a basic awareness on tools of data collection and its applications.
5. To impart the knowledge on measurement and scaling techniques as well as
quantitative data analysis.
UNIT - I
UNIT- II
Defining research problem - research design - features of good research design - types of
research design factors affecting research design - hypothesis - meaning - definition - need
for hypothesis - formulation of hypothesis - types of hypothesis - test of hypothesis- type I
and type II error
UNIT - III
UNIT - IV
Collection of primary and secondary data - interview techniques - survey and interview –
methods - merits and demerits – questionnaire - pre requisites of using questionnaire -
structured and unstructured questionnaire - types of secondary data
UNIT - V
TEXTBOOK
Unit 1
C. R. Kothari Research Methodology Methods and Technique 3 rd Edition New age
International Publishers 2014
P.Ravilochannan Research Methods - Margham Publications
Prof. Deepak Chawla- Research Methodology 2nd Edition, Vikas Publishing House
52
Unit 2
C. R. Kothari Research Methodology Methods and Technique 3 rd Edition New age
International Publishers 2014
P.Ravilochannan Research Methods - Margham Publications
Prof. Deepak Chawla - Research Methodology 2nd Edition Vikas Publishing House.
Unit 3
C. R. Kothari Research Methodology Methods and Technique 3 rd Edition New age
International Publishers 2014
P.Ravilochannan Research Methods - Margham Publications
Prof. Deepak Chawla- Research Methodology 2nd Edition, Vikas Publishing House
Unit 4
C. R. Kothari Research Methodology Methods and Technique 3 rd Edition New age
International Publishers 2014
P.Ravilochannan Research Methods - Margham Publications
Prof. Deepak Chawla- Research Methodology 2nd Edition, Vikas Publishing House
Unit 5
C. R. Kothari Research Methodology Methods and Technique 3 rd Edition New age
International Publishers 2014
P.Ravilochannan Research Methods - Margham Publications
Prof. Deepak Chawla - Research Methodology 2nd Edition Vikas Publishing House
E-Materials
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/319207471_HANDBOOK_OF_RESEARCH_M
ETHODOLOGY
https://www.modares.ac.ir/uploads/Agr.Oth.Lib.17.pdf
http://manzaramesh.in/prephdbooks/Research%20Methodology%20--
20Methods%20and%20Techniques%202004.pdf
http://www.euacademic.org/BookUpload/9.pdf
Course Outcome
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to understand the basic framework of
research process
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to develop an understanding of various
research designs and techniques.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to identify various sources of sampling
techniques.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to indentify various sources of
information for data collection.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to conduct a research and prepare a
report.
53
COREPAPER - 16
COMPUTER APPLICATION IN BUSINESS
Course Objectives
1. To acquaint the students with special applications of IT in business.
2. To familiarize students regarding IT application in documents handling and various
other computer application in business.
3. To help students to know the usage of MS word its benefits in business
4. To help students to know the usage of Excel in reporting and research
5. To help students to know the process of designing presentations using ppt.
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
UNIT - IV
54
UNIT - V
TEXT BOOKS
Unit 1
Leon & Leon - Computer Application in Business - Vijay Nicole Imprints Pvt. Ltd
Dr.P. Rizwan Ahmed - Computer Application in Business with Tally -Margham
Publications
Mohan Kumar - Computer Application in Business - Vijay Nicole Imprints Pvt. Ltd.
Ananthi Sheshasayee - Computer Application in Business - Margham Publications.
Unit 2
Leon & Leon - Computer Application in Business - Vijay Nicole Imprints Pvt. Ltd
Dr.P. Rizwan Ahmed - Computer Application in Business with Tally -Margham
Publications
Mohan Kumar - Computer Application in Business - Vijay Nicole Imprints Pvt. Ltd.
Ananthi Sheshasayee - Computer Application in Business - Margham Publications.
Unit 3
Leon & Leon - Computer Application in Business - Vijay Nicole Imprints Pvt. Ltd
Dr.P. Rizwan Ahmed - Computer Application in Business with Tally -Margham
Publications
Mohan Kumar - Computer Application in Business - Vijay Nicole Imprints Pvt. Ltd.
Ananthi Sheshasayee - Computer Application in Business - Margham Publications.
Unit 4
Leon & Leon - Computer Application in Business - Vijay Nicole Imprints Pvt. Ltd
Dr.P. Rizwan Ahmed - Computer Application in Business with Tally -Margham
Publications
Mohan Kumar - Computer Application in Business - Vijay Nicole Imprints Pvt. Ltd.
Ananthi Sheshasayee - Computer Application in Business - Margham Publications.
Unit 5
Leon & Leon - Computer Application in Business - Vijay Nicole Imprints Pvt. Ltd
Dr.P. Rizwan Ahmed - Computer Application in Business with Tally -Margham
Publications
Mohan Kumar - Computer Application in Business - Vijay Nicole Imprints Pvt. Ltd.
Ananthi Sheshasayee - Computer Application in Business - Margham Publications.
55
Reference Items:Books and Journal
1. Introduction to Information Technology, ITL ESL, Pearson Education
2. Business Application Software by AitJohri, Himalaya Publication House, First
Edition 2016
3. Simple Tally 9 , BPB Publications , Asok K. Nadhani, copy right 2007
4. Introduction to Information Technology, ITL Education Solutions Limited,
Research And development Wing,2016,Pearson Education
5. Gary Shelly, Thomas J. Cashman, Misty Vermaat , Microsoft Office 2007:
Introductory Concepts and Techniques, ,2007,Thomson Learning publishers
E-Materials
1. https://www.spss-tutorials.com/spss-what-is-it/
2. https://stats.idre.ucla.edu/spss/
3. https://study.com/articles/Business_Computer_Applications_Courses_and_Training_Prog
rams.html
4. https://tallysolutions.com/
5. https://www.udemy.com/course/the-fundamentals-of-business-intelligence/
Course Outcomes
1. After studied unit-1, the student will know about the emergence of computers and various
software solution used for business
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be learn to use MS word and its functions
3. After studied unit-3, the students will learn the application of Excel in problem solving and
decision
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be familiar with uses of PPT and also learn to design
presentations
5. After studied unit-5, the student will know about the emerging trends of computer
applications in business
56
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER - 1
(to choose one out of 3)
A. INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS AND LABOUR LAWS
Course Objectives
1. To understand and apply the concept of industrial relations and the system in which it
operates.
2. To understand the various process and procedures connected with collective bargaining
workers participation, grievance redressal and employee discipline and dispute resolution.
3. To know the development and judicial set up of labour laws.
4. To learn the laws relating to industrial relations, social security, factories act and working
conditions.
5. To learn the salient features of welfare and wage legislations and the present state of
industrial relations and its laws in India.
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
UNIT - IV
Factories Act: Meaning, Definition - importance of factories act -need -provision relating to
Welfare - Safety - Health Measures.
UNIT - V
TEXT BOOKS
Unit 1
Sreenivasan M.R - Industrial Relations & Labor legislations
Aswathappa K - Human Resource and Personnel Management
Subba Rao P - Human Resource Management and Industrial Relations
Monoppa - Industrial Relations
57
Unit 2
Sreenivasan M.R - Industrial Relations & Labor legislations
Aswathappa K - Human Resource and Personnel Management
Subba Rao P - Human Resource Management and Industrial Relations
Monoppa - Industrial Relations
Unit 3
Sreenivasan M.R - Industrial Relations & Labor legislations
Aswathappa K - Human Resource and Personnel Management
Subba Rao P - Human Resource Management and Industrial Relations
Monoppa - Industrial Relations
Unit 4
Sreenivasan M.R - Industrial Relations & Labor legislations
Aswathappa K - Human Resource and Personnel Management
Subba Rao P - Human Resource Management and Industrial Relations
Monoppa - Industrial Relations
Unit 5
Sreenivasan M.R - Industrial Relations & Labor legislations
Aswathappa K - Human Resource and Personnel Management
Subba Rao P - Human Resource Management and Industrial Relations
Monoppa - Industrial Relations
E- Materials
http://www.ebooks-for-all.com/bookmarks/detail/Labour-Laws-in-
India/onecat/Electronic-books+Law+Law-by-Country+Asia/0/all_items.html
https://www.kopykitab.com/Industrial-Relations-and-Labour-Laws-6th-Edn-by-S-C-
Srivastava
https://www.freebookcentre.net/Law/Labour-and-Employment-Law-Books.html
http://elearning.nokomis.in/uploaddocuments/Industrial%20Relations.%20&%20Labour
%20laws/Chp%2016%20Labour%20Laws%20An%20Overview/PPT/Chapter%2016.pdf
http://www.pondiuni.edu.in/storage/dde/downloads/hrmiii_irm.pdf
58
Course Outcomes
After studied Unit-1 student will be able to understand the importance of industrial relation
and know the role of trade union and know the industrial disputes and their resolutions.
After studied Unit-2 the student will be able to understand the meaning of participative
management and its structure and know the different committee and find the pre requisite for
successful participation in collective bargaining systems.
After studied Unit-3 the student will understand the meaning of industrial unrest and the
reasons for employee dissatisfaction and disciplinary action. The student also understand the
various method of strike and prevention.
After studied Unit-4 the student is able to understand the Indian factories act and provisions
regarding welfare, safety and health of workers.
After studied Unit-5 the students is able to understand the concepts of workmen’s
compensation act and provisions and also know the international labour organisation role and
its various functions.
59
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER - 1
B. REWARD MANAGEMENT
Course Objectives
1. The course is designed to promote understanding of issues related to the reward or
compensation system and practices of corporate sector.
2. To learn the basic compensation concepts and the context of compensation practice.
3. To illustrate the different ways of wage determination.
4. To understand legally required employee benefits.
5. To learn the concepts of wage incentives
6. To learn some of the implications for reward issues and possible employer approaches to
manage legally required benefits.
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
Wage determination - factors influencing wage fixation, job evaluation - methods - job
pricing - wage and salary surveys - rationalizing and developing wage structures.
UNIT - III
Components of pay - fringe benefits - house rent allowance - dearness allowance - money and
real wages - consumer price index. Bonus - concept - bonus regulations - negotiations with
unions.
UNIT - IV
Wage incentives - wage and motivation - linking wages with productivity - individual and
group incentives - plant. Wide schemes - Scanlon Plan and other productivity gains sharing
schemes - experience in India.
UNIT - V
Reward issues - statutory provision - institutions like wages boards and pay commissions -
machinery for resolving disputes - compensative of managers - domestic and multinational
companies - rewarding women.
TEXT BOOKS
Unit 1
Narain, Laxmi: ‘Managerial Compensation & Motivation in Public Enterprises, (Oxford Pub.
House).
Sibson: ‘Wages & Salaries’, (American Management Association).
Garry Dressler, “Personnel / Human Resource Management”, London, Prentice Hall,
60
William B. Werther Jr. and Keith Davis “Human Resource Management”. New Jersey:
McGraw Hill.
Milkovich & Newman, Compensation, Irwin/McGraw-Hill 8th Ed
Unit 2
Narain, Laxmi: ‘Managerial Compensation & Motivation in Public Enterprises, (Oxford Pub.
House).
Sibson: ‘Wages & Salaries’, (American Management Association).
Garry Dressler, “Personnel / Human Resource Management”, London, Prentice Hall,
William B. Werther Jr. and Keith Davis “Human Resource Management”. New Jersey:
McGraw Hill.
Milkovich & Newman, Compensation, Irwin/McGraw-Hill 8th Ed
Unit 3
Narain, Laxmi: ‘Managerial Compensation & Motivation in Public Enterprises, (Oxford Pub.
House).
Sibson: ‘Wages & Salaries’, (American Management Association).
Garry Dressler, “Personnel / Human Resource Management”, London, Prentice Hall,
William B. Werther Jr. and Keith Davis “Human Resource Management”. New Jersey:
McGraw Hill.
Milkovich & Newman, Compensation, Irwin/McGraw-Hill 8th Ed
Unit 4
Narain, Laxmi: ‘Managerial Compensation & Motivation in Public Enterprises, (Oxford Pub.
House).
Sibson: ‘Wages & Salaries’, (American Management Association).
Garry Dressler, “Personnel / Human Resource Management”, London, Prentice Hall,
William B. Werther Jr. and Keith Davis “Human Resource Management”. New Jersey:
McGraw Hill.
Milkovich & Newman, Compensation, Irwin/McGraw-Hill 8th Ed
Unit 5
Narain, Laxmi: ‘Managerial Compensation & Motivation in Public Enterprises, (Oxford Pub.
House).
Sibson: ‘Wages & Salaries’, (American Management Association).
Garry Dressler, “Personnel / Human Resource Management”, London, Prentice Hall,
William B. Werther Jr. and Keith Davis “Human Resource Management”. New Jersey:
McGraw Hill.
Milkovich & Newman, Compensation, Irwin/McGraw-Hill 8th Ed
61
P.Zingheim, The New Pay, Linking Employee & Organization Performance, Schuster,
(Jossey-Bass)
4. Sara Rynes, Compensation in Organization, Gerhart (Jossey BASS)
5. Wendell L French, “Human Resource Management”, USA, Houghton Mifflin
Company, 1994.
6. David D. Decenzo and Stephen P. Robbins, “Human Resource Management”, New
Delhi,
Prentice Hall, 3rd Edn., 1988.
E-Materials
https://www.iare.ac.in/sites/default/files/lecture_notes/IARE_CRM_NOTES.pdf
https://www.academia.edu/22247490/Reward_management
https://www.docsity.com/en/lecture-notes/management/compensation-management/
https://www.coursehero.com/file/14598021/HND-BM-HRM-7/
Course Outcome
After studied Unit-1 student is able to understand the importance of employee compensation
and equity. Tom knows the wages policy and its structure and different levels of wages an
major decisions.
After studied Unit-2 the student is able to understand the factors of fixation of wages and job
pricing. To know the rationalizing and developing wages structures.
After studied Unit-3 the student is able to understand the concepts of fringe benefits and
other allowances and know the consumer price index and bonus regulations.
After studied Unit-4 the student is able to know wages incentives and linking wages to
productivity. To know the different types of incentives and productivity sharing plans.
After studied Unit-5 the student is able to understand meaning of reward and statutory
provision. To know the pay commissions and machinery resolving disputes between
Domestic and international companies and rewarding women.
62
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER - 1
C. CHANGE MANAGEMENT
Course objectives
UNIT - I
INTRODUCTION
Concept of organizational change - forces - micro and macro perspective - the process -
Requisite for successful change - dimensions of planned change.
UNIT- II
RESISTANCE TO CHANGE
Introduction - sources of resistance - individual - organizational overcoming resistance
to change - Role of HRD in managing change - change agents and their role in change
management.
UNIT - III
UNIT - V
63
TEXT BOOKS
Unit 1
K. Sundar - Essentials of Human Resource Management, Vijay Nicole Imprints
Tripathy P.C -.Organization Change - Sultan Chand, 2010.
Unit 2
K. Sundar - Essentials of Human Resource Management, Vijay Nicole Imprints
Tripathy P.C -.Organization Change - Sultan Chand, 2010.
Unit 3
K. Sundar - Essentials of Human Resource Management, Vijay Nicole Imprints
Tripathy P.C -.Organization Change - Sultan Chand, 2010.
Unit 4
K. Sundar - Essentials of Human Resource Management, Vijay Nicole Imprints
Tripathy P.C -.Organization Change - Sultan Chand, 2010.
Unit 5
K. Sundar - Essentials of Human Resource Management, Vijay Nicole Imprints
Tripathy P.C -.Organization Change - Sultan Chand, 2010.
E-Materials
https://bbamantra.com/organizational-change-types-process/
https://searchcio.techtarget.com/definition/change-management
https://www.studocu.com/en-au/document/curtin-university/managing-change/lecture-
notes/lecture-notes-all-lectures/513582/view
http://www.mahavirlibrary.org/files/change-management.pdf
Course Outcome
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to provide an over view of the change
process.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to review the spectrum of reactions to
change.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to offer techniques for preparing for change.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to create and stimulate the culture for
change.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to give suggestion for managing uncertainty.
64
SKILL BASED SUBJECT
PAPER - 3
E - BUSINESS
Course Objectives
1. To understand the concept of doing business through electronics and appreciating its
difference with traditional business
2. To help them know the Infrastructural requirement to conduct Business
3. To learn the methodology of performing various business functions using electronics
4. To familiarize students with the EDI role in business and the importance of Web in
Business
5. To introduce various payment methods of electronic banking and How Government
uses electronic mode to reach publics.
UNIT - I
E- BUSINESS INTRODUCTION
Fundamentals of E-commerce and E-business: Meaning, Definitions, Features and benefits -
E-business Components: People, Hardware, Software, Network and organization - E-business
Advantages and disadvantages - E-Commerce Framework - Comparison between Traditional
vs. E-Business Applications - Major Categories of E-Commerce - B2C, B2B, C2B and C2C
Applications.
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
E-BUSINESS APPLICATION
e-Business applications - Fintech (Financial Technology): Meaning, Features of Fintech,
Importance of Fintech, Emergence of Fintech, Areas of Fintech - Regtech (regulatory
Technology) Meaning and importance in India - E-marketing: Meaning, Types of E-
marketing - E-CRM: Meaning, Features and Process. E-retailing: Meaning, Features,
Advantages and disadvantages of E-tailing, Trends in E-retailing - Electronics
Application in HR
UNIT - IV
65
Benefits and features of Intranet - Intranet Application in Business. Cyber crime: cases in
India and Indian regulations
UNIT - V
TEXT BOOKS
Unit 1
Dr. P.RizwanAhmed , E-Business & E-Commerce, Margham Publications
Dr.K.Abirami Devi and Dr. M. Algammai , E-Commerce -Margham Publications
Unit 2
Dr. P.RizwanAhmed , E-Business & E-Commerce, Margham Publications
Dr.K.Abirami Devi and Dr. M. Algammai , E-Commerce -Margham Publications
Unit 3
Dr. P.RizwanAhmed , E-Business & E-Commerce, Margham Publications
Dr.K.Abirami Devi and Dr. M. Algammai , E-Commerce -Margham Publications
Srinivasa Vallabhan SV, E-Commerce,Vijay Nicole Imprints Pvt. Ltd.
Unit 4
Dr. P.RizwanAhmed , E-Business & E-Commerce, Margham Publications
Dr.K.Abirami Devi and Dr. M. Algammai , E-Commerce -Margham Publications
Mamta Bhusry , E-Commerce, Laxmi Publications Pvt. Ltd.
Unit 5
Dr. P.RizwanAhmed , E-Business & E-Commerce, Margham Publications
Dr.K.Abirami Devi and Dr. M. Algammai , E-Commerce -Margham Publications
U.S.Pandey, Rahul Srivastava, Saurabh Shukla, E-Commerce and its applications,
S.Chand, New Delhi.
66
E-Content:
1. https://smude.edu.in/smude/programs/bba/e-commerce.html
2. https://csistudyabroadmaterials.files.wordpress.com/2015/10/e-business-syllabus.pdf
3. https://www.indiastudycenter.com/Other/Syllabus/...E-Business/default.asp
4. https://targetstudy.com/courses/diploma-in-e-business.html
5. https://www.toppr.com/guides/business-studies/...of-business/e-business/
67
SEMESTER VI
CORE PAPER - 17
STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
Course Objectives
1. To know the importance of strategic management in an organization.
2. To learn the corporate strategy, strategic planning, formulation of strategy, project life
cycle and SWOT analysis.
3. To know generic strategic alternatives, horizontal and vertical diversification.
4. To understand the external growth strategy, mergers, acquisition, amalgamation, joint
ventures, problems of an organizational structure and corporate development - line and
staff function and the management of change.
5. To learn the implementation of strategy, elements of strategy, importance of leadership
and organizational climate, planning and control of implementation.
UNIT - I
The business system - objectives of the business - setting up and balancing the objectives
mission - vision - goals strategic analysis of functional areas production - marketing - human
resources - finance - analyzing corporate capabilities.
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
UNIT - IV
UNIT - V
68
TEXT BOOKS
Unit 1
Dr. C.B. Mamoria & Dr. Satish Mamoria, Business planning and policy (1987) Himalaya
publishing house, Mumbai.
Dr. S.Sankaran -Strategic Management,Margham Publications
S.C. Bhattacharya - Strategic Management Concepts & cases - S.Chand & Co
Unit 2
Dr. C.B. Mamoria & Dr. Satish Mamoria, Business planning and policy (1987) Himalaya
publishing house, Mumbai.
Dr. S.Sankaran -Strategic Management,Margham Publications
S.C. Bhattacharya - Strategic Management Concepts & cases - S.Chand & Co
Unit 3
Dr. C.B. Mamoria & Dr. Satish Mamoria, Business planning and policy (1987) Himalaya
publishing house, Mumbai.
Dr. S.Sankaran -Strategic Management,Margham Publications
S.C. Bhattacharya - Strategic Management Concepts & cases - S.Chand & Co
Unit 4
Dr. C.B. Mamoria & Dr. Satish Mamoria, Business planning and policy (1987) Himalaya
publishing house, Mumbai.
Dr. S.Sankaran -Strategic Management,Margham Publications
S.C. Bhattacharya - Strategic Management Concepts & cases - S.Chand & Co
Unit 5
Dr. C.B. Mamoria & Dr. Satish Mamoria, Business planning and policy (1987) Himalaya
publishing house, Mumbai.
Dr. S.Sankaran -Strategic Management,Margham Publications
S.C. Bhattacharya - Strategic Management Concepts & cases - S.Chand & Co
E-Materials
http://www.crectirupati.com/sites/default/files/lecture_notes/Strategic%20Management%
20Notes-CREC.pdf
https://examupdates.in/mba-strategic-management/
http://www.pondiuni.edu.in/sites/default/files/Part%20I%20Startegic%20%20Manageme
nt.pdf
http://www.geektonight.com/strategic-management-notes-pdf/
Course Outcome
1. After studying unit-1, student will be able to learn the business system, balancing
business objectives with mission and vision. Appreciate strategic analysis of corporate
goals and its capabilities.
69
2. After studying unit-2, student will be able to understand the corporate strategy, process of
strategic planning, formulation of strategy, project life cycle, portfolio analysis and
SWOT analysis.
3. After studying unit-3, student will be able to learn generic strategic alternatives -
horizontal and vertical diversification.
4. After studying unit-4, student will be able to understand external growth strategy,
mergers, acquisition, amalgamation, joint ventures, problems of organizational structure
and the management of change.
5. After studying unit-5, student will be able to learn the implementation of strategy,
elements of strategy, significance of leadership and organizational climate, planning and
control of implementation.
70
CORE PAPER - 18
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
Course Objectives
1. To enable the students to understand the meaning and importance of globalisation
and international business
2. To familiarize them with various modes of entering global markets.
3. To help them understand how trade policies are used and how trade is restricted
4. To impart the students with regional economic integrations.
5. To examine the international monetary, strategy & marketing environment.
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
ENTRY MODES
Modes of International Business - Exports & Imports - Licensing - Franchising -
Management Contracts - Joint Ventures - Turnkey Projects - Wholly - owned Subsidiaries -
Strategic Alliances - Mergers & Acquisitions - Contract Manufacturing - International Trade
theories : Mercantilism, Comparative Advantage Theory - Absolute advantage theory,
Heckscher - Ohlin Theory, Product Life cycle theory
UNIT - III
UNIT - IV
71
UNIT - V
TEXT BOOKS
Unit 1
K. Aswathappa, International Business, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, 2012
Francis Cherunilam, International Business Environment, Himalaya Publishing
House Pvt. Ltd., 2015
Unit 2
K. Aswathappa, International Business, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, 2012
Francis Cherunilam, International Business Environment, Himalaya Publishing
House Pvt. Ltd., 2015
Unit 3
Sanjay Misra, P.K. Yadav, International Business : Text & Cases, PHI Learning,
New Delhi, 2009
Francis Cherunilam, International Business : Text & Cases, PHI Learning,
New Delhi, 2010
Unit 4
Sanjay Misra, P.K. Yadav, International Business : Text & Cases, PHI Learning,
New Delhi, 2009
Francis Cherunilam, International Business : Text & Cases, PHI Learning,
New Delhi, 2010
Unit 5
John Daniels, International Business : Environments & Operations, Pearson
Education, 2009
Francis Cherunilam, International Business Environment, Himalaya Publishing
House Pvt. Ltd., 2015
72
E- Materials
https://www.wto.org/
https://bbamantra.com/introduction-to-international-business/
ebooks.lpude.in/.../term.../DCOM501_INTERNATIONAL_BUSINESS.pdf
https://www.academia.edu/.../BBM_475_NOTES_INTRODUCTION_TO_ INTERNATI
ONAL_BUSINESS
https://www.stuvia.com/.../international-business-and-management-studies - ibms
Course Outcome
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to define and explain the importance of
globalization and international business
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be known the options used and various modes of
entering global markets.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will understand how governments use trade policies to
restrict movement of goods abroad
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be familiar with how various regional co operational
organization work and their functions.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able make decisions of setting up MNCs and know
how to invest abroad to establish MNC
73
CORE PAPER - 19
INDIVIDUAL PROJECT
Course Objectives
1. To help students to apply the concepts studied in the institution.
2. To gain 'on the field' experience and identify present problems faced by the industry
3. To help students gain career development skills
4. To gain practical exposure that will bridge the gap of industrial expectation.
EVALUATION SCHEME
Internal - 20 Marks (10 marks each for reviews)
Project Evaluation - 50 marks
Viva voce - 30 marks
Total Marks - 100
Important NOTE: If a candidate fails to submit the Project report or fails to appear for the
viva-voce examination then it will be considered as 'Arrear' Paper and the candidate can
appear for Viva-voce next year.
74
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER - 2
(to choose one out of 3)
A. FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
Course Objectives
1. To gain basic understanding about financial management and its concepts
2. To know the various sources of finance
3. To know how to calculate cost of various capitals and to compare on various project
finances.
4. To understand the various uses for finance
5. To familiarize oneself with the techniques used in financial management.
UNIT - I
INTRODUCTION TO FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
Basics concepts of Financial Management: Definition, Importance, scope, objectives,
functions of financial management - Various Financial decisions - Types - role of the finance
manager - relationship of financial management with other functional areas of management -
sources of finance - time value of money: Present value, Future value, Annuity due, Ordinary
annuity and perpetual.
UNIT - II
FINANCIAL PLANNING AND LEVERAGES
Financial planning: meaning, process and factors - capitalization: - Capital structure:
meaning and factors determining the capital structure decision - Capital structure decision
theories: Net Income (NI) approach, Net operating income (NOI) approach, Traditional
approach and (MM) Modigliani Miller approach. - Problems: Calculation of Indifference
Point EBIT - Leverages: Meaning, Types - Problems from Leverages: operating, financial,
Composite leverage.
UNIT - III
COST OF CAPITAL
Understanding Cost of Capital: Meaning, significance, types of cost of capital - various
measures of cost of capital: cost of debt, cost of preference shares, and cost of equity, cost of
retained earnings, and weighted average cost of capital - Capital Asset Pricing Model
UNIT - IV
CAPITAL BUDGETING
Introduction to Capital Budgeting: Meaning, features and importance of capital budgeting -
Various techniques of capital budgeting - Investment Evaluation criteria - Net Present Value
(NPV), Internal Rate of Return (IRR), Profitability Index (PI), Payback Period, Accounting
Rate of Return (ARR) - NPV and IRR comparison.
75
UNIT - V
WORKING CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
Working Capital Management: meaning and significance- constituents of current assets and
liabilities - Operating Cycle - classification of working capital - factors determining working
capital - Management of working capital - estimation of working capital requirement.
Financing of Working Capital and norms of Bank Finance - Sources of Working capital -
Factoring services- Various committee reports on Bank Finance - Dimensions of Working
Capital Management.
Note: The proportion between Theory and Problem shall be 80:20
TEXT BOOKS
Unit 1
Dr. A. Murthy, Financial Management -Margham Publications
Maheshwari S.N.,Financial Management, Sultan & Sons Publications
S.N. Maheshwari , Elements of Financial Management - Sultan Chand & Sons.
Unit 2
Dr. A. Murthy, Financial Management -Margham Publications
S.N. Maheshwari , Elements of Financial Management - Sultan Chand & Sons.
J. Srinivasan, Sridhar & Ramalingam - Financial Management - Vijay Nicole Imprints
Unit 3
Dr. A. Murthy, Financial Management -Margham Publications
J. Srinivasan, Sridhar & Ramalingam - Financial Management - Vijay Nicole Imprints
R.K. Sharma, Shashi and K.Gupta , Fiancial Management -, Kalyani publication
Unit 4
Dr. A. Murthy, Financial Management -Margham Publications
S.N. Maheshwari , Elements of Financial Management - Sultan Chand & Sons.
J. Srinivasan, Sridhar & Ramalingam - Financial Management - Vijay Nicole Imprints
R.K. Sharma, Shashi and K.Gupta , Fiancial Management -, Kalyani publication
Unit 5
Dr. A. Murthy, Financial Management -Margham Publications
R.K. Sharma, Shashi and K.Gupta , Fiancial Management -, Kalyani publication
Prasanna Chandra, Fundamentals of Financial Management - Tata McGraw Hills
Publishing Company Limited.
76
E - Materials
https://www.businessmanagementideas.com/notes/financial-management-notes/lecture-
notes-on-financial-management/3769
https://examupdates.in/financial-management-notes/
https://gurukpo.com/Content/MBA/Financial_Management.pdf
https://www.docsity.com/en/financial-management-lecture-notes/4340569/
Course Outcome
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to calculate time value for money
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to explain Capital structure decision and
suggest the best mix of capital structure using theories
3. After studied unit-3, the student will calculate cost of capital how it is affected
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be familiar with capital budgeting and develop a basic
budget format.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will know how to make funds available for routine
operations.
77
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER - 2
B. FINANCIAL SERVICES
Course Objectives
1. To equip the students with the basic understanding of financial services and its types
2. To enable the student to understand merchant banking , mutual funds concepts
3. To familiarize the students with the leasing, and venture capital concepts.
4. To help them understand the process of Hire purchasing
5. To familiarize oneself with factoring and its types.
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
MERCHANT BANKING
Understanding Merchant Banking: Definitions and Meaning - Functions of Merchant
banking - Merchant banking Origin - SEBI Guidelines - Classification of Merchant Bankers -
Role of Merchant bankers - Issue management: public issue - right issue - Prospectus, pricing
- Functions - drawbacks. Securitization - Meaning – process - Benefits and securitization in
India
UNIT - III
UNIT - IV
FACTORING
Factoring - Meaning, Features, - Types of Factoring - Advantages and Disadvantages of
factoring - Functions of Factoring - Factoring Vs. Bills Discounting - Factoring in India -
Recommendations of Kalyanasundaram committee - RBI Guidelines - Forfeiting -
Working of Forfeiting - Benefits and Drawbacks of Forfeiting - Factoring vs forfeiting
78
UNIT - V
VENTURE CAPITAL
Basics of Venture Capital Funds - Meaning, Features of Venture Capital - Financing Stages -
Types of Venture capitalism - Investment criteria - Importance of venture capital -
Limitations of Venture capitalism - Private Equity - Angel investors - Venture Capital
Investment process - Disinvestment mechanisms. - Credit rating agency - Meaning - basis -
merits & defects - credit Rating symbols - types of credit rating - Credit Rating Agencies -
CRISIL - IICRA - CARE - Credit Rating Process.
TEXT BOOKS
Unit 1
Dr.S. Gurusamy - Financial Services - Vijay Nicole Imprints Private Ltd
B. Santhanam - Financial Services , Margham Publications
Unit 2
Dr.S. Gurusamy - Financial Services - Vijay Nicole Imprints Private Ltd
B. Santhanam - Financial Services , Margham Publications
M.Y. Khan -Indian Financial System - Tata Mc Graw Hill
Unit 3
B. Santhanam - Financial Services , Margham Publications
M.Y. Khan -Indian Financial System - Tata Mc Graw Hill
H. R. Machiraju - Indian Financial System -Vikas Publishing House
Unit 4
B. Santhanam - Financial Services , Margham Publications
M.Y. Khan -Indian Financial System - Tata Mc Graw Hill
H. R. Machiraju - Indian Financial System -Vikas Publishing House
Unit 5
B. Santhanam - Financial Services , Margham Publications
H. R. Machiraju - Indian Financial System -Vikas Publishing House
E-Materials
https://accountlearning.com/financial-services-meaning-importance/
https://www.businessmanagementideas.com/notes/financial-management-notes/lecture-
notes-on-financial-management/3769
https://bbamantra.com/financial-services/
https://gurukpo.com/Content/MBA/Financial_services.pdf
https://www.docsity.com/en/financial-services-lecture-notes/4340569/
Course Outcome
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to define Financial services and have
knowledge on its types, will also be able explain in the Indian context
79
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to explain how merchant banking works and
how securitization is done
3. After studied unit-3, the student will gain understanding on hire purchasing and leasing
finance
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be familiar with Factoring and RBI regulates them.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will gain skills on venture capital process.
80
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER - 2
C. INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
Course Objectives
1. To impart skill on the fundamentals of Investment and Security Analysis.
2. To identify the risk and returns involved in managing investment.
3. To understand different investment alternatives in the market
4. To understand how securities are traded in the market
5. To be able to analyze and price different securities
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
Risks and Returns - Meaning - Systematic Risks - Unsystematic Risks - Risk Measurement -
Capital Returns and Revenue Returns -Computation of Expected Risks and Returns.
UNIT - IV
Investment Valuation - Time Value for Money - Bond Valuation - Yield to Maturity - Equity
Valuation - capital asset pricing model.
UNIT - V
TEXT BOOKS
Unit 1
Dr. L. Natarajan - Investment Management - Margham Publications
V.K.Bhalla, Investment Management
Gurusamy S, Security Analysis and Portfolio Management, Vijay Nicole Imprints.
Unit 2
Dr. L. Natarajan - Investment Management - Margham Publications
V.K.Bhalla, Investment Management
Gurusamy S, Security Analysis and Portfolio Management, Vijay Nicole Imprints.
81
Unit 3
Dr. L. Natarajan - Investment Management - Margham Publications
V.K.Bhalla, Investment Management
Gurusamy S, Security Analysis and Portfolio Management, Vijay Nicole Imprints.
Unit 4
Dr. L. Natarajan - Investment Management - Margham Publications
V.K.Bhalla, Investment Management
Gurusamy S, Security Analysis and Portfolio Management, Vijay Nicole Imprints.
Unit 5
Dr. L. Natarajan - Investment Management - Margham Publications
V.K.Bhalla, Investment Management
Gurusamy S, Security Analysis and Portfolio Management, Vijay Nicole Imprints.
E-Materials
http://www.himpub.com/documents/Chapter1893.pdf
https://www.studocu.com/in/document/university-of-mumbai/financial-accounting-and-
auditing-vii-financial-accounting/lecture-notes/mba-iii-investment-management-
notes/4351504/view
https://lecturenotes.in/subject/450/investment-management-im
http://www.universityofcalicut.info/SDE/BBA_finance_investment_mgmnt.pdf
Course Outcome
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to understand the various alternatives
available for investment
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to measure risk and return.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to find the relationship between risk and
return.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to value the equity and bonds
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to gain knowledge of the various strategies
followed by investment practitioners.
82
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER - 3
(to choose one out of 3)
A. MARKETING RESEARCH
Course Objectives
1. To learn why marketing managers use marketing research to help them make better
decisions.
2. To define marketing research.
3. To establish the importance of collecting accurate data and the problems in doing so.
4. To understand the concept of sampling techniques in marketing research
5. To study the areas of applying the concept of marketing research
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
Data Collection - Methods of Data Collection - Secondary Data - Sources of Secondary Data
different types of secondary data - sources of external secondary data - Primary Data -
Collection of Primary Data - types - structured questionnaire - unstructured questionnaire -
Questionnaire - Designing a Questionnaire - determining type of questions - sequencing the
questions - revising and pretesting the questions - Interviewing - Interviewing skills on the
part of the investigator - observation method - disguised vs undisguised - controlled vs
uncontrolled observation - limitations.
UNIT - IV
UNIT - V
83
TEXT BOOKS
Unit - 1
1. Dr.P. Ravilochanan - Marketing Research - Margham Publications
2. Sharma D.D - Marketing Research - Marketing Research - Sultan Chand and sons
Unit - 2
1. Dr.P. Ravilochanan - Marketing Research - Margham Publications
2. Sharma D.D - Marketing Research - Marketing Research - Sultan Chand and sons
Unit - 3
1.S.L. Gupta - Marketing Research
2.Sharma D.D - Marketing Research - Marketing Research - Sultan Chand and sons
Unit - 4
1. Dr.P. Ravilochanan - Marketing Research - Margham Publications
Unit - 5
Sharma D.D - Marketing Research - Marketing Research - Sultan Chand and sons
E- Materials
http://www.pondiuni.edu.in/sites/default/files/MARKETING%20RESEARCH200813.pd
f
https://bbamantra.com/market-research-process-techniques/
http://www.gupshupstudy.com/classnotes/management-32/bba-3130/marketing-research-
313030
https://gurukpo.com/Content/BBA/Marketing%20Management(BBA)P-2.pdf
http://164.100.133.129:81/econtent/Uploads/Marketing_Research.pdf
Course Outcome
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to scope and concept of marketing research.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to define the Marketing Research process.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to identify the appropriate tool for collecting
data.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to choose the correct sampling method.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to apply the concepts of marketing research
in sales, product, market and advertising.
84
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER - 3
B. RURAL MARKETING MANAGEMENT
Course Objectives
1. To enable the students to understand the elements of the unexplored rural market.
2. To identify the significance and strategies of rural market.
3. To equip the students in appropriate concepts and techniques in the area of rural
marketing.
4. To understand the marketing mix in the area of rural marketing.
5. To identify the challenges and opportunities in the field of rural marketing.
UNIT - I
Understanding rural economy - Defining rural India - Evolution of rural marketing - Rural
Market Structure - Constitution of rural market - Size of rural market - rural marketing -
concept Rural Market Environment - characteristics of rural consumers - rural vs urban
markets - buying decision process - rural marketing information system - potential and size of
the rural market - challenges of rural marketing.
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
Pricing Strategy - what is price? - importance of pricing - significance of price factor - price
as a measure of value - multistage price determination process - Rural Pricing Strategy -
Market Entry Strategy.
UNIT - IV
UNIT - V
TEXT BOOKS
Unit - 1
P. Kashyap & S.Raul, The Rural Marketing
C.S.G.K.M.L Ramakrishnan,Rural Marketing - Text and Cases
85
Unit - 2
P. Kashyap & S.Raul, The Rural Marketing
Sukhpal Sing, Rural Marketing
Unit - 3
P. Kashyap & S.Raul, The Rural Marketing
C.S.G.K.M.L Ramakrishnan,Rural Marketing -Text and Cases
Unit - 4
P. Kashyap & S.Raul, The Rural Marketing
C.S.G.K.M.L Ramakrishnan,Rural Marketing -Text and Cases
Unit - 5
P. Kashyap & S.Raul, The Rural Marketing
C.S.G.K.M.L Ramakrishnan,Rural Marketing -Text and Cases
E- Materials
http://www.pondiuni.edu.in/storage/dde/downloads/markiv_rm.pdf
http://jnujprdistance.com/assets/lms/LMS%20JNU/MBA/MBA-
Rural%20&%20Agri%20Business%20Management/Sem%20III/Rural%20Marketing/Rur
al%20Marketing.pdf
https://www .iare.ac.in/sites/default/files/lecture_notes/IARE_RM_NOTES_2.pdf
http://www.ddegjust.ac.in/studymaterial/mba/mm-310.pdf
https://sg.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/74309/4/04_chapter%201.pdf
Course Outcome
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to explore the special areas in rural marketing
environment and to identify opportunities and emerging challenges in upcoming rural
markets.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to aware of categorizing the rural products and
branding the products in rural areas.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to make sound marketing decisions n pricing
strategies in rural market.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to analyse the distribution channels marketing
strategies etc in the context of rural markets in India
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to identify the appropriate promotion mix for
rural market.
86
INTERNAL ELECTIVE
PAPER - 3
C. ADVERTISING AND SALES MANAGEMENT
Course Objectives
1. To enable the students to learn the fundamentals of advertising and its strategies.
2. To analyze the creative strategies used in different advertising campaigns and be able
to apply the basic principles in designing advertising programs for a given brand or
product.
3. To introduce the students to the concepts of media planning and measuring
effectiveness of different media.
4. To identify the importance of sales management and salesman oriented promotion
techniques.
5. To study the various techniques of sales promotion.
UNIT - I
Definition - concept and functions of advertising - types of advertising - evolution and steps
in development of advertising - social, economic and legal implications of advertising.
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
Media planning - importance of media - media plan - media objectives - reach and frequency
of advertisement - cost of advertisement related to sales - media strategy and scheduling -
effectiveness
UNIT - IV
Sales management - definition - objectives - functions of sales men - qualities and skills of
salesmen - personal selling - management of sales territories and Quotas.
UNIT - V
Scope and role of sales promotion - definition - objectives of sales promotion - Importance
and functions of sales promotion - techniques in sales promotion - online sales promotion.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Sales and Advertisement Management - S. Raj Kumar, V. Rajagopalan- S. Chand and Co
2. Advertising and Sales Management - G.R. Basotia, N.K.Sharma, Mangal Deep Jaipur
3. Advertising- Chunawallah K.C Sethia, Himalaya Publishing House, New Delhi
4. Modern Marketing- (Principles and Practices) R.S.N.Pillai and Bagavathi, S.Chand & Co,
New Delhi.
5. Advertising and sales promotion S.H. H. Kazmi and Sathish K. Batra, Excel Book India.
87
Reference Items: Books and Journal
1. Geroge Belch, Michael Belch, and KeyoorPurani, Advertising & Promotion - an Integrated
Marketing Communications Perspective, Tata Mcgraw Hill,
2. Kruti Shah & Alan DSouza, Advertising and Promotions: An IMC Perspective, Tata
Mcgraw Hill,
1. Advertising Management, Dr. Varma & Aggarwal, King Books
2. Principles of Marketing, Kotler & Armstrong, Prentice-Hall of India
3. Advertising: An Introduction Text, S. A. Chunawalla, Himalayan Publishing House
4. Advertising Principles and Practice, Wells Burnett Moriarty, PHI
5. Foundations of Advertising, S.A. Chunawalla, KC Sethia , Himalayan Publishing House
E-Materials
http://www.pondiuni.edu.in/storage/dde/downloads/markiv_asp.pdf
http://ebooks.lpude.in/management/mba/term_3/DMGT507_SALES_AND_PROMOTIO
NS_MANAGEMENT.pdf
http://www.eiilmuniversity.co.in/downloads/Advertising-Management.pdf
http://www.himpub.com/documents/Chapter1060.pdf
http://jnujprdistance.com/assets/lms/LMS%20JNU/MBA/MBA%20-
%20Marketing%20Management/Sem%20IV/Advertising%20and%20Sales%20Promotio
n/Advertising%20and%20Sales%20Promotion.pdf
Course Outcome
1. After studied unit-1, the student will be able to set up advertising objectives and know the
legal implications of advertising.
2. After studied unit-2, the student will be able to design copy of advertisement.
3. After studied unit-3, the student will be able to select the appropriate media for
promotion.
4. After studied unit-4, the student will be able to know the functions of salesmen.
5. After studied unit-5, the student will be able to discover and demonstrate various sales
promotion technique and their advantages. The student will also be able to demonstrate
the key principles and tools of integrated market communication.
88
SKILL BASED SUBJECT
PAPER - 4
CREATIVITY AND INNOVATION MANAGEMENT
Course Objectives
1. To learn What is Creativity - Individual and Group Creativity - Convergent Thinking -
Divergent Thinking and Generation of Creative Ideas?
2. To learn various Thinking Hats Methods - Redefinition Techniques - Random Stimulus -
Generation of Creative Ideas in Groups - Brainstorming - Reverse Brainstorming -
Synaptic - Morphological Method.
3. To enable practice Creativity Exercises - Mental Gym - The Way the Mind Works -
Difference Between Lateral and Vertical Thinking - Attitudes Towards Lateral Thinking
- Basic Nature of Lateral Thinking - Techniques - The Generation of Alternatives -
Challenging Assumptions.
4. To understand creative problem-solving techniques: Innovation - Suspended judgment -
Analogies - Lateral Thinking - What is a Problem - Defined Problems.
5. To learn the differences between various Creativity Techniques - Mental Gym Quiz -
Blocks of Creativity - Fears and Disabilities - Energy for your Creativity - Creative -
Making Your Environment More Creative - The Creative Life Quiz - Case Study
UNIT - I
UNIT - II
UNIT - III
Creativity Exercises - Mental Gym - The Way the Mind Works - Difference Between Lateral
and Vertical Thinking - Attitudes Towards Lateral Thinking - Basic Nature of Lateral
Thinking - Techniques - The Generation of Alternatives - Challenging Assumptions.
UNIT - IV
UNIT - V
Comparison of Creativity Techniques - Mental Gym Quiz - Blocks of Creativity - Fears and
Disabilities - Energy for your Creativity - Creative - Making Your Environment More
Creative - The Creative Life Quiz - Case Study
89
TEXT BOOKS
Unit - 1
Dr. P. Rizwan Ahmed - Creativity and Innovation Management - Margham Publications
NCTE Rastogi - Managing Creativity for Corporate Excellence - Mc Millan
Pradip NCTE and Khandwalla - Lifelong Creativity - Tata Mc Graw Hill.
Unit - 2
Dr. P. Rizwan Ahmed - Creativity and Innovation Management - Margham Publications
NCTE Rastogi - Managing Creativity for Corporate Excellence - Mc Millan
Pradip NCTE and Khandwalla - Lifelong Creativity - Tata Mc Graw Hill.
Unit - 3
Dr. P. Rizwan Ahmed - Creativity and Innovation Management - Margham Publications
NCTE Rastogi - Managing Creativity for Corporate Excellence - Mc Millan
Pradip NCTE and Khandwalla - Lifelong Creativity - Tata Mc Graw Hill.
Unit - 4
Dr. P. Rizwan Ahmed - Creativity and Innovation Management - Margham Publications
NCTE Rastogi - Managing Creativity for Corporate Excellence - Mc Millan
Pradip NCTE and Khandwalla - Lifelong Creativity - Tata Mc Graw Hill.
Unit - 5
Dr. P. Rizwan Ahmed - Creativity and Innovation Management - Margham Publications
NCTE Rastogi - Managing Creativity for Corporate Excellence - Mc Millan
Pradip NCTE and Khandwalla - Lifelong Creativity - Tata Mc Graw Hill.
Course Outcome
1. After studying unit-1, you will be able to define What is Creativity - Individual and
Group Creativity - Convergent Thinking - Divergent Thinking and Generation of Creative
Ideas.
2. After studying unit-2, you will be able to learn creative Thinking Hats Methods -
Redefinition Techniques - Random Stimulus - Generation of Creative Ideas in Groups -
Brainstorming - Reverse Brainstorming - Synaptic - Morphological Method.
90
3. After studying unit-3, you will be able to practice Creativity Exercises - Mental Gym -
The Way the Mind Works - Difference Between Lateral and Vertical Thinking - Attitudes
Towards Lateral Thinking - Basic Nature of Lateral Thinking - Techniques - The
Generation of Alternatives - Challenging Assumptions.
4. After studying unit-4, you will be able to learn Innovation - Suspended judgment -
Analogies - Lateral Thinking - What is a Problem - Defined Problems - Creative Problem
Solving - Models of Techniques of Creative Problem Solving
5. After studying unit-5, you will be able to compare various creativity techniques - Mental
Gym Quiz - Blocks of Creativity - Fears and Disabilities - Energy for your Creativity -
Creative - Making Your Environment More Creative - The Creative Life Quiz - Case
Study
************
91